Modding By Kaupenjoe: Forge Modding for Minecraft 1-18-1

1. Skillsahre into: Hello, I'm Nico caught me on Master's student for computer science and an avid Minecraft player. You might know me from my YouTube channel tutorials by Cotton joe, where I am making microwave modeling tutorials. Well now we're going to go even bigger because this is my Minecraft modeling 118 class with forge. Here you will learn everything you need to do to make an awesome and amazing Minecraft mod with the most used Minecraft morning API, forge. Absolute beginners can start by going through the provider Java introduction, which is really going to help you understand some of the fundamentals. In the beginning, we'll learn some simple concepts such as adding an item, adding blocks, recipes, and even custom tools. Then we'll continue by looking at custom block models, custom crops, and so many other cool and interesting features. In the end, we'll even tackle advanced topics such as block entities and world generation. So what are you waiting for? Sign up for this class now, and who knows maybe your MOD is going to be the next great hit. I will see you in the first lesson. 2. (Java) Installation & Download: Welcome to the fabric 118 course and here to the Java introduction. So we're basically starting off with a little bit of a Java introduction. Either if you haven't used Java at all, this is going to be very, very useful to you. Otherwise, if you already have worked with another programming language or with Java itself, then this is a very smart idea to have this as a good refresher here in the beginning. So I highly recommend going through the entire Java introduction. There's gonna be some assignments along the way as well, which you can do to further basically solidify the concepts that we are going to be discussing in this introduction here. And there's going to be a few prerequisites that we're going to need. The first one is going to be a JDK. Jdk is a Java Development Kit, and they come in different flavors, so to speak. But what we're going to use is the one from adopt him here, and we're going to need to use 16. So JDK 16 in this case, this is called tamarin 16. And I have linked this in the resources basically that you can download this. This makes sure that you select your operating system and your architecture. So for me, this would be Windows and 64 bit architecture. I highly recommend downloading the MSI here because that's basically just installer, which then installs the JDK onto your machine like basically any other program, really. Well, just install that normally like you would any other program, and then we can proceed. Once you've installed the JDK, we will also need an IDE. And IDE is an integrated development environment, which in our case we're going to be using IntelliJ idea. This is, I found absolutely a great tool to be using for this, we can use the community version which is free and built on open source, which is pretty much includes everything that we would could ever want or need. So definitely make sure that you choose the community version here. Once again, also just download the EXE if you're on Windows, and like you've maybe seen here, you can also Trick check here if you're on Mac or Linux, basically switch over and install them as well. And also just install this like you would any other program as well. And then once that is installed started and then we can proceed. When you open intelligence for the first time, a window similar to this will appear for you as well. Now it's gonna look a little bit different, but it will have these three buttons, The New Project button with the Open button and the get from VCS button. Upon clicking the New Project button, you can see a new window will appear. What's important is we want to select the new project right here. Here we can just name it whatever we want. So for example, Java introduction, you can choose a location right here using the language Java Build System intelligence and the JDK being 16 for our purposes here for the Java introduction, the sample code has to be checked by them. With this done, we can click the Create button and then a new window will appear. Now firstly, what we actually have to do in the newer versions for intelligence, they changed some stuff. I'm unsure why that is the case, because they actually do tend to change a lot of stuff which is kind of annoying. But our main class right here, so you can see this main, if I double-click on this, it will open. You might have opened for you already. That's fine as well. Now, in going forward, it's actually going to be in some packages. So we actually have to do this manually for our case here in this case, but that's gonna be fine. But we just right-click the source folder so you can see source right-click new package. And then we're gonna, I'm gonna call this net. And then on this net I'm going to right-click new packet and I'm going to call this help. And Joe, now you just gonna call it whatever your name is. Basically you're going to have net and then your name, for example, I'm going to drag the main class into it, say Refactor, and then we're gonna be fine. Then you have this package up here as well. This is very important because there's an upcoming lectures. We're going to have this as well. Now if this displays differently to you, it might be the case that it actually looks kind of like this. I'm going to show you just for a second that it sort of compacts here, net dot count Joe, all in one line. If that is the case, you can go to this gear right here. To tree appearance, height, MT, middle packages, you can de-select that and also flattened packages also deselected. And then you're going to have exactly the same thing as we have right there as well. Now we're going to continue with Pascal and Joe for the rest of the lectures. So in this case, what we're going to have is the, we're gonna have something called main here and another main here. And then this is a common where it says write your code here. Now we're not going to write code in this first In lecture right here. We're going to start basically immediately in the next lecture. This is really just the setup. So overall, this is pretty much all that we need to do. All of the code is always going to be available in each lecture. So in each lecture you're going to find a resource link or you're going to find this basically linked somewhere where you can have either the GitHub repository. So all of this is going to be saved in a GitHub repository. And each lecture is going to be a individual, basically an individual branch there. Or you also have individual jurists where each of the different, each of the code, everything of the code of this lecture is also linked there as well. So no worries there. Everything can be accessed before you can even take a look at this because of course, some people, they would rather have the code in front of them and then change it a little bit. Some people just want to code it, like while I'm coding it. And that's totally fine. Both approaches are absolutely basically valid in this case. But for the time being, this is basically it. So all of the code will be available and hopefully you've made it to this point. And then see if once the next lecture starts, you can see whether or not everything has worked there. But that would beat for this lecture right here. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 3. (Java) Java Datatypes: Welcome back to the Java introduction for a Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be talking about datatypes. So we're starting very, very slow. The idea is that in programming, we can save things in variables. Now, what those things are, right? There's different types of data. And basically in this lecture we're going to go through what types of data they are, basically meaning the datatypes. So there are a few different types of data types like even going further. And the first one would be the numerical types, basically how to save numbers. There's a bunch of different datatypes here. So there's an integer, there's a float and the double. So those are the ones that are mainly used. I'm going to talk about those in a bit. So you can see first of all, when you create sort of a new variable, which is, you can think of that as a container that contains a certain value. And the type of value is determined by, in this case here, the first word, you can see that it's actually even marked in orange. That is not always going to be the case. This is only going to be the case with primitive data types. But what those are we're going to see in a little bit in a later lecture basically. And you can see that this is called a number. This is the name of the variable and then the value is 42. Now, an integer, like I said, is A's particular type of datatype, a numerical data type, which is a whole number. So this can only save whole numbers or integers. And the actual range that it can save, it goes from negative 2 billion to plus 2 billion as you can see. So this is basically the numbers that you can save that can be stored in one integer. That's the idea. And then there's float, or when you need a comma. Now, what's very interesting with floats and doubles that are almost the same thing, not quite, but almost the same thing. They're both floating point numbers. And the idea is that this is actually not stored like this, is actually stored like scientific notation. You might have seen this before somewhere. And this is something like 1.412 times ten to the four would then be 14,120. And basically in this notation here, the floating point numbers are stored. And what's important with a float when using those, they have seven decimal point precision, meaning that you can have seven numbers. It doesn't matter whether or not they're left or right of the decimal point, but seven numbers and then they're going to be precise, and after that it's going to get rounded. This is also why usually you don't want to save very, very, very precise things in floats. So for example, if you have like ten thousands or a 100 thousands of Bitcoin, something like that. That should definitely not be saved in a float because that could be very easily get rounding error. So those are floating-point rounding errors. Those are very common. Now a double is a little bit better in that it has 15 decimal point precision. However, still they might be, it might still lead to some rounding issues. So that is something to be aware of. Usually in most cases, for example, in our case, this really doesn't matter. So if you have a float, usually that can represent, for example, you have certain block positions in the world written this something between those block positions because of course a block is not like a single point in space, has like a little bit of a gradient there. And then there's a little bit of a rounding thing that's going to be totally fine. And that's also probably one of the reasons why if you go like millions of millions of blocks in one direction at some point, the world gets really messed up because floating point errors and stuff like that. So that is probably also one of the reasons. Now there are some other numerical types which are not used as often, at least personally, I've not seen it as often. A lot of people might say, Well, I mean that's not quite right. Of course, you need to be aware of these. But usually I have not seen those used as often anymore. So a byte is eight bits and it can store numbers from negative 128 to 127. So this, I'd call this a tiny number because it can basically only store a certain amount of values. Basically here in this case, a short is a small number which can store between negative 32000 and plus 32000. And then on the other hand is a long which as you can see, can store from negative nine quadrillion to positive quadrillion nine quadrillion, which is pretty, that's pretty staggering. That's a lot of like that's a very big number, usually, very rarely used. Like I said, from what I can tell, an integer is the most common number for a whole number. And then floats or doubles are used for, well, basically decimal numbers or something like that, right? The next data type of bracket are going to be the Booleans. This is sort of the logic. So what you can think about is, well, we have a boolean. A boolean can either be true or false, so it can either be one or 0. This can be represented in one bit because a bit, if you know or not know, can either be 0 or one, That's the only two possible values that it can take. So this is pretty much the same. It can either be true or false. So are these great videos, will I do hope so. So that's true. And it's this HTML. Well, that is, hopefully you didn't think that because that's false actually. So that's sort of the Boolean stuff. And the logic is actually incredibly powerful like the entire logic field. Because of course, the entirety of all of our computers and operating systems and all of that is all based on binary code. And in theory, booleans are nothing but binary code, right? Because a true is a one and a force is a 0. So sort of the same laws apply in that sense. You can think of it as that, but overall Booleans, likewise with integers, we're going to take a look at those in a little bit more detail in the future. But I definitely wanted to introduce you to those. In the third and last sort of big bracket here, our characters and strings to a character, as you can see, score a char. And this is a single character, so this is marked with these single, single quotation marks here. And this can store a single character and special characters, regular comma. So I can put a comma in here, that's fine. I can put a dash in here, like a hashtag, the plus symbol star, that's all fine. Oh, well, I can even put in a space and it works. However, what I can't do is I can put two characters in here, then it's not going to work because two characters or multiple characters next to each other is called a string. To a string, like I said, is basically just a sequence of characters. And this is marked with a normal quotation marks. So double quotation mark here and double quotation mark here. And as you have probably seen, the end of every line always has the semi-colons. Those are also very important here. And that's sort of the idea. So you have characters which are singular, singular characters and an, a, a string of characters is a string. So that's sort of the idea here. And then at the very end, I wanted to mention something that we're going to definitely see in the future as well, which is null, the null keyword. So you can see that this string test is equal to the value of null. And what's very important is that null is not 0. It's literally empty, like it has no value. Though. This is sometimes in the beginning, especially a little hard to really get across the distinction between what I don't understand, no value. What does that mean? Well, it just has no value is undefined, so to speak. It is non-existent. Write this test like while it sort of is defined here, it's not, it doesn't have a value, it's null. And we're definitely going to look at that and see that in a later lecture as well. So no worries there if that is a little bit confusing, no worries. The rest should be at least fairly understandable in the sense that, okay, we have some buckets, we can think about that, some containers in which we can save some values. And depending on what type of value they are, we have to write different things in front. So that's sort of the general idea I wanted to get across here, but the data types, otherwise, I hope that this was useful to you and you'll learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 4. (Java) Java Syntax: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction for Minecraft Martin. And in this lecture we're going to take a look at how to read code. Or I'm also going to call this maybe Java syntax. So the idea is first of all, and this might, some of you might have already been like wait a second. It's been ignoring all of this up here. What is this? First of all, we're going to calm down as we're going to have to start building up some more fundamentals before we talk about everything that happens up here. For the time being, what I recommend is you just ignore this. The only thing that we really care about is that this early bracket here. And then if I actually put my cursor there, you can see that this one lights up everything. First of all, right, now has to happen between these two curly brackets. That's all that we're going to care about. We don't care what this means. We don't care what this is, what all of those public, static, void, main, string, all of that, no worries at all. We're going to figure all of this out in the future lectures that are to come for the time being. We're going to figure this basically inside here. That's our main prerogative at the moment, though, first of all, code is read from top to bottom. And that's interesting. Well, yes. So this is also why we have these lines here, which is very useful, can be very, very useful in determining arrows. We can say, Hey, you have an issue there in line 18. You look at it online. 18, There it is. Okay. Fair enough. That's very useful. And usually there are, of course, exceptions to the rule. But in general, you read from top to bottom. Now if you have a two slashes here, then you have a single line comment. And if you have this slash, star and star slash, and you can have multi-line comments. So that's also something to be aware of. And The, There's a few different things that you can do when you have a variable, right? So we're back to variables. And we've seen those of course, right? Different datatypes. And variable was sort of like a bucket or a container in which we could store a value of a certain type and we have to specify this. So when you declare a variable, then declaring a variable means that you declare the data type of that variable and the name of the variable. And note once again that all lines end with a semicolon. This is normal. So every line, every instruction ends with a semicolon. This is by the way, also very interesting because I could in theory, right? Another one. So in x and I could just do this. Well, this doesn't quite work because we're all using this day 0. So y, for example, I could do this as well. This also works because this is a single instruction, so it doesn't necessarily have to be every single line. And basically doing this also would work even though there is a two lines. And by the way, this is like a horrendous thing. This is like formatting that is of the devil. Don't ever do something like that. But whatever the case may be. So it doesn't necessarily be lines always, but it's in single instructions. That's sort of idea. And you will usually saying that every line has to end with a semicolon is a good start. Basically that's a good start. It doesn't always be the case, but it is usually the case. Now, this is declaring a variable and then we can also assign a variable a certain value. And this is what we're doing here. We've already declared this. So if I now exists somewhere in the ether of the program, let's say, and now we say I is equal to 30. So we have now assigned a value to this variable, okay? Now we can do both at the same time, declaring and assigning a value, which is then index equals 10. And this would be called initialization or initializing this variable in this case. And that's very interesting. Usually people don't throw these terms around necessarily. It's just something to be aware of a little bit. Okay, I've declared this variable, now I've initialized it here, I've assigned this variable, so it's just something sort of the terms here should be, at least store it in the back of your mind. That's the most important bit here. And then there's a possibility of accessing variables or methods. We have talked about methods yet of certain variables or objects. We also don't quite know what objects are yet, but we're going to figure that out in the future as well. But for example, if we have a string, we can actually get the length of the string. So how many characters are in that string by doing dot and then something after it. So if I put this in, you can actually see that enormous amount of stuff is thrown at me as a suggestion, knowers at wall, we're going to look at those things in a future lecture as well. For the time being, we just know that the dot operator also makes us able to access certain variables or methods of a, another variable. That's sort of what we should store for the time being. And then the actual application of this we're gonna see in a later lecture to a far, far, for greater extent and in way more detail than this. But for the time being, this is sort of the general gist on how to read code here. Like I said, this is of course not exhaustive. This is not everything, but those are sort of the main things I wanted to get across for the time being. So you have the idea of declaring a variable, assigning a variable, and then doing both at the same time and then accessing something with the dot operator. And most importantly, that this year school should be ignored and all this should be ignored and everything just in between those curly brackets should really be paid attention to for the time being. But like I said, we're going to venture out of this, these curly brackets avenged, but that will be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 5. (Java) Output & Input: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for microwave modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at outputting things and inputting things. So this is both outputting something to the console as well as reading something in from the user. So we're basically storing to supercharge our ability to actually do something. And the first thing that we're going to do is we're just going to output Hello world because this is something that every programmer learns at the very first time. And this is what we're gonna do. So we're going to type in a system. And you can see that some things are actually being suggested for us. We're just going to write it this out system with a capital S, very important out, all lowercase and then print line, print LN. And then we're going to make a first open parenthesis. The closing parentheses should generate automatically. And then we can just go here and put in a semicolon. Now this is Oregon. We're going to be fine here. However, we now want to put something into the parentheses and that is going to be output. Now we have to make this a string. Therefore, we're going to type in the basically quotation marks here. And then the second quotation marks should generate automatically as well. And then we can type in hello world. So as simple as that. And now to actually start this program, we go up here, ensure that this is all fine. This should look pretty much exactly the same. And we're just going to click this Run button. And then after a few moments, you have helloworld. If this was the first time you have ever run a program where you have first literary starting to program in this moment. And this is the first time you've run this. And everything here says hello world and this says process finished with exit code 0. Congratulations. I'm not even being like I'm not being, I don't want to be patronizing here because this is actually a step that every programmer goes through. At some point, they're going to write a helloworld program and they're going to be like wait a second, I can make things display that I1. So I could, for example, say hello students. And you're going to be like, way that can't be the case. I can just do that. Yes, I can just run this. If I actually run this properly, There you go. All right, so run this Hello students, and now it says Hello students, no worries at all. So as you can see, this is actually really, really freaking cool and this is going to be supercharged even more because now let's say we have an integer variable x, which is equal to 10. Well, why don't we just output once again system and I can start writing this and you can see that this is sort of like has sort of the selected rate is sort of highlighted, so to speak. And when I press the tab key, it actually auto-completes. So I can write this very quickly. So you can see out as also already, basically is a suggested here and then dot print line as well. And I can just put the x in and look at this. Everything works and sometimes goes very quickly. So you can look at this like this, well, that's so much for that, right? So a system out print line, you can see how fast that sometimes works. No worries though. I'm going to try to make this, especially in the beginning here, a little bit slower so that everyone can be basically keep up. And well, we can just put in the x here, so the variable inside of these parentheses and then the value is being output. That's really cool, isn't it? Where you have the ability to actually output something that's in a variable. And now we're going to go even crazier. So once again, System.out, print line. Once again, just auto completing it with the Tab key. And now I can say something like outputting some value. And now look at this. I can go beyond the string. Make a plus x. No errors whatsoever. Everything looks fine. What is going to happen now? Well, look at this now. Outputting some value and then the value of the variable is going to be output there. So that is pretty frequent, sick if I do say so myself. That's actually really cool. Another question comes in, well, how can we read something in from the user? Now this is a little bit more complicated. Usually, this is something, you know, it's sort of a, I would say, semi limitation of Java. It's kind of a bummer that it is complicated, but no worries to what we're going to write is the following. We're going to write scanner and then just space everything when something turns red here, no worries at all. We're going to keep calm. Everything is fine. Then Scanner in equals a new. And then once again scanner in with a big S with a capital S inside of the parentheses. So we're going to make parenthesis System.in and ending this with a semicolon. Now both the scanner here and the scanner here should be ready. That is totally fine. What do you have to do is you have to click on this and press Alt and Enter to import this up here. So like I said, usually we want to ignore all of this, but we can make one little peak up here. So you can see import Java util scanner. This is basically imported. So that's no worries at all. You can, if this is important while you're writing this, because when you press the Tab key, when you write scanner, this might be important automatically, no worries at all. Just making sure that this is the correct, well, phrase, so to speak here. And that this is written like this. We're not going to worry about what this means. What are we doing here? None of that, we're just going to know, okay, we need this in order to read something in. So then we're gonna say system out dot print line, type in your username, something like this. And then what we're gonna say, we're gonna make a new string variable called input. And we're gonna make this equal to scanner that. Next. There you go. Okay, So next, as you can see, has to be written like this so enough to put in next and then open and closing parenthesis. And then that's fine. So this is now going to save whatever we're going to type in to the console in this variable here, and then we can do something with it. For example, we're just going to immediately outputted again. So system out print line, your username is, and then we're just going to say input. So just for the, for testing this basically, so let's store this. And what we should see is a lot of students tend outputting some value. And you can see that first of all, the program doesn't end automatically because it's waiting for our input. So let's just say this. Well, my username is count Andrew. I'm going to press Enter and then you can see your username is true. So that is a pretty cool like when you think about it. And this really also starts where you can just play around with this a little bit. You know, you have some intractability with the PC. You can now actually talk to the PC, so to speak, which is really freaking cool. So this is one of the first step. I very much a, basically would just advise you to try out a bunch of stuff here, just typing some stuff in, typing some stuff out. It actually can be really fun. But we're of course going to use this in future lectures and the coming assignments as well, where we basically are going to read stuff in evaluated and then do things depending on what the input is. So that's all pretty cool. But this, for now, is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 6. (Java) Errors & How not to panic when you get them!: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at some errors and how you can ask for help when you get these errors. So first of all, we're basically starting with some pre-done code again right here. But no worries. This is of course, all available to you in the GitHub repository or as an individual just as well. And this is very interesting. So first of all, we're basically can uncomment some lines to find some errors. The first error we're going to have is the java cannot find symbol error. And that basically how you're going to see this is hey, something is red inside of the code. For example, I'm just going to uncomment this and you're going to see that a2 31, basically a variable we're trying to access or reference is not actually existing. So this is going to be red. Now, this might be something that you haven't noticed. So red is also going to be like underlined here and in the main class appear and you're going to have a problem symbol and a problem there. So there's going to be a lot of signs here, but you might actually just not notice this, which is totally fine. So if you then still run your program, what you're going to be greeted with is this. So the first thing to say is when you get an error, don't worry at all. Honestly, getting an error in the beginning might seem very daunting and you might be getting nervous. Let's say, Don't be nervous at all. Getting errors is actually something that is sort of expected when you're programming to have something work the first time around actually gets you very suspicious. Because it's very rare that when you're working on some code that it works at the first time running it. So please, first of all, always remained calm when you get an error. Is nothing like this. No shame in that whatsoever. You haven't done anything wrong and you will always be able to fix it. So this arrow, in this case, it says, like I said, java cannot find symbol. It actually says to us what the variable here is and where it is located. And if you take a look at the very top here, you can actually see this 1128. And that actually means this is at line 28, at character or other line 11, character eight. So this is actually really freaking cool. So we can immediately find where this arrow is in. Can say, Okay, I've made a typo there or I forgot to make a variable, something like that. This would be this arrow right here. The second thing that you might run into at some point is exception in thread main, Java, Lang, NullPointerException. So this means that something is null, meaning that it doesn't have a value. For example, we have a string variable right here. And we set the value to null, which I already told you about is does, means that it doesn't have value. It doesn't pretty much exist. Now if we were to now try to call the length on this, this of course doesn't make any sense because the length of nothing is also nothing like you can't call a length on something that doesn't exist, meaning we're going to get a NullPointerException. So this looks kinda like this. And this would be called the stack trace. So a stack trace in like layman's terms just in general. So you know, what it is about is basically what code has been called up until this point, until the error has occurred. And you can see that this happened at cotton domain main and then 16. So we can actually click on this and it will give us the exact line and sometimes even the exact piece of code where this has happened. So this is the NullPointerException. This is something that happens routinely even with advanced developers, that sometimes you forget to initialize something. Sometimes you just call something in the wrong order, you forget to call a method that is something that happens all too often. Once again, nothing to worry about, but that is the null exception. You can usually fix this by properly assigning a variable. And then the last thing that's not really like an exception, but we've seen this here as well. So this is this process finished with exit code one, or sometimes it might also say finished with non-zero exit value one, something like this. Or it could also be something different than 1, 13042, whatever. So it could be some number that is not 0. That's the most important thing. That means that there is an error. You should never post only this. If you only post, hey, I got an error and you post-process finished with exit code 0 or finished with non-zero exit value. Everyone knows that you don't know Java. Now that's not an issue of course, because you have to start somewhere. But this just if someone wants to help you, right? So for example, if you were to go into the Q and a and you're like, Hey, my you know, I have an arrow and it says this. If you post this, first of all, I'm going to know that you probably haven't watched this Java introduction, which is of course finds your own decision. However, what I also will notice that this is not, this doesn't give me any value at all. This just tells me there has been an error. That's it. That's all that this says. If the exit value is not 0, then that's just means there was an error somewhere. I don't know what the error is. I don't know what the exception was. I don't know anything. Meaning that I will actually have to ask again. It can just be a little bit frustrating because then you have to ask again, Hey, can you show me the error log is there are some output there. Just put the arrow in there as well. Usually when you have an error, It's better to give too much information rather than too little. So that's usually the case. It's not always the case. Like don't just drop like 80 different files on someone that wants to help you or in the Q&A, something like that. But usually you should have something like this, right? And exception and error, some type of log something which says a particular thing like this exception. You might have an exception somewhere, something like that. So that should be like the thing you want to look out for. Let's just something that I wanted to give you, which can be very important, right? But that is already it. So this is sort of the, just a general overview of those errors. And of course, don't hesitate to ask if there are errors. If you get errors along the way and ask for help, that's totally fine. I just wanted to mention especially this year because it can be frustrating, not only sometimes for me because of course, then have to ask a follow-up question. And then depending on how long that's going to work and maybe you just look for that. And another answer didn't come in like 20 minutes, so you have to go do something else and then it takes a long time. So that can be sometimes a little bit frustrating. Well, whatever the case may be, this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 7. (Java) Integers & Arithmetic & Math Methods: Or I will come back to the Java introduction here for the Minecraft modeling course. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at integers. We're going to be looking at math, and we're gonna be looking at arithmetic operators. Now those are all very big words. However, I am sure that we will manage. The first thing that we're gonna do is we're going to initialize two integers. This is going to be int x equals 100 and int y equals 20. So up until this point, everything should be fairly clear. Overall, this is just, these are two variables, x and y. They have the value 120 respectively. They are both integers. So we started with the board int. So that should be fairly straightforward. And we will also have an integer called a result. Now we're going to actually just declare this variable without actually assigning any value to it, because we're gonna be using that in the following ways. The first thing that we're going to take a look at is addition. So those are basically arithmetic operators, addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and then there's a fifth type, which we are going to be taking a look at in just a moment. So the result here of addition is of course going to be x plus y. So that shouldn't be too crazy. We're just going to in x in here. And this operator, x in from the left. A, an integer could also be a float. So that also would work. So both of those, both of these, if X and Y, when both the floats would also totally work. Now this, of course then the result would also have to be afloat. Very important. Think about that. We're gonna see one example in a future lecture of that as well. Like if you start to mix those, but that should be fair sensible. We simply put in the plus symbol and then basically we're going to add x plus y. So let's do system out, print line and then print the result just so that we're going to see, well, this should be a 120. Let's see. And of course it is a 120. Everything working perfectly fine. We can of course, also use a subtraction by n. What I'm going to do is I'm actually going to let all of this right? So I'm just going to drag my mouse over here and then press control C to copy all of this for my mouse here, control V to paste it in. I usually do something like this just so that, you know, it's a little bit easier because this is of course very much duplicate in this case. Now for subtraction, you probably guessed it. We just have to put a minus sign in here. And then all of a sudden we're subtracting y from x, meaning that this should be 80. And of course it is AD totally fine. And let's actually copy off of these like completely. Once again going to select this control C and then Control V right here. And then we're also going to take a look at multiplication and of course, the vision as well. So multiplication is going to be a star right here. And then division is just a slash. So this should be fairly sensible, nothing to be too crazy. Overall. Those are just the normal ways that you basically would well calculate stuff. So that's pretty much it. Let's just go through C 2005. That is actually all fine. And now the question becomes, well, what is the fifth type? Well, the fifth type is actually the remainder. So this is also sometimes called the modulo operator. That's in like actual mathematical terms. But for us, it's the remainder operator and that looks like a percentage sign. So for example, we could say 20 remainder two, which would of course be 0. So if we're just going to copy this once again, Control C, control V, This is going to be 0 because when we divide 20 by two, then there is no remainder left. So this is a very good way actually of taking a look at whether or not a particular number is even or odd. So that's actually pretty cool. And those are the five arithmetic operators. A fairly straightforward all things considered. How often are they use? Well, I mean, you're going to use some math inside of the entire programming thing. Whether or not be in modeling or in programming in general, there is some math associated with it, of course. So these things are definitely important to have seen before. And then the last thing we're going to look at here is going to be the math methods. Now, first of all, we're not going to worry about too much trouble. Well, it's a method. Well, you can think of that as a particular function. So for example, Let's make a call this math. So you can see if I type in math, you can see Java Lang and get that suggests it. And then if I put in a dot, I have, I get suggested a whole bunch of things that I can call. And there are things, for example, like the max method right here, where absolute, right. So I can call max here and I can say x, y. And then it's going to return me the maximum value of each of these, which of course in this case it's going to be a 100. So we should see at the very end here a 100 pop-out they ago. So actually fairly straightforward. And then let's just actually duplicate this for the sake of arguments or Control D to duplicate that. And let's get the absolute value of, for example, let's say minus 500, which would be 500. So In Math, like a mathematics, it is written like this. So maybe you've seen something like that before with these like absolute lines, so to speak. And that then turns into 500 because we don't really care about the sign that is in front of it. So we're going to see as 500 as well. And as I've said, there are a bunch more stuff in here, like as you can see, this seal. So you can basically round up, round down. You can get the cosine, you get some exponents. So you can put something to the power of e logarithm 10. Like there's some crazy stuff in here, rounding random Even, even at random, there's even like constants like e and pi. So there's a bunch of stuff in here. Usually, It's very rarely that you need to use. A lot of them are especially something like the max and the Min method and the absolute method sometimes are actually quite useful. And it's good to have seen this before, this so that you don't like when you run into this, when you may be looking at some GitHub repositories of other modes or just cold in general from other people. And they use something like this, then you're not completely caught off-guard. But that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 8. (Java) Assignment Operators: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture we're going to be looking at assignment operators. Now we've seen the normal assignment operator, which is the equal symbol. And there's actually a very interesting thing for this, because this is actually sort of a sided operator, right? So we're going to assign the right value that the left variable. So we couldn't just type in something like, for example, 30 equals y. That doesn't work, right? We actually have to have it in a particular order in that case. Now that well, is that going to be the lecture? Is that it? No, of course not. There are some specific, very interesting assignment operators that, well, you know, you require the arithmetic operators to sort of understand. But what we can do is of course we can say x, for example, equals x plus y, right? So we're just adding y to x in this case. And then writing that back into the variable x, that totally works. That's not going to be an arrow, that's totally fine. However, we could also write this in a little bit of a nicer way, and that is going to be x plus equals y. So that also works right here. And that's actually really cool thing. So this is where this is amazing. Oh, this is very much like easier than this. And usually it's also a little bit easier to understand. Now if this does actually confuse you more than this, that's totally fine. You will, however, have to take a look at the assignment operators, especially if, for example, if you take a look at other people's code, they just might use only these and not this long way of writing it so that you have to be aware of that. So even though you might not be using some tools that we're talking about here, is all of this are basically tools, rights to program. You still have to know about them to read code that other people might, right? So let's actually just print out the, the variable x here, and then let's just go through the rest as well, right? So we're going to select this, copy it and then let's just, you know, just paste it in like five times. So what can, of course do a minuss equals. We can also of course do times equals. We can also of course do like Ned, like divide equals. And then at the end we can even do remainder equals. And that I've never seen before like that is really something that is probably a very, very specific like moment where this is, has to be cold. But let's just see if this works. Of course it does work totally fine to start with a 140 because we've added 20 here, right? So we're starting here with 120. An adequate again is a 140, and then subtracting it is a 120 and then times 20 is 2400 and then divided by 20 is 100120 again, and then dividing or remaining it is of course 0 because we can divide a 120 by Wendy perfectly, which would of course be takes exactly. That's very good, Very well done. So if I however, now just wanted to add one to it, right? So maybe I just want to do something like this. X equals x plus 1, right? But just want to add it by one. This would be called incrementing or an increment x by one. Well, I mean, of course we could just write this as well, right? We can just do this. Yeah, of course, that would also work totally fine. But there's even an easier way that we can do this. And that will be x plus plus. Look at this. This is pretty crazy. So we go from here to here, but that's actually how crazy that can be. And let's just print this out. And then of course, you know, x minus minus, of course also works. That would be decrementing it. So this is, let's just keep it for a bit here. Platelets, so increment, incrementing, and then also this would be decrementing. So basically we're just adding one or we're subtracting one. Let's just take a look. We start at 0 right here. Adding one, adding two is two or adding another one, right is 23. And then we're printing it out and then decrementing it, and then we're back at 2. So that's sort of the general idea here. Those are the assignment operators and then also incrementing and decrementing Europe, which is kind of important as well. But those two are going to be seeing a lot, especially these X plus plus and x minus minus. Those are things that are definitely used very often in certain capacities, let's say inside of the code. But that would already be for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learned to the New. And I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 9. (Java) Booleans & Comparison Operators: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft morning. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at a Booleans and comparison operators. Last time we looked at integers, and now we're going to move on and look at Booleans. So the Booleans in general, we can remember this from the second lecture, are basically a datatype that can either save a true or a false. Well, for example, we're going to make a new boolean here. For example, likes the lectures. Lectures, made sure that this is written correctly and this is of course true, Let's hope so. And let's also make a boolean, which is, for example, asked question. And let's just make this false for the time being, maybe that turns true later, but for the time being, that is false. So we remember Booleans, like I said, a true or false, 1 or 0, that is the idea. And we can even print this out, right? For example, we can say you have, or you like these lectures. Let's say you like these lectures. Who likes these lectures? And then I can press Control D to duplicate this. And for example, you can say, you have asked a question in the Q and a. So I could, for example, take this. And then instead of like the lectures, I can say ask questions. If I were to do this, then what we're going to see is just true and false, basically just like a string outputting, they're totally fine. Okay, so that's the sort of idea of Booleans, right? True or false, Fair enough. But now, what are comparison operators? Well, let's think about this comparison operators, right? Well, there's a few of them. And the idea of comparison operators that of course, well we're going to compare two different values to each other. And that is going to return a Boolean because of course, if we compare something, for example, we could say bigger than right? So we have something that's bigger than something else, then of course, it's either going to be true or false, right? If I'm going to say, hey, I have an apple that's like the size of a baseball. Like okay, fair enough. And then I have an apple as a sizable like a football. Well, obviously the size of a football is bigger, so there's going to be like a true under this is also a bigger or equals. There's also equals, there's not equals. They're smaller than and smaller or equal to. So those are the comparison operators. We're not going to look at every one of them individually. And we're going to take a look at a little bit. So the actual example we are going to be looking at is, for example, you have a score at, or maybe you made an exam, right? You wrote an exam and your score is 98. Well, thank you very much. That is a very good score and it's actually actually your score day, you go in. Then you can say, well, we could write in a Boolean that is called past class, right? And you pass this class when exactly. We can think about this. Well, of course you need at least 50 points. Let's just say for the sake of argument here, you need 50 points to pass this class. Well, it's very easy. You can just say your score has to be bigger or equal, 50. Does that make sense? So that should make intuitive sense. All things considered this, this would be true in our case, of course, but if your score changes, then the answer here changes, right? Because as soon as this is no longer like if it's 49, you no longer pass the class, right? So that should be thought of fairly self-explanatory. So we can even just print this out. So just system out, print line, let's say for example, you asked, let's just put this in so and then pass class, right? So we're gonna get a true if it's true and a false if it's not. And we can even say something like with your score plus points, something like that. We can say this. And if I now run that and see you pass true with 98 points. If I were to put this to 49, which of course, in this case now is no longer true. So no 49 is no longer bigger or equal than 50. Well, this now will return a false. You will see, there you go. You passed false with 49 points. Let's keep this as 1998 DOE. And let's think about this as well. So let's took another idea here. So we can also have a boolean, for example, has perfect score, right? And this could be then be equal to your score is equal to a 100. This is the equals operator. Very important that those are two equal signs. And that's something that sometimes people get confused on knowers at all. One equal sign is the assignment operator where we're assigning a value to a variable. And two equals signs is the comparison operator where we're comparing whether or not this value of this variable here is equal to the value of this one. That's very important. And here of course, this is false. As of course 98 is not equal to a 100. That should also be fairly straightforward overall. And we can even do something like this that's very interesting. We can even negate something. So this is basically this the declamation mark here. Though. We can also say something like, hey, we pass the class here, and then we can make another Boolean that's called failed class, failed us. And this can be equal to, well, not pass class, right? So we just negate whether or not we pass the class. And of course that makes sense. So if this is a little confusing, you're write it out, like actually write a writer text. If failed class is true, as class is false, of course. So those always need to be opposite of each other. So we can always just negate this. This could also be an idea. So negating year is of course, negating basically meaning the two put the exclamation mark in front, means that true turns to false. And then if it is false, it turns to true. Where it returns true then right? That's sort of the idea. Comparison operators. You can also think of this. They return a comparison operators. You can think of it like this. When we had a plus rating, we took in an integer on the left, plus integer on the right and returned an integer. Again, it makes absolute intuitive sense. You don't even think about it when you're, when you're working on mathematics and calculating stuff. When you do 5 plus 5, like of course it's going to return it to 10, which is a number. Well, the comparison operator is pretty much the same. You just put in, for example here an integer and an integer, and you return a Boolean. That's, that's all there is to it. But the only thing that really changes is the return type, so to speak. Thinking about this and that's it, something to keep in mind here. And that would be the comparison operators. I highly recommend just playing around a little bit with this. It shouldn't be too crazy. It really is just comparing two different values to each other. And that is then expressed as a Boolean, which should actually make sense is that there are only is ever a one right answer in this case, right? If either the score is bigger or equal to 150 or not, implies that. But whatever the case may be, this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you've found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 10. (Java) Booleans & Logical Operators: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for microwave modeling. And in this lecture we're going to be looking at a logical operators. So I have prepared a few Booleans right here, watch lectures, asked question, finished assignments and engaged review. Those are of course related to a course like scenario, let's say. And we're now going to take a look at the logical operators. And there are three of them, basically which we're going to take a look at. There's the end, there's the OR and the not. So we've seen previously where we were able to negate something and the AND, and the OR are also very interesting. So the logical operators take in two Booleans and give you a new boolean. So for example, for the end of the Booleans, you have to give it, have to be true, and then it returns true. Otherwise it returns false. And for the, or either one of them has to be true and then it returns a true. So this only returns false if both of them are false. So for example, you could think of it like this. So Boolean finished course, right? So if you want to finish the course, you have to have watched the lectures and finished the assignments. That should make sense. That sort of a good concrete example here. And then you could also say, well, a fan, right? So, so let's say it's fan, right? So someone who is a fan would finish the course. So finished cores and Eva review, that also should make sense overall. And now someone who might be learning, like maybe learning a lot, they watched the lectures or they asked the question. So this is something someone who's learning, right? Either watching the lectures or ask a question. So either of them could be true and then learning would be true as well. Let's sort of a general idea here. And there's one more thing that I have and that is going to be this right here. So this is just a general overview of what basically happens. You can also download this as a cheat sheet. This is available in the resources. And the idea here is that it just shows you what the different types of outcome, that's basically what the results are. So you have a and B. And then depending on what they are, this is the return that is given, like I said, both of them have to be true for the answers to return a true. And here, if either of them is true, then this returns a true. Otherwise it's false. You can also think of it, write a or B towards sort of, it's sort of really baked into the language when you think about the negation, like I said, we've already talked about that is sort of the general adjust when it comes to the logical operators. There is, of course a little bit more there as well over that, is this really a good beginning for this? And then of course, the real thing that you can think about is that when you have one of those which returns a Boolean, you can of course, then chain those together. So you can then also say, for example, end ask question, right? So you can see that because this of course returns a Boolean, we can now use the AND operator again. So this pretty much works very similar to like the arithmetic operators were. Of course you can also plus, plus, plus. You can have 5 plus 8 plus 7 plus 9 plus 15. That works totally fine. In a similar way, you can chain the logical operators together as well, right? But that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 11. (Java) If and Else Statements: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction for Minecraft morning. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at the if and else statements. Now in this lecture, basically we're going to start really having some interaction with the computer. A lot of the previous lectures were very theoretical, is sort of showing some concepts. But in this lecture, we're going to be really well interacting with the computer. Let's just start by making two integers. Exam 1, Let's say for example 65 and exam 2, which is going to be 51 for the time being. And we could imagine that, let's see, we have to write a program that evaluates those values of those two exams. And basically says, Hey, you have ailed or past exam 1, you have failed or past exam 2. And then at the end, maybe when people have passed both exams, maybe something is printed out Like you have passed the class or something like that. So how can we do this? Well, what we can do is we can make an if statement. And for that we literally just like right if, right here. And then we can do the following. We can put in a parentheses. And if you put it in an open parenthesis, the closing parentheses should automatically generate. And inside of those parentheses we have to put in a Boolean value. So we remember back to the previous two lectures where we had comparison operators. So what we can say is that, well, if exam 1 is bigger or equal than 50, then we know that we've passed the exam. And then when we put hidden here is after the closing parentheses, we put in a curly bracket. And if I put the open curly bracket in and I press Enter, the closing curly bracket should automatically generated for you. And now what we can do is we can write as something else. So we can say system out, print line. And then for example, you have a past exam one. Though, this all of the code between these two curly brackets here is going to happen when whatever is inside of the if statement. So inside of these parentheses, true. So if this is true, then this is going to happen. So that's pretty cool actually. And then we can sort of supercharge this by adding an LLC or at the end, and also putting in a curly bracket. And once again, we put the open curly bracket in any press Enter a closing curly bracket should automatically generate here. And then for example, we can just select this control C control V to paste it in. And then we can say you have failed Exam 1. So this year, right? For the else actually happens when this is false. That actually works out very well for us. So we can basically use this to, well, take a look at whether or not Exam 1 was passed or failed. So let's actually run this and we should get a past exam one. And of course we are getting this because in this case exam 1 is bigger than, bigger or equal than 50. So this is being called. So that's pretty cool. Now we can basically do exactly the same thing for the second exam. So let's just copy all of this selected Control C, Control V. And then here we're going to say Exam 2. Here we're going to say Exam 2, and here we're also going to say Exam 2. That's actually pretty cool. All things considered. And then the question becomes in, well, I mean now we want to outputted when you have actually passed both exams. So how can we do this? Well, now we're getting pretty crazy. So the last two lectures will seem a little more coherent, so to speak. We're gonna say exam 2. Exam 1 is bigger or equal to 50, right? So that's still passing this End Exam 2, 0, right? This exam 2 right here is bigger or equal 50. And then if this, if both of these are true, then we know you've passed the class so we can copy the system out here and then we can just say, you have passed, let's say the class just for the sake of argument here. So that is really freaking cool, right? We have now if statements and if else statements, and what you can also do by the way, when you have an else statement that you can put another if statement on here, right? So you can just put this one in there. Basically if this is false, then else and then put another if statement is basically just for the sake of argument, just say true here. Of course this would also work, but, you know, and then we can say else and basically chain those together so you can make if else, if else, if else, and then the last one is always going to be else or you can also just not have an else here as well. That also works. I wanted to mention that as well. But now the really cool thing is, well, let's think about this. Let's say this is actually a program where the professor comes in and actually writes in the results of your exam. Oh what? Well, we remember how can we read something in we have to write in scanner, scanner, scanner equals new scanner. And then system.out.print. And then this sort of just works for us. We remember that we don't want to worry about too much what this means. Then we can say something like system out print line and say results or exam one. Right? And then let's just duplicate this. Make results for an exam 2. And then we can just say that Exam 1 is actually equal to scanner dot next int right here, right? So we're going to read in an integer and then save it in the exam one variable. And the same thing we're gonna do for to go. Now what's going to happen is really cool. Now we start this and now it's actually expecting us to put in an exam. Well sadly, 32, actually not 320 but 32. Well, and then the results for exam two, they were actually very much better. They were 68, sadly, just a little bit, not quite enough for 69. And then you can see you failed exam 1 and exam 2. So now we're really starting to go into a sort of part of this java introduction where you are able to really do something with the computer. And you're really going to see this in the first assignment as well for the next lecture is going to be a sort of a alternate version of the if statement, which can also be very important. And then the first assignment, I highly recommend doing the assignments here for the Java introduction, especially when you're just a beginner because they can be really, really useful. And with this, of course, the core is available it up repository or a just as well. But take a look at those in the resources. And I highly recommend playing around with this a little bit, just reading some numbers in comparing them, doing some if statements, just making a whole bunch of cool stuff. With this, you can already pretty much make a really cool game. So, but for the time being, this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn some of the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 12. (Java) Switch Statement: Or I will come back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this very short lecture, we're going to be looking at the switch statement. The switch statement is sort of like the little cousin to the if statement, so to speak. So it is very similar. Let's just take a look. So we're going to make an integer called a metal placement, which is for the time being just one in. You could imagine this one representing the placement in, for example, the Olympic Games, right? So one would be the gold medal, silver, bronze. So two is silver and bronze is three. And then anything else as records, no metal. And we could do this by just making some if statements, whoever we could also make a switch statement. You can see if I type in switch here, then inside of the parentheses, I put the variable that I want us to evaluate. Then once again make the curly bracket or the second one should generate automatically. And now I have to actually specify in each, inside of these curly brackets, each of the cases that this variable can take. So I can say case 1. So this means that it has taken on value one, system out print line and then for example, say gold medal. And then I can say case two. And then I can say system out print line, silver, metal. And then once again, at the very end here I can say case three, system. The system out print line. There you go. Bronze medal. However, it is formatted, that's totally fine. And then we can also say default, meaning that this is going to be called if it's neither this case, this gets more this case. So we have predefined cases here. And then in the default case, it's actually going to be called if it's anything else that we can say no metal. And the first thing that you will notice is wait a second. We have to define every single case. Yes, here, the issue is that you can use something like bigger or equals, which immediately makes it much easier to narrow something down. If I wanted to make the exam evaluation here, I would actually have to go through each case. So I have to go through cases one through 50 or one through 49 for saying, hey, you failed and then the other ones for you succeeded or you passed. So the switch statement isn't always the best choice. It can be however, sometimes. So let's just take a look at this list. Should of course, actually print out gold medal. But the first thing you're going to say is wait a second. It's actually printed out everything exactly. Because there's one more thing that we actually need to do. And that is when you have the case, the very end, you have to end with a break right here. We have to put in this break. Otherwise, it will just basically go preserved. It will just go through the switch statement is just going to continue along and just pull out all the cases. And if we have the break here, then you will see that only the relevant one is actually going to be taken. Let's just put in three just for the sake of argument here. So as you can see, that now works. So this is very important for the break keyword here has to be used with the switch statement. This sometimes can be a little bit annoying. So the switch them usually for integers is okay, can be used. It's usually used for enums because enums have defined values that they can take and that usually is easier for the cases then what is very rare or which is basically impossible. You shouldn't use floats in switch statements because here you of course have to define the exact case. And because of the floating rounding or errors that can occur, this might actually just never work. So never use floats and switch statements. Basically, that's a very important thing to remember. Otherwise, a switch statement, even if you are not going to use it yourself, might of course come up in someone else's code. You will have, at least have to have seen this before, right? But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and neurons and the new, I'll see you in the next lecture. Oh yeah. 13. ASSIGNMENT 1: Trivia Game: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction for Minecraft modding here with the first assignment. In the first assignment is going to be a create, a simple trivia game. I will explain shortly what that entails. Though the idea is that you should define at least three questions. I recommend doing three questions, three answers, that's going to be enough. Otherwise, the code will get very cluttered very fast. And what I want you to do is I want you to prompt the user to type in their answer. You can use the scanner for that to basically get what they typed in and then evaluated with an if and else statements to check whether or not the answer that the user typed in was correct. So I recommend rewatching the output input lecture is that was very important in that case. And the if else statement lecture might also be very interesting to look at it one more time. So if they were correct, output that they were, and if they were wrong, then tell the user that they were incorrect and also output the correct answer. Another thing you should do is basically just increment a points total, meaning that when the user has a correct answer that appoints increased by one, then at the very end, you just have a unique output for each of the different point totals. So basically three, basically saying, hey, you've done everything correct to something like 0 minutes, okay, one mistake, one and so on and so forth. So basically from 0 to three, having some if else if statements at the very end, there are two things to keep in mind. So those are some tips that you will have to keep in mind when you are reading in a string from the user, please use scanner dot next and not scanner dot next line. Because if you're using scanner dot next line, that sometimes messes up the way that this is read in. But I highly recommend doing this. And then when you're reading in an answer from this, ended up next, we have a string and you want to compare that to a string. Don't use equals, equals, but use the input dot equals and then put the answer, the correct answer inside of parentheses here. This will also return a Boolean value, and it will make this a little bit easier. So otherwise, because there's sometimes does not work and this will definitely work. So that's keep that in mind. And that is pretty much the assignment right here. This is also written in as text here as well. And I suspect that for a beginner, this is something around about 45 to 60 minutes. I would definitely recommend taking your time with this. Probably going back to the old lectures, taking a look at the output input lecture, if and else statements lecture. And with that, you should almost be completely done. Basically, that is pretty much what you need. And then once you're done, you will have access to the, to the solution, of course, and I will also step through the solution in another video. So that would be it. N, Good luck. 14. SOLUTION 1: Trivia Game: All right, so you've made it through the first assignment and here is the step through solution. So you've probably already seen how it looks like an hour just going to go through. So of course, the questions here in this case are actually done as strings. That of course makes a lot of sense, right? Otherwise, you can really save the questions in any way. And the one answer is actually in an integer, that does work. However, I do also see the point in making this a normal string as well. Over answers would be correct. So no worries. There. We have an integer points and then a scanner, and then we just start, we output the first question. We then say the user input number 1. We're just going to put this in here. We're going to see if that is equal to the first answer. If it is, we're going to increment the points, output that it was correct and you have that many points. And then otherwise we're going to say incorrect and output the correct answer. After that, we're pretty much doing exactly the same thing. I'll putting the second question, getting the user input again and equalling it or saying, Hey, is this equal to the answer here, incrementing the points if it's correct, outputting that and then saying no, it's incorrect, this is actually the correct answer. And then the third time again. And then at the very end here you can see that it basically goes through sort of a cascade here. So points going through three to 0. Then I also have sort of an Easter egg here. When you have less than 0 points you get, how do you even get negative points? Because there's no way to get those. You could of course also something where you get some negative points if you make a particularly like stupid answer or something like that, that would also work. But I've not implemented anything here. It was just an example. So that's actually how that might work. So this is one example. Once again, if the actual program works right? So if this works for you and you can play this game and it works, but it looks different to this. That's absolutely fine. Like No worries at all. So that's the beauty here. There's multiple ways to do this, and we'll see this in the upcoming assignments as well as we are going to basically always use this trivia game as well, sort of a template. And we're going to redesign this next few assignments basically in a different way. And that's, I hope that you will be able to see that it gets easier and different, let's say in the future lectures and the future assignments. But that will be it for this solution right here. I hope you found this assignment useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 15. (Java) Strings and String Methods: Or I will come back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at strings and some string methods. Well, basically all around the string so to speak. And we're going to first of all, start by making a new string variable called sentence. And this is going to be equal to, it's a wonderful Dava introduction. Well, let's hope that that is also true. But whatever the case may be, this is what the value of our string variable here is. And we're just going to print this out. So sentence right here, system out line sentence. And now the question is, what else can we do here? Well, the first thing that we're gonna do is we're going to actually duplicate it. Let's align. And what we're going to say this is done by Control D by the way. And what we're gonna do is we're going to say length is, we're going to say something like plus. And then we can say sentence dot length. So as you can see, I can call the dot length with the parentheses here, meaning this is a method call. We're not a 100 percent sure yet what that is, but we've seen this before a couple of times, and this is basically just returns us the length. And if I ever actually hover over this, you can see in an integer returns the length of the string, length is equal to the number of characters in that string. So this is basically Unicode units. Let's not worry about that. It's just basically equal to the characters in that string. Let's see. Length is 35. So that's interesting here. And then also of course we output the actual string as well. But what else can we do? We have to be able to do some interesting stuff. Of course, we can. Let's actually get this output here. Let's actually just duplicate it three times. Why not? And the first thing is going to be shouting. So that is going to mean that everything here, I'm going to turn into uppercase. How do we do this? Well, we can do sentence dat to uppercase right here. This actually already suggested. And then of course the same thing just would be whispering, right? And then we're going to do sentence that to lowercase right here. So that's just going to first of alternate uppercase and lowercase. And then just for the sake of very middle, that's also just output the sentence one more time. Let's also add a commentary, right? So this is upper and lowercase. So fairly straightforward. We can just turn the entire string to uppercase, an entire string to lowercase. And then here, well, we should just get the lowercase string as well, right? So if we just put this out, you can see shouting everything in big letters, so everything in uppercase, then everything in lowercase. And then here it's, it's the normal string. That's strange, isn't it? Well, here is the very interesting part about this. These methods actually return a copy of this sentence variable. They don't change the variable in themselves. So when we had things like x equals x plus 1, we actually changed x is 0 or x plus equals 1. That changed the x variable. In this case, we're returning a copy. So that's very important and you have to really keep that in mind. But onto the next thing, Let's say, I'm telling you, Hey, what position is that Java found the word Java. You're gonna be like, I don't know, it's like exactly. So what we're gonna do is we're going to just copy over the print line again. And we're going to say the following. We're going to say the word Java or something like this is found at position. Now we could count, we're not going to call just yet. We're going to count in just a moment. We're going to say sentence dot index of, we can see there's a couple of different types of index of here, but we want this string 1. It doesn't actually matter by the way, which one you choose here you can see that as soon as the cursor is inside of the parentheses is actually going to suggest which ones you want to do. We're going to take basically, and I'm going to say Java here. So Java, Let's just see when is that? Like where does it happen? 17, okay, let's just count. So I'm going to start here. So my cursor is always going to be on the left side of the character that I'm counting on, 123456789, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. And everyone's gonna be like Wait a second. But that said 70, didn't it? Yes. It did say 17. Now why is this 18 though? Aha, see, this is a very interesting thing because in Java or in most programming languages, we're actually counting starting from 0. Now this might be absolutely crazy to you, especially if you were very much a beginner. That's totally fine. Don't worry about it. The thing about it is that you get used to it very quickly actually end. There's a few other places where we have to use this. But if we start counting at 0, you can see it's 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17. All of a sudden, the j is exactly the 17th character, or rather it's the character with index 17, right? So because this is of course the index, the index of this, the index of this word. And we're basically looking for the first character here. That's very interesting indeed, when we really think about this. And well what if will actually we're, we're, we're not, this is not correct. Where we're at is actually we want to replace something. So system out print line and we want to say a sentence that replace, and we want to replace Java with, let's say C Sharp. But why not? Right? So you can see the target that we want to replace as Java, and what we will replace it with is C sharp. So if I were to run this now. We'd see it's a wonderful C-sharp introduction as not right, That's not okay. But in this example, of course, that's totally fine. So this is the replace method and that's also very interesting. Once again, this is not replaced it in the sentence. It has returned a new string, a copy of this that basically replace this. Very important. It, maybe we want to see whether or not a certain sentence starts or ends with something. That's very easy actually, we're just going to duplicate the replace your once again with Control D. And what we can just say it starts with, you can see, and I could just say, hey, I write and that would be true in this case. And then we can also, can you guess what the other one is, of course, ends with, which would be, let's say an uppercase a, which is of course false in this case, this would be true, this should be false. So let's just see for the sake of argument. And there you can see true and false. Very easily done. Now what is if we have an, a string and we're just going to call this S for the time being, and it's just going to be an empty string, right? So a string with nothing in it. How can we check that this is empty? Well, we can make a Boolean empty. For example, we just say S is empty. And there you go. That's pretty much all that we need to. And if we were to system out, print line that is empty, we could of course also put S dot is empty inside of your, why bother, that's totally fine. And they go, this is actually where is it true? It's true. Of course it's true. Sorry. There you go, Right? Of course it's true because this is empty. And there's one more thing that's really interesting when it comes to sort of the Boolean methods for the strings. And that is the contains, one. That's very interesting. So system out print line sentence that contains, let's say Java. And this is of course true, right? Because this contains Java, we should see r2 here as well. Beautiful. What about the other way around? When we think about index overhead? What about a certain character at a certain position? Absolutely no issue whatsoever. System out print line, sentence, char at what position? Let's say 17. So we know that it's going to be a. So they know that it's going to be a j. That's going to be very important and there is a J. Easy enough. Once again, we start counting at 0. Therefore, while this is the 18th character, is the character with index 70, very important. That's, it might be hard, but after a little while using it, I'm sure that you will get used to it. And let's just do one something else. And that's going to be the substring. Interesting substring. What does that? Well, let's do system out print line, and let's just say sentence dot substring. And where do we begin? Well, let's begin at index 17. But what it's now going to happen is it's going to take everything starting from like 17 and it's just going to return everything afterwards. So this now the substring 17-year should say Java introduction, exclamation mark. And of course it does as well. That's very nice. So if we take another look sentence that you can see that there are of course a bunch more methods that you could call not, this is not an exhaustive list that I've shown. I've just shown a few that might be interesting here. I always recommend trying out a little bit. You're trying out a bunch of stuff. This great thing here is that it really is only typing out a bunch of stuff, clicking the Run button and just seeing what happens. And if something happens, that's cool, even better. And if not, if there is an arrow by the, work through it and see if you can't fix it. But that would pretty much be it for the strings and these strings method lecture. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new if you did our very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 16. (Java) Casting: Or I welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at casting. You can also think of that as converting datatypes between each other. What does that really mean? Well, let's take a look. So for example, we want to have an integer loan, which is, let's say $750 Euros, whatever the case may be. And then we have a interest rate, which is of course in float, right? And this is going to be 0.0525, let's say. So this would be equal to 5.25% interest rate at this point, should all make sense. So now we want to actually calculate the interest. Now the interest, we should calculate that as a float for the time being. And I'm going to show you why in a second. So interest is equal to the loan rate times the interest rate. That should also make sense. You can see that even though I'm taking a, an integer times a float, it all works because we're saving this in a float. Interesting. Okay, Let's do system out, print line and just print out the interests, the sea. And it should be something like 39, that's okay. Then of course, if you sense here as well, That's totally fine. Now the question is, how can we just make like multiply an integer and a float and get a float out of it. That's pretty crazy, isn't it? Well, what happens is basically that this integer in the background is converted into a float. We can make this explicit by typing mode in parentheses in front of the actual variable. And then we have this explicitly. So this is an explicit cast before it was an implicit cast. Now, the thing about it is that we're going here from an integer to a float. What happens if we make the actual interests in integer? First of all, what's going to happen is that this is going to show an error because as soon as we have one float in a, in a mathematical expression here, everything is going to be turned into a float because flows have more information, right? Because everything after the decimal point is more information, therefore, everything gets converted into a load. Now, let's actually explicitly cast this to an integer. Now let's know Mori, the background here being yellow means that this is a, is basically a warning. We're not going to worry about this because I actually want to show you basically what the warning is, warning us because all of a sudden it's a big fat 0 and you're going to be like, wait, how did they turn into a 0? Well, when we cast a float to an integer, what's going to happen is that everything after the decimal point is just cut off. So basically it's like this. So all of a sudden, interest rate is going to be 0 when we cast it into an integer, meaning that you're just going to say loan times 0 is of course 0. And you can see that this is also what the warning here says. That's why we want to get back to the float right here. So they go. And then instead of making this an integer, we're just going to keep this at the interest rate and normal. And that's going to be fine though. This is sort of the idea when you go from integer to a float. So from a, basically from less information to more information, that's usually fine. Go from flows to integer. So for more information to less information, that can have some consequences, let's just say. So that is always what you have to keep in mind. And this is also a thing. So basically this idea of writing a different datatype in front of a variable to cast it into a different datatype is something that we are going to see a little bit later in a later lecture as well. So that is something to basically also keep in mind. Well, but that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 17. (Java) Ternary Operator: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture we're going to be looking at the ternary operator. Now the ternary operator at first glance sounds like something completely crazy, really complicated, but in fact, it actually isn't. So we're going to make two integers. One of them is going to be the exam. This is just going to be the exam result as an example here. And then an integer called gift for this is, let's say our Father wants to give us a gift of X amount. We're going to specify that when we actually pass this exam, though, how we could do this as the following way. We can say if exam is bigger or equal to 50. So basically we're passing the exam, then we're going to say gift is equal to 10 and then else gift is equal to 0. Now we wouldn't necessarily need this else here, but I'm just going to add this just in there. And then we're just going to system out print line if two. So no worries there. This should all make sense. But now what we can do is we can actually write all of this year in one line. And what we can do is we can say gift is equal to. And then the first thing that we have to do is write a Boolean expression. So for example, exam is bigger or equal 50. Then we're going to write a question mark. And then what we want to return if the Boolean expression here is true. So 10, then a colon, and then whatever we wanted to return if the Boolean expression is false, so it was 0. And this is the ternary operator, question mark colon. And that pretty much is the exact same thing as this. So what we can do is we can basically just copy this over. Let's just comment out both of those so that regardless of what happens here, this isn't assigned to. We're going to first have a 0 output and then a 10. Let's see. There you go. So the 0 is of course this 0 right here that we've assigned up here. And then the 10 here is the ternary operator. So that's actually pretty cool. Now usually the ternary operator is used. I wouldn't recommend using it too much basically, but sometimes with like fairly simple things like this. You could also think of maybe taking this Boolean expression, making a Boolean out of it saying like asked exam. And then this reads a little nicer right past exam, are that it's 10, otherwise it's 0. So you can think of this as well. So I probably wouldn't keep it like this because this is something like this not to redouble rate. There's too much brain power that goes into looking at exam equal, little bigger equals 50. Okay? Okay. Oh, I get it. If you have something like an is, does pass exam or something like that as a Boolean that makes sense in this case. But whatever the case may be, this is the ternary operator and basically the same thing in if statements. Now, just because this is all in one line doesn't mean that it's necessarily better as well. Line count is no indication of quality code at all, okay? And I want you to, I want this to be very, very clear. It doesn't matter. A great program can be 1000 lines. If it has to be 1000 feet long, it has to be 1000 night long. Just because you can make that program 800 lines doesn't necessarily mean that it's better. That's very important. Because the most important thing when writing code is that you can read it and someone else can read it, which includes you six months from now. Because you're in six month is going to be a different person because you will have forgotten everything you wrote in your code. Therefore, you have to make your code readable or other people, that's the most important bit. And if a ternary operator makes sense in that case, that's great. I would never, I would definitely advise you to never put multiple terminal operators in the same line. Because of course you could put in another ternary operator on the true or false here. Definitely don't do that because then it gets very, very complicated, very fast. Stick to if statements. In that case, whatever the case may be, this would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 18. (Java) Java Arrays: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for microwave modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at arrays. Arrays are definitely the, let's say, most complicated topic we're going to be looking at, you know, up until this point. However, what I first want to tell you is that if you struggle with this, no worries at all. This is totally normal. I also struggle with is, when we learned this. And at the end of the lecture, I'm actually going to tell a little bit of a story about that. But for the time being, Let's remember back we had E3 strings, right? We are at question 1, question 2, question 3, and answer one, answer to answer three. Now, granted, the first answer was actually an integer, but in this case it's a string. That's totally fine because that's for demonstration purposes. It's a little bit easier to show. And what we had here was the idea that, well, we had those questions. Let's just say, I tell you, you know what, your trivia game that was in the first assignment, you should actually make this have a 150 questions. Now you're going to be sitting there going to be like, excuse me. Yeah. A 150 question. Well, okay. Then you start duplicating this and then changing every one of them. Now, then maybe, you know, I, I know thing you can keep all pressed and and, you know, change multiple things at the same time, but then they all change to the same number and it's all sorts of just screwed up. It's not very good. So that doesn't quite work. Okay. How else might we be able to do this? Well, what we can use is an array. Now an array, you can think of that as a list. It's not a 100 percent of list, right? It's a little bit different because there is actually something called a list in Java as well. However, we're going to think of it as a list. And you were going to make a string array of questions and a string area of answers. And we're just gonna take a look at what that basically entails. So how do we make an array? Well, we just type in the type that we want. So the data type that we want, and then these brackets here, and this is going to be questions and it is equal to new. So we have to take the new keyword and you can see that this is already being suggested to us. I'm going to type this out string and then once again, the angle of the brackets here and then ending with a semicolon. Now this is not done yet because inside of these brackets, we actually have to supply the length of this array. So how many elements are going to be in there? In our case? Well, that's pretty much it. So that's pretty cool. Now. That's it. It's like yes, that's pretty much it. And now of course we need to assign something. So what we can say is questions. You can see that I basically autocomplete that with the Tab key, right? The brackets again and then assign, for example, one equals two. And then let's just take this right here, right? So something like this. And I can just continue with this, right? 23. And then let's just, well, how can I output this right? How, how is this possible? Well, system out print line, and then we can just say questions, no questions, there you go. And then for example, three-year now at my mean is all the same, right? Now, let's just change this, actually copy this over. So select this control C control V, like this Control C Control V. And let's just bring out the three here. That's just C and O know what happened here? Well, what happened here is that we maybe forgot. Now, I didn't forget, I actually wanted to show you this. But what happened here is that we have to start counting at 0. So this is where we get back when we saw the strings where we start to count at 0 year, we counted 0 as well. But this means that when we have three elements in this questions array, the first element is of index 0, the second is of index one, and the third is of index 2, meaning that three doesn't exist here, and then we get an exception. We're going to see this at the end of the lecture again, because I want you to like see the exception and I want you to understand what that means. But for the time being, this is how you assign different strings, in this case, different values to the array. And you can also read it out pretty much like this. But that's actually what all it takes. And let's also just copy this over for the sake of argument and call this the answers, right? And then we're going to copy the swell. So I'll select this RP here, here and here. And then we're just going to change this to the answers here. So this is going to be 50. This is of course going to be London. And then the last one is going to be F e. Very interesting indeed. And then what we can do is, for example, we can output the answers here. So we're just going to see answers one in questions 1. And then all of a sudden it says something like, well, what is the capital of the United Kingdom? London? Very easy. And let's actually change this to, actually, we don't need to change this to a 0. That's totally fine. All we can do is now, well, okay, Then can we just like reassign this so her so we can take this. I'm just gonna take this. Actually, I'm going to write it out those questions. Once again, bracket 0 equals, for example, how old is Ian? Msc, Gregor, right in 2020. That's just let's date ourselves. Why not? That's totally fine. And then we just output this again. Now the 0, let's say, and the 0 here. The question. We've reassigned here, and then the answer is still going to be correct. By the way, that is something I have checked. By the way, as I did want this to be correct. That's pretty cool. All things considered. The really cool thing is that here everything is sort of in one data type, right? So questions now has all of the questions. Instead of having three different strings, we actually have everything in this questions string array. That's pretty cool. We can also get the size of the length of this array, of this list, so to speak, by doing questions that length as you can see here. And we can just take a look at this. This is of course 3 because this is what we have supplied right here, right? So in this, we had to supply the length. Therefore, this is pretty much it. And you might have also seen a lot of suggestions here. We're not going to worry about any of those at the time being because all of those are very, very complicated. And we then also have is I'm actually going to copy over just the tiniest bit here. So this is the array index out of bounds exception right here. It's pretty much what we've already seen, but I'm going to show this one more time. So if we put a number into the bracket that actually does not exist, we're going to get an array index out of bounds exception. So you can think of it like this. Well, this is an array and it has a certain bound, okay, fair enough. Like an index. So the index that we're passing in, this is the index rate three. I want the question with index three. Okay, fair enough. But that is out of bounds because this area only has three elements and we start counting at 0. So therefore, the index or the element with index three does not exist. And once again, you get the really nice stack trace here so you can get the exact location where the issue has occurred. So that is also something I wanted to mention here. Otherwise, that would pretty much be the general gist of arrays. And now of course, the sort of thing I told you at the beginning. So when I learned areas in university, the interesting thing was that I didn't understand them fully. So I said, You know what, I don't need areas. I'm never going to use areas, ever. It doesn't matter. I'm just going to stick with this. I'm going to make individual variables. But of course, you're going to run into very hard issues as soon as someone says, well, then make like 20 different ones and then just like give me get them out, put them in a random order. It's not going to work because these things definitely have to be learned. This is also not the right approach, white. Oh, I don't understand it. Therefore, I don't have to learn it. Therefore, it's not important, none. And of course, if it exists, there has some merit to it in that sense in the programming here. So I definitely highly recommend taking another look at this. Just staying calm, trying a few things out to sort of understand this. And also once again, if you get any errors, no worries at all. Errors are totally normal to get when programming. There's nothing like there's no shame, doesn't like it's totally normal, genuinely it every programmer, it gets multiple arrows every day when they program. Even veteran programmers still get arrows every day. So never feel bad about that at all. And yeah, so that's sort of the general idea of areas here. I hope I was able to sort of get the idea across that this is really much like a list, right? It's not a 100 percent ellipse, but you can think of it as a list. You put different elements into, basically with different indices or indexes, you know, something like that, right? But otherwise, this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 19. (Java) Loops: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture we're going to be talking about loops. What we are going to need for this lecture are both of these string arrays that we've made previously for the questions and the answers anyway. But before we do anything with the areas, first of all, I want you to do the following. Output. Every number from 0 to 99, right? You're going to be like, Okay, system out, print line 0, then you might be like duplicate one, duplicate two. Now you're going to be sitting there all along time like that. Let's just be honest, that's gonna take a long time. Well, and then come loops. So loops are something where you can execute a piece of code multiple times. And the first type of loop we're going to be looking at is the for-loop. For that we're going to type in four and then parentheses. Once again, the closing parentheses should generate automatically. And then we're going to type in int I equals 0 semicolon I is smaller than a 100 semicolon I plus, plus closing parentheses and then an open curly bracket. Then the closing curly bracket should generate once you hit Enter, when you take the system out print line and put it inside of the curly brackets here. And I'm going to change the 0 to an eye and now see the wonders of programming. As you can clearly see, everything is output from 0 all the way up to 99. But what is happening here? Well, in a for-loop, the idea is that what we're doing is we're defining, as you can see, we're initializing a, an integer i e to the 0. And then we're saying we're having some sort of Boolean expression here and then an increment. What happens is that I is set to 0. What is being checked is whether or not I is smaller than a 100. If this is true, we are continuing with this loop. So if this is true, everything inside of you happens, then we're going to increase I and then this is checked again. And then we're doing this again, increasing I, check increasing i and so on and so forth. So this is basically done forever until this year. This Boolean expression is false. And once it's false, meaning that I is no longer smaller than a 100, which happens once i is a 100, then this is no longer executed and everything afterwards, after the curly bracket here starts to happen. This is why it stops at 99 and not a 100, because when I is 99, this is still true. 99 is smaller than a 100. Everyone agrees, yes. But as soon as it's a 100100 is not smaller than a 100. It actually is in fact equal to a 100. Therefore, this no longer basically is true. Therefore, this is no longer executed for a 100. And that's sort of the idea. And that's really cool, isn't it? Like we can very easily do this? And now I'm going to absolutely blow your mind. Do now I'm going to tell you, well, output all of the questions and answers and you're just going to occupy system out print line. Now question 0, answer 0, just like we had before. Well, this is going to be easier for int I equals 0. I is smaller than questions dot length I plus, plus. And then what I'm going to do is I'm actually going to copy this one twice. And then instead of this, I'm going to call questions I oh, that's interesting, isn't it? And answers I. Now this, that's pretty cool. So you can basically pass in the integer here into the brackets and access, well, whatever index you want and whatever index this integer takes on. Another really crazy thing is because we are actually looking at the length here, right? Because we have the length, this immediately saves us from any errors. Now the only error that might occur is if we all of a sudden make this four here, right? Because we're taking the length of the questions while the answers is not the same. So then we could run into an error. Once again, the area out of bounds exception or the array index out of bounds exception. But for the time being, when we use the lengthier, that's going to be totally fine. And if I just run this, you can see it prints out everything. Harmony sits at the US AIR 50 capital of United Kingdom, London. And then chemical symbol for iron is Fe. So that all works. So that's pretty, that's pretty insane, right? That's pretty cool. Or loops insanely valuable and can be used for all sorts of stuff. There's another type of loop which is very similar to the for-loop, which is the for each loop. Now you can see if I can actually type that in and I could press the Tab key to autocomplete this. However, I will not, because the formatting is a little bit weird for me. I don't know, quite know what that is the case. We're just going to write in for that I can say string Western Poland questions. And the way to read this is for each string question in questions, this is how you would read it. And then you can just do a system out, print line, question. And I can just print out each individual question here. Once again, that's just going to work. So as you can see, there you go, uh, basically now have access to what the individual elements inside of that list or array in this case, and I don't have to specify it via the index here. I'm actually getting all of them well individually. So this is the for each loop and this for each you go, That's another type of loop that's interesting. And then the last type of loop that I want to show you is the while loop. Now, I have a personal preference to very rarely used the while loop simply because of the fact that it can be, well, it can get you into trouble. So we can say something like while true and then curly brackets. So what happens is that everything inside of here is going to happen while this is true. Now obviously, when you think about this for a second, wait a second. If I put in true, then this is always going to be true exactly. This is now a while loop and a while loop and endless, right? So this is an endless loop and this is the danger you might run into with a while loop. You could run into the issue with for loops as well in theory, but it's very rare that are actually happens. But in while loops, it's very often the case or it can be the case that you have an endless loop. Now everyone has to go through that at some point. I'm just saying that my bias is that I don't really like while loops. But what we can do is, well, let's do the following. Let's actually add an input for the person. So Scanner here, scanner equals new scanner system.in and then done. But what we're gonna do is we're just going to say something like the following system out print line. Do you want to continue? But so we're just going to say, Hey, does the person want to continue to use? We want to continue. And then we're just going to say, hey, if scanner dot next, right? If that equals yes. Then what we're gonna do is we're just going to continue, right? So continue the actual keyword else we're going to break. This is an example here of the Continue and the break keyword. The continue keyword basically ignores everything that comes after it inside of the loop and jumps back to the top of the loop where the break keyword breaks out of the loop. So basically it goes to the end of year and everything afterwards is then executed again. This would be the same if this all of a sudden turns false. In this case, this is of course an endless loop, right? So, so as long as I type in, yes, this is going to continue and as soon as I type in anything else, it's going to break out of it. So that's sort of the idea of this while loop here. Let's actually take a look at this so I can type in. Yes. And I can type in, yes. And I could type in. Yes. And then I'm going to make a mistake here and an OH, no, All of a sudden the code is stops. That's sort of the idea. So this could be an endless loop with sort of a braking system. Now what's very important is that the continue and the break keyword should probably only be used sparingly because there are a lot of developers who don't like this. Because if you have like, let's say a longer FOR loop or longer while loop and you have a lot of Continue and breaks in there. Sometimes can be a little bit confusing. Like to read it, right? Because you're going to have more branches so to speak. So you can think, if you can think of way of doing it in a little bit of a different manner that usually is better. Whatever the case may be. Those are the loops that I wanted to show you. Really pretty cool stuff. And we're really starting to get some very, very cool tools in our toolbox to really work with code and to just program something that's really cool. So, but for the time being, this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new if you did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 20. (Java) Java Methods: Welcome back to the Java introduction for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at a methods. So first of all, we once again require the string areas here. We don't necessarily require them, however, we are going to use them in this lecture. And well, methods. What are methods? Well, we've seen this word thrown around a few times before with the string methods. And also something like system out print line is also a method. And I might have said once or twice before main method. So there is something to this. We've seen the math methods as well, so we've definitely heard that word before. What is it really? Well, in theory, a method, you can think of it as a few lines of code, one line of code or a 100 lines of code in theory, that are executed when you call that method. So you call a method like for example, when we type in a system, system out print line, right? And I say Hello, read this. It's something in the background, happens, right? So this print line, when we call this, this method here, something in the background happens. Now we don't, in this case necessarily know what exactly happens. But something happens to that this hello, right? Once I run this, so that when this happens, something happens in the background that this hello is now being displayed in this Run window. So we don't really know what, but something in the background happens, so some code is executed. So if we have a piece of code that we might want to reuse, let's say a 100 times in our code. Then you might say, well, we can just make a for-loop, you know, a 100 times. Well, but what if I want to do this at different locations in my code, right? So maybe I want to ask a question in this case, right? And an output and answer and then check for the answer. Then I want to ask questions again. It's like, well, I mean, you could do a for loop, but well, maybe we want to make some if statements in there. It's going to get a little bit complicated. So this doesn't always work. So let's say, for example, what I wanna do is I just want, I wouldn't just something that I can type in that I can give, let's say a, an array here, red. So the string array of questions, a string area of answers, and that just outputs meet all of the answers and all of the questions. So all of the questions, answers just in enroll. So I could of course write something like this. Right eye for loop int I equals 0. I is smaller than questions that links, Let's say I plus, plus. And then I could just say system out, print line questions. I write something like this and then duplicate this and then say answers. I could do that. Well, let's say once again, I want this to be done a 100 times throughout our code. Now the observant of you might say, well, why don't we just put this for-loop into another for loop. And you would be absolutely correct. You could do that as well. However, let's not get too clever. Let's just think about this and make this a method. Now, what we're going to do is I told you before that we are only operating between these two curly brackets. We're, we're expanding our world now and moving outside of these curly brackets. Because now our new curly brackets are those two basically. So now this is our new home. And this, you might have sort of thought about this. Well, this is the main method that is basically being executed when we press the Run button, then the main method is executed. Now we're going to add a new method. And first of all, going to write this out. And then I'm going to explain what happens here. So we're going to write public static, void. And I'm going to call this output questions and answers. Then I'm going to type in a parenthesis, the closing parentheses should generate automatically. And then I'm going to make a string array here. So this is going to be the questions and then a, another string array answers, right? And then I'm going to make a curly bracket. And you see that the second curly bracket has already generated. I can just press the Enter key and then the formatting should also be complete. And with this, a newer method has been created. So for the time being, we will ignore is this public and static. We don't quite know what that is yet, but we're very close to figuring this out with in a future lecture. We're going to actually figure out what that means for the time being. We just know this is an access modifier. We don't know what it does yet. We just know that we need to have public static written here and then everything is going to be fine. There's void here is actually the return type of this method. So some methods return something and we'll see this in just a moment. So after we've done this method, we're going to make another one that actually will return an integer. Then we're going to have the name of the method. Now this is something that you can decide yourself. Usually, naming variables and naming methods should be very expressive. So even though this might very long to you don't shy away from long method names or long variable names. If they exactly describe what they are doing, that is going to be the best thing. Then after the name, come, the parentheses here. And inside of the parentheses, we basically also define a variable sort of speak. And those are called parameters. So we have two parameters here, and both of them are of type string array. And overall, this entire thing here. So all of this, right, the access modifiers, the return type, the name of the method, and the parameters is what's called the method signature. So because we need to know this, method signatures have to be. Unique meaning I can't have the same thing. So I'm going to select all of this. And then I'm going to say Control C and then Control V. And you can see that if I hover over this now we're going to say is already defined right here. So this is exactly the same thing and it's already defined. That doesn't work, right? So that's very important. However, if I change the method signature, meaning for example, I make one less, I put one less parameter in here that works. You will, they have the same name, they have a different signature. So this, in this case, would now be called method overloading because we have the same name, this with a different signature off. So for example, different number of parameters, different types of parameters, different return type. That's sort of the ways you can alternate year for having methods of the same name. This is going to get interesting, maybe later down the line for the time being, we're going to delete this one and we're just going to keep the one method right here. And what we're just going to do is we're actually just going to take this Control X to cut it out, Control V to paste it in. And all of a sudden you can see everything is working totally fine because of course, we are having the parameters here, Westerns and answers. And the idea is that we're going to pass those in. So because right now of course this questions, this answers, those are not the same as these two. I can call this, let's say Q0, Q, Q u, e, just for the sake of argument. And I'm going to call this E&S just so that there's no misunderstanding. This year is not the same as this because I could call this with, of course, a different string array of questions in a different string area of answers. So this is going to be very general. This is just going to do this for any area I'm gonna put in. So that's the really cool thing. Then what I can do is I can call this, I can say output. And you could see as soon as I type in out, the actual method is being recognized by the program. It actually suggested here. So I can just put in the tab key. I can press the tab key and it automatically generates your and I can just say Q0 and ANS. So now I've passed in the questions string array as the question perimeter and the answer string array as the answer parameter. You might, what you've also might have seen is that the method turned from gray to yellow. This simply means that this method is actually being used, so being called. And that's also a, an important idea. And if I now run this, you will see that it actually works. You can see how many sets. The US, they have 50 capitals, United Kingdom, London, and chemical symbol for iron is F, e. So it outputs this and it just basically calls all of the code of this inside of here. And now of course, methods can call methods, and methods can call other methods. So this, of course, does get quite complicated at some point. However, for the time being, this is really cool. Now, we're also going to make a method which is, might be very complicated. So what we're going to have as one's going to public static int. So we're now going to be returning an integer and we're going to sum two numbers together. So for that, what do we need? Well, of course an integer x and an integer y. Now, once again, the names of the parameters, by the way, also can be whatever you choose to. Usually you want them also to be very expressive in general. Now we have this sum method right here. And what we're going to do is we're going to type into the return keyword x plus y. There you go. So we're just going to return x plus y because that's of course the sum of these two integers in that case, nothing too spectacular. However, what I did want to show you is basically the return keyword and that you can return different types as well. So the SAM method in this case, we can just take a look at this, right? So system out print line, and then we're going to say some ten and let's say 12. And then if I run this and it should say 22, there you go. So no worries at all, that all works. And that sort of the general idea here that you have with methods. So it can either return something or it can nab return something, then you have to write in a void. But that's sort of a tentative look at methods. Of course, once again, you really have to also apply this a little bit to really get the understanding here. However, that is a great segue to the assignment which is going to be up next. I highly recommend making like doing the next assignment because that's going to be basically methods. And even if you don't get Sue will basically do everything in there, at least looking at the question and then the solution to it will hopefully illuminate also the way that you can use methods in your own code. But for the time being, this is going to be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 21. ASSIGNMENT 2: Trivia Game with Methods: All right, Welcome to the second assignment of the Java introduction here. And in this short video, I basically want to explain the assignment. So overall, the assignment is not actually that complicated over I still want to basically walk you through this. So the idea is that you should recreate the trivia game from the first assignment. So basically pretty much the same thing. But this time you should have five questions and five answers. And the way that you should save those is in two areas. One for the questions and the answers. And what you should also do is you should at least create two methods to make the code more readable and easier to follow. And basically as a hint, you're going to think of it like this. When you have some duplicate code, you should probably make that into a method. We'll think about that. Think about where you might be calling something twice and then you can basically make a method out of that. And what you should also do is you should make an endless loop and then some if statements in there in some capacity. So some logic, who make the user to prompt the user to keep playing or not if they don't want to anymore. I highly recommend taking another look at the loops lecture again because they are actually had a very similar use case that they are aware we had an endless while loop that you can stop with them IF statements and the break and the continue keywords. So those might come in very handy here. Otherwise, overall, this should be fairly straightforward. The game in and of itself should play very similarly actually than the first one. It should just look a little bit different. So overall, that would be the entire idea. Of course, don't forget things like the points as well. Also the, you know, add those as well. Otherwise, this is pretty much all that you really need to do. I suggest round about another hour or so for this assignment, depending of course on your level, you might also do it in like 30 minutes, 45 minutes, who knows? But don't stress yourself. Take yourself some time to really dig into this. Watch a couple of lectures again, the loop lecture, I highly recommend methods lecture was very nice areas if you don't quite fully understand those, I highly recommend this. And otherwise, of course, the solution will be available to you as well. So no worries there. Otherwise, I wish you the best of luck for this assignment, though. Yeah. 22. SOLUTION 2: Trivia Game with Methods: Or I welcome back to the second assignment and the solution to the actual assignment here. So once again, the code is of course available for you. And as a, well, basically disclaimer here, if your code doesn't a 100 percent match the code that I have, that is of course totally fine. There's no shame in that because there's always multiple solutions to this. And I do think that my solution may be uses a few, too many methods. Actually, interestingly enough, but for the time being, we're just going to step through it. So of course, the string arrays, questions and answers should be fairly self-explanatory here. Same with the scanner once again to read stuff in, and then a points total here, just core points. So that's fairly straightforward. We have a while loop that is always true. So you can see this is basically the entire while loop here. And let's first of all take a look at the very bottom here. So this print play again, method prints out, Hey, do you want to play again? If you put in a y here, then it basically resets the points and then continues with this while loop again. Otherwise, it just breaks out of the while loop. And then prince de goodbye here. That's sort of the idea. Otherwise you can very easily actually follow this. Does the names of the methods almost entirely describe what they are doing and then see Print title, Fair enough. And then we're gonna go through for each of the questions here for this for-loop, very, fairly straightforward as well. And we have the print question here for the question that currently is basically being asked BY then read in the user answer. And then we have an if statement that calls another method here. So is correct answer from this user answer. And it basically compares this to the answer that is correct for this question. If this is the case, so if this method returns true, we are then printing out, you had a correct answer where then increasingly points total and writing that back into the points variable. And then here we're also printing out the current points total basically. And if this was not the correct answer, then we're printing out that you had an incorrect answer and we're also printing out the actual correct answer. That pretty much is all that we really need here. And you can see then at the end here we're just printing out the point total and then asking the player to basically whether or not they want to play again. So that's the entire logic here. And then if we go down, we can see that there are a lot of methods in here. And all of them are very, very simple, right? Almost all of them just one light, basically all of them just a one line. Now, you can make a very good case that, that might be a little too much of a good thing, can also be a bad thing in this case, right? Or too many methods might be too much. However, this definitely is very easy to follow here. There's also points in saying, well maybe we could just take this entire IF statement and make a method. Are that as well, we could maybe take the entire for loop, make an entire method out of that. We can take this part and make a method others. So there are multiple ideas that you can follow and you could still, of course make more methods out of this or fewer. That's totally fine and that's totally okay. As long as it works, you have a few methods you made, then it's going to be absolutely fine. So once again, if this is not exactly your solution, do not worry about that in the slightest. Once again, the beautiful thing about programming is that there are always, I mean, there's a million different ways that you can do this. Of course, some of them are going to be more optimized than others. But at the end of the day, when we really think about it, this is totally going to be fine usually. So if this isn't a 100 percent correct like you have it, that's okay. If it works, I'm already very happy with that. Otherwise, this pretty much is my solution. This code is of course, also available to you. Otherwise, I hope that this assignment was useful to you to dig a little deeper into the idea of methods and how to use them. I can always, of course, also just suggest playing around with it in your own time, just trying out a bunch of stuff. At this point you have a lot of different tools. You have if statements, you have loops, you have methods, arrays. So there's a lot of stuff that you can play around with. You can read stuff in from the user. You can write out stuff to the console, which at this point actually just opens up a whole bunch of stuff to you. So if you want to make sort of like a choose your own adventure, just a little tiny thing, right? Go ahead, right, just try out a bunch of stuff. I highly recommend just being experimental with it. You, you can't break anything here, right? As long as you write your code in here is just for you, it's all going to be fine. Like I've already said in the lecture about the errors. If you get some errors, no need to worry, this is not the end of the world and everyone gets arrows, right. I get arrows anytime, like when I program, of course, there's going to be arrows and that's totally fine. As long as you work through them, you try to understand why did I get this error? How did that happen? And sort of something like that. But this would be it for the solution right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 23. (Java) Java Collections: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at collections. This will include a realist maps and sets. Though especially sets is something that is used quite extensively in Minecraft modeling in general, but in the Minecraft codebase. So sets are very interesting things, but we're going to first of all start with an ArrayList. Though. We will think back to the string array, which we were able to define like this, right? So questions for example, here, with a new string array, let's say of size two. And then we were able to assign those questions kind of like this. How any states, no States? Does. The USA half goes something like this. And we could duplicate that line. The other one as well. For example, making this a little shorter capital of UK. So that works totally fine. No issues whatsoever rate. However, one of the things you might ask yourself is right, but what if I want to change the number of questions inside of this area? Well, you have to change this number right here. And that can be a little annoying, right? Because then you have to go in here, have to change this, makes sure that if you then have a area that has answers, you also have to change the size of that, and so on and so forth. So kind of not the best thing. And for that we're going to take a look at a list now. So we're going to type in lst, so list. And you can see that it already basically suggests us at this one. And we're just going to press the Tab key, which is now going to import something at the top here. If that doesn't happen, I'm going to show you in just a moment how you could fix that. And then you're going to put in the angle bracket right here. So angle bracket and the other one should automatically generate as well. And then we're gonna put in a string right here. And then afterwards we're going to call this the question list. And this is equal to a new ArrayList. You can see that this is already being basically suggested to us. Once again, I'm going to press the Tab key to automatically generated. And we're going to end this with a semicolon. And the first thing that you're going to see is that we, we have not defined any length for this list. And this is exactly right because there's no need to define a length for a list, because a list is sort of dynamically while Lengthen solar speak. So basically we can just add stuff to it, add elements to it and the list we'll just expand dynamically. So that's really cool. That's the first very cool thing. So we can say question list, dot, add, and then put a string. So for example, what language is spoken in Germany? As a question here. And then I can just duplicate this. And for example, say, what is the capital of Canada? And then at the end here maybe something like, you know, let's just say in what hemisphere? Hemisphere is Brazil. But just for the sake of argument. So those three questions examples, just add it to the list, and this will now be the element with index 0. This will be the element with index one, and this will be the element with index two. So that's really cool. And the first thing that we can basically say is that lists, right? They are basically add entries or elements dynamically. So that is really freaking cool, right? So we can add and well, even remove stuff. How would you remove stuff? Well, that's actually fairly easy as well. We can just say question list dot remove, and then either I can put in the index that I want to remove or I can put in the actual object that I want to remove. So I could also pass in the actual string here, or I could just say one. And then it's going to remove the question, what is the capital of Canada? That's pretty cool. Now, the next question you might have is, well, how are we able to basically get the length of this? Well, we can say question list dot. First of all, you're going to get a lot of things suggested here as you can clearly see. A lot of things most of which don't interests us at the moment. We actually have to use the size method right here. So size with the parentheses, meaning of course that this is a method call. And this returns as the length or the size of this list. And how can I get a, an element out of this list? Well, we can just type in system out, print line to print this out. And then we can say question list that GET. And then here we have to pass in the index. So in this case 0 for example. And if I just run this, you will see that we're going to get two for the size because of course we have removed the first question or the string with index one. And then the element with index 0 is still going to be what language is spoken in Germany. So that's pretty cool. All things considered. Now, let's take a look at something else. And that's going to be a list of integers, for example, right? So numbers is equal to a new array list. And what you're going to see is that this some issue here. So ArrayLists rates something like that. And then you can see that it's sort of, you know, it doesn't behave quite right. There's like a red underlines here. What is going on? Well, if we hover over this, you can see type argument cannot be of primitive type. That means that we actually can't use in Boolean and stuff like that. However, before you. This may and say, Oh my god, that's the worst thing ever. No worries. There are wrapper classes which you can use so you can actually see replace it with Java Lang integer. Well, I can either click on this or I can just type an integer right here. So this one, in this case. And if you use that, then everything works fine. So these are this list and these angle brackets are what's called generics. And the idea is that you can put any datatype into here, except for the primitive ones. That's very important for those we need those a wrapper classes. So there are wrapper classes, right? We can use, can use instead of the primitive, a primitive datatypes the u. So this is very important to remember here there are wrapper classes and they should exist for every one of the primitive datatypes. So no worries there at all. And here we can very easily just say numbers at, you know, were 20 for example. And numbers add something like 42. No worries at all. As you can see, we can just add those numbers in here and they're normal integers and we can basically use o. That is totally fine. But I did want to mention this that you can't use the primitive data types in these generics as they are called. Like I said, generics are these tour of these angle brackets, right? These angular brackets. And everything that's inside of it is called a generic because, well, it is generic in the sense that we can put in any other class or any other object, any data type that we want into here. And it will just work. This by the way, includes a list as well, right? So we can have a list of a list. Of course, why not? Right? We multiple lists that would also work. But for the time being, that will be it for the lists. Let's take a look at maps. So maps are very interesting. Read, a map is the following thing. A map contains a key and a value. And the key, the key actually maps, right key maps to a certain value that all should make sense. This is called a key value pair. Okay, fair enough. What can we see? Well as just type this in map as you can see, and we have two different things in the angle brackets this time. So let's import this, right? So you can see that this is also imported here. If those aren't important automatically, you can see that things turn red and you can very easily do this yourself. You can just click on this and press Alt and Enter, and it will import this class. You can see I have also had to do the same with the ArrayList. And then down here for the map, actually don't have to do this just yet because I'm not done yet, but we will see this in just a moment. We're going to have a map that maps a string to another string. And we're going to call this the country to capital map, which is going to be equal to a new HashMap in this case. And then what we can do is we can just press Alt and Enter. And then it's going to be important here as well. But those are very important, those imports basically, so that the program knows that we are using these datatypes, right? So the list, the ArrayList, the map, and stuff like that. And what we can do now is we can add to this country to capital MAB as well. So we can just say put and that puts in new values. So for example, Germany would be Berlin. Hopefully you knew that one. Let's do another one. So let's actually just duplicate this a couple of times. And we're gonna say France. You know that one that is Paris, of course, early straightforward, Italy, Wu now it gets interesting Rome of course. And then we're going to have a USA, and that is going to be Washington DC. So very straightforward. All things considered here, as you can see, I can put in two strings, right? Because this is what I've defined here. Those do not have to be the same. I could put in an integer year, a float here, I could put in a string here, a list here. Anything would work. This does not have to be both of the same. That's very important. I also wanted to mention that. And how do we now get a value out of a map? Well, let's say system out print line. And then we're going to say country to capital dot get. And you can see I have to supply a string. And what I'm going to get out is of course a string here, but this is what I have to supply. And then this is what I get out of it. So the return type and I put in Germany, and then Berlin will be output as Germany is the key to the key-value pair, Germany, Berlin should be fairly straight forward. I can also ask whether or not the map contains a certain key or contains a certain value. So I can say system out print line. And then just so that everyone knows what we're asking here contains key Germany. And then we're going to say, country to capital dot contains key, Germany, which of course is going to be true. Then we're just going to duplicate this. Then we're going to say contains a value. So we can also ask for values, London for example. And then we can call the contains a value method right here, pass and London right here. And then if we just run this, we should see. First of all, right here, Berlin rate is the capital of Germany and then contains key. German is going to be true because it does contain that key and then contains value. London is going to be false because of course we don't have London urine here as a value. We can also remove things from a map. So once again system out, print line and connect to say, I can say country to capitalize, dot remove. And the cool thing about the Remove you can see is that I can either pass in the key or I can also pass in both the key and of the object as well. And then it's going to return a true if that has been removed because maybe those don't match and you want to a specific functionality here. Otherwise you can just pass in the key and then you will actually get the return as well. So you will get a last, last store of value year. So this should now say Paris. And after that, brands is actually, as you can see, and after this is basically removed from this map, that's a very interesting idea of maps. They can be incredibly useful. However, it is, of course sometimes it's hard in this abstract sort of ways when I just show those where you can really use them. Using these data types, sometimes can be, well, it's not an exact science, right? So sometimes you want to use something. I'm not sure if this fits. Once again, just try it out. Steve works and then you're going to be fine. And then last but not least, what we're going to take a look at sets. What sets, as I've mentioned, are things that are used heavily in the codebase of Minecraft. And a set is just a collection, a collection that contains no duplicates. Well, that's the most simplest definition of a set. It just is a, well, a list or a collection that doesn't contain duplicates. So a set, for example, of string, we could have this as usernames, for example, with each issue which is equal to a new HashSet in this case, then you can see this has also been imported and now this has turned into a story here because all of those are in, under the util package. So it actually doesn't have too many imports here. It's sort of does that on its own. That's very nice. So now we have a set and we can of course add to that user names dot add, for example, cotton job. Or we could say usernames dot add, nano tech right here. And then we can say, well, okay, fair enough, This is really cool, but what else does a set do? Well, once again, if we now want to add something twice, so you can, for example, say something like usernames add, let's say FV, right? And then I duplicate this, and I want to add it the same name twice, right? We're actually going to get returned eight faults. Here we get a true, here we get a false because this is already in there, the string is already inside of the collection. And because it contains no duplicates, we can only ever have it once. If I actually all this, you will see that the first one is true because of course F or V was not added yet. And then after it has been added and we try to add it again, we're going to get a return false. So that's a very interesting. Over all the sets, you can't really call individual things inside of the set. The set is really a collection that should be used sort of together. And I just wanted to just gently introduce the sets here just so that you've heard about them. So once we see them inside of the game basically, or inside of Minecraft code, then you're not going to be completely caught off guard. So the last section here, arrows you might run into, right? So that's always a, an important thing though. You can just, let's just do this. Uncomment were arrows. I just saw where errors, please, not for terrorists that, that would not be good. Lets actually copy this over for the sake of argument and we're just going to change this C to a small c and n are going to be fine. So the first one is the index out of bound exception. So let's just do the following. Let's uncomment this. And first of all, this is the question list. There you go. No worries at all. And if we do this, then you will see we get an exception here, the index out of bounds exception. So this is a very, very similar exception to the array index out of bounds exception is just with a list. That's pretty much all there is. So we tried to pass in an index into the getMethod that doesn't exist for lists. So of course, when we only have two elements, the first one is of index 0, the second one is of index one. So very important here that of course, passing any two would not work, right? So that's the first exception. And then, well, the other thing is not really an exception, but it is going to return a null. So if we pass in a key into a map that doesn't exist, we're going to get a null returned, right? And that might lead to an arrow down the line. So if I do this, then you will see that if I do that, we'll get a null at the bottom here. And this is basically right, of course, Malta, we don't have that in our country to capital Mab. This is actually going to get us returned a null. Therefore, it might be very valuable to see if it contains a key before you actually try to get it was great. Getting returned a null is not the end of the world. Of course not over if you then, if you don't expect this to be null or you don't handle this to be null possibly, then you might run into some issues. Well, those are some of the errors that I definitely wanted to mention here as well. So those would be, well, the sum of the collections. Of course, there's plenty more, there's plenty more datatypes that you could use. You know, there's not only list's maps and sets, There's plenty else, but for the time being is going to be enough to basically get you started. So this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. If you did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 24. (Java) Object Oriented Programming Explained: Or I welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be talking about object oriented programming. And as you can see, we are actually on PowerPoint. In this case. We're actually going to have a little bit of a PowerPoint presentation here. So let's actually just start with the idea of what is this object-oriented programming? Well, in this lecture, we're going to go through a little bit of the theory and some of the terms that you will well basically need to familiarize yourself with in order to know what is going on and to understand the parlance when talking with people that know programming and when I continue along with this, so especially in the Minecraft part of this lecture or this course, you're going to see that I'm going to basically always use the terms that are necessary to use. So classes, methods, objects, stuff like that, and you should know what those are. So the first thing that we can think about is everything is an object. Okay, let's, let's store that as an information, as a piece of information and we can create custom objects with custom functionality. Interesting, Okay, and these would be called classes. So a class is, we can create an object from a class, okay, Interesting. And in classes can inheritable functionality, which would be methods, variables from other classes. And we're going to see two basically Theory examples of this. And then in later lectures, we're going to take a look at some practical examples as well. Well, first of all, let's go through the very important terms here. So a class, or classes are custom or user-defined data types. But now we get actually to the point where you can make your own datatypes. And those classes then can basically be used as templates to create objects. And these classes include methods and fields which are called members. Let's take this one step at a time. So a class is a custom or user-defined data types that pretty cool. And those include methods and fields, which we're going to talk about right here. These are members and how they can be used to create objects. Now what is an object? An object is nothing else than an instance of a particular class with defined data. We're going to see an example of that in just a moment. So this will get a much clearer. But first of all, let's talk about the members. Those should be fairly self-explanatory or way easier than the objects. So members of a class is either a method or a field, and you can also call methods functions. Now, people who are a little bit more into Java might know that this is not strictly necessary. So functions are tiny bit different than methods. For our purposes, it's totally fine. Some people still say functions, even though there are methods, it's going to be fine and no one's going to go crazy with this. We don't have to be too pedantic on this, right? So methods or functions basically define specific behavior for an object, and methods can be called for specific objects. So one example of this, which we've already seen is something like the size method for a particular list. Of course, every list is going to have the same size method. What is going to be returned is specific to a specific list. So for that object, but that's sort of the general idea, fields or attributes as they're also called our variables that are defined in the class that store some data related to that class. So for example, if we were to have a person class that might save a string called name, that should also make sense and should be fairly self-explanatory as this example here. And once again, all of this we will of course, also see live in action, I believe next lecture we're immediately going to start to jump in to classes and objects. So no worries there at all. So let's first of all take a look at the idea of inheriting stuff. So this, I want to, first of all preface with the idea that if you don't fully get this, that's absolutely fine. Inheritance is very complicated. I just wanted to mention this so that you have heard it once before. But the idea is that we might have an animal class, right? And that actually basically inherits all of its functionality and all of its variables down to two classes. So the two-legged animal and the four-legged animal class, and these are related in the following way. The animal class is the superclass of the two-legged animal and the superclass for the four-legged animal. While the four-legged animal and the two-legged animal classes are subclasses of the Animal class. You can always only have one superclass, but as you can see, you can have multiple subclasses. And then here we can even go further down and inherit even a more stuff and add more functionality. So you sort of go from a very generic or very abstract, very specific, right? Animal is a very abstract category. Two legged animal. We're starting to really get into more specific stuff, human and an ostrich. Now we're very, very specific. So that's one idea you can think of, right? So let's think of a dog class now, right? So we have a class which is called a dog, and that might have some attributes or some are fields, right? Which is going to be a picture, a name, and an age. And we're gonna be like, Okay, that's fine. That's okay, that there's good enough to describe a particular dog. And well now we want to create a new dog. So we want to create a new instance of the dog class. We want to create a new object. Well, let's just do that. There we have it. Right now we have created a new dog. Benji was seven years old, and here is a very cute picture of him. Isn't that just nice? Yes, if I do say so myself, I think that this is a very cute picture here, and this is a particular dog, right? We haven't really changed anything here. The only thing that we've done is we've basically created an object. When we go back here once every dog has a picture, a name, and an age, and this is a particular instance or a particular object of the dog class. Now let's just create another one. For example here, Gracie with five-years old and also has a very cute picture right there. There is, you can see those are two different objects or two different instances of the Dog class. However, they are both dogs. So this is sort of the separation that I sort of want to get across when it comes to classes and objects, that the class is the template. And then once you create a particular object, that then becomes an instance of that class. So that's sometimes can be a little weird, especially for beginners. But no worries at all at once. We're actually going to start programming with this eerie or when we actually put this into practical use is going to be way more clear. I'm sure of it, right? What would already be the end of the lecture? Actually, the most important thing of this lecture, let me just quickly go back here is this one right here, right? So this slide is probably the most important one. The slides actually are also available to you as a resource so you can download this as well. So no worries there. So you do have access to both of these cute dog pictures as well. So that's actually going to be a very big plus of course. Otherwise, this would be it for this lecture right here, like I said, a little bit more theory and the next lecture we're going to put all of that into practice. So that will be it for this lecture right here. I hope you've found this useful and neurons are the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 25. (Java) Java Classes and Objects: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture we're going to basically apply the theory that we've learned last time. In the last lecture, We're gonna be talking about classes and objects. So first of all, of course, we need to create a new class, a custom class now. And for that, we're going to go into this project window right here inside of our package. So this is the package, right? Net helped Monroe was the package that we created or other I created. Hopefully this is your name. Then in your names package, you right-click new Java class. And then you're going to call this the dog class, making sure that the class here is selected and then press Enter. Now this year this window only appears for me because I have a GitHub repository associated with this project. If you don't have that, that is absolutely fine. Don't worry about that at all. So I just wanted to mention this. And now instead of these curly brackets, oh, add members to this class. So for example, we could add some fields, right? So we can say something like adding, adding some fields, right? And then let's think back to the PowerPoint presentation that we've seen, right? We had a public String picture. We were thinking about a picture. We're just going to say that a string that's totally fine for the time being, a public string name. And then let's say a public integer, which is the age variable. Now that's all fine for the time being. We're once again going to ignore the public here. We just have to set this to public once again in a very, very short time. Actually, we're going to see the access modifiers. So that's literally the next lecture as well. And then we will understand what this means for the time being. We have to set it to public. And what we can also do is, for example, someone like a public void. And then we'll for example, so we can make of fields and also methods, right? So this is a method here, and this is, of course this was fields here. Then I can do something in that method, which is just for the sake of argument. I'm just going to say just at that, at this time. Okay, So now this is all set up. Now, what are we doing with his dog class, right? How are we making a new object out of it? Well, we can do the following. You could say dog, right? Logo. And now this might at first we can say something like this, for example. Now this might, for the first time be a little confusing. Maybe like wait, but I mean, I thought of you sort of should recognize this, right? This is just a normal variable that we have declared here, right? Is just a type of dog. Now, like I said, because you're now starting to use custom classes. So custom basically datatypes. This might be a little weird, but this is just the same as if I were to do this, right? Really when we think about it, it's just a variable. This time of type dog. And another way I can actually initialize this is I can say new dog and you can see that it actually generates this automatically for us. And now I have created a new dog. So this is the general idea of how you can create a new object. So you need to use the new keyword, which we've actually seen previously a few times. For example, with the scanner, we had to create a new scanner. And now that also makes sense. Scanner is just another object or another class which we can instantiate a new object or a new instance of an inch can basically use that. That's sort of the idea. Now, the real question though is that okay, Like I have this dog here, but like i the fields, what are, what are they now? Well, let's just try it out. Write system out, print line, Togo, dot name for example. Let's just see, well, what is that dog was named as a dog? No, actually the name is null because we have not assigned any of those values. Therefore, they are all null because here we have used, right, used the default, default constructor. So what does that mean? Well, the constructor is another part of a class which is very important, and this is actually not classified as a member in this case, this is something else. So the constructor, as the name suggests, is something that constructs an object from this template, from this class, right? But the default constructor, every class that you create has something like this. So it is written like this with an access modifier. And then the name of the class immediately followed after by parenthesis, which have nothing in them. And then basically just almost like a normal method, just without a return type or rather the return type is the same as the name. You can also think of it like this. And this year is the default constructor. And this is what we've been using for this doc here, right? So this is the default constructor now. And the real issue here is of course you can see that nothing happens in it. So none of those things have any value assigned to it. We can, however, also create our own constructors. Right now we can create a custom constructor. So for example, public dog, string, picture, string name, and age, write something like this and then we can assign those. So this picture equals picture, this.name equals name, and this dot age equals age. And you will see, all of a sudden, everything still works totally fine. Now the first thing you might ask, what is this, this keyword? Well, this refers to the object that we're creating rate. So for example, you can think of it when we call those Wolf method. If we were to call this, we would have to call this on a particular object. So every time I use this inside of this method, that particular object is basically being referred to. So you can think of it like this. Same way with the constructor. When I use this, that particular object we're just now creating is being referred to because the parameter name here has the same name as the field. They don't necessarily have to, but in this case they do. Then we want to use this tool very much specify, hey, this is the field and as the parameter. And now what I can do is instead of creating one with the default constructor here, I can actually do something like, for example, dog and Benji, let's say equals new dog, right? And then you can see if I wait a second here, can basically take a look at this. There it is. So now we actually get a suggestion here, either no parameters or string, picture string, name, string or int age. So we actually get the suggestion here. Let's say Benji dot PNG, right? Let's say Benji for the name and then seven for the age. And you can see this is pretty much almost the same as just a normal method call, but in this case it actually creates a new object. And then we can do system out print line. Now Benji dot name, and then let's say Benji dot h. And now this will output is Benji and a seven as you can see. So that's actually really freaking cool. There's one more thing. Let's just say for the sake of argument here, when we have a lot of fields, right? Sometimes it can be a little tedious to put all of them in here in the constructor. So what we can do is we can also right-click generate constructor. Then you can just select all of the fields that you want to initialize, you'd see by the constructor and we say, okay, and this generates exactly the same thing that we've done previously. I wanted to mention this because that can be sometimes very useful, right? So there's a lot of things in here that can be generated automatically. So keep that in mind as well. But let's also make another dark. So just to illustrate this, so dog Gracie is equal to a new dog, right? This is the greasy dot PNG, Gracie, and I believe Gracie was five or five is fine. Now let's actually output that as well. So I'm selecting this Control C, Control V to paste it in and then changing the variable here and sort of Benji to Gracie. And this, of course now also works and it's going to have different values. So once again, those are both dogs raid, but they are a two different dogs. So there are two different objects. And I hope that the theory from last lecture sort of carries very easily over to this illustrative example here, once we're actually using it, it hopefully becomes very clear. And we will also do is we'll just change this wolf you're actually to this dot name, just waft. Then what we can see is also that when we call this method, once again, this method in particular, we actually have to call on a particular object, right? So we actually have to save Benji dot, WAF or racy dot. Should all make sense. And now what's going to happen is that it's not going to be the same for each one of them, right? So Benji just moved or Gracie just Swift. So this once again refers to the actual object where this is being called on so to speak. So that's the idea. And then one last thing that might be a little bit different or a little weird. It's like, well, wait a second. Benji dot age, right? Okay. Can I just like assign this to something? Yes, I can. Well, that's very interesting, right? All of a sudden, right? Benji has become 10 years old and you might be like, Wait, that's not, that doesn't make any sense, right? Is only seven them. That's not right, Is that yes, this has now saved. And this is something that we're going to look at the next lecture when it comes to access modifiers. Because all of this being public basically means that, well, you can change this and access it from anywhere in the code. And that is sometimes not what we want. You sometimes want to restrict the access to certain fields, variables, methods, all of that jazz basically. And like I said, we're gonna take a look at that in the next lecture. However, this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn some of the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 26. (Java) Access Modifiers: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft morning and in this lecture, we're going to be looking at access modifiers. So you will need all of the code from the last lecture. No worries, of course, this is available to you as a resource. So definitely take a look at that and then, well, we'll just jump right in. So the idea was that, well, we had all of our fields here as a public, right? So everything here was public. And we were thinking, well, okay, so how are we going to use this? Or how will we be able to not make some fields changeable or like modifiable here outside of this class. Well, let's just go through all of the, well, let's say access modifiers. So there's public, There's protected, and there's private. Then there's two more things that we're also going to see which is static and the final, well, it's not really access modifiers, but they're also sort of modifiers that you can put in front of fields and, or methods. So when it comes to making the name, for example, protected here, this actually will do nothing. Now the reason why it does nothing is that a protected field or a protected method can be called in the same package. And because the dog and the main class or in the same package, we can still refer to this field here in the protected keyword also works or classes that extend from this. So basically, acids that inherit from the dog class would now also be able to use the name variable. What about the age variable? Well, let's do the following. Let's make this private. And all of a sudden we can see related problems, right? Everything's going crazy. Everyone is freaking out because all of a sudden we can actually access this because a private variable and only be accessed in the same class, meaning that we can't directly access this. However, we can do something which is going to be a method, returns this value. So this is what's called a guitar. And what we can do is we can right-click Generate and you can see that we can actually generate getters and setters. Setters are pretty much the same thing where you set the variable rate. So where you can basically set this and a getter is just very much the thing where you get this. So I can select the age variable and say, okay, and see it generates a method for us public integer because of course that's the return type here, get age. So this is the way that you would phrase this or the name of this was usually get and then just the name of the variable or the field. And then we return age in this method. And then instead of calling it directly, we can say get age at age, age. And now here's the very interesting thing. Of course this does not work. We can't assign something to a method. Therefore, this does not work, right? So we can say doesn't work. So we can't assign a new value to this age variable. So that's really the cool thing. And then we can also have a static and a final keyword. Okay, What is that? Well, static is going to be very interesting. So when I have a public static int, and I'm going to call this the dog to human ear multiplier. Multiplier, which is equal to seven if I'm not mistaken here. And this is what we can think of it like this. Does every dog have to have a specific field to them, which is this multiplier. I mean, if we're really honest, not really, right, when we think about it. The doctor here, dr. Human year multiplier really is something that works for every dog. Exactly. That's why it's static. Is static variable or a static method and actually be called only class and it doesn't require a specific objects to be created. So what I can do is, for example, instead of calling Benji that HE, I can say dog, dot, dot, human, doctor, human year multiplier. You can see I call this on the actual class and not the object. So that's a very interesting thing. And that might be breaking your brain a little bit here, because first of all, getting into static is a little weird and it seems very counterintuitive at first glance maybe, but no worries at all. When we're really using this, It's going to be fine. And the general gist is that, you know, if something static usually is something that is the same for all of the objects, right? Because once again, you Dr. human year multiplier doesn't change from dog to dog. Now, let's ignore the fact that maybe it changes if there's different breeds and stuff like that. Let's just ignore that. It's just an example here, of course, right? And then the question also is, well, wait a second. This really doesn't need to change it because now we have the same issue once again rate so dogs, your multiplier and all of a sudden equals ten. We can just change this and it's like that's not really smart, right? That doesn't have to happen. Well, luckily there's the final keyword as well. And that makes it so if I actually press Control Z to go back, you can see that cannot assign a value to a final variable. Because when is a final variable, then the value can never change after it has been assigned. That's also very interesting. However, there is of course, a distinct difference between a private and a final variable rate. Because a final variable we could in theory change, right? We could say something like, for example, let's just make a public, public void. Public void birthday, right? For a dog, where we say age plus plus. But that still works even though it's a private, we can change this variable. We could never change this variable once it's final. So that's the difference there, which is hopefully understandable in that sense, right? So let's actually take another look at the following, right? So we can also then say something like, Well, I mean, let's just add a, let's just add one more thing, something like a public int. So getAge in human years, right? Where we can use the multiplier here that we're going to return the age variable times the doctor here, human doctor, human year multiplier right there. Now we can just call this usually you can of course also say dog dot this. We don't have to do that because we are inside of the dog class, so we can just call it without that. That's very much personal preference, just whether or not you want to do that. But what we can then say, for example, is we can then say Benji dot get age in human years, and that will then be, what is that? 49? Yeah, 49. There you go. So easy enough. That's sort of the general gist. We have public, protected and private for the access modifiers. And then there's also static and final. And we will definitely be, we're going to encounter all of those in future lectures, especially when we get into microwave modeling, that's going to be very relevant here, especially something like the final keyword and the static keyword, those are going to be used a lot. Once again, if they are a little bit unclear, that's absolutely fine. No worries at all. Once you start working with them, it's going to get way clearer. And once again, I can very much just advise you to try out a bunch of stuff. Just fire up intelligence. Make a bunch of classes, and just try out a bunch of stuff. Make a few classes, make a few fields, whole bunch of stuff. You can't break anything. Not really. So it's just really a matter of being open to experimenting basically. So that's very much an advice that I can give you. But otherwise, this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 27. (Java) Inheritance & Polymorphism: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture we're going to be talking about inheritance and polymorphism. Well, first of all, a polymorphism and inheritance for very large words, right? But overall, they're concepts are fairly straightforward, especially polymorphism isn't that crazy of a concept actually? Now, another disclaimer I want to say right out of the gate is that because this is an example, the actual sort of concept might not be a 100 percent transparent, which is absolutely fine. By the way, this is something that once again, has to be built with just trying out a bunch of stuff, right? I usually have about the same Here. I forget. I see. I remember. I do. I understand. So there always has to be some doing that goes along with it. Whatever the case may be. Let's say, for the sake of argument that someone says, You know what, I really want a cat class as well because I'm not a dog person, that's fine. That's totally okay. Well, let's add a cat class in here as well. So a new class, cat. And there you go. Now, what you will quickly realize is that, well, like let's be honest, the cat renal should also have a picture and a name and an age. And you might be like, well, I mean let's just copy those fields over. And then you might be like, well, I also need to get age that the getter and then the wolf, maybe the baby and Mimi Chao and you come to a point where you're copying over a lot of code and usually tabbing over a lot of code is a sign that you can optimize something. Now, premature optimization is the road to hell. I understand that. However, sometimes this just makes a lot of sense where you have like this copied over, this copied over, this copied over, and it's like, let's just make a method or a class out of it or something else. And that something else is actually going to be a superclass for the cat and a dog being the animal class. So we're going to make a new class called animal, and that is now going to store this. So I'm going to cut that out with Control X and Control V to paste this in right here. And now all of a sudden, what we can do is we can extend the dog class by the Animal class, meaning that the, let's just do it right? So we're going to inherit everything from the animal here. We're going to say extends animal, and this now is inheritance. So the dog class is now the subclass of animal, and the animal is now the superclass of dog, meaning that everything here has been inherited. Now I can actually literally delete this. The only thing that is going to turn red is going to be the age, because I actually have to make this protected here so that it can be accessed in the subclass. But we've seen this in the last lecture where I said that when it is a protected variable, and then you can actually access it from the subclass as well. So that's sort of the idea. Let's actually get rid of a few of these comments here as well. We can also get rid of the default constructor that is also no longer necessary. So now we have this animal class, right? And that's pretty cool. Now you can see that b-a, this Dog class, everything here is being set. However, we want to make sure that everyone, that every class that actually inherits from the Animal class also works. So we're just going to make a new constructor as well. So right-click, generate an instructor, making sure that everything here is selected and then press Okay. And then we're immediately going to be greeted with an arrow right here. Because if we hover over this, you can see there is no default constructor available in a net com zoo animal. What does that mean? Well, when you actually add a specific constructor here, that is not the default constructor. The default constructor no longer works. So once you have one constructor that is, isn't the default constructor, you have to add it like manually again. So I could, for example, say public animal, right, with nothing in it, right? So something like this. However, of course that doesn't. Now, you know, that once again, we don't actually want that. So this is going to be deleted and then the default constructor no longer works. And now what do we have to do here? Well, what we can do is we can call the superhero, and this basically calls the constructor. So we can actually put in PI as you can see it actually already to just say, let's just take all of the parameters here and put them into year. And now this super is now calling the Animal constructor right here. So this is actually perfect in this case. Then something else, maybe for example, the, both the get age and the birthday could also be in the animal class, for example. That would also work totally fine. And the rest here is actually totally okay. I'm going to adjust, make this a little bit different. So I usually want the constructors at the top of the class, right? So first-come the fields and then the constructors and then all the methods and stuff like that. Although the order of course is something that is completely up to you, but this is usually the convention 0. Now what would happen if I now were to say, well, the cat now also extends the animal class. We'll, we're gonna get an error here, which is there is no default constructor available in animal. And then we have this were possible solution, which is the create constructor matching super, which is something we're going to see a lot of times. Because if you click this, you will simply get a new constructor here with all of the needed parameters that you need in order to call the constructor of your superclass. And that's pretty much it. That's really freaking cool. And now we can actually create a new class. You can see everything here works. So we can say cat whiskers is new cat, right? So new cat here. And this is, for example, then whiskers dot PNG. And then the name is going to be whiskers, right? And then maybe, maybe there were like 12 years old or something like that. And then we can simply call, for example, whiskers dot and you can see I can call everything get age. Now I actually have access to the age variable here. This is simply the case because we are in the same package. This usually should not be the case. I just wanted to mention this because usually when you actually are extending a particular class is very unlikely that you are in the same package. So just wanted to mention this. And that is a, well, I wouldn't say a limitation, it just is a reality basically. But now the real question, communicating, but now what is so interesting about having this? Well, let's think about this, right? So we have the wolf method here, right? Let's just delete that or actually let's be even smarter rate. Let's just copy this or cut it out, right? And then add this to the animal. Now first of all, you're going to say, wait a second, not every animal, Wolf's right. Yeah, that's fair enough. So let's just call this makes sound. And then we can say this name, just, let's say just made a sound, but we can't do this. And other really interesting thing is this is defining the animal class. However, I can still say something like whiskers, Adamic sound, right? So because whiskers is a cat and a cat is an animal, I can call all of the public methods here still. And if I call this, you can see whiskers just made a sound. So that's pretty cool. But now we're going to supercharge this because while every animal does make a sound, a cat makes a different sound from a dog, right? So what we can do is we can actually override the implementation of this method in the subclasses. So that's pretty frequent, cool. But what we can do is we can either start typing the actual name of the method as you can see, or we can write an override, right? We can start to write that. And then you can see all of the possible methods that we might be able to override. We're going to of course, choose the mix sound method here and it will get this annotation added. This is not strictly necessary, however, it is very valuable for you if you have this and I definitely recommend keeping it, because if you go through the actual classes, you can very clearly see, okay, So this was overridden from one of its superclasses. So that's very important. Then I'm actually going to just take this one. So I'm actually going to take this and just modified a tiny bit, right? So I'm going to say this, Just me out. Let's say I'm gonna do the same. Copy this over to the dog here. And I'm going to say this name, just waft the slow, we have something different here. And what you will then see if I actually call, for example Benji dot make sound. And I'm then also going to Gracie, don't make sound. What will happen now? Well, very interestingly enough. Meow, woof, woof. So as you can see, the overridden methods are now being called instead of the one by the actual superclass. So that's really frequent, cool. And now this is sort of the idea of inheritance, right? We can inherit both methods and fields Europe in this just makes it so first of all, everything is a little nicer separated, and then also we don't have duplicate code. Now the real question is, what is polymorphism? Polymorphism is a big word for a very, very easy to understand concept. Actually, in the very easy to understand concept is that a dog is simultaneously a dog and an animal should make sense, right? So you have a dog class is both a dog or an object of type? Dog is both the dog and animal are enough. Okay. What does that mean? Well, I can save this in an animal, right? So I can save animal, animal is equal to a new dog. Let's just save Jenny dot PNG. Jenny, maybe Guinea is like 15, all dark, but that's okay. And now what would happen if I do this in a mole dot make sound. What is going to happen now? Well, I mean it's an animal. So obviously it should say Jenny just made a sound, right? Because that's the most logical thing. Wait a second in the background, it's a dog. Exactly. Then he just moved. Because even though we save this in an animal, polymorphism makes it so that the dog object can take on multiple forms, or any object really can take on multiple forms. That's what basically polymorphism means. Multiple forums in a very loose translation, let's say. And the great thing what I can also do is I can make a list of animals, for example, rage, cool animals. And I can make this a new ArrayList just for the sake of argument. Let's import this. And then I can just say animals, not add. And I don't only have to add an animals because of course Benji is a dog, but the dog is also an animal. And then I can also add Gracie, and then I can also add whiskers. So as you can see, even though they are all saved as animals, right? If I want to get those back, animals, dot get one, for example, make sound. So it makes them their job, right? And the get method here gets you back an animal. But once again, we've seen that calling a method on this actually caused the, say, the most specific method that it can. So even though this is being saved as an animal, Gracie is being saved as an animal here, the mic sound is going to make it so that Gracie just moved. So that is pretty cool. Once again, if you don't clearly see the application for this, that's absolutely fine. This is a very abstract just introduction for this, of course. However, this would, for the time being, be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 28. (Java) Interfaces & Abstract Classes: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture we are going to be taking a tentative look at interfaces and abstract classes. So we're actually going to start with the abstract class first because that's a very illustrative example actually. So what we can think about is the following. What is a dog? Well, I mean, you've seen have you seen a dog before? Yes, of course. I mean, either as a picture or somewhere in the world you might have seen a dog. Have you seen an animal before? Now you might say is that well, I mean, I've seen a dog before it but no, no. Have you seen an animal before? And you're going to meet and fuse, right? Because it's like, what is an animal at the moment, what we can do is we can say animal, let's just say a is equal to a new animal, right? With, for example, just like x, p and g x and that just like 10 years old or something like that. And then you might be like, what is an animal like? What does that represent really rate in animal is a very, very abstract concept. And abstract classes, right? See the congruence there, right? So really we shouldn't be able to create new objects from the Animal class because what really is an animal like? Things can be classified as an animal, but the object animal doesn't exist, right? So what we're gonna do is we're gonna make a public abstract class out of this. And you immediately going to see that we have a related problem, which of course is exactly this right here, because we can't create a new animal if it's abstract, you can see animal is abstract, cannot be instantiated, meaning that we can't create objects from in abstract class in the cat and the dog. Literally nothing has changed because of course, the animal is still at everything here, so works. Now what we can also do and that is really cool for an abstract class is that we can make certain methods abstract. For example, the mic sound method right here. So we can just basically just, let's delete this. And then what's going to happen is that we can say public, abstract, void, make sound, right? And now look at this, we just ended. So we still have to have a normal method signature year. However, the actual implementation is left to the subclasses. And if we were to not override this, what you can see is also would find that class dog must either have declared abstract. So either this has to also be an abstract class or we have to implement the abstract methods from animal that can just hover over this into the implement methods and then this will get added as well. So I'm just gonna go back with Control Z here and then everything just works fine. So that's sort of the idea of an abstract class. And a interface is amine, something that's very related to this as well. So what we're just gonna do is we're just going to add an interface, so a new class here, and then we can select interface. We're going to call this the petal interface and the IP edible interface. You're in interfaces. We also just define a method signatures. So void, pet For example, rates of symbol like this, and that's it. So no access modifier, just this. And if this interface is implemented now for example, in the cat right implements, we have the right, then I palatable than what you will see is a very similar error than before. Implement methods, the method and the ego. And now I have to have some kind of implementation in this cat class. Why do we have interfaces and classes, you know, couldn't I just make another class? Edible animal and stuff like that? Yeah, of course, that also works. But the limitation here is that you can always only extend from one class. You can't, however, implement multiple different interfaces. So that's really the interesting thing here. And then also the interface basically is what the name suggests. It's an enables you to interface with something in a particular way. So when something implements an interface, you sort of have a, I mean, you could think of it as like an unwritten contract that everything inside of this interface is definitely has a certain implementation. So for example, I could say something like, you know, just this name was pet, something like that, right? And then I can just copy this over just for the sake of argument. I'm going to also implements this in the dog here. So I pedal and I'm just going to add this and then we're going to say something like was scratched and scratched behind the ears, for example, right? And now what I can do is instead of, for example, making a list of animals, now I could, for example, also make a list of iptable, right? So now we have these pets rate new ArrayList of that, and we can add those as well, right? Pets dot add. And then let's just say Benji, and then let's just say whiskers, right? And now we can make a petting zoo if we wanted to. That's really cool. And it doesn't matter. Once again, with polymorphism, it doesn't matter if they're saved as I petals. Once again, their actual real implementation is being called When we were to call, for example, Pets dot get one. Then what would happen is that of course the actual implementation is being called whiskers was patched instead of whiskers was scratched behind the ears. That's sort of the general idea here. Once again, interfaces abstract classes. Sort of in the same vein as the inheritance and the polymorphism in general. Where it might be a little weird because in these examples, it sometimes it's hard to really get across the idea. Once again, trying out a bunch of stuff really can help or following the assignments, also a worthwhile endeavor. But otherwise, for the time being, this is going to be for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learned something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 29. ASSIGNMENT 3: Trivia Game with Classes: All right, Welcome to the third assignment here for the Java introduction. And this is actually a fairly straightforward assignment. As you can see, it's not that long. Over once again, the time it takes it and make this might be round about an hour or so as usually a very conservative estimate as well. So there's a little bit of wiggle room they are you might be able to do it in 30 minutes, right? No worries at all. But for the time being, let's just go through here. So trivia game with classes and objects. So once again, we wanted the same trivia game that we've been making in the last two assignments as well. I basically want you to modify the trivia games that it uses classes as well. Now this can be in any way, shape, or form that might be the case. Think about like how you could make some custom classes that, you know saves the answers and the questions may be together. Maybe you can use a list, something like that. It really is up to you how you want to structure this. But just think about how you can make this way easier with classes and objects, and then just try that out. Of course, once again, the solution will be available to you once you're done, I highly suggest really taking a crack at it and really trying this out. And I guess I'll see you in the solution. 30. SOLUTION 3: Trivia Game with Classes: All right, Welcome to the solution for the third assignment right here. And well, I mean, I guess let's just take a look. You can see I have actually only two classes, a trivia game class and a trivia class. And the trivia game class basically contains all of the logic and the game loop. And the trivia class contains the questions and the answers. So let's take a look at the trivial class. First of all, let me zoom in a little bit here so we can see I have a string question, a string answer, and just a constructor that passes in both of these shrink variables here. And then I have a bunch of methods here, right is correct answer would basically puts out a Boolean and also makes sure that everything is in lowercase. So the input as actually being put to lowercase, though, that you can basically put in uppercase letters and it still counts as the correct answer. Here we have the print question, the print answer. We also have validated answer which then brings a, Hey, this was a correct answer, or this was an incorrect answer as well. And this is pretty much the trivia class. Once again, if this doesn't look exactly like yours, that's absolutely fine. This is just one example of how to do this. And then same with the trivia game rate. We have a list of trivia here. So those are all of the questions basically which are being populated right here. So this is actually called, sorry, in the start game method, right? So this is the first thing that happens, populated trivia list. And this is the doughnut right here where we just have a new ArrayList and then we add a bunch of those trivial right there to this actual list here. And this is really cool because this now could also be done via a reading in, from a file or, you know, downloading stuff from the internet. So this method here could very easily be replaced with something else. And this is really the power when you do this separate in these classes, right before we had those individual string variables, there was no way that we could change this very easily. In this case, we could change this wooden database onto that. You could put, like I said, something on the internet. You could do almost anything, read it from a file. And that's really the thing that you wanna do with classes. You want to make this sort of generic in the sense that you can very easily add and subtract stuff from it. Usually add, of course, right? And then there's a bunch of other stuff here as well, right? So the game loop is the main thing where we have this infinite while loop right here, right where we just go through each of the questions, validating the answers by getting the user input and then increasing the score if the answer is actually correct. And then we will just print the score after each of the questions. Then at the end here we ask, Hey, should we abort the game? And if the user says yes, then we just break out of it and print the final score at the end of the game as well. That's pretty cool. All things considered, this is pretty much all you really need. Once again, if your answer differs, no worries at all. But hopefully you have this answer that you can walk through and sort of try to understand, okay, well, how would I do this? Why was this done? You know, methods, okay, That's very interesting classes. So that's sort of the idea here. But for this solution, this would be it. And I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 31. ASSIGNMENT 4: Bank Management System: All right, Welcome to the fourth assignment here for the Java introduction. And in this assignment, you are supposed to create a bank management system. Now overall, this might first of all sound very complicated, but no worries. I'll step you through the idea that I had here. So the bank management system should have something like these components, a person, a bank and a checking account. And then to open a checking account, you should go via a bank, right in it might require a certain initial deposit here. And the individual components or classes that you have rights that a person might have a first, middle, and last name, and age. Maybe it's something like a social security number is not necessarily required, but you know, something like that. A bank might have a list of customers. Their checking accounts may be a maximum overdraw mount, something like that. And then a checking account might have the current value and the methods for taking out and depositing money overall. That's sort of the general idea. There's a bunch of ways that you can approach this. So I'm very interested to see what you come up with. And of course, the solution will once again be available to you. I think this is probably a little bit harder. I would imagine something like 1.5 hours is probably best to set aside for this so that you can really dig in and try to understand and make something that's pretty cool. So good luck. 32. SOLUTION 4: Bank Management System: All right, Welcome to the solution for the fourth assignment. And as you can see, we have three different classes, pretty much like I said in the actual assignment. And well, let's just go through. So we have a person class which is fairly straightforward, read first, middle and last name, and an age or private this time, and basically accessible via ghettos here. And then we also have a boolean right here, which basically just returns whether or not a person is older than what has been supplied here, which is very interesting. And the account here is also interesting, right? We have a balanced, we have account ID. At this point is not actually really used all that much, but it's very possible that you can do something with this as well and then an account holder as well. And that is used in the bank to basically get a specific account here. So we can see ever have a list of accounts, right? And the way that we can get an account is get account by person. But that's the way that I personally right now to get the accounts here. And the rest is pretty much does the bank account, right? So basically, if you can open this account, is that the case? And it basically validate whether or not someone is 16 or older than 16, and also whether or not the minimum deposit has been actually hit. There is actually a little bit of a bug in here, right? In this method, that's very interesting. You can try to find that yourself. Just a little bit of an interesting exercise as well. But otherwise, you know, overall, this is once again just one example of this. We can just take a look at this, right? So what we're going to have is I have some code here, so nano tech is not old enough to open a bank account and then ten, say euros or dollars is not enough. We need at least a 150 and then we actually get the balance from Maria's account, which is 2000. Then trying to withdraw 3000 doesn't work because the withdrawal amount is actually 500 or the overdraw basically. And that is why this doesn't work. So that's sort of the general idea here. Once again, There's plenty of ways that you can do this if it looks completely different to yours, but you're still works, that's totally fine. Regardless of that, I hope that this was a useful exercise or useful assignment two, you end and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 33. (Java) Anonymous Classes: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at the anonymous class. So what is an anonymous class? Well, when we inherit from something, so we think back the dog class, right? That had a name, right, and inherited from the animal class. And now what we can do is for example, we can make a person here, right? So I still have the person class from the last assignment. So for example, personnel is equal to a new person, but it's so nano attack and eight years old, let's say just for the sake of argument here. Now, this is all fine. If now I wanted a class that extends this person class, which is a manager. Now the only thing that we're going to do is actually just make it so that when you get the full name, you're gonna get the name like Manager printed out as well. Okay, So, so how would we do this? We'll make a new class, right? And all of that. Well, let's just say that we actually only really need this one. So what we can do is we can make an anonymous class. So we can say person manager is equal to a new person. But let's just say John Smith, right? Let's say 42. And then we end this. Now what we could do instead of ending this with a semicolon, after we're done, we're actually going to make a holy bracket and end the ending curly bracket with a semicolon. You can see that there's no arrows here. Because inside of here now we've created this anonymous class because it is a class that extends the person class. However, it doesn't have a name, therefore it's anonymous. And when we can do is, you can see if I start writing an override here, I can actually override everything that is inside of the person class that is over writeable. Prefer example, I can say fullname and then I can say something like Manager, and then plus get the full name. So this is now what this particular anonymous class does. And then I can, if I system out print line, for example, nano dot get full name. And then I can also do the same for the manager dot getName. You will see that nano is just going to be nano attack. And then it's going to be manager John Smith because we've added this manager right here. This example might not be the most illustrative. I find it very hard to really show you a very illustrative example of anonymous classes. It's usually the further in you go, you know, with interfaces and inheritance and stuff like that, it becomes very hard if you're not in a very, in an actual environment where you actually have some classes and some functionality. But this is definitely something that we will see in the modelling section of the course as well. Because there's plenty of stuff here that's going to be needed for that. But whatever the case may be, at least you've seen this even if we are not going to go into too much more detail here, I hope you've found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 34. (Java) Enums & Advanced Enums: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this short lecture, we're going to be taking a look at enums and also advanced enums, overall, enums, you can think of those as a certain data types that have predefined values, and you can only assign those values to that actual variable. So let's just create, for example, a difficulty enum, right? So we can make it a class and then just change this to enum right here. And then the way that an enum basically is structured is it has the actual values that it can take it just inside of it. So for example, easy, medium, and hard, for example, as the difficulties of a game could be. And then to create a new variable for this, it's pretty much just once again difficulty. Then let's call this the game difficulty, right? Under like this. And then this is equal to 2. Assign this, you can see difficulty dot, and then we just have these three values as possible options. So let's just say difficulty medium here. And we can then normally just reassign this right? Again, difficulty equals to 2. Difficulty, difficulty hard for example. And then two. For example, we can also make IF statements out of a retro game, difficulty equals, equals. Now that equals something, for example, difficulty easy. And then we do something here. So that's pretty much all it really is for normal enums. And there is something interesting for what I call advanced enums. So for that, we're going to create a new Java class. Again, that's the tool tier, and that is going to be also renamed to an enum here, I'm actually going to copy over some stuff from the other monitor right here. So this is actually also of course available to you, a GitHub repository or adjust as well. You can see that while this is an enum, it has a constructor here and we have some fields rate. That's very strange. Yes. So the idea is that you can have enums defined. So of course this is an diamond enum. And just for general examples here. And the cool thing is that those work exactly the same as the other ones. So I can say a two tier tier is equal to, let's say, for example, the tooltip diamond, right? And what I then can very easily do is I can say system out print line tier, for example, git tag multiplier, which then gets me the attack multiplier of whatever the tier has been assigned to. So I can basically have a, I don't want to call it a list necessarily because a list is a little something different, but you can have predefined values in this enum here, in this enumeration. So that's the enumeration and you can then access those as well. So that's actually really will end, can be really useful. And we will definitely see this example in when we're making tools, custom tools or Minecraft. That's definitely something that we're going to see. But otherwise that's pretty much it for the enums. I just wanted to show you this and mention is that you have at least seen this before. Otherwise this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful in neurons of the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 35. (Java) Exceptions: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for microwave modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at exceptions and the try and catch statement. So overall, this is not the most interesting, or what would you say, the most exciting topic? However, it is, it can be a fairly important one. Nonetheless. Though exceptions we've seen a few of those. For example, the something like the IndexOutOfBoundsException and the NullPointerException. So there were a few exceptions that we've seen before that were thrown by the actual code. And what we're gonna do is we're now going to throw our own custom exception. So in our package we're going to create a new class, which is the test exception, because it just really requires us to have a test exception here. We're just going to extend the exception class right here. And I'm actually going to copy over the two constructors that we're going to need here for this. So this is of course, all available to you in either the GitHub repository or energised as well. We're going to have is we're going to have a scanner where we can just quickly scan in some stuff system in right here. And then we're just going to save the following. So we're going to say next int, and we're just going to basically save something in an integer here. And just for the sake of argument, what we're gonna do is we're going to throw this exception when we pass in a number 0 into a specific method here. So private, static, void check for 0. That's very straightforward in the number. And what we're just gonna do is we're gonna say if the number, if the number were passing any residual, then what we're gonna do is we're going to throw a new exception. How do we do this? We're going to write throw new tests exception, and then we're just going to say number is 0. For example, something like this. And that's pretty much all that we really need to do here. What you see is that this actually throws an error here because Add exception to method signature. So we actually have to have this at this method here. So we have to add the throws test exception to the method signature, otherwise it doesn't work. And if I call this now, right? So if I check for 0, i, what you will see is that this also has to be added to the main method as well because this is not handled properly, so we're not handling this exception. So what you can do is we're just going to run this. And if I, for example, type in a one here, nothing happens. The program ends normally over if I put in a 0, you can see exception and main thread count and your test exception, very interesting numbers 0. And then you can even see where this has been called, right? So here first and then here was the exception that was thrown. So that's very interesting. Let's first of all, a comment this out and get rid of the artistic section up there. And what we can do now is we can say, for example, let's just say z is equal to the scanner dot next int. Or actually just skip it the I here for that. That's fine. We can now make a try statement. So this is going to be a try with the curly brackets. And then here it's going to have an catch with an exception e inside of it. And this is basically handling an error, right? So the try and catch statement is there to handle an error. So we're going to try this right here. Write a check for 0 I. And if an exception is caught or thrown, right? And we can catch it here. And then we can do something with it. For example, we can just basically just do something like this. So GET message then just for now, basically just print out what is actually happening here, right? So the actual exception, there's of course other things that you might want to do or have to do if an exception is caught. And then you also have this finally here, which we're just gonna do the following. We're just going to basically print out finally, just to see that this is printed and then we're actually going to copy the out. And this is going to be, this happens always. But now the interesting thing is when you actually handle exceptions properly with a try and catch statement here, then what happens is that the program does not just break or it doesn't just end, it actually continues along. So what you can see is that first of all, when I call, when I put in a 1 for example, right? So one day you go finally, and this happens always. So the finally, as you can see, is always cold and then this is always also called, right? And then the interesting thing is that when the exception thrown, you can see we're printing out the message. But finally still happens. And the, you know, this happens always, also still happens. So the rest of the program continues along. What's very important is that in general, you want your code to fail as loudly as possible simply because of the fact that you want errors to be seen very, very early on. That's why throwing exceptions can be useful. Now, granted in microwave modeling, you're very unlikely to have to, especially in the beginning, right? I mean, most of this, I'm assuming for beginners, right? This is not going to be very important for beginners. This is something way more for advanced people. When you're really sitting there, you're like, Okay, I'm going to make like a giant mode now, right? I want to make it like the next thermal expansion, Let's say on that level something like that, then making some custom exceptions. Very smart idea, definitely. But whatever the case may be, this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 36. (Java) Lambda Expressions: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to take a tentative look at a lambda expressions. So lambda expressions can be very complicated. I just want to give you a very brief overview of the ones that we have and what lamda expressions are. So in general, and the veteran people are going to three methods. They are basically functions or methods as variables. Now that's pretty cool when you think about it. And we're going to take a look at these five just in very, very sparse details. So we're not gonna go into any detail at all. I just want you to have seen those n to basically store that in the future. Because especially in 4D modeling, this is something that is very important actually in fabric, not so much, well, whatever the case may be. So a supplier, for example, right here, right, is something that has no parameters but a return value. And it could be written something like this, right? So no parameters in the parentheses and an arrow and then the x could be whatever is being returned. You can see supplier of type integer means that an integer is returned. And then this is how it looks like. The cool thing about this is that this also means because when we can make a variable out of it, we could also pass it in into a method, meaning that we could, we could pass in these suppliers in there, which might have different functionality. So that is fairly cool actually, this is also used in afford programming a lot or enforced modeling, especially because when the supplier, when you have something inside of it, this is only called when the getMethod here is called. So you can sort of delay loading of certain variables and stuff like that. That's pretty much the extent of my knowledge in that area as well. So we're not gonna go too much into it. And then after we've fixed this mistake here per meter, of course, right? So the consumer sort of in the name really consumes a parameter but doesn't return a value. Here is an example for the consumer for a string, which simply basically is where you pass in a string and then it does something with that string. A callable is no perimeter and no return value. So very similar to a supplier, however, it throws an exception, so a callable, it's possible for that to call an overthrow an exception as well. That's the general idea. You can also always hover over this and you can actually find a very nice summary of what they actually are, right? So here we're calling the callable in this case, then a runnable is something that has no parameters and no return value. Then a function basically is literally like a function that maps a certain input to a certain output is just the function for the circle, basically where I just have the pi here. But that's pretty much all that there is really to it. So overall, like I said, I really just wanted you to step through this once I've seen this before, when I say, Hey, we're going to make a supplier that you don't sit there and you're like, oh, I have no idea what that is. No. A supplier basically is a datatype that has, that sort of more or less saves in a function or a method. It's not quite that, but it's very close to it so that, you know, especially for beginners, it's enough to think about it like that. Whatever the case may be, this is actually it for this lecture right here. I know that this was very short, but like I said, it's really just a very brief overview rather than really explaining every detail of it. But I still hope that you found this useful and learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 37. (Java) Generics: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling and for this last lecture of the Java introduction section, we're going to be making a tentative look at generics. Generics, of course we've seen those before, right? A list was a generic, for example, where we could put in an integer like any class basically, and basically have the numbers, for example, with a new ArrayList here. So that all worked out very easily and very fine. That was well, fairly straightforward. But what if we have generics that we want to use ourselves for that we're actually going to create a new class here. We're just going to be the pair class. And you will be able to save two different values in it. So we're just gonna make those angle brackets and then x, y. And the idea is that X and Y are now placeholders for certain datatypes. So we're going to have a private x squared first and a private lie called second, right? And this is, the idea is that you now have to think of this like, okay, those are generics, meaning that those are just placeholders, like I said, right? And let's just generate a constructor for this. So right-click generate constructor. And then for both of those we're going to just read the constructor. And then actually we're also going to do right-click Generate getters and setters for both of them. And there you go. That's basically the entire class already done. And you can see it always uses the x and the y because those are basically just placeholders for the actual data values or data types that are being used. Now what's very interesting, what you can also do is you can say that a certain data type as to extend from a different one. So we can, for example, say extends float, meaning that the y now has to extend the float, meaning that it can either be a float or any other subclass of that class that were defined here. That's very interesting as well. It is something that you can do and that is done in Minecraft modeling extensively as well. And what you can also do, let's just make a new pair here, right? So pair, Let's say are like integer, integer float for the time being, like this term equal to a new pair of them. We're going to say some like 2250.55. Sure, that's okay. Making sure that this is an f here, then it should work. There you go. This is now working totally fine. And what you can also do, instead of passing in a certain actual value or a certain data type, you can also make this a question mark. And then the generic will just sort of figure it out. This is what's called a wildcard generic. We're not gonna go too much into detail about this. This is something that you will also see in Minecraft modeling a little bit as well. However, this is, there's no real need to understand this. It's entirely because generics definitely is something that is way, way advanced, like very advanced topic that even like skilled programmers don't like a lot of them don't even understand this. Like I wouldn't include myself in that description by the way, like, I know generics good enough so that I can basically deal with them. However, making like a real generic class myself, I will be honest, this is very, very hard, right? So this is a very complicated topic, so no worries there at all. I just wanted to mention this and wanted you to see that this exists and that you can also make your own generics. But that would be it for the Java introduction in this section of the course. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new if you're a complete beginner, I hope that you now have the Java foundation that you're going to need in order to continue along with microwave modeling. So best of luck to you, and I hope that you will enjoy the microbiotic section of this course. 38. (Minecraft Basics) Installation & Setup & GitHub: All right, Welcome to the microbe portion for the forge 118 course. And in this lecture we're going to download everything and set up the development environment so that he can start microbes model. Well regardless of whether or not you have watched the Java introduction, we're going to need to download the JDK 17 this time. Because, because Minecraft 118 and up probably it was going to use ready cave and teen right here. So once again, I have linked adopt him here. You simply download the latest release, making sure that you are on tamarin is 17 right here. If you are on a different one, it should, in theory, detect your operating system and all that. Otherwise, you can still always go to the other releases and then choose your operating system and your architecture, and you should be fine. I recommend on Windows you just download the MSI and then you basically install this onto your PC like any other program. One thing I highly recommend is saying, hey, yes, we want the Java home variable to be set right here, because that's just going to save a lot of issues further down the line. Because when the Java home variable is set once, they're basically just makes our life a little bit easier after that is installed, we also need an IDE Integrated Development Environment and we're going to use IntelliJ idea. I highly recommend using this as well because otherwise there might be some differences in either the bands that they have to press like shortcuts. We're also where you find certain things inside of your a development environment. You will choose the community version because it is free and built on open source. So it's perfect for us. You won't have to pay anything for this. It's absolutely free. Simply download this and once again, install any other program on your PC before we'll open until today for the first time, we now have to download micro Forge, in this case for a microbe 1800s one. So if you're watching this in the future, we might already be at one hundred, eight hundred and two or even higher version. Who knows? What will definitely be higher is this version right here, right now we're at 39.5 now, that's totally fine. What we're gonna do is we're going to download the NDK. But before we do this, a very important notice here from the future. Please use one hundred eight hundred one when starting the course. I highly recommend this. If you don't do this and use 1800s two, then some things won't work like the tags, the advanced item that we're basically going to use with the tags as well as the world generation. Now, once I get to it, I want to get to it very soon. But hopefully in the future at the very end of the course, there was gonna be an a section which is 1820s, if you actually do see this. So just take a look at all of the lectures. And if you see a section at the end That's like 1182 updates, then you can go in there and actually go through the entire course. And then every time there where there's a certain, a topic that does not work like tags. It will be the tags lecture and all of the world's generation lectures. Then you can basically skip over everything else, go to the end of the course, do those, and then continue back. I highly recommend the best choice is staying with one 1800s for the time being and then just going through the entire course once, then changing it to 182 will also be a lecture that I will do in the future at the very end of the course. So no worries there. Let's just a very smart idea. Otherwise, of course you are free to choose it, but please be aware of some things do not work the same in 1800s as they do in 181. I just wanted to say that. Now, let's go back to setting everything up. In the future. You will probably have two windows here, one of the ones that is the latest and then recommended, always choose the recommended build currently, which has not updated to a sufficient version yet. So that they basically say, Hey, this is the recommended version, that's gonna be fine, but it's always gonna be the M-Cdk that we want. And then here we just have to wait for five seconds until we can download the zip file. And then we click the Skip button at the top and then the zip firewall download. I've already prepared it, so I have my zip file right here. So I'm going to right-click and then extract to forge a crazy name here. And I'm also going to rename this of course, one 1800s, they ago. Then we can delete the zip file right here. This is the contents of the project folder or that you're going to have. And what we can do is we can delete all of those, the credits, the change lock, the license, and the Redmi because there are specific to forge were actually or I personally, I'm gonna have my own license file and all of that in just a little bit about after that is set up, we can now start intelligence for the first time. Now the window that you will be greeted with will probably look a little bit different to you. However, what you will definitely have is three buttons, The New Project button, the Open button, and they get from VCS button. We want to click the Open button and we want to navigate to this directory. So I can also just copy it over, put it in here, and then choose this folder right here, where the source folders inside this one right here say okay, we're gonna, we're gonna say we trust the project, then a new window will open. Now things will start happening in the background. You might get errors, you might get something red in here. Don't worry about it. We're going to fix all of them step-by-step, same with a warning here you can see red, this warning right here. That's all fine. Just let this run through. Either we're going to get built failed or a build successful. Either one at the moment is totally fine for us. All right, look at that. I actually got a build successful here, that's totally fine. Like I said, if you get a bill failed, we'll go through this and see what we can basically change. There are some steps that we need to take basically regardless of what's happening. So what we want to do is number one, you want to go to File and then to project structure, we want to make sure that at the project SDK right here it says 17th. So we basically want to choose the JDK that we've just installed. Same with the project of language. This should be 17. We're going to hit apply and say, okay, we will also go to settings to build execution deployment, in-built tools Gradle, and make sure that it says project SDK right here with 17. Those steps are extremely important. Please make sure that everything here is correct. After that is done, there's one more modification that we need to do. You see if I open the java folder right here, you can see that everything here is sort of spread out. If intelligence is open for the first time, it might look something like this to you to simply go onto the gear here. Makes sure that both flattened packages as well as compact middle packages is turned off. And then it's going to look exactly the same here as it does for me right now. Everything here has run through correctly, That's great. So what we're gonna do is we're going to open the terminal here and we're gonna put in dot slash Gradle w Gen Intel J runs right there. And then we're going to hit Enter and just let it run through for this basically just downloads a bunch of more stuff and just makes sure that everything is basically done correctly. And then we go build successful. If you've got a first pill successful, this might not always be necessary. However, it's great to do this nonetheless. And now we're onto changing some stuff. But first of all, we're going to go open the built-in DOD Gradle file. And then here you see there's a version of group and an archive name base. But the version, well, let's just put in something like 0.01. And then usually what is advisable is to put something in that says the micro version as well. So I'm going to say my version of 0.01 and then dash 100,801 because of course we're in 181 now, the group here is the same as the names of our package structure. So for me that's gonna be net out and Joe Mc course. For you, this would be net or calm your name. And then for example, you could also choose MC course, or if you have another model, you could also of course choose a different melody. Here we just take our model idea as well, and that pretty much sums up everything that we need here. Really don't need to change that much. What we can't change his right here you can see example mode. It says here, we can just select this press Control R and then change this to MC course. You can see that a new window will appear at the top. And then we can basically put example Mater at the top mc course here and then just say replace all that basically everywhere where it says example mod in this file it will replace with EMC course. And what we can do then is we can load the greatest changes by pressing the little elephant at the top right corner as you saw. And then it's going to basically run through again. This should not take as long as the first time they go Well successful in nine seconds, that's great. And then we're off to changing some more stuff and changing some more stuff we will in the example mod class. Because what happens here is that, well basically we don't have an example mode. What we have is we have net cotton rope, MC course or net your name, MC course. So what we're gonna do is at the top here in the package, we're gonna say net out and Joe dot MC course. Of course this is marked with a red underline and we're going to hover over this and say Move to package net Cotton joe MC course I'm gonna say yes. And then you can see a new package structure here will emerge. So now we can delete the rest that is empty. Then we want to rename this class. So what we can do is we can click on it, press Shift F6, and then we're gonna name this the MC course mod day ago. Now, it is very important is that this class, the MC course mock class, it will refer later as sort of the main class or your main mod class. So if I ever say that this is what I mean, Then we come to the MOD ID. The ID is something that is very important. So please listen carefully. The MOD ID can only contain lowercase characters. Format ID is basically a unique identifier for your MOD. And it's gonna come in a lot of times in the future. At this very top here in the AdMob, you can see that we have a string here. So what we're gonna do is we're going to select the entire string with the quotation marks. We're going to right-click. We're gonna go to re-factor. We're gonna say introduce constant. I'm going to call this the mod underscore ID. I'm actually going to is copy this over to the very top here. This one is going to be used a lot of times in the future. And this is for US MC course. I highly recommend staying with this and putting in the same thing here. This is very important MC course all written in lowercase altogether. This here also has to match in the resources folder, meta nth mode Stato Mo. And you can see here mod ID, this also has to match. This is incredibly important, very important here. Display name, let's just say for example, the Minecraft modern course mod. Something like this offers how about cotton row? Those are all not necessary, but this is just a Ideally, you don't necessarily have to put this in. Let's also, let me change the license to MIT just in case and the ego. So this is the general idea of basically setting everything up. You will have to change this intimate star Tom o file. And up here that's very important. And usually that should resolve almost everything that you have. Once again, make sure that you check the project structure in the settings. And then after you've changed all of that, run, the dot slash Gradle, Jen intelligent runs. And then after you've done that, we're pretty much set up. This is pretty much all that we need to do for the setup. Or we can now do is go to the top right to the Gradle tab here, expand the tasks and the forge rail runs and then double-click on it, run a client. Let's see if Minecraft starts for the first time. That's the most important step. Basically, what I am very sure that this will work fine. There you go. The window has already opened and let's just see probably going to hear the sound very soon. And there we are. Okay, Let me first of all, immediately turn off the music and the volume a little bit. They ago. In our modes, you can see the microbe modern course model. There is MC course version at the moment 0 because we've not defined this properly in the mos dot HTML file. But that's pretty much all that you need to do. If you reach this point and Minecraft has opened. Well, welcome to forge morning. It's gonna be a great and awesome journey, I am sure of it. And the next thing that we're going to do is we're going to set up the GitHub repository for this project. I highly recommend not skipping the step as the GitHub repository will help me help you in the Q&A. For example, if you just supply me your GitHub repository will be able to help you way faster than basically if you just say, Hey, I got this arrow. So it just makes all of our lives a little bit easier. So I highly recommend also setting up a GitHub repository. We'll go through the steps right now. What you will need for that is a GitHub account, but this is completely free and I highly recommend doing this. This is a tool that is used by, I mean, almost all programmers. There's some different websites, but GitHub in itself is highly reputable and I just highly recommend using it as well. So after we have made an account there, what we can do in intelligent is we can go to the VCS up here and we can say share project on GitHub. And then you can see I'm gonna call this the forge course on 18. That's fine. I'm I'm personally going to make this private. If you want to share it, of course you can't make it private. And now if I click the Share button, you can see, hey, account is empty. We're going to add a new account. And what I'll say is I will login via GitHub. I can click this and then this window here will open, simply say authorizing GitHub. And because I'm already logged into GitHub right here, this has now authorized and you can see chair by github.com slash coulomb joule. Now we'll say Share and then a bunch of new things will open here you can see Add Files, furniture, commit. We're gonna say, of course that is totally fine. And then you can see it's actually shared on GitHub and that's actually all that you need to do. I can now click this and it should open the GitHub repository. And there it is. This GitHub repository will be available to you as well. By the way, this is very important. I will have every lecture separated into different branches so that you can basically very easily see and compare with what you've written. I'll also have individual gists for each lecture. So no worries. All of the code will be available in some form that is going to be very useful to you if you now make a change here. So for example, I'm going to say something like very important comment. You will see that the file where the change occurs, it turns blue. And then what I have to do is I have to go to this commit tab right here, will have to select all of the changes that I want to commit. I then say added important element. So this is just a name of what happened. And I will click Commit. Now usually you might also get, hey, I got like 63 warnings. Are you sure you want to commit? Usually you do want to commit. Now this just went through, was very important, is that just because we have committed something does not mean that it is online yet, because to make it online, we actually have to push it. So at the very top here, the green arrow that points to the top right, we have to click this. Then you can see added the important comment. We can see the changes basically, who, who did those changes and all of that. And then we can just click the push button. And then it says pushed one commit to origin master. Then if I re-open this and I reload this side, you can see added important comment. I don't want this to devolve into a GitHub or get tutorial right here. But for the time being, that's pretty much it. That's pretty much all that you need. And now you can embark on the crazy and cool journey of modern Minecraft with 4241801. But this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. 39. (Minecraft Basics) Using Parchment Mappings: All right, welcome back to the fourth course for 118. In this short lecture, we are going to be changing our mappings to be parchment mappings. Now, just a little bit of an explanation here. The idea is that if we use the normal mappings provided by merging the official one server go into RI build-up Gradle file. See I have the official mappings for 180 one here. And while this is totally fine, what does happen is that all of the methods do not have a map parameters. This means is that every method that we might override or something like that, the parameter name is always going to be some, like P underscore some numbers and then underscore a or whatever. And this is really fricking, annoying, especially if you have methods that might have 56, 57 parameters. And they all have these strange names as they are fremitus. That is why I highly recommend going with parchment. Now I have two links in the resources. One is the librarian GitHub repository here from parchment, and one is the parchment repository. And what you will find is that currently the 118 X version does not exist. So it's not found that it's not strictly true there is a nightly snapshot. Now, a nightly snapshot in this case means that it is definitely not yet a full release. It's, uh, it works and you can already work with it, but it's not highly recommended to, you know, It's not done yet, so to speak now, we will still use it. And what I will say is that I will be updating this lecture. Or as we go along through the horse, I might throw in one or two parchment update guides in their overall, usually updating it pretty much is only changing. One thing that I will show you in just a moment. Now what we can do is in the librarian here you can see it basically says everything you need to do. So it's very straightforward. For example, the first thing we need to do is we need to add this right here. So the parchment from the Maven parchment repository. Let me copy this. Go to the forage course right here. And then at the very top, below this, we want to paste that in. You can see now we have the parchment there. And then we want to check the second one. And that is going to be the librarian though, the class path theorem. So once again copied Control C and then paste it in below the Gradle here. So right here on the dependencies, then we wanna take the plug-in right here, and this has to be exactly below this. So right here, right very important. Don't paste it in here, but below the net Minecraft Gradle, otherwise it will not work. Very important. And then last but not least, you need to change the mappings. I'll actually copy that over from the other screen that I have here because I already have the nightly version basically done. Let's just see they ago. So this would be the 13th of December nightly version, nightly snapshot in this case, like I said, if newer versions come out, I will link them here somewhere or I will have future lectures or change this lecture. And we're gonna, just gonna see, we're gonna do this, no worries at all. And overall, this should now be fine if we have those four things. So the maven, the class path dependency here, then the plugin and changing the mapping seer, you'll be fine. So what we can do now is we can load the Grail changes. Now this actually should not take too long. Once again, it depends on your PC, it depends on the Internet connection speed that you have. There's a couple of factors that might, I'm into this, but once again, it shouldn't be more than maybe a minute or two. But let's just be patient and let this run through, right? So as you can see, build successful in 55 seconds, that's great. And well now it's basically done. We have now we're now using the parchment mappings. And that is going to be great. This is going to be way better. I highly recommend doing this as well. It really only does change the parameter names. So there are mapped now it's pretty much all that it does, the method names and the class names and all that should stay completely the same. But that is already for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful in the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 40. (Minecraft Basics) Create a Custom Item: Or I will come back to the forage course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding our first customer item to mind for now, this is going to be a very interesting thing that we're gonna do. And what we'll do is we'll actually add two items. We're going to add one, we're going to basically go through each step. And then I'll show you immediately after we've seen the item in game. Or you can add a second one because sometimes it is a little confusing for people. Wait, how do I now add a second one? Do I have to go through each step again? And no, there are some shortcuts that you can basically take. Well, the first thing that we will do and this is very important is in our MC course MOD or our main mod class, we're going to select this right here. So everything, including the getMethod event bus with the parentheses, and we're going to right-click on this re-factor and then introduce a variable. And then we're going to say replace all three occurrences. And we're going to call this the Event Bus. So just double-click on the event bus. And then we're going to be fine. We'll also do is we will basically delete everything in here except for the setup method. We don't want the registry events, we don't want the server sorting, none of that. Do we need? And then we'll have to read things in here so we can then delete both of those as well, so that our constructor basically left with just the event bus. You're the listener right here, the bottom of the event bus register at here, and the setup method, because this is a method that will definitely have to use in future. There is another method that will, that will have to add in a future lecture as well. But we're gonna do that once we actually have two. So now on to adding the item. So in our MC course package, we're going to right-click new package, which is called item. Then instead of there we're going to right-click again new Java class called the mod items class. Now the mode items class is going to follow a sort of schema or a certain template that a lot of different classes will follow. And that is going to be the following. So we will have a deferred register. So I'm just going to type this out of them and see what this is. This is going to be a public static final, the third register, very important one, F2, ours. But this one here from net microforms registries double-check if you write this correctly because there have been some people who have written it wrong, and then that of course leads to it not working though you can type it in and then just press Tab to auto-complete. And then we need these angle brackets if you type it in the first one and the second one to generate automatically. And then we need item in here. Very important that we have net Minecraft world items. We take this one once again, autocomplete and then it immediately will import the class up here. This is called items all in caps, very important as well as this is a final field, therefore it has to be written in caps. That's just a Java convention in this case, this will be equal to a different register. Once again, making sure that you write it correctly, you can auto completed with a tab when you actually see the congestion there that create. And then once again, we can just autocomplete it in the parenthesis will then generate. Then we can save forge registries that items on my MC course model, that model ID, and then ending all of it with a semicolon. So you can see that we are already using the model ID. Here are the different register. In the simplest terms, the deferred register. You can think of this as just a list of all of your items that you with your MOD atom. This is why we need to supply the melody so that forge knows, okay, all of these items are from this model ID, from this mode. That's the general idea. Of course it's a little more complicated than this. But just for your general understanding, you can think of this as a list of all of your items and we basically have to register in there when you have a deferred register basically for every thing that has forged registries here, I can take a look at this. For all of those things. We can basically have a another class and another deferred register. And every time we have a different register, what we're going to have is we're going to have a public static void or the register method with an Event Bus. Event Bus as its perimeter. We're gonna say items dot register event bus. Now, if at any point something here might be red. So for example, it is possible that item here might turn red. What happens is you simply click on it and press Alt and Enter to import the class, making sure that you choose net microwave world item here, and then everything should work. Make sure that the imports you are correct. That's very important as well. And now we have the register method and we need to call this back in our MC course mod class, our main mod class inside of the constructor right here, we have to say more items dot register with the Event Bus. So we have to pass in this event bus into the register method right here. And then the actual different register will also be registered. So we have to register, well, our lists, so to speak, of all of our items. And now how do we, how are we starting to add an item? Well, we need a public static final Registry object. Once again with the angle brackets of type item. And this is going to be the cobalt underscore ingot. Now you can see once again, I have something that's marked in red Registry object. I can just click on it. And enter, and it will then import the correct class that we're going to need. And this is going to be equals two items dot register. The first parameter is going to be a string. And this bus, or as you will soon see, name generates automatically, you do not have to type this out. Very important for Walt underscore ingot is the name. This follows the same rules as the mod ID. Only lowercase letters, underscores or dashes and numbers, nothing else. And you can see after I've added the common now it says name. Once again, this generates automatically, this is done by the IDE, this is done by intelligent. You do not have to type this out. And the second parameter is going to be a supplier. So we have open and closed parentheses, will by this arrow, and then a new item. So new item with the other stuff in here. So new item properties you can see inside of the item constructor, I'm just going to autocomplete this and then say dot tab. And then we need to supply at a tab. So this is the creative mortality that it takes. And you can see where it's just the tab miscellaneous. We're just going to double-click this and then we're going to be fine with it. We can see this is now all that we need to register the item. The item would already be in Game. Of course, it doesn't have a texture yet, and it also doesn't have functionality. We're not going to add functionality in this lecture right here, but in the following lectures are of course going to see, can basically add that. Now, one important thing is that this item properties here is actually a builder panel, so you can slap it on a dot afterwards, after the tab, you can see that I can also call some other stuff like Sentinel repair, fire resistance, perhaps remainder, stuff like this. So there's a few cool things that I can basically call here, and it changed the item in that way as well. We're going to stick for the time being to just having the tab and just using the miscellaneous tab for this, and that's going to be five. Now. Well, what does it mean? Well, it doesn't have a texture yet. How are we going to define that? No worries at all. Now comes the folder structure, which is very important. So do make sure that you take care and look at this very closely. There's any spelling mistake here. Actually is going to have make it so that something does not work. Instead of the resources folder, we're going to right-click new directory called assets. And then inside of there we're going to right-click new directory called MC course. This has to be your MOD ID, exactly. Very important. Inside of there, we're going to make a new directory, old models. We're also going to make a new directory called lang LNG. We're also going to make a new directory inside of the MOOC course over cold textures. And once again, please note that these have to be written correctly. So the models folder, we're going to make a new directory called item. And then inside of the models folder, again, we're going to make a new directory called block. Now, what I can do is because we are going to need both of those. I can select both of them and then drag them into the textures folder while holding control, which will duplicate those folders. And because, because basically I need the block and the item folder inside of the textures folder as well. Now let's start at the top with the length folder. In the length folder, the translations are going to be located. So we're going to right-click new file. And this is going to be the EN underscore us db.json. Very important that you add the dot Jason, otherwise it will not be recognized properly. That's very important. Also E and underscore us as to be also written correctly, hit Enter and then the file will appear. This window will appear. If you have a GitHub repository, if you do not have that, then you will not see this. That's totally fine. If you do have a GitHub repository, you basically want to say add, because then it adds it to the GitHub repository for your next commit basically, and the EN underscore us JSON file will be built as follows. I'm going to start with a curly bracket, which is immediately going to generate the second curly bracket for us. In here we want to translate the item. So the issue is that we're just going to type this out. Item dot AMC course dot o ball, underscore, ingot, colon and then Old English. So the general idea is that this is the unknown localized name of the item because this one right here, right. The cobalt underscore ingot is the name that we've given to this item. It is an item, and it is, this is our Motet. All of this should make logical sense, right? It shouldn't be like, why is that happening here? No, no, this should make sense. This is the, um, localized name. Why do we even have this? Why do we need to define this in sort of like a JSON file? Well, there are different languages. And if you want to translate for each of those languages than having the, um, localized name and then a localized name here make that makes a lot of sense. Actually. This is why we have to do it like this. Once again, makes sure the folder names are wrecked and also the name of a file here. Otherwise, this looks good. Then let's move on to the item model file. And the item model is, well interesting. I will type this out ones. So what we're gonna do is in the models item folder, Right-click new file called the cobalt underscore ingot dot JSON. The name of this file has to match exactly the name given right here. This is also very important and then ends with the JSON. Now, like I said, I will going to type this out once. We're gonna do this rather quickly and then I'm going to explain each part of it. So we're going to have a parent right here, colon, item slash, generated ammo textures, fallen open, curly bracket, layer 0. All an MC course, fallen item, slash or bolt underscore. I might be saying what the FREC is happening here. No worries. We're going to go through this. The parent here determines how this particular texture is displayed in your hand. And also in three-dimensional. Adam generated basically just is, it's going to make the texture extruded a little bit so that it has sort of a 3D look. And that's going to be basically it. So that's just how any normal item is displayed. We then have to define all of the textures. And this has to be textures very important. Make sure that this is all written correctly. Layer 0, also important. And then this right here is basically defines the directory where the texture is located. So this is going to look at the MC course Assets folder. So assets MC course inside of the textures folder, right here under item slash cobalt English dot PNG, so item. And then we don't have anything in there. I'm going to copy over the extra right now, bubbled in Git dot PNG. And they go, and this is basically now the texture that it will display in game. One. Very important detail here for the textures is that please note the credits file right here. So all textures are done by nano attack and they are distributed under this license right here. So if you want to use those in a public repository of some sorts, then please follow the license, just add this file to your project or your repository, and then you're going to be fine. I just wanted to mention this is quite important though. You can use the textures. Just keep that in mind right now for an item with actually done everything, we've registered the item. We've added a translation, we've added the item model JSON file and the texture for now, for the first time we can see for works, by the way, any one of those red arrows that you might be getting are totally fine. This can sometimes happen after you basically added arrangement for the first time, but this is totally fine. You should be able to ignore this as long as it keeps going and the Minecraft actually starts, this should be no concern. And this also only happened once or in front of him, Minecraft. So let's see, let's go to the miscellaneous tab and let's go to the very bottom. And there it is. The cobalt ingot has been successfully added to the game. That is a pretty cool All things considered, right? And so just that you've seen it, let's add the nugget as well. So the basic idea here is that we do not need a second more items class. This is sometimes where people get a little confused. The only thing that we need to do is we need to copy over this registry object. I'm gonna do Control C after selecting all of it and then Control V, paste it in here. We then just have to rename this to nugget and then rename the synagogue as well. For each item that you register will have a registry object associated with it. That's the general idea. And of course it also has a name. So we need a new item model, JSON, though let's first of all go into our ear and underscore us JSON file here. And what we'll do is we'll just duplicate this line by pressing Control D, then adding a comma here. And then once again, we're going to rename this to nugget. This nugget as well. And now in our item models, what we can do is we can just take this JSON file and we can drag it into the same folder while holding Control, and then we'll duplicate it. And then we can change the name here, navigate as well. Then inside of here, of course, also changing this nugget. And then I will copy over the item texture once again. And that's basically the process of adding a second item. So this is basically always what you're gonna do. There are going to be some differences, especially when it comes to the model files. Maybe they look a little bit different. But overall, this is pretty much always what you're going to have to go through at a registry object at the translation to the E And underscore us JSON file at a item model JSON. And then the texture, that's pretty much all there is to it. They'll just for completion sake, let's see if it works or if I'm such a Minecraft. As you can see, the cobalt also has been successfully added. The game, though, as you can see, it actually is a fairly straightforward once you know how it's done. And this is just a thing that you just have to get familiarized with and just routinized basically adding items. And it's going to become basically second nature to you, right? But that will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learned something new. All of the code is by the way, available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well, that you basically never have to type everything out yourself. You can also copy some stuff over if that is more conducive for learning for your particular idea. Otherwise, I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 41. (Minecraft Basics) Create a Custom Block: All right, welcome back the fourth course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding custom blocks to Minecraft. The custom blocks are a bit more involved. But because we've seen basically one part of how to add items, the blocks are similar, but like I said, a little bit more involved like tiny bit different, but not too much. So in our MC course package, we're going to right-click new package called book. And inside of there we're going to right-click new Java class called the mode locks class. Now this class will be a little bit different, but first of all, we will have the public static final deferred register of type of block, making sure that we choose net Minecraft world level block. Very important, not the OpenJDK oneness sworn eternal, but the level block, block that's very important. And then we say blocks is equal to the third register dot create registries, that box with our MC course model that MID. And whether it's a different register, we will also need a public that's a void call register method with the Event Bus. Event Bus. And this we'll call Box dot register with the event bus. And before we forget it, we will immediately call it in our MC course mod class right here, mod blocks dot register with the event bus. There you go. So now the deferred register is registered. And now what we actually need is we will make two helper methods. I'm going to type everything out and then I will explain after I've done this, the code for you is available in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. You do not have to type out everything here. You can basically copy it over as well. So when I have a private static and then angle bracket T extends block void. Actually let's make this item, sorry, let's make this registry object of items. Then the name of the method is the register block Atum, which is going to have a string name parameter and a registry object of type T, which is going to be the block. So that's the second parameter. And this is going to return more items, items that register with the name. And then a supplier of a new book item with the block dot-dot-dot New Item Properties tab. And let's put in the creative tab, MRTK for the time being. But we will actually change this. So one of the issues here is that now we're basically hardcoding, okay, this is always going to be into the miscellaneous tab, will actually add a third parameter, which is going to be the reactive mode tab, tab. And then we're going to place this right here that we can basically signify, Hey, we're going to make the specific creative more tab. And then I'll just format this a little bit differently. There you go. And then we'll have another method that's a private static. Once again, angle bracket T extends a block, which will also return a registry object this time of type T, the register block method. And this will take in a string, we'll name is supplier type T, and then a block called Brock, and then eight and then a third parameter, once again, this being the creative mode tab. Tab. Now this one will do the following. It will first of all make a registry object of type T or to return, which is equal to blocks dot register, the name with the block. Then it will cool at the register block item method with the name to return and the tab. And then here we're going to return to return. Now those methods look absolutely crazy. However, they are not actually that crazy. So these are just some helper methods for us because when we register a block like this, right? When we just call blocks that register, what happens is that it creates the block, but it does not create an item for the block. And this is kind of an issue because we need block items for each of our blocks. Now, doing it like this, in my mind makes lot of sense. If we ever run into a block that does not need a block item, which we will, we will just make another method that does not call this register block item method. And then we'll basically be fine though. Dear is that what does this mean, for example? Well, it means that T is just a generic and it just means that whatever is put into the T here has to be extending the block class. We're basically always going to use the block class anyway, because that's all that we're really going to need in this case. But yeah, that just makes sure that this is the correct type. Pulling the register blog item method should also make sense. This basically just registers the item that is associated with this block here that we're basically creating an Has the same name basically, and that should pretty much be everything that you need to know it gonna put this into the tab that we pass in here. So all should be fine. Let's just see this in action and let's see. So let's make a public static final Registry object of type block. Will the cobalt underscore block, which is going to be equal to register block with once again at the name cobalt block, double underscore Block were important this year, generates automatically the name plate 2, so to speak. And then a supplier of a new block. And this is gonna take in block behavior properties, that Material.me. And then if I put in a dot, you can see that there are a few more properties that we can add two blocks here. What are the ones that I want to add is the strength properties. So this basically is the time it takes to break this block. And then also very important that we call requires correct tool for drops, which will basically does exactly what I wanted to. Also, this is not copy this stuff. Oh, I'm very sorry. The ego. And then the third parameter is going to be the creative mode tab dot. Let's do once again miscellaneous. But this one does exactly what it says on the tin requires correct tool for drops because we have to define IT tools later, basically so that the cobalt block actually drops itself. This is something we'll see in a later lecture. Actually the block drops, those are done with Lou tables, knowers. We'll get to this. But this once again is the block and the associated block item registered with this. I highly recommend also just playing around with some of the properties that you can add here you can see there are a few here that you can basically add. Usually, we'll see a few of them going through the lectures. But let's now look at the JSON files because those are very interesting because we actually need, in the MC course folder right here, we need to add a new directory or block states. There's also very important that is written correctly. And I will once again a type this out. So we're going to make a new file in here called the cobalt underscore block dot-dot-dot Jason, once again, make sure this is written correctly and has the ending JSON. So this is the name that it needs to have. And then I'm going to type this out. So R1 second curly brackets, variance, colon, early bracket, empty quotation marks, colon curly bracket. And then model colon, MC course, colon block, lash, cobalt, underscore block. What is happening here? Well, the block state basically defines different variants of the same block. In our case here we don't have any variance because this is just going to be a normal block. And this right here now points to a block model JSON. So in our models broke file it looks for a cobalt underscore Block JSON file. So we're going to right-click on this new file, cobalt underscore blog.js. And this actually looks similar to the item model that we've seen before. Curly brackets, parent, fallen, block, slash cube, all comma textures fallen. Only record. All colon, MC course, colon block, cobalt, underscore block. The block model determines how the block looks inside of the world. What does that mean? Well, while the block states points to apes with particular block model, the block model determines the textures of that block and then basically refers to this texture right here. And we also need an item model for our blocks. This is very important. Oh, this is actually going to be a new cobalt underscore blog.js. This however, looks a little bit different. This is going to have curly brackets and then parent fallen MC course all in Brock slash cobalt underscore block. So this then refers back to this block model and makes it appear sort of in a 3D way that blocks appear inside of t0 inventory. Let's copy over the cobalt block texture right here into the book holder. And then also let add the translation. Also very important. Let's copy this ones. And then we're going to call this the block MC course cobalt block. And this is of course a block they ago. Now that is all that we need to sort of recap force once again, we need to create the registry object for that particular block here. We then need a block States JSON file, a bulk model JSON file, an item model JSON file and the texture. This is a general idea. And after we've seen whether or not it works, we'll also see a second block B added just basically so that you have another example. But for now, let's see if it works or we find ourselves in mind for it. As you can see, the cobol block has been added, so let's set it down and they go, it does look pretty amazing, and it all works fine. So if there are any issues with this block, right? So if there are any textures missing, we can basically go through a checklist that you can check. So if the block only doesn't have a texture inside of the inventory, it is the item model Jason, that is to blame. Texture does not work in the world, but it does work in the inventory. It has to be the block States Jason, that is to blame. And if it doesn't work in either one of them, well, then it either is the block model JSON or all of them. So that's a general checklist that you can go through and basically check. But now, just for, you know that you have another example, let's add another block, right? So once again, this actually does involve just a lot of copying here. So we're going to copy this, I'm going to paste it in. This is going to be the cobalt or block and then this is going to be the cobalt underscore or instead of metal, this is going to be don't. And this is going to be rather than five strength, just force, right? That's going to be fine. Now the rest here is fine. This now has registered the block. We of course now need the book says Reason brought model Jason and the item old Jason. Let's just copy this over by dragging it into the same folder while holding control and change the name here to block, to cobalt or theme here. This now points to a block model Jason in the folder right here, that's called cobalt underscore or dot JSON. We're going to create that as well into the name year for the texture that it points to, which we'll add in just a moment. Let's also add the translation immediately. But what OR, and of course the name here who will underscore the ego. Also copy over the cobalt or item model and rename it. Or and then underscore or here as well. And then we just need the texture for it. I'm going to copy this over as well. And there you have it. Now the next block is made. And yes, once again, this is just the normal way of going about it. You will just have to go through this in the next lecture. Basically, you're going to have an assignment on adding two blocks of your own. This is basically going to rock cobalt block and the deep state cobol or block as well. So that's just something to basically keep in mind. Apart from that, let's just see if completion seek, whether or not the or block also has been added. All right, we find those back and microvesicles. See the cobalt or block also has been successfully added to the game. So everything work in great here. That's actually how easy it is to add a second block as well, right? Like I previously said, the next lecture is going to include some assignments. I highly recommend you go through this because it can be very, very positive and just a very good idea to basically will do those just so that you get a little bit of a feeling. Once again, all of the code for the lectures here is available in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. But that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful when you learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. Oh, yeah. 42. ASSIGNMENT 5: Block & Item: Or I will come here to the first assignment for the fourth course in the Minecraft section. And like I have already said, here, you will basically make two blocks and one item. This should actually not be too crazy. So hopefully you will find the assignment in a written somewhere. So basically you have the assignment as a written question as well. And the idea is that you will have to add the rock cobol block as well as the deep slate cobalt or block. Now, the textures for those blocks are available. Same with the item. Please do note the credits file right here for the textures follow a particular license. So if you want to use them in a public repository or something like that, and please note that the creditors file, like I said. And for the item, you are going to add the raw cobalt item basically, and that would pretty much be it. Others all shouldn't be too crazy for you. Hopefully if you've seen the previous few lectures than it should be fairly, fairly easy to do. Well, good luck and have fun on the assignment. So, yeah. 43. SOLUTION 5: Block & Item: All right, let's take a look at the solution for the first assignment here. And of course, hopefully it was fairly straightforward. You just added the two registry objects for the two locks that we wanted to add. Same with the item here, the raw cobalt. And then we just needed the blocks, these JSON files, which simply point to two different block model JSON files, which in turn point basically the textures here. And then the translation that should be at this point hopefully become routine. And then we just needed the item model basins as well. And this also includes the rock cobalt, which then just points to a texture right here. The overall, hopefully this was easily done. And that's pretty much all that you need to do to have this in your game. And we will be using basically the raw cobalt and all of the other things as well in the future. Oh, it definitely is a good idea to have this in your game as well. All of the code is of course, also available in the GitHub repository or in, in, in an individual just as well. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 44. (Minecraft Basics) Custom Creative Tab: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding our own custom creative modes tablet to the game. This is actually a fairly easy and straightforward process. So in our item package, we're going to right-click new Java class called the model creative mode, tabs, or tab. This is going to implement the following. This is going to have a public static final read of Mode tab called corps underscore tab, which is equal to a new. And you can see Norris just the creative mode tab. And if we press the tab key, it will generate the, generate an anonymous class for us. We'll actually have to enter this with a semicolon right here. And then instead of returning null here, and we'll move on to churn is a new item stack. More items dot cobalt, ingot, dot get. And then inside of here, we're going to add a string. This label here generates automatically once again. And this is just going to be the course model tab. Whatever item you put in here, also whatever block you put in here is going to be the display image for the actual tab, and this is needed for the translation. So I'm actually going to copy this over. And we're going to go to our E and underscore us JSON file to the very bottom here. And we're just going to add the, add the item group dot CourseMatch tab colon. And we're going to call this the MC course. Not. That's okay. Now this is an outlier in the terms of translation here we have a big G for the uppercase G for the item group. And then of course mod tab with outermost idea. But that is pretty much all that we need to do to add it. Now let's also add our items and our blocks to it. Instead of saying creative mode, tap here we're going to say more creative, more tab, dot Course tab. Just going to copy this over selected press Control C, and then Control V to paste it in here and do the same thing right here. Basically everywhere where you have the miscellaneous tab. We're now going to put in the Course tab. And now all of our items and our blocks will be in the four-step though. Let's see if it works, or we find ourselves back in Minecraft. And a very good sign is that we have a second page here in can see MC cores MOD and everything is in here exactly how you would expect it to go. That is perfect. And just everything working exactly how you would want to write it that is already for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful in yurts of the new, if he did our very much appreciated review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 45. (Minecraft Basics) New Recipes: All right, Welcome back that forage course for 180. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding custom recipes to Minecraft, or custom recipes are done via adjacent files. They are not done in the assets folder, but rather in a new folder. So in the resources right-click new directory called data or data inside of their MC course, and then inside of their recipes. Now what's very important is once again, this directory has to be complete, written completely correctly, otherwise it will not work. And I will basically show an example of each recipe year. Like I said, these are in JSON format once again. And what we can do actually is we can go to the external libraries down here. We can expand this. And then you will find somewhere below here, you know, going down. But finite Minecraft nine extra 180, one or whatever the current version is. If you expand this and go into the data folder, you will see Minecraft and then all of the JSON files that are in Minecraft. So for example, we can take a look at each of those JSON files. These are basically all of the vanilla recipes like pay out. How does this work? You can see coal from blasting cool or interesting, but there's, you can already see there's different types of recipes. How does the composter, how's the combustor made? You can see this. You see O tag, interesting. Okay, we're using tags here. Cook time could be frayed. We have things like the cookie. So you can basically find examples of stuff in here. I highly recommend going through this, going in here. If you ever have a recipe that you basically want to recreate, you can just find it. You can then say, for example, for the bone block here, right? Oh, that's like a really thing I want to do. You can basically press control C to copy it. Go back to your folders, go in here, control V to paste it in. And then for example, I could say cobalt block from ingots where they go and then I'm going to open this and then you can see now I can of course change it. And the general ideas that well, you have different types of here, right? In this case we have a shape recipe. The pattern is filled. What is the pattern? Will the parent are three strings of length three. So this represents the crafting grid. This is the top-left slot and then the top right slot and so on and so forth. So this should be not too crazy to understand. We can put in keys here. So you can see that this hashtag symbol basically represents a bowl new item in this case, well, we will change this to our customer items. So we're going to say MC course colon or bought underscore ingot. And then the result here, of course going to be MC course colon or bold underscore block. But all of this should actually make sense at the moment and shouldn't be too crazy. But this is a shaped recipe, like I said, because it has a particular shape. Now what also would work is something like this. Then you would either have to bill the top two rows or the bottom two rows in the crafting bench. So they don't always have to be of length three or three strings. There's also works. So something like this, which would be the boat, for example, would also work because you can either put the boat in at the very top or also at the bottom. So that's very important. And I will actually copy over all be available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. You can see first of all, this one is a shapeless recipe because we can basically put the ingredient anywhere into the crafting bench. And this is basically a cobalt block, right? And then we will get robot ingots and then nine of them. So basically, this is the same thing as this one just in return, right? So in reverse though, you can get the nine ingots back from a block. And then we have these two which are the ingots or smelting. So you can see I can smell the cobalt or into an ingot here. Same with this, but let's just smelting or blasting will be fairly self-explanatory, all things considered. And then just as an example, you can also just use, We'll multiple keys. This is the way that you use them. And you can also use Minecraft items either as the result or as a crafting item that works totally fine. Like there's no issue with this whatsoever. So this is sort of a general idea, year end, Well, in not quite the next lecture, but the lecture after that, if I'm not mistaken, you're going to be making your own custom recipes and basically have a few ideas of what you make. But they all are fairly straightforward. Though, overall, That's it. Very important. The external libraries really highly recommend going through this because there also is the Assets folder where all of the lock states, the Lang, the textures are also ends right here, the textures are in here. So you can basically take a look at everything, the model files as well. So I highly recommend going through the external libraries here because this is just the best thing that you can like ever look at. If you don't know, Hey, how can I make a recipe that is exactly like x in vanilla? Just go in here, take a look at it. Very easy, No worries at all. But this is a very straightforward process. But for the time being, let's see if it works or why we find ourselves back in Minecraft. So let's try the cobalt inner first and they go and cobalt block and let's see, I can get the nine ingots back as well. And what you will find as well is that it will automatically as those, as recipes in the recipe book as well. So that's really nice. And let's just see if we can also smell the cobalt or, and of course we can, that's totally fine. That works as well. Though everything here working great. And also just for the sake of argument, why not try to make the diamond stack here, the ego 64 diamonds working as well. Nice wrapper, that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and ignorance of the new. Once again, all of the JSON files are available in the GitHub repository or where an individual just as well. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 46. (Minecraft Basics) Block Drops with Loot Tables: All right, welcome back to the fourth course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at adding custom route tables to Minecraft. Or a loose table basically defines what a drops from a block. This is also one of the reasons why we added the requires correct tools for drops here, this all right there. Because if we don't have that, then basically any tool that you might this block with would then drop the actual Lu table or the rock drops, so to speak. Once again in our data folder, in the MC course folder, Right-click new directory called loot underscore tables. Once again, make sure that it's written correctly. Then inside of there a new directory called blocks. And then I'll actually copy over the loot table for the cobalt block is to see this. So this is how it looks like. It is of type block. There is one pool and then you basically have a different entries in this pool. We can see this rod onetime there is the entry here, one entry of type item. And then we basically drop one cobalt block or all this can sometimes get a little confusing, especially when I will now copy over the loot table for the cobalt or blocked because of course that works a little bit differently. We will see this is more complicated than it would be at first odd. But of course what we have is we only have one entry. What it is is an alternatives entry, so to speak. And the idea here is that, well, either it's going to drop this and it going, it's going to drop this if the condition here is met, which means that the enchantment on our tool has to be silk touch. And then it drops the cobalt or otherwise, it will drop between 25 Ra. That's the general idea here. And you can see that it also applies a bonus when it comes to the fortune enchantments as well. That's something that is also done in this case with a function. I highly recommend once again, going down to the external libraries unit, microwave client extra one 1801, instead of the data folder, you will also find that the alluded tables folder. And then inside of there you can take a look at all of the loops, tables from all of the vanilla blocks. I highly recommend. I cannot recommend enough going down here and just taking a look at this. I will also give you to other resources which are really important. One of them being the luge table Wiki entry here from the micro fan and wiki because here you will see actually all of the different stuff, all of the different things that you can basically put in. You can see that there's a lot of stuff in here, highly recommend taking a look at this, basically how it functions. And then there's another one and that is going to be misaligned dot GitHub IO loot table. And this is a luge table generator. Just make sure that you are on 118 at the top right here. And then when you have that, you can basically change all of the stuff in here. You can say, Hey, I want some specific functions. You can see these are all of the functions, right? You're going to ask them specific conditions like a random chance. You can be like, Hey, I wonder if the, if the entity is killed by a player, all of that, all of that, all of that. So there is an insane amount of stuff that you can basically add in here. I highly recommend being open to experimentation, trying out a bunch of stuff. This is the best thing that you can do for loop tables. And I'm sure that at that point then you will manage to get something really Lu table that is exactly what you would want it to be. But this is actually not all that we have to do because we will actually have to add something else. And that is once again in our data folder, Right-click new directory called Minecraft, the game you might have heard about it. And inside of there we need to add a new directory, old tags. And then inside of there, we need to add a new directory called blocks. And then inside of there, we need to add a new directory called mineable. Now, why do we need this? Well, we need to define what our blocks, our mind width. And for that we're actually go down to the data folder, Minecraft, eggs, blocks, and then we will see the mandibles right here. What I will do is I will just select all of them, press control C to copy them. Then I'll go in here, press Control V to paste it in. Have all of those JSON files with all of the vanilla blocks here. What I can do is just, I'm going to just also select all of this and just get rid of it or all of those JSON files. But these are tags. Now tags at the moment you can basically think of them as a collection of different blocks or items that have some similar functionality to them. We'll go through what blocks are in a later lecture as well. But for the time being, what we'll do is we'll just add all over the blocks that we have to the Pic X Jason. So this would be MC course colon cobalt underscore block. And then I will just duplicate this four times. This is then a rock cobol block wall or and then also the IEP slate. But very important is that you can only define blocks that are existing inside of your MOD. Though if I would not have the deep layer cobalt or if I added here, then I will get an error when I tried to join a world that's very important. And then there's three more things that I need. And those are, well, the level of tool I need for this different level. So I can basically look for this. So you can see nice diamond 200 needs iron to need stone tool. Once again, I'll just copy all three of those over. Highly recommend doing the same. These are of course, also all available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And then I will just do this and we'll just say this and then the stone tool also just get rid of. And so for example, let's say, you know what, I think that cobol and it's iron tools at least. So what we're gonna do is I'm going to say MSE course colon o bolt underscore block. And then you realize, you know what? Let's just take those, copy them over, put them in here. That is a little bit easier. They go. So we'll only be able to mine those with at least an iron tool. And up, That's the idea. So iron tool and up, we'll be able to mine those now, every new block that we add, you will have to add to these tags. I will probably not be doing that in as we go along. I will definitely not show it because at this point, you know, if you've seen it once, you should probably be very easily able to just add them yourself. It should be fairly straightforward, but that should be all that you have to do. And now after having added the tags and the lute tables, Let's see if it works. Or we found says in Minecraft. So let's see if I can mine this and they go the block drops. And here we should get some raw for Walt and we did. So that everything works totally fine. Let's also just try this with a stone pickaxe and you can already see that it takes quite a long time, so it probably not work. And you can see it doesn't same with the diamond aX. It takes so long to even like starts to see the breaking animation is not even worth trying. Of course it's not going to work, right there would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful in terms of the new, once again, all of the JSON files are available in the GitHub repository or in an individual just as well. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 47. ASSIGNMENT 6: Recipe & Loot Tables: All right, welcome back to the second assignment here for the course for 118. And in this assignment, you're supposed to add some loose tables and some recipes. So the recipes that you are supposed to add is number 1. The recipe for the nuggets. For that I can put in an ingot and get out nine nuggets. And then of course the reverse once again, where I can basically put a nine nuggets into the crafting bench and then get out one ingot. That is number one. Number two is, you should also add the recipes for the deep slate well, or to be smelted as well as the raw cobalt or to be smelted. And then also be able to craft the raw cobalt block to it and then from it back again, basically as well. And then one more thing is that you should add a recipe which contains at least two vanilla items. So similar to the stack diamonds from another star. With that we've done here, just has to contain two Minecraft items here. And then the rest you can basically fill out however you would like to. It can result in anything that you would like to just be creative they are, and just try a bunch of stuff out, right? So good luck and have fun with the assignment. So, yeah. 48. SOLUTION 6: Recipe & Loot Tables: All right, Welcome to this solution for this assignment. And of course, adding the luge tables, Let's start with those would have been fairly straightforward. Year we basically just took the cobalt block loot table and replace it with the row cobol block. Then same goes for the deep slate cobalt or loot table, where instead of cobalt or it drops the deeps late cobalt or row cobalt here should still dropped normally. So that's the lute tables. And then when it comes to the recipes, you can see there's quite a few. Now overall, those should also be fairly straightforward, right? The last thing from the deep slate cobalt or it'll be fairly straightforward, is the same as the normal one, just, you know, with the deep state in there. And pretty much same goes for the rest of it. All of it should be fairly self-explanatory. All things considered. If anything, remains unclear or you have any questions, of course, you can always feel free to use the Q and a that is provided. And I will answer the questions best of my ability. But otherwise this would be it for this assignment right here. Hope you found this useful and leaders of the new. I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 49. (Minecraft Basics) Advanced Item: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture, we are going to be adding a custom advanced item to Minecraft. Now what I call it an advanced item is basically an item that has its own class associated with it. This doesn't always mean that it's necessarily crazy advanced, but you basically have the ability to add way more functionality to this item. So let's just see how to do this. In our item package. We're going to right-click new package called Custom. And then inside of there wouldn't make a right-click new Java class called the dowsing rod item. I highly recommend ending every custom item with the word item so that you know what it is. This will extends the item class right here, will hover over this create, constructor matching super. And then we'll basically take a look at what we can do. So if we middle mouse button click on the item class, we will actually be able to see all of the different methods that we might be able to override. And you can see there are a lot of methods that we are able to override here, which is really cool. And there's even at the very back here, I forge item which we can also middle mouse button click on, and there's even more methods that we can override. You can also see the methods that we can override if we type in override here. And then you can see basically all of the different methods that are possible for overriding. And this is a lot of methods as you can clearly tell. So really a lot of this comes down to once again, trying out a bunch of stuff, trying out a bunch of stuff. And one more time trying out a bunch of stuff, being open to experimentation, probably the best thing that I can basically tell you. Now we're going to make a dowsing rod item. And I want to do with this is the following. I want to be able to right-click with this item on a block. And then it will basically extend down into the ground. Basically take a look at every block that is below the block that we just clicked. And if it finds a valuable block, then it will print out the coordinates. That's all I wanna do. This is already quite an interesting idea. All we're going to see the right-click method when you right-click on blocks because there's two different methods for right-click Nanoblock and, and right-clicking in the air so to speak. So we can just put in use, and you can see this use right here. This is the one that would be called. This method would be called if we just right-click in the air so that this is what you would want. The US on method here is the method that is called when you right-click a particular block. But this is the one that we're going to override here and see it has a use on context. And what we're gonna do is we are just going to, well, I'm going to put the functionality in and I'll try to explain best as I go along. So we're going to have an if statement where we're going to ask basically the p context that get a level. So we're gonna get the world. The level here, we're gonna say is client side. So in this rare, rare instance, we actually want to do everything on the client in this case because it is actually a little more interesting to us. So we're gonna say block Pause, position. Clicked is equal to the contexts dot, get position, DIA, get clicked, pause here. And the modulus is going to import this by pressing Alt and Enter. Then we want the player. The player is going to be contexts, dot-dot-dot player that you go. And then once again click on player and then import this with Alton into as well. And then last but not least, we'll have a boolean which is going to be found book, which is equal to false here. And then we want a for loop. So I'm going to just put this for-loop in and then we're going to look at what this basically does. But we're going to start here. I'm going to say I more equals position clicked that, get y i plus plus. And then what I wanna do is I basically want to get the block that is below the block that I've just looked at. So block below, which is equal to p context dot, once again get level, not get lock, date at the particular position, which is the position clicked dot below, by exactly how much I'm counting up. And then we're just getting the block from that and import the block by pressing Alt and Enter once again. Now, what I then want is I want to output the coordinates and I also have to check, okay, is this block, you know, something valuable. So for that we're going to make two helper methods. Now I'm actually going to copy over the output of the coordinates, right? This is the output method here. So we can see we're just getting the name of the block and then putting out the coordinates of it. So that's all we're really doing here. And then we also want a private boolean, old is valuable lock, which just takes in a block here. And we'll then just return a true if this is a valuable book, what we're gonna do is we're going to return block equals blocks dot poll or for example, or LOC equals, locks up or, or. And then let's just duplicate this ones will have another orange here. Format this a little bit differently. Apply this. Yes, and then we'll also put in diamond or and maybe just iron ore here as well. And iron block but iron or they ago. So these are the four valuable blocks for the time being. If you want more, you can of course add more in a later lecture. We're also going to see a more robust way of doing this with tags. But for the time being, this is going to be fine. Then what we're going to say is we're gonna say if is valuable, walk a block below. We're going to output the coordinates in the position clicked that below with I here, though, because this is the actual position that we just clicked with the player and the block below. We will then set found block to be true. And then we'll break out of the for loop here because we found a block. And we no longer need to basically do any checking because we only want to output the first block that we find. And then once we're done with the for-loop here, we're going to say, if not found blocks. So this means that no block has been found. We're going to say player datas and message with a new translatable text component. Item, MC course dowsing, rod dot no underscore value. And then after the parentheses, the second parameter is going to be player dot get UUID a year ago. So this is of course a way to output a message into the chat. Now, this is a translatable text components, so we have to take this right here and add it to the un underscore us JSON file. So we're going to just add this and just say no valuables out. I'll recommend using translatable components everywhere you can, basically making your mark just a little bit more robust or other speaking countries as well. So basically when you have another language that just makes it a little bit nicer to read and to use right now. What is the rest? What is going on here? Well, first of all, we making sure that we are on the client. This is usually not the case. Usually we want to be on the server, but in this case, because we're just outputting something On the client is fine because this use on will actually be all twice on the server and ones that the client will then just make two variables here. So the position that you clicked and then the player. And we're then going to go from the bottom of the world all the way to the actual position that we clicked. This is going to be y. And, and we're going to start when we have reached this. Now what we will actually have to do is we will actually have to change this tiny bit here in the block state. Because if I put in a negative number here in the below, we would of course go above all of a sudden. So I can actually go into this as well. Let's see. We're gonna go into the down position to, in this distance. Now the real issue is, of course that is the distance here is negative. And of course we'll just go up instead of going down. And we actually want to add a 64 to this because of course, instead of 0 being the limit of the world, it is now negative 64. This is why we basically need to also this up by a 64 year and then the rest should work totally fine, because the first block that we will literally take a look at is the block itself that we've just clicked. And then as I becomes one, then we're going to go down one and so on and so forth until all the way to 0 when we reach this. But then the thing about it is that then we can continue. For below that. That is why we add a 64 here. So overall, this should be all that we need to do. Let's go to the More Items class and let's create the items. We're just going to copy this, make this the dowsing rod. And then here the same dowsing rod. Now instead of a new item, this is a new dowsing rod item. This is extremely important that you do this. Please note that this has to be a new dowsing rod item. Otherwise it will of course not get this functionality. Very careful with. Let's add the translation as well. So there's a dowsing rod, and then here it is a dowsing rod. Let's copy over the England item model here for the dowsing rod. And change the name here, dowsing rod. And then we will also copy over the dowsing rod texture into the items folder right here. Dowsing rod they ago. And now this should be everything that we're going to need. Though. Let's see if it works. All right, we find ourselves in Minecraft and as you can see, the dowsing or has been added to the game. Let's just see if I right-click. Well, that is a great thing to see. Your, this is of course not quite what we had in mind. You can see no valuables found that works totally fine. This just is the actual output is of course, would be made a little bit nicer to read, but no worries at all. We can see the actual position of it. And well, I mean, that's absolutely perfect. This is seems to be working totally fine. And all is well. Now there are actually two things that we should also add, and that is in the item properties, I should also add the durability right here. And this would be, let's say for example, 16, so we can use it 16 times. And then we should also make sure that we actually damage the items. So this is going to be done outside of the if statement. We're gonna say P contexts, dot-dot-dot, get item in hand that hurt and break. By one. We're gonna say P contexts, dot-dot-dot, get player. Then we're going to say make a parentheses where we put in player here, then a, an arrow, and then we say player dot broadcast, break event with the layer dot get used item hand. So this will basically add or subtract one durability each time that we use this item. And then this basically just makes sure that we have some durability. They are something that we can also not stack the dowsing rod, which of course does make a lot of sense. Let's also then just for the sake of argument at this one, instead of doing the getName, let's just do as item and then get the registry name and then put that to a string. This should also work. This I believe then should output Minecraft colon, and then whatever the actual block is, which is totally fine as well. Those are just some adjustments here. All of the code is of course available to you in a GitHub repository and individual just as well. But this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful in euros of the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 50. (Minecraft Basics) Advanced Block: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom advanced block to Minecraft. Similar to the advanced item. And advanced block needs its own separate class. So in the block package, right-click new package called custom. Sort of there we're going to right-click new Java class called the SPD block. And the spirit block will have the following functionality. If we step on out, we're going to get an effect applied to us. And that's the movement speed effects are basically going to get faster. Now this extends the block class, making sure that we choose a net Minecraft world level block. Very important. And then we hover over this creed constructor matching super. And if the parameter here is unmapped, can do is we can just click on it, press Shift F6, and then choose Properties here, just so that it looks a little bit nicer. And then the method that we want to override is the step on method. So we're just going to type that in and then press Tab two. Complete this. And once again, we can right-click on the block class and we can see, well, a lot of different methods that we can override, probably even more than in the item. And this is of course not it because there's also an I4 each block interface which has even more methods that you can override this. You can see this is crazy and a lot of methods I highly recommend. Once again, it just being open to experimentation. You can see if I started typing override here. There's the US method which is used for right-clicking or block. There are methods like add landing effect at running effects. This is crazy stuff. Harvest block can harvest block. That's like for a particular item, Canvas harvest the block. We have an insane amount of things as you can clearly tell all on. There's the destroy method, There's the pen Hover Text method, and then some of them which are deprecated here. Now, usually when you have a deprecated method like for example, the onRemove or the US method. The US method is a great example of this, doesn't always, necessarily mean that you shouldn't use it. What that means is that you should not call this method including the super cool. But that's something to keep in mind here. But for us, we're just interested in the step on method. And what we want to check here is basically We are not on the client or that will be have to type in is exclamation mark P level is client-side. Now this exclamation mark here is extremely important. Okay, Do not do it without this because without the exclamation mark, we're checking a foreign, the clients that we want to be on the server. We have to negate this very important. Then we want to check whether or not the entity that has stepped on this is instance of a living entity. This simply means that we can cast it without an issue. So we can say living entity. And entity is equal to E entity dot cast. And then it most often will suggest living entity already. So this is great. And then what we can do is if it's a living entity, we can call dot add effect. And here we just wanted to basically call a new mob effect instance. Here we pass in a mob effects that whatever we want, in this case it's movement speed. And then the second parameter in here is going to be the length. So this is the time that this effect has. If we put in a 200, this would be 200 ticks. So divide this by 20 to get the amount of time in seconds basic. And you can also add a third parameter, and that will be the amplifier. So this basically is an additive amplifier, meaning that if you don't have anything in here, it's gonna be, you know, one, this is going to be sp2, this is going to be sp3 and so on and so forth. So that is the general idea here. Let's put an a one just so that we can see this as well. And well, that is pretty much all that we need to do in the realm of the functionality for the speedy block force. Now we still have to register it. We're just going to copy over the deep sleep cobol or here and we're going to call this the SPD underscore block. And then the name the same thing, speedy underscore block. Then very important. Once again, this is a speedy block this time and not a normal block. The other stuff I'm actually happy with, now it just comes to the JSON files which I will copy over. All of those are available to you, of course, in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. See this is just a normal block model. Jason. Then let's copy over this one right here and say ET underscore block. And then the name is going to be speedy block as copy over the block model as well. Once again, to some normal block model that, that points to a texture. And the item model also doesn't own anything crazy or spectacular. It is just a normal item model like we've seen for a lot of other blocks that simply points back to the block model. Last but not least, of course, let's also add texture and the ego. Now we have added everything that we need to add. Though, Let's see if it works. Or offenses back and migraines can see the SVD broke has been added to the games. Let's just set it down. And what's very important is that, that while this arrow points to this direction, it will always point to this direction no matter how I place it down. We'll just keep that in mind. Because this texture basically is always going to point in the same direction. We're going to see in a later lecture how this can change. Let's go to school on here and you can see I already have speed to apply to me while I am on there. I will have this apply to me constantly. But then as soon as I step off, you can see now I have speed too. This could be a really cool block, for example, for any kind of adventure map or like parkour map possibly rubber that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful in terms of the new force. Once again, all the code is available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 51. (Minecraft Basics) Custom Fuel: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom fuel item into Minecraft. Adding a custom fuel item is actually fairly straightforward. However, we do actually need to make a new class for this. So in our custom package right here, right-click new Java class called the coal sliver item. And this is going to extend the item class. Let's hover over this create, constructor matching super. And then really the only thing that we need to do is we need to override one particular method. And that is D get burn time. Right here. We'll just double-click on this and then we will return whatever the time is that this actual item takes to burn. Now for our purposes, we're gonna do for a 100. Once again, this is the time it takes, so that's very important. And for example, coal has a burn time of 1600, so this is exactly 1 fourth, as good as cold sores. Now let's go to our more items class and let's just copy over the dowsing rod. This is going to be the coal underscore sliver. And same year coal underscore sliver, making sure that we don't have any durability on this. That's very important. And that we're creating a new coal a sliver item right here. Apart from that, that is all that we need to do. Of course we still need an item model. Let's just copy over the item model of the cobalt ingot and we'll call this the coal underscore sliver. And then changing this year as well. Cool, We'll underscores liver. Not forget to add the translation as well. We will underscore sliver. Worse naming this the OLS liver force. And then last but not least, as also copy over the item as well. Right here into our items folder for intro, the textures item folder they ago. And that's actually all that we needed to do. So let's see if it works or referrals back in Minecraft. And let's just see the coast of the husband added. And of course it works totally fine. And you can see that the fire basically decreases well, fairly rapidly. All things considered, it should be basically 20 seconds that there's burns, so it should be enough for exactly two items. The smelt completely, basically exactly 1 fourth of what the actual core item is we're able to smelt. So I'd say that's pretty cool. All right, and that's actually how easy it can be to add the custom fuel item to Minecraft. And yes, sadly, what you will have to do is you will always have to make a new custom class here, what you can also do in theory is you can make an anonymous class in the more items here. But I just suggest doing it like this because this is just way easier to do. Let's just be honest, because this is not too crazy to do. And also it should be fine. You can always make a new package costumed like fuel items, and then just put all of your items in there if you really like annoyed with this, with these classes, That should also be possible. Otherwise this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 52. (Minecraft Basics) Custom Food Item: All right, welcome back to the forage Course Room 118. And in this lecture we're going to add a custom food item to Minecraft. For adding a custom food item is actually not that difficult. You basically just need a normal new item. So we just need a new item here. And this is going to be a turnip. And of course the same goes here, turnip. And then when we need to do is we need to call the dot food method right here and passing some food properties. Now instead of adding those food properties in line, what we're gonna do is we're gonna make a new class and the item package right-click new Java class called the mode woods. And then in there, you can basically create this food. The vanilla example would be the food's class. So press shift twice and put in foods here. Make sure that you tick the include non project items here. And then we can open this and they go, now you have basically have access to all of the food properties that Bonilla also offers so that you basically can sort of know what you should add there. So we're going to add our own food property here, so we'll make a public static. Final, good properties will turn up. And then this is equal to a new food from parties that builder. And we're going to add nutrition. But this is the number of AF meets basically that you get restored. The saturation mode is basically the thing that happens in the background. And then just so that you've seen it, you can also add an effect here as you can see if we can just use here a supplier of a new mob effect instance of, for example, the mobile effects, that movement speed or let's say 200 ticks again. And then you also pass in a probability how often this happens. So if you, for example, say, you know what? I actually only want it to happen 10 percent of the time. Then you put in point 1 f. Then at the end, you always need to end with a dot built here and the ego. And that is basically the turnip done. And now this year will be called right here. We're just going to say mod of foods that turn up. And they ago, that is all that we need to do to add the custom food item. Now of course, we do still need both the texture as well as the item model JSON file ls. Now forget, and the translation here as well. Turnip is of course a verb. And this is going to be the turnip item model is a normal item model as we've seen plenty of time now, that simply points to this singular texture here. And well, after having added all of that, Let's see if it works or offensive back in Minecraft. So let's just eat the turnip. As you can see, it has been added and it has refilled exactly one hunger bar. So the idea is that of course, if you put in two, that would fill up two halves, meaning one lake, one chicken leg, one basically meet bar right there. Right? So that's how easy can be to add custom food to Minecraft. Right? And that would worry bit for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 53. (Minecraft Basics) Custom Tooltips: All right, welcome back the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom tool tip to Minecraft. And what is a custom tool to? Well, it is exactly that which you see when you hover over a particular item. But first of all, what we're gonna do is we're going to add it to the dowsing rod item because we usually need a custom item class for this. However, we will also see how we can do it and basically added to the blocks as well, because that is something that a lot of people have been asking for in the past. So I wanted to show that as well. So we're going to start by overriding the append Hover Text method right here. So we're just going to type in a pen Hover Text and then autocomplete it with the Tab key. And then we don't need this anymore because what we want is we want to hover over the actual dowsing rod and then it's gonna say something like Redshift for more information. And then when we hold down Shift, then we can basically see the actual Tooltip. But how do we do this? Well, we're going to see if screen that as shift down, then we're going to do one thing else. We're going to do another thing. And the one thing that we're gonna do is we're gonna say tooltip components dot add. We're going to use a newer translatable component right here. And the key is going to be tooltip dot, dot, dowsing, underscore round. About, just say tooltip, that shift. Once again, very important. These keys just be consistent with him. That's the most important thing. In this case. I think that that's fine. We can just copy this. And then down here we're just going to say without the shift. Now, where do we define this will once again, just like we've done right here, we just define this inside of the yen us JSON file. Just like we've done up here. We define this in the ENR score us JSON file. We're just going to do this at the very bottom here, this one. And then this is going to look something like the following. So the shift one is the one that actually shows up when you hold shift. And it's going to be right-click to find valuables. And we're just going to duplicate the line by pressing Control D and remove the shift here. And then this basically prompts the user to press Shift. And the way that we can do this is we can put in a paragraph symbol right here, E, lift and Paragraph symbol r. And this will make this a different color. I will link in the resources, a great resource for basically seeing those color codes. I highly recommend taking a look at that. Basically, they're the formatting codes that you can also use any Minecraft books. I highly recommend taking a look at them because then you can basically will color in anything that you want and you can make it pretty cool, All things considered. But yeah, that's actually all that we need for the item. Let's then move on to the blocks. The blocks are a little bit different, but they are also fairly straightforward. So we're not gonna do it for the speedy block, we're actually gonna do it. Well, we're going to override both of these methods, right? So what does that mean? Well, we're just going to copy them first of all, and then we're gonna get an error because, well, we have two methods that match to other methods. But what we can just do is we're gonna just add a new parameter here. And that's just going to be a string. And that's gonna be the tooltip key, then the same thing is going to happen. So I'm just going to copy this over to the register block method. And then you can see all works again. Because then what we're gonna do is we're going to also pass this in here. So the tooltip, he's going to be passed in here. And then here, instead of just creating a normal block item after this one, we're going to make an anonymous class. And then here we can just append the hover text. Then here what we're going to say is we're going to say tooltip dot add. And then we're just gonna say a new translatable component with the tooltip key that we've passed in there. And there you go. Now this will only be called if we actually add a tooltip e to the end of the block here. So if I don't add it, then it, It's just going to create the block without it. If I do add it, I can just do it. So for example, let's do the SPD block because that doesn't make a lot of sense. Then we can say, for example, tool, tip, dot, locks or block. It doesn't really matter. Speedy block, let's say for example. And this will then add a specific tool tip with the SPD block. We just have to now put this in here as well. So something like it gets really speeding over like that. And this will also then be displayed when we hover over the SPD block. That's actually how easy it can be to add this too. Well, specific blocks as well. Now, we will not have the particular functionality of the holding shift. We could also of course added in a particular way that also works. But any modifications here, really with a little bit of Java knowledge, I'm sure that you will manage those as well, right? So now after we've added both of those, let's see if they work or we find ourselves back in Minecraft. So let's see, There you go. Dowsing more press shift from more information. It of course works either in the no creative tab or in the actual inventory. And if I hold Shift right-click to find valuables, exactly how we would want it to. And then here are the SVD block. It gets really speedy, also shows this. So that's really awesome and that's pretty much how easy it is to add the custom tooltips to Minecraft. All right, and that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learned something new. If you did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 54. (Minecraft Basics) All about Tags: All right, welcome back to the forge course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding custom tags to Minecraft. So custom tags, those are not the name tags. These are actually tags that we've previously talked about with the mineable tags and the needle tool tags. Basically, what we're gonna do is we're now we're going to make not only our own custom tag, we're also going to see how you can add tags to the forge namespace. And that might help with compatibility between your MOD and other months MC course package, we're going to right-click new package called the util package right here. And then inside of there, we're going to make a new Java class called a Veeam model tags. Now the motor tags is going to look as follows. So this is basically modeled after the tags from orange here. So they have basically two static classes, when blocks class and when items class. And here also very interesting to look at basically some of the optional tags that they have already predefined. Basically that you can add stuff too. So that's very good. I can highly recommend taking a look at that. So what we're gonna do is we're gonna say public static class called blocks. And then below it a public static class, cool items. They ago and now in the blocks class we're going to need a private static tags dot optional named tag of type block. We're just going to call the method tag with a string name parameter. Let's import the block class, making sure that we choose the correct one net Minecraft world level block, block, of course. And then we can return the block tags dot read optional with a new resource location of our MC course mod, mod ID and the name. That's all that we need to do. And then we're going to copy this. And we're going to call the other one, the orange tag is here. We create a forged tag. Instead of r mod ID. We're going to pass in the namespace Forge. And then we can take both of those methods and just copy them over to the bottom here and just change this to item, Same with this one. And then instead of block tags, we have item tags. The ego, and the classes are basically built. Now the question is, well, what do we want here? Well, let's first of all add our own custom tag that's going to be a public static. Final tags are optional named tag of type block. And this is going to be the dowsing rod underscore valuable, equal to a new to tag. And then dowsing underscore, underscore battle. Now, what does this do? Well at the moment it doesn't do anything, but we can later reference this and everything that is inside of this tag will be evaluated in some way though. To add stuff to the tag, we go down to MC cores and then we're going to make a new directory here called tags. And then inside of there, we're just going to make a new file. There's actually this name, so dowsing, rod underscore valuables. And it's very JSON, very important that the names here match. My life a little bit easier. I'm going to copy over the, you know, the way that the thing is structured. And then I will also actually copy over the entirety of the contents. Those are all available to you in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. This makes it a little bit easier here you can see basically I have the cobalt or as well as a bunch of other ores in here as well. And are you still might be like Yeah, but what does this do like, okay, now we have a tag for it. How can we do something with it? Well, in the dowsing rod item, you remember we have this is valuable block method where we had to pass in blocks manually so to speak. And now what we could do is we can say more tags that blocks, that Gaussian or valuables that contains block. And this will just return whether or not the block that we've passed in here is contained in the dowsing rod valuables tag, and that's it. That's all that we need to do. And now we can expand this pretty much infinitely. Other modes could expand. This is just makes our mod 10 times better in terms of compatibility. And while we're on compatibility in the items, let's just add too as well, public static final, tags, dot-dot-dot, optional named tag, item or bolt underscore ingots. And this is equal to a forged tag. Under ingots are bold. And then we're going to just duplicate this. I'm going to also put in the nuggets just for show basically, then this would be her vehicle. Now why would we wanna do this? Well, first of all, there's two distinctions that we need to make. If we create a optional tag right here in this mode tax class that does not necessarily do anything. This just allows us to specify or to reference certain tags that we've created like this one inside of our code. This is not always necessary, but it might be sometimes necessary. So for our purposes, we're going to create a new folder in the data folder called Forge. And then inside of there we're going to create a new folder called tags. And then inside of there, we're going to create a new folder called items. And then inside of there, we're going to create another new folder, old ingots. And then finally in there, Right-click new file called cobalts JSON. Now once again, I will actually just copy over the contents of this one right here so that we have the basic tax structure. And then I'm just going to say MC course, colon or bolt underscore England. Now I have added my cobalt ingot, the cobalt ingots forged tag. Now, what the LSAT to write like that doesn't get us anywhere. Like, why would we do this? Let's look at this. If I have a recipe in which I used the cobalt English, maybe our 1D or other modes that add cobalt as well too, you know, for that to be used as well. But now I can say instead of item, I say tag, and then instead of this I say forge, a new namespace. We're under ingots slash cobalt. Now, anything that is added to this tag can be used right here to craft this recipe. And that is insanely powerful, especially when, you know, you have a big mod pack, you know, you wanna make it more compatible with each other. This is a great thing, like really cool. Definitely think about this, take a look at this. And yeah, that's pretty much the two, well, mean reasons. I would say you might want to add tags here, right? Let's just add one single more thing right here. And that's going to be a public that to avoid called the register method. As we just need to register both of these classes because they are static initializers. There's some wonky in US. They are, we're just going to have a register block tags with basically nothing in it. That's fine. And the new gear, and we're going to call this the horse item tags. And here we're just going to call it blocks, not block tags and items, data register item 10. And that this register method will simply be called right here. So we're just going to say more tags dot, which is the ego, right? And there's of course a little bit of a typo in here. So actually, this needs to be under the logs category. There you go. And then everything should work fine. So now let's see For works or finance or pack and Minecraft. So let's see if the cobol Ingrid works. And there you go. Of course the crafting still works. That's great. Let's take the dowsing rod and let's just see, there you go. I can even find stuff very early on and I can even find stuff that I couldn't find before, like the, the deep state gold or, or the deep slayed Redstone war. So the actual tag also works. That's great, right? Once again, all of the code is available in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. But this will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you've found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 55. (Minecraft Basics) Custom Stairs & Slabs: All right, welcome back to the forest course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding custom stairs and slabs to Minecraft. Now this starts a little section, so to speak, of a non-block blocks as I like to call them. This will include, like I said, stairs and the slabs, as well as fences, fences, walls, buttons, pressure plates, the door and the trapdoor. So there's going to be basically the next four lectures. And well, let's just start. So in the Modocs class, what we're gonna do is we're just going to copy over, let's say the deep sleep or here because that is a little bit easier for us at the moment. And then we're going to call this the cobalt underscore stairs. And then here of course as well, cobalt underscores, theirs. Oh, then copy that in and make the slabs out of it. So slabs, actually slab, very important, but stairs, it's Laurel and with the slab, it's singular. And then here this is going to be a stair block, while this is going to be a slab block. And the block actually takes in a, another first parameter which is going to be a applier of blocks dot cobalt, block dot-dot-dot gets default or default block state. This is just the block basically that the stairs are made out of. That's going to be fine in this. Let's make both of them material metal just so that we have this. And then apart from that, I'm actually fairly happy with this. Now the thing about all of the non-block blocks is that the actual registration? Well, that's fairly easy year. What is really the most I would say, not necessarily annoying, but it will get annoying when we come to the, you know, the doors and stuff like that because there's gonna be a lot of JSON files. Let's just copy over the JSON files before the IRS and the slabs. So what you will first of all, notice by just opening the cobalt stairs one, there is a lot of stuff in here more than there has been before. So the first thing I want to say is that all of the JSON files are available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual. Do not type this out. That is madness, okay, Do not do this worst-case scenario. If for whatever reason you can't download something for me, you can always go to the Assets, Minecraft, so basically external libraries and it microwave client extra 181 and then to the, to the assets microblock states. And then you can just take the freakin Keisha stairs, for example. You can see they're basically exactly the same. The only difference here is the MOD ID and the name. And I will show you a quick trick. What you can do is you can select this and then press Control R. And here, for example, just change the motto De. If you have a different model ID is Replace All and then it will replace all of them. Same with the name of the actual stairs, right, is selected press Control R and then you can change it. You have titanium, for example, Twitter to titanium and the ego. So that's a very good thing to have. I highly recommend doing that if you really want to change something, but definitely don't type this out, that would be madness. Now, what is all of these doing, right? So we have particular variants here, and the variance are defined by block state properties. Now blocks they properties we're going to talk about in a later lecture over for the time being, let's just think about the idea that certain blocks in the world can have different properties. Okay, that shouldn't be too crazy. And then depending on those properties, right, if the facing properties East and the half property is bottom and the shape properties in our left, then we're going to show a particular model with a particular rotation here. And then UV lock, just basically locks the rotation of the texture so that it doesn't rotate with the block. That's just, you know, it's not too important in this case. Those are really the most important ones. And yeah, that's basically then points to a different model. And what you will see is that we have the cobalt stairs inner and then here we suddenly have the cobol stairs outer and here we have just the cobalt stairs. So what you might have guessed already is that there are going to be multiple block model files for, well, the stairs and also the slabs. But before we add those, let's actually add the translation first, just so that we don't forget it because that sometimes might happen. I'm just going to copy over the order is going to be the cobol stairs. And the cobol slab is going to be the cobol slab. And here there's white and then I can copy over the model JSON files. So the block model Jason files, like I said, all of them are available to you in the GitHub repository or in individual just as well. Now, those are only going to be five. It's not actually that bad. And the thing about it, they themselves are actually fairly straightforward. Like if you look at this, for example, there's nothing too crazy, is it? So the parent here that's different, that's slab. And then we have three different textures. But actually the OH points to the cobalt block because of course the cobol slab just basically looks like half of a cobol block. And when they're on top of each other, which is called a block. So they go and then same with the top one. It looks exactly the same except for the parent. Let's also take a look at these stairs just for completion sake. And you will quickly see that all of a sudden, it's not actually that crazy. It's just the parent is different. And the parent basically just determines the shape of the actual block that is being displayed. You might have stairs that are normal stairs. When you add stairs in a 90 degree angle, you know that they sort of get a different shape. That basically is just literally what the parent here does. And the textures stay the same. And it comes to the item models. They are actually fairly boring. All things considered, they're just normal item models. The stairs just point back to the stairs and the slab just points back to the normal slab. Now what is really cool is we don't need to add any textures because all of the textures that the stairs and the slabs use are the cobol block. So you don't need to add any textures. And with that, this is actually well, basically done. Oh, I guess for completion sake, let's see if it works or refer themselves in microfinance can see both the stairs as well as these labs have been added successfully to the game. And everything here is working great. I can set them down well in whatever way I would like. So isn't that just great? That's actually how easy it is to add those to Minecraft or wherever that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope it was useful in the new, once again, all of the code in the JSON file are available in the GitHub repository where an individual justs. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 56. (Minecraft Basics) Custom Buttons & Pressure Plates: All right, welcome back to the forest course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom button and pressure plate to Minecraft, right? So once again, the button and pressure plates are actually fairly straightforward, or the registration itself is just the JSON files that are crazy year. But let's just add a button here and then all the save button. This is going to be a stone button block because there's no metal button block in this case. And then very important, what we also need a call is we need to call the no collision right here. But we can basically walk through the block without any issues. And then for the cobalt pressure underscore late. And here, mobile underscore, pressure under script late is of course going to be a pressure plate block 0. And that's actually takes in a, another first parameter, which is going to be the sensitivity. We're just going to choose everything. By middle mouse button click on the pressure plate block. The signal strength method here is basically responsible for the sensitivity. As you can see, there's a switch right here, everything and mobs. And a general idea is that if you really want to have a different sensitivity, you can achieve this overriding this method basically, and then changing a bunch of stuff in here. Highly recommend some Java knowledge there is definitely required to do this and be, have something work, but it should be workable, right? So now let's move on to the JSON files. This first of all actually added the translation because that's going to be, well, the easiest thing is going to carry this quickly over so you can see the cobalt button and the cobol pressure plate and then the crazy JSON files. Now once again, all of those are still available to you in the repository or an individual just as well as always. And this is going to be crazy. So the pressure plate actually, I mean, that's like, holy fine. Write it in either be false, so power or not powered. And then either we show the pressure play down or the pressure plate normal, there are enough. What about the button? Well, the button is a little more crazy. So the button here, as you can see, as once again at three different blocks date properties, and depending on them, we basically change, first of all, what model it points to and also the rotation here. So that is pretty freaking crazy. But luckily, the button actually only has a three different block models, while the pressure plate, as we've seen, only has two. So once again work at five. Let's just copy them over and let's just take a look at them. But overall, the pressure plate, as you can see, once again, just points to the texture of the cobalt block is just a different parent. So the block model Jason's here, Not really interesting. Same with all of the buttons. It's nothing too crazy. So this is something that's going to be sort of a thing that happens for most of the actual different block model JSON files for the non-block blocks. They're not actually that interesting. There's just a lot of them so that you can basically define anything that you would like. And this pretty much also extends to the item model JSON files. You can see this to the overall block inventory and this just points to the normal pressure plate. Once again, we don't need to add any texture is because all of the textures that it points to is always going to be the cobalt block. Therefore, we're actually already done. Once again, everything you can copy over from the gist. So the GitHub, I highly recommend this. And let's just see if it works or why we found suspect in micro. As you can see, everything has been added and it also works totally fine. Isn't that great? You can see everything working exactly how you would expect it to. And that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 57. (Minecraft Basics) Custom Fences & Fence Gates & Walls: All right, welcome back to the forge course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom fences, fences, gates, and walls to Minecraft. So this is once again, a fairly straightforward exercise. All things considered. There's, Let's just go into the more blocks class and let's first of all copy over the button three times here. And this is going to be the cobalt fence. And then this of course also going to be the promoter pens. This is going to be a fence. Look, this is going to be the fence on eight. And this is then of course also the fence underscore gate, which is a fence eight block. And then the last one is going to be a football wall. Wall here as well. And this is of course a wall book. Now let's take away the no collision here. That would be well, not the best thing if the fences all of a sudden had no collision would kind of defeat the purpose of them. And the rest is going to be totally fine here. Now once again, the JSON files are where it's at. Let's first of all, the translation just so that we have it then we don't need to worry about this anymore. I'm just going to copy it over for the cobalt fence decouple fans get in the cobalt wall here. And then let's add the block s3 isn't far as all of those are, of course, once again, available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And you will see that this is actually a little bit different. So let's first of all take a look at the fence gate. Once again, it has three different blocks. It perimeters or boxy properties, and it just points to different block models. Nothing new that we've not already seen in the last two lectures. But the fence however and the wall. Those are different because those are multipart. Now multi-part. The general idea is that, well, as you can see that right here, right? And the first multipart we have applied this model. And this model will always be applied if this is sat down. Now, when a particular Roxy property is true, in this case, if something is true, then we apply a, another property. You're another model here. And in this case it's going to be the side that you know that if you set down the fence post by itself and then you add one fence post to the north. We actually add the site afterwards. But this is a really frequent cool thing that this is how it works. And this is actually a very straightforward way of doing this. Though. This is definitely a little bit different. I'll recommend just checking it out, taking a look at this. It shouldn't actually be too crazy to understand all things considered. We just add different models depending on whether or not something is basically a neighbor. Basically the idea. Now this has, however, also the added thing that, well, there's gonna be a lot of Jason files now. So let's just copy over all of them because this is going to be an insanity. We have these all of them. Just copy them over 11 of them total. Now, we're just going to take a very brief glance at them because honestly they're all very boring. Basically, it's always going to be the parent that is different. You can clearly see all of the time we take the point to the same texture right here. You can see it's just going to be the parent that's different. And basically the same thing goes for all of the others. We always pointed at the same texture is just the parent that's different. I could just once again, highly recommend if there are any interest in other JSON files. Just go down to the external libraries, unit, microwave client, extra money TIN, and just take a look at all of the trace and fast right here in the assets Minecraft folder, you can see all of the block model JSON files. You'd see all of that, the block say JSON files. So everything is basically available to you here as well. This highly recommend copy stuff over and don't type everything out, especially if you have multiple walls and stuff like that. That would just be madness, right? Let's also get the three item model Jason felt over n. Those are all not too crazy because we have some cobalt fence inventory and cool wall inventory. Those are basically they are referenced here. And then this one is just the normal cobalt fence gate. And once again, because all of the textures use the footwall block texture, we don't need to add any textures. Now, there is actually one more thing that we do need to add in order for the fences and a waltz to work properly. And that's going to be tags. So inside of the Minecraft tags, blocks tag or block folder, I want to create a new file called the fences dot JSON. Once again, I'm just going to copy the structure you're over. And this is going to be MC course, Boolean, cobalt underscore fence. Then I'm gonna take this and I'm going to drag it in here while holding Control. And I'm going to call this walls. And this is going to be the cobalt wall. If I don't have this, then the fences and the walls will not connect to each other. But that is very important too. We do need this. But if we've added that and the rest, then let's see if it works. Or if I was at a migrant asic and see everything has been added successfully and it all looks fricking great. You can set it down it The next to each other. Exactly how what we would expect. So they ago, everything working fine wherever that will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 58. (Minecraft Basics) Custom Doors & Trapdoors: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom door and trapdoor to Minecraft. So let's open the mailbox class and let's just get the cobalt wall. And instead of cobalt, this is actually going to be Sherry underscore blossom underscore door. Same of course in the name. So in this case actually we're going to have a different, well, a different material here because we won't be making doors out of cobalt, but out of the wood that we will add in a future lecture. And what is very important here is that add the no occlusion coal and also that we're making the material would because if we make the material metal than this door will function like an iron door. If we make this would, then we can open it by right-clicking. Same goes for the cherry blossom underscore trapdoor. Just going to copy the name here over and add the trap here at the front. And this is then a trap door block. I'm here making sure that this material that would and then adding the no occlusion as well. In occlusion cold here is needed because we have alpha values in the actual texture. And because of those alpha values, we actually also need to go into our MC course mod class. And inside of there we need to create a new method. So we're going to make a new private void called the client that up method with a final FML client set of events or event. And then inside of here, we're going to call the item block render types, that said render later. For the mode blocks, dot, cherry blossom, dor dot get with the render type that adult, duplicate the line. And then here makes sure that the trapdoors set. Now this is not called yet because what we need to do is we need to say Event Bus, add listener, this colon, colon lines setup. Then after this has been done, now the actual FML clients that have method is called here, the method and then these render tribes are being set properly before we add all of the crazy JSON files, let's first of all, add the translation here. Fairly straightforward, nothing too crazy. And now let's go on to the JSON files. So first of all, of course, the block States Jason's. So this would be just the door and the trapdoor that you go. So once again, of course, there are pretty crazy. The door actually has four different block state properties as you can see. So once again, all of the adjacent files and all of the code is available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. I recommend copying those over when it comes to the block models. Well, we're in for a treat because that is going to be seven of them again. So that's going to be pretty crazy. Now, these are a little bit different, like tiny bit more complicated but also not quite as bad. So you can see once again, that differs most as the parent. Now because doors are two parter block, so to speak, we have a top and a bottom texture. You can see a cherry blossom door top and a cherry blossom door bottom. And then the hinge here you can see it's just a different parent. But overall, once again, this take a look at them, just go through them a little bit. You know, how they look like, they're not too crazy overall. The item and models are also kind of interesting. The trapdoor should be just a normal item model. But we can see this. This just points back to the block model basin over this year, the door actually points to a specific item texture. Does the door actually has a specific texture for the item as well. So we're going to, first of all, a copy of the item texture over here. And then of course we also need the three different cherry blossom textures. So this could be the door bottom, door top and the trapdoor textures. Now, that is actually all that we need to do. Very important is this client setup here, which we're going to need in the future lectures as well. But every time we have a block that it doesn't fill out the entirety of the x-ray block state space, so to speak, then we basically need to add this as well. So that's very important. Otherwise, let's see if it works. Or if I suspect and microRNAs can see both the cherry door as well as the cherry blossom trapped or have been added to the game. And I can right-click and open them. Who says I with any other wood based door or trapdoor? So that's pretty cool. Rubber, that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and alerts the New. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 59. (All about Tools) Creating a new Tool Set: All right, welcome back to the fourth course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom tool set to Minecraft. So this will include the sword, the pickaxe, the shovel, the ax, and the whole. We're actually going to create a new custom class and the item package or the modern tiers. Because what we need to define is a custom tier. Luckily, forge makes it very easy for us. We can just say public static final forged here called cobalt, which is equal to a new forged here. And then we just need to pass in a lot of parameters. The level reduces the speed, the attack bonus and the tag damage bonus, the chairman value. Then we need to pass on block tags. Dot needs iron tools, and then just a supplier of a gradient. And we're gonna say ingredient of more items, dot, dot get. And I will explain right now. So what is going on here? This is crazy, actually is not that crazy. The first thing is, of course, a level. This is just the level that basically this item here represents this tier. So we can actually go into this and you can see there's a bunch of stuff here. And the level basically represents, you can see right here, basically represents the idea of, hey, is this stone tools, iron tools, or diamond tools? That's basically the general level, the general idea of the level here. And we have the number of users. So this is just how many uses this item has. Though, the Durability, basically, the speed should be fairly self-explanatory. There's just the speed of the actual item. The attack damage bonus is just a bonus to attack. This gets, let's actually put this to 3 and Chairman value is just channel. This is the block tags. You're I'm not a 100 percent sure, but I believe that this is once again, narrows down to what this actual forged tear or this tier of tools can basically mine here. And then the last one, the supplier of the ingredient here, is basically just the ingredient that you can use to repair the items of this tier width. So now that we have this, we can go to the more items class and I can start to basically take the turn appear. Let's just take this one and let's just make this the cobalt underscore sword here as well. Cobalt underscore stored. Let's get rid of the full year. That's kind of important. And this is going to be a board item. The first parameter is going to be more tears dot cobalt. Second parameter is the attack damage modifier. And the third parameter is going to be the attack speed modifier. And then come the actual properties which are going to be fine. And we'll duplicate this five times and then just get the other ones. So we're going to have the wall pickaxe or bolt big X here as well. This is a pickaxe item. And we have the travel will travel here as well. And this is a shovel item. Going to be the robot acts. And cobalt acts here as well. Of course, Item. And then last and most certainly least the cobalt WHO. But of course we have to get the entire thing in here, which is the cobalt WHO and a whole item, right? So usually you can of course change these numbers, right? You can tweak them. So for example, the homemade have no additional modifiers here. The ACS might have, you know, this one, but therefore like maybe a negative ones be modifier or just like say a 0 modifier here. And the rest is going to be fine. So this is something that you definitely have to play around with highly recommend just playing, being open to experimentation with the numbers here. Because that's just balancing basically the model. And overall that's pretty much the, you know, the registration done. We now only need the, you know, the translation here, but let's just add the translation. I'm just going to copy this over. This should be fairly self-explanatory, right? Just like we've seen a million times, could speak already. And then the item models have a one particular thing that is a little bit different with them, which I will show you when I copy them over once again, all of this is available to you in the GitHub repository or individual just as well. You can see that the parent here is item slash hand-held. This is very important, otherwise, the extra will not be displayed in 3D in third person views. So that is very important that you have the parent item handheld here. And otherwise we can now copy over the textures as well. All five of them as well, they go. And that's pretty much all that we need to do to add the custom tools to Minecraft. So let's see if it works. All right, we find ourselves back in microfinance and see all of the tools have been added successfully. So let's just see if I can actually mine stuff with it. So this year, of course, will not work in this case because we've defined this as level one. So this should work. However, let's see a go. This works totally fine. So that's a good sign, of course. The bird should also work. There are definitely not very fast, but that's totally fine of course. And then right-clicking here also works with this right-clicking. The stripping of the logs should work well-defined, same with the pathing. Everything here actually going to be only five by the speed of course is defined here. So this would be, you want to increase the speed of this no actual tear and the level here, you can do it like that. And then what you can also do is in the forged here, if you press on the tier here and then press Control H and see the tears from Minecraft itself. And you can basically just take a look at all of the vanilla values of the tools here. For that, you can basically change those up and copy some of them over, right? But they would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and it learns of the new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 60. (All about Tools) Making a Multi-Tool (Paxel): All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom Paxil item to Minecraft. That's exactly right. We're going to add a will sort of multi-tool to Minecraft. And for that we need a new class and the custom package that's going to be the Paxil item, which is going to extend the digger item right here. And this is going to implement the venerable interface. Let's just hover over it and create constructor matching super. Now we will actually have to change this a little bit because we don't need either of those. Because these two parameters actually go right here. We should do something like this. And then the tagged for the blocks actually is going to go away because we're going to add that to our model tags right now. So the way that we're doing this is we're going to go to our motor tax class. Then we're just going to copy the dowsing rod valuables. And here we're going to make this the Paxil underscore mineable. And then the name of this is going to be the mineable slash Paxil. And this will now be referenced right here. So mod tags, dark blocks. And just like that, everything should be totally fine, right? And now this class should be completely done. And the great thing is that because we have defined these tags here, well what we can do is we can now go into our C corps data folder, into the tags, the blocks, and then right-click new directory called mineable. And then inside of there we're going to make a new file called Paxil, that JSON. And then what we're gonna do is I'm just going to copy this one over for the sake of argument just so that we have the basic structure of the tag. And you might say is, well, do we now have to go into the pickaxe item and just have to add all of that. Know, what we can do is we can also add tags into tags. But what we have to do is we have to say hashtag Minecraft. So this is the namespace of the tag that we want to add. And then mineable slash, mineable slash, pick X, for example. And then we're just going to copy this. We're gonna do the ACS, add commas here and then put in shovel here. So our Paxil is going to be able to mine everything that a pickaxe can, an axon and a shovel. And the greatest thing here is that because we've added it in such a way that we are referencing the other tags. If a different mode adds stuff to these tags, well, the Paxil item will also work for those blocks as well. So that's the really cool thing. Now how do we create the actual Paxil item? Well, very easy. We're just going to copy the cobalt WHO and we're going to call this the cobalt Paxil or what packs layer as well. And then this is just going to be a Axl item. And that's it. There you go. Paxil is done. That's actually how easy it is. It actually is not that crazy. So of course you need to know how to basically that you can use different tags in your own tags and stuff like that. But overall, this is fairly straightforward. There is one particular, well, that's a limitation that the packs item has and it has no right-click functionality. Now you could add the right-click functionality. If we click on the digger item and press Control H, we could, for example, go into the whole item. And you can see here the US on the right-click use on method. And you could override this, and you could put different things in there. You could say, hey, let's do a default, whole action, so on and so forth. And then do the same thing for the, for example, if you sneak, then you could right-click and then it makes the path, you know, somebody like that, and then right-clicking. And you could also add the right-clicking with the AKS functionality. We're not gonna do that in this example right here. This is just going to be a Paxil item, a multi tool item that will basically be L2 mine, multiple different types of walks. Let's also add the translation here. This should, of course not be too crazy. It's just the cobalt Paxil of course. And then same for the item model, nothing too crazy. It's just going to be the cobol Paxil that points to the cobalt Paxil extra, which I of course also have. This is an a, B, a, a cool texture which we'll see in game in just a moment. And well, that's actually all that we need to add the backslash item to the game. So let's see if it works. Or inferences back and migrants can see the backslash item has been added and it looks absolutely Great. So let's see. There you go. I can use it as a shovel, exactly how you would expect. Let's see if I can mine those blocks as well. They might take a little bit longer, but overall, I can still mine them perfectly fine. And then let's actually find something. But this one should now work because once again, the cobalt tier is not high enough. But if we just dig down a little bit, we should be able to find stone here. And then stone I should be able to mine as well and I should get cobblestone. There you go. I got some cobblestone. So as you can see, everything working here. Totally fine. Axl item, absolutely. Amazing, right? But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 61. (All about Tools) Weapons that apply effects: Or I will come back to the forage course for 180. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a tool that adds an effect to the map that is being hit. What does that really mean? Well, let's just go through this and see what this really means in the custom package. Right-click new Java class, or this is going to be the levitation sword item. And this will extends the sword item will hover over this creed constructor matching super. And then what we'll do is we'll override the hurt enemy method. And the only thing that we need to do here is we need to say p attacker dot add effect, new mob effect instance, mob effects, not levitation, let's say for 200 ticks. And then the, after the first parentheses P attacker as the source of basically the attack here. And that is pretty much all that we need to do for the ideas that we're going to add a that is actually going to be target here or a day ago, the target at Effect. And then here P attacker. So the idea is that when we hurt an enemy, then we're going to add the levitation effects to that enemy when we hit it with this particular sort. That is something that a lot of people have asked for a previously. But this is why I show this. It actually is very, very straightforward to do this. Now, you will of course need to use this class right here. For example, here for our cobol sort, we can then say levitation sort item here. And it now every time we hit an entity or an animal with the cobalt sort item, it should get levitation for ten seconds. That would be really funny, but let's just see if it works. Or your pharmacist back in Minecraft. So let's just see if I hit the animal they had go, it gets levitation and it should get that for ten seconds. Though they're just going to be floating up in the urine. Then at some point they're going to drop down back to the Earth. And that will actually result in the dying as well. So that's kind of funny. It is a cool effects of the levitation sword might not be basically the most interesting one, but there are plenty of ideas, different effects that you can basically add on hit with your custom weapon, right? But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learns of the new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 62. (All about Tools) Creating a new Armor Set: Or I welcome back to the forage course for 118. In this lecture, we are going to be adding a custom armor set to Minecraft. Very similar to the custom tools for the armor set, we actually need to make a new class. This is going to be in our item package. Right-click new Java class called the mode armor materials. And this will implement the armor material interface and it's going to be an enum. What we'll do is we'll middle mouse button click on this and then press Control H to get to the armor materials right here. And what I will do is I will basically click at the very top here, right to the early bracket, go to the very bottom, hold Shift and then click at the bottom and then press control C to copy everything, and then Control V to paste it in. Now let's just get rid of that one here. And then over all, the only thing that we need to do is we need to change the name of the constructor here. And that's going to be fine. Now the only thing that we don't have is we won't have the parameter names here mapped. Now you can map them yourself. Basically, you can click on Shift F6 and then rename it right to name. And then you can continuously go through, but it's really not necessarily needed. I will actually copy over the constructor because actually have this prepared in the mapped way. Materials they ago. And there you go. So the only thing that doesn't work is this because instead of being a lazy loaded value, we're just gonna make this a lazy year. And then everything here should work fine, but the rest should be fine. This of course, all available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. So no worries there. And well, what does this do? Well, first of all, we can see all of the vanilla values right here. And because this is an enum, is pretty cool because this isn't advanced. You know, even we can define multiple different values here. Let's just say that, for example, our cobalt is going to be sort of on the level of gold. But let's say you know what, it's going to have a little bit more durability is, let's say something like 13. Maybe interoperability is going to be a little less, but not too less, like maybe like 21, something like that. The goal eclipse on is fine. Maybe it's even going to have like a tiny bit of toughness. I don't know, like 0.5, no knock resistance though. And the ingredients to repair it with is going to be more items dot, dot get. And then the rest we don't need anymore. This is going to be cobalt. And then the name here of course, also has to be cobalt. And these values here are interesting because these values you can see that's the third parameter, is an integer array that's called slot protections. Now slow protections are basically the protections of each different armor piece. This starts at the bottom. So this is the boots, leggings, chest plate and then the helmet. That's very important. And maybe we want to change this a little bit, maybe something like this. Maybe the Talmud is actually a little bit stronger. The chest plate as well and the ego. But once again, when it comes to the numbers, play around with them, be open to experimentation. If you want to really balance your mode, it's going to be, you're going to have to play around with this any way. So no worries there, there is, however, one more modification that we need to do, and that is in the getName method right here. Because what we want to return here is MC course mod, mod a, D plus colon plus this name. This is a very important that you do this. Otherwise the texture will not work the way that we're going to set it up. So no worries there. But apart from that, the more armor materials is done, if you ever want to add another armor material, what you need to do is you basically need to have all of these jars as well. And basically then separate them with a comma. So let's just call this cobalt two for the sake of argument, you can see, long as they're named differently, That's going to be fine. They're all separated with a comma. And then this ends with a semicolon. That's very important. Just wanted to mention this as well because a few people have gotten confused with this. It actually shouldn't be that crazy. It's just very basic Java knowledge in this case. But whatever the case may be, Let's go to the More Items class now. And let's create our or armour items. Let's just take the axle here and let's just make this to the cobalt helmet and then helmet here as well. Underscore element. And this is going to be the armor item, very important. The first parameter is going to be the mode armor materials, cobalt. And then the node has three parameters. Taken. One of being equipment slot. Equipment slot in this case had a goal. And then the item properties allow us just copy this three times and then let's get the chest plate here. This plate. And then the only thing we need to change is the equipment slot here. That's very important that we change this. Otherwise, we're going to run into some issues. For what leggings? Leggings here as well. And then last but not least, the boots. And then boots here as well. Strange this two legs and then this equipment slot to eat. And with that, all of the four items actually are added. That's how easy it can be. Now what we wanna do is of course, first of all, before we add the JSON files, let's just add the translation. This should be at this point trivial. It's just, I just copied it over to be fairly self-explanatory. And when it comes to the item models, will they are just normal item models as well. Because of course, inside of the inventory, well, they just look like normal items. However, there is one interesting thing. So first of all, you can see just points to a texture here. And that's going to be fine. Let's copy all of the textures over. But then the question is, well, how do we get this, the 3D armor? Well, inside of our Textures folder, Right-click new directory called models, and instead of their new directory called armor. And this is the American spelling that's very important. So you people from the UK, sorry, but it is just going to be, then let's copy over these two well PNGs here. This is going to be the cobalt underscore layer 1 and cool underscore layer 2. This is very important. Please pay attention here. So when we define the more armor material, this name right here, cobalt has to match this name right here as exactly the same thing. And then underscore layer, underscore one is basically going to be the 3D representation. It looks like this. You can change it up a little bit, but not too much. And this is going to be you can see the chest plate, the helmet, a little bit of the other stuff. And then here mostly, I believe the leggings and the boots, this has to match exactly. It can't be any spaces in there, no parentheses 1 because you copied it over from somewhere. Exactly like this. Be aware of this, that this is in the correct folder name correctly, and they have all the correct names. Very important. If you ever are wondering where the other textures or you can go down to external libraries that microclimate extra 118 one in the textures folder, and then in the models armor, you basically have access to all of the vanilla ones and you can change them in theory if you want to. So that's really freaking cool. But that is actually all that we need to add. So let's see if it works. All right, we find ourselves back in mindfulness. Can see everything here has been added to the game and it looks frequent, amazing. Oh, this is actually how easy can be to add the armor. You can see early armor values as well as even a little bit of toughness in there. That is really freaking cool, just like we've defined in our armor materials. That is pretty freaking cool. And it makes pigs fly, right? But that will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 63. (All about Tools) Full Armor Effect: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom full armor effect. Now what does that mean? Well, the idea is that if we wear our entire armor sets, so all of the entire cobalt armor materials set here. Then what we want is we want to add a custom or just normal, basically potion effect with the player. The way we do this is I'm actually going to copy over the class that we're going to need. This is available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. Alright, so this is the entire class and overall, we'll just go through and I'll explain as I go along. So the first thing that we have is of course, a map. So this map maps in armor material to a certain mode effect instance. Now number one very important thing is that this instance that we are using in this map is actually never used itself. We're just taking the values from it. So you can see that if I put the armor material cobalt on, I'm going to get a luck effect applied to me with an amplifier of one. So this means that I'm actually getting the lock 2 and then of course also 200 ticks. So this would be for 10 seconds. Now currently, this only works with mod armor materials, so only your custom ones and not with vanilla ones. That's a very important limitation here. Now, how does this work well on armor tick is called this method here. We're overriding this and this is called every time that a particular piece of armor, in this case the mode armor item, is inside of your armor slots. So this is called, we're going to make sure that we're on the server, and then we're evaluating whether or not the player has a full suit of armor. This is a custom method that I wrote. It is not nothing too crazy here. We're basically just getting the armor of slots 0 through three, but all of the forearm are slots and then just checking whether or not they are not empty. So if none of them are empty, then we're going to get a true on this and then we're going to continue to evaluate the armor effects. For that, we're basically going through the entirety of the map here of the material to affect map. And just making sure that hey, does the player have the correct armor on four, basically an effect. And we're going to go sure that we are going to make sure. And this one right here. So this one just says, hey, is it the material of all of those armors, basically the same material as this. And if that's the case, well, then we can continue even further with basically adding these satisfactory. We're making sure that the player does not have the effect already. Otherwise, you would basically be applying the fact every tick, which might be a little bit too often. So I just added this sanity check basically here. Then we're also once again just checking if the armor is on and if that is the case, then we're going to add the effect. So we're going to make a new effect instance of the actual effect instance here, get effect iteration can amplifier, like I said, this small effect right here, this instance has never used when we defined up here, this is only used as a template so that we can basically also put in the duration and the amplifier as well. Yeah, that's pretty much all there is to it. It shouldn't be too crazy. You know, if the question comes up, you're well, how did you do this? How did you make that? Well, it is just at the end of the day in Java knowledge that you need and probably a little bit of Minecraft knowledge as well. And how we can use this class. Now we'll in our mod items, I personally prefer to use the cobalt helmet to make an MOD armor item here. And what's very important is you only need to make one of your sets here. So one item in your set, the mode armor item. Like I said, I usually prefer the helmet. The chess-playing might also make sense, or the boots, whatever you want, but only one of them needs to be a more armor item. And if that is the case, then we can already see whether or not it works or if firms as in Minecraft. So let's see, I already have everything on except for the helmet and let's put it on and there it is. I have luck to now for ten seconds. And if I take any of those armour items off, as soon as the effect wears off, it's not going to renew. As you can see, there you go. And then it doesn't matter basically which when I have on and which when I haven't read. It, really is basically checking for every one of the other pieces and they go luck to you once again, right? There are certainly some limitations with this class, but this should hopefully will be a cool introduction for this for you. You can, of course, always changing all of the code is available in the GitHub repository or in an individual just as well. And this would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful. And in terms of the new, I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 64. (All about Tools) Custom Horse Armor: Or I will come back to the forage cores for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding custom horse armor to Minecraft. For custom horse armor is actually a fairly straightforward process. However, there is one little thing that you need to keep in mind. Well, let's just copy over the cobalt boots right here. And let's just make them cobalt underscore horse underscore armor. And same here, Cobalt underscore horse underscore armor. And this is going to be a horse armor item, right? This one. And then what we want is the first parameter, let's say something like 12. And the second parameter is going to be a string for Bolt. Now the string here is very important because this is defines the name of the horse armor texture. So let's first of all add the translation again. We will underscore horse underscore armor. For cobalt horse armor, of course. The ego and then a item model. I'm just going to copy over the ingot here, and I'm just going to call this the cobalt horse underscore armor. And then we're going to change it here as well. Worse, worse underscore armor. And then let's add the, let's say boring item model, as in, this is just a normal item. And let's add the boring item texture here. So boring as well, this is just the normal texture, however. What about the 3D texture? Well, that actually goes into the assets folder, but into Minecraft for a new folder in the assets folder called Minecraft. And then inside of there we need textures. And then instead of the urn, we need Entity. And then inside of there, we need horse. And then inside of there we need armor. Once again, the American spelling. And then I'm going to copy this over. You can see horse underscore armor, underscore cobalt. This is exactly the name that we're giving it here. So if we middle mouse button click on the horse armor item, you can see that it basically takes exactly this right here. So it takes detectors, entity, horse, armor, horse underscore, underscore wherever the identifier's that we put in here. And dot PNG, basically, this is what it points to 43, the armor. And that is basically all that you really need to keep in mind for the horse armor. That the one other thing that might be interesting is that if we can take a look at this, that for example, iron as five protection gold has seven and diamond has 11 with 12. This would actually be a little bit better than diamond horse armor, but that's totally fine. You can of course change this however way you want. But let's see if it works. Or a furnaces back in Minecraft and as luck would have it, we already have a tamed horse right here. Let's just give it the cold horse armor. And there it is. It does look very similar to the diamond one, but it does look still a little bit different. Though. That is actually really awesome and that's how easy it is to add custom horse armor to Minecraft. Writing that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 65. (All about Tools) Custom Enchantment: All right, welcome back to the course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be taking a look at how you can add custom enchantments to Minecraft. So Enchantments in and of themselves are actually fairly straightforward to add. It is hard is the actual functionality of the Enchantments. But in the MC course package, right-click new package called the enchantment packet right here. Then inside of there we're going to need two new classes. One of them is called the mod enchant minutes class. And the other one is going to be our actual and chairman's that we're gonna do. And that is going to be the lightning breaker in Shenzhen. There's also the class that we're going to start with. This is going to extend the enchantment class right here. And then let's just hover over correct constructor matching super right here. Then this very important that we change the equipment slide here to three dots instead of being the actual area here. And then what I also can highly recommend is clicking on this and chairman and the pressing Control H to basically be able to see all of the vanilla enchantments that you have. So for example, there's, I mean, there's so many different things, right? The thorns of Chairman, just take a look at this. You can see, Hey, how does this work? But how is this basically possible to be done? And you can basically just take a look at all of them in here. Highly, highly recommend taking a look at this, because this really is a great resource to see the possible functionality here. And for our chairman, what we're gonna do is we're going to first of all, override the GetMax level method. And we're going to return a2 because here, this basically determines how many books are generated. Because the books, the books are actually generated automatically for our enchantment is really cool. And this basically determines how many levels there are. Now, we want to overwrite the do post attack method, which is basically called after a while the attack on an entity. And we're just going to go through this. So I'm going to try to explain. So we're going to say not P attacker level not is client-side. So basically making sure that we're on the server. Please note the exclamation mark at the very front that negates the client-side. Very important that we want to be on the server for this, we want to say server level, which is equal to, let's just call it world, that's fine. So a little bit used to calling the level world. And yeah, he attacker dot level but cast to the server level actually not the client level, server level. They ago and then ended like this. And then we're going to make a server layer for player, which is going to equal to the P attacker dot cast to the server player. Exactly. And then we're going to have a block pass cool position, which is equal to the target dot, get. Actually it's just blocked. Position. There you go. That's what it is. We're going to import the blog posts class as well. Then inside of here, you can see that we get the P level, which is basically getting a level here, right? So we're going to get the level of the Enchantments. So we're gonna say if P level equals one, this means that we're not going to swap one lightning. But the idea is that we want to call entity type dot-dot-dot lightning bolt spawn in the world. Nl player position, mobile spawn type, type dot triggered. And then true and then true. So this is basically a way that you could spawn a lightening bolt. Very straightforward. And the greatest thing is that this is not only a way to small lightening bolt, you're going literally spawned anything that you want with it, a, b and Ax, little bat, an area, fact Cloud, apparently, an armor set, whatever you really want to. But for the time being, we're going to keep it like this. Now we're just going to copy this, make this level two, and then we'll just small to linings. That's actually all the functionality that we need. If you want a particular functionality for your enchantment, it is just a matter of learning Java more and just trying out a bunch of stuff. Be open to experimentation. Take a look at the, the lunula enchantments, highly recommended. You can basically can't do anything better than that. By now, we still need to add stuff to our mod enchantments class. And this is going to have something that you have seen before and it's a public static final deferred register of type Enchantments. This time we'll enchantments. And this is equal to d different register that create or registries that enchantments MC course mod, mod ID, and whether it's a different register. There also is pours a public static void register method with an eye event bus or event bus as its perimeter. We're just going to call the Enchantments that register with the event bus. And its register method is of course, be called here right now under the law, the mock blocks registers, we're going to say mod achievements dot register with the event bus. There you go. And now this is registered. Now what we're going to need is we're just going to do basically the following is actually going to be very straightforward. We simply need a public static Registry object of type enchantment, of course, which is going to be the lightning underscore striker, which is equal to enchantments start register lightning underscore striker. Then in a supplier of new lightning strike or enchantment with the rarity, let's do let's do uncommon though? Uncommon, yes. For rarity and the Enchantments category is weapon than the equipment slot is going to be not feed, but we're just gonna do this equipment Slashdot about mean hand. Yes, there you go. And that's actually it. That is all that we need to do to register this enchantment. This is the functionality, this is the registration done. Now what we do need to still add is that the translation instead of the e and underscore us adjacent file, we're used to, you know, I'm going to put this at the very bottom here. We're going to copy this over. This is nothing too crazy. This is just the basically enchantment MCQs, lightning Stryker. So this name, of course, once again has to match with this name right here. And then this is just enchantment Vermont ID. And you will only need this one's even though there's multiple different levels, this will be translated for each of those levels, right? So after having added all of that, Let's see if it works or why we functions back in microfinance can see the lightning strike or has been successfully added to the game, the Enchantments. So let's just add it to our diamond sword here in this case, and let's just use the ones that is the number one. Then if we use number two, it is not to notice will, but it is something different. So there you go. That's actually how easy it is to add a customer channeled to Minecraft. And that will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful in urine. So the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So yeah. 66. (Intermediate) BlockState Properties: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be talking about block state property. So block say properties are a very interesting thing. And basically we're, first of all, we're going to cover sort of the theory behind it. And for that we're going to take out the PowerPoint slides. Let's take a look at the distinction between blocks and block states. So block, you can think of that as sort of a single pattern. The idea is that for us in our more blocks class or for the Rindler blocks in the blocks class, we have different fields for a particular blocks. Now those are created once you remember they are public static final, so they're assigned once. There ever only exists one field for one particular block. So you can think of them as a singleton pattern. While block states are the instances that are inside of the world or the level, the block states save a block position, the block properties, those would be the strength of the block. You know how, how much time it takes to break stuff like that, that We basically assigned in the mailbox class and then also the block state properties. So those are the three big ones. Of course there's a lot more than that is behind there. Those would be the big three. And you can think of it like this. The block states are saved by the world and they can only ever be changed by the world or the level. By, for example, doing level sunblock than putting in some parameters. That's the general idea. You have a block which is a single pattern is just the idea of a block so to speak. Because if I say Redstone or block, you're like, Okay, I know what Redstone or block looks like, but if I then have three different Redstone or blocks in the world, they're all different, but they're all the same type. That's sort of the idea. So you can think of a block as a class and the block state would be the object that is created from it, let's say in terms of programming language, so to speak, right? So what are block sit properties now? Well, the small headline here, or how to store data in blocks is not a 100 percent correct, but it's sort of the idea of sort of the same. So in the a calcium blocker class in this case, the general question might be, well, why don't I just put in a Boolean there and then it will work well, once again, think about this. When we are creating a block, write the, this class here is created once. So if you would have just a Boolean in there for all blocks of that type, it will be the same. And then of course, doesn't make any sense because whether or not this Redstone or block is lit or isn't lit, has nothing to do with the one like two blocks away from it. Right. And that, of course, doesn't make any sense. So that is where the separation comes in and that is where the block say, properties need to be used. We can see here we have a Boolean property called lit. And what is very important is that we define this in the block class. And then we always, always have to call the create block state definition method here and basically add the properties to the builder. That's very important is that in general, properties can never be null. So they always have a value above, can have multiple different properties. And these properties can then later be referred to in the block States JSON file to basically refer to different models that we've seen this already, right? We've seen the stairs within the doors, all of that. They basically have plenty of different blocks, the properties, and then the end depending on their values, they then refer to a different block model. And he was basically one example, right? This would be, LET is equal to false and this is lit, is equal to true. Changing the block state. Well, how is that done? Well, it's actually done very easily. We just need a level here. So we need a level variable somewhere, set block at a particular position. Then we get the current state. We set the value of lit exactly what is inside of here, right? In this case true. And then the three is just a, basically a flag which determines the updating behavior of the actual setting of the block. Usually this is done in on the server. So if you're just doing this on the client is not going to work. Basically, always make sure that you are on a server thread when you are changing the block state was of course, if the client could just change Bach states, or that could lead to some interesting issues that say, and yeah, that's pretty much the idea, right? It happens on a particular position here. The second parameter is the new state at that block position. And then third parameter, like I said, it changes the updating behavior. We're basically going to go through with 3 4 Amin, basically the entirety of this course because three basically just updates all of the neighbors and updates the way that it looks and that's going to be fine. So at the moment, I wouldn't worry about this too much if you really need something else, then at that point I hope you that you are an advanced enough to basically figure this out on your own as well, right? But that would pretty much be it for the theory here. So let's go into intelligence and let's press the Shift key twice and let's put in a red stone or block. We're actually going to take a look at this class. And as you can see, pretty much exactly what we had here, a Boolean property called lit At the very bottom, we have the credo block state definition method right here, which is called. So both of those are basically the important things. Now the reason I've chosen the Redstone or block here is because this is the easiest example of a single block state property. And it doesn't have too many other things in here. But there are, of course, some other things. Attack here would be if you just left-click to the block, then it starts to search the Interact method, which basically is right here. And this is very interesting. So if the lip property is false, then we're setting it to true. And you can see this is exactly the setting of true that we had in the PowerPoint presentation as well. We set the blog at a particular position. The state we're setting the value of LET the true, and then the flag here is three. So I believe that if we hover over this, you can see worldwide flags are as follows. One is a block update, two will send it to the client for will prevent the block from being re-rendered and stuff like that. And you can basically add them. But if we put in a three, then what's going to happen is that it will both cause a block update and it will send the changes to the client because we put 1 plus 2. That's the basic idea. If you need anything else and they are basically just take a look at this for the time being. We're not going to worry about it too much. Well, this is all fine and well right, we can all take a look at this, but let's be honest, we wanna do something ourselves, and this is exactly what we're gonna do. We will create a new class here. So in our custom package, right-click new Java class. And this is going to be the cobalt lamp black. And this will extend the block class. Of course, right here, import this picture that we've chosen, that we've chosen the correct one over o, the screen constructor matching super. And if this noise us, then we can just click on it, press Shift F6, and just choose Properties here. There you go. All right, now we need, of course, a block, say property. Now I'm going to make this a public static final Boolean property called clicked, which is equal to Boolean property dot create. And that's it. And regulations, you've created a custom blocks ID property. That's all that we need to do. And of course we do still need to override the Create block set definition method. And then basically call it P builder dot add, clicked. There you go. If you have multiple blocks, the properties, you can just add them by basically by separating them with a comma. Of course, adding clicked twice here doesn't make a lot of sense, but if you had multiple ones, you can just separate them with a comma and add as many as you want with the add code here. Now what we want is we want to be able to right-click this block and then it basically turns on and turns off. We're just going to take the US method here. We're going to override that. So let me just make this a little bit different. And then of course, because this is deprecated, you can see we shouldn't call this. We're just going to return the interaction result that success, that's going to be fine. Now the question is, okay, what are we going to do? Well, we're going to say if P level is client side. So basically making sure that we have the, this is very important that we have the exclamation mark at the front, basically negating this, right? So we want to be on the server, not on the client. And I'm gonna say p-hat equals interaction hand in hand. We're only going to call this one's ever, That's the basic idea. And this is very important. So exclamation mark, please note this because I've seen this multiple times. The people have forgotten the exclamation mark where we want to be on the server, not on the client. And then we're gonna say Boolean current state is equal to the state that we've been passed in. So this would be the actual block state that we've just right-clicked. And I'm going to say get a value of clicked. And then what we're gonna do is we're just gonna say level set block that look like we've seen at this particular position that we right-clicked with a state that we've right-clicked and setting the value of clicked to the current state, negated the first parentheses, orienting, putting into three, which is the flags. And, and that's actually all that we need to do for this lamp to change. Well, it's blocked state. And we're gonna see how we can basically represent this or how we are going to be able to see this in just a moment. But yeah, that's pretty much all that we need to do. You can see everything in here. This shouldn't be too crazy at this point. Yeah, So let's actually register the block as well. So in our more blocks class, I'm just going to copy over the cherry blossom trapdoor and this is going to be the cobalt underscore lamp for it's the same here, Cobalt lamp. And this is now a cobalt lamp block, which is going to take definitely not wood. Let's take an let's take a metal and then no occlusion is also not the case. Now what we will actually add is something very interesting. Let's not strictly necessary, but I wanted to show this. Basically what I want is that if the click property is true, then what I want is I want this to be turned on there. How do we do this? Well, you can see we have this lake level here, which is a to Int function of block state. What does that mean? Well, it basically takes in a state here and then we have it similar to a. You can see this is similar to a supplier and then we just need to return it so we can put in 15, for example. Regardless of the state, you can see that it's just going to return 15. That's not quite what I had in mind. What I had in mind is that we're going to say state dot, get a value of cobalt lamp black dot clicked. So we're basically getting the value and then we're going to use the ternary operator. If this is true, we're going to return 15, which is Max light level, and then otherwise we're going to return 0. That's the general idea here, is just a, something to add basically. And also then you, now you know, hey, this is how you can very easily just add a light level there to a block if you want to. And now of course, on to the JSON files. So let's first of all actually add the translation just because that's going to be a little bit faster. I'm just going to copy over the fence here. The cobalt lamp. They go about lamp. And then I will also copy over the block states. Those are of course, all available to you in the GitHub repository or individual just as well. And here you go. So click this equal to false cohort lamp off. So we're going to point to this model, they've clicked is true. Then we're going to point to the cobalt underscore lamp on block model. So let's copy both of those blood models over as well. Shouldn't be too crazy, should they? No, of course not. They are actually not too crazy. And see, we just pointed to cobalt lamp off and then on the other one, can you guess? Yes, overall, lamb on. So it's very straightforward, actually. The textures that we're pointing to them with the item model, you know, it's just going to be pointing to the off, Let's actually pointing to the unimodal. Well actually, you know what, let's make this point to the model because that is a little bit nicer in this case. And then of course, just copy over the textures as we've seen multiple times. Now. They go and well, that is pretty much all that we need to do, right? Most of the heavy lifting here done by the Boolean property, and the rest is, well, should be fairly self-explanatory. So let's see if it works. Or we find ourselves back in Minecraft. As you can see, the cobol M has been an unsolicited down and there it is. It started in the on position. So basically it starts with a Boolean property t being true, that's totally fine. Of course, there's no worries there. And what you can actually see, like let's actually put in time at night here and see if I right-click it. Now, we can actually see that the light is what being turned on and off. So that's really frequent, cool. But that's actually how easy that can be as well. But in just so that we have it, if you maybe want a different default property, what we can do is we can call this in the constructor, this dot register default state. And then we can say this dot default block state, our set value of clicked will to false. And with that, basically what we're gonna do is we're setting this to be false. So the clip property will now be false by default. But that's sort of the general idea for an, another interesting thing is that, for example, if we go into the Boolean property, so middle mouse button click, you can see this is a property of type Boolean. If I press Control H here, you see they're also integer properties as well as enum properties. One of the most ones is the direction property. So you can also use integer properties and all of the other ones as well. And if we actually take a look at Boolean property that create, for example, we can do this, but we can then also take a look at, for example, the block state. I think it's blocked. Three properties. Go block, say properties that class has basically all of the vanilla blocks, the properties defined in here, we can see, for example, some integer properties, ages, max, ages. We have some level cauldron level, lowing level capacitor. So with basically some examples here, I highly recommend taking a look at this if you want to make your own custom blocks a property. Otherwise this would be already it for this lecture right here. I hope you've found this useful in terms of the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 67. (Intermediate) How does NBT Data work?: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at NVT data or as it's now called, compound tags, will basically MVT tags. So what are those? Well, it's basically a way of saving data onto, for example, Item stacks. Now, the first question that comes to mind is wastewater item stacks. Well, just as Bloc states are the representations of a block inside of a world, similar item stacks are representations of items inside of your inventory. So if you have two different diamond swords, well they are both the item, diamond sword, but they are both different items, stacks, That's a general idea. And for this, what we're gonna do is we're gonna save the result that we had from the last dowsing rod. Right-click on a well in, in NVT data. And what we're gonna do is we're gonna make a new item for this. So in our custom package, right-click new Java class called the data tablet item. And this will extend item of course, over all this create constructor matching super. And then what we're gonna do is we're going to just add a bunch of stuff. So first of all, we don't really need to add anything to be able to add NVT data to this. We can add NVT data to any different item stack that we want. This is pretty much it. What we are gonna do however, is we're going to have the following things. So number one, I actually want the NVT data to be displayed as a tooltip. We're gonna do is we're going to say append Hover Text. And what I will do is I will basically say, Hey, if the actual stack here, right, has tags. So this is the method that checks whether or not, you know, NVT data or attack is present here. Then we're going to say oranges is just a string. And we're going to read this from the stack. Dot gets tagged, so this gets the NVT tag or the compound tag. Then you can see there's different types of methods that we can basically get this a few different get's. There's also some puts. Well, what we're gonna do is we're going to get a string with the following key, MC course dot last underscore or. And then we're just going to add this to the tooltip. So P tooltip components, dot add new texts component or an All right, so we've seen now two of the three important, well, tag methods basically has tag and then gets tagged. And then you can basically get any tag via a particular key year. And we'll also do is we're gonna make this limb. So we're going to basically have the enchanted glint on this item if there is a tag prison. So we're gonna say is foil and we're just going to return the stack, not as tag, but that's pretty much it. As soon as it has a p tag component on this stack, then it's going to start to sort of glitter like it is enchanted. And then we'll also override the US method right here. And what we're gonna do is we're going to say the following. We're going to say if the player not get item in hand, he used hand that has tags. So once again, if we have a tag, then we're just gonna do is we're going to say player getItems in and used hand that tag. So this is the third one to a new compound tag. Because if we are just setting this to a new compound tag which doesn't have anything associated with it, then it's just going to basically erase the tag and hashtag will now be false. So basically if we just right-click the item D data tablet in the air, then it's just going to erase all of the data that is on there. That's the basic idea here. And well, that's pretty much all there is to it, right? We have the hashtag, we have the git tag, and we have the set attack. Those are pretty much all of the three big methods that we need to think about. And now we're actually going to do is we're going to, of course, changes of in the dowsing rod. But for this, we're going to need a util helper class in our YouTube package. Right-click new Java class called inventory util. I'm actually going to copy over both of those methods because it's just going to make this a little bit easier. So you can see it's just, it just basically as a Boolean method and a integer method. And the Boolean method just says, Hey, does the player, this player have this item somewhere in its inventory? And then the other one just basically says, Hey, has the, where's the index of the item that we're passing in? But that's basically the general idea here. And what we're gonna do is in our Dao single item, we're going to now change this. One of the core is of course available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. But I'm going to copy over the main method here, which is going to be the ad in BT to data tablet. Now, as you can see, we're going to actually need to define the more item data tab as well. So no worries there. We're just going to do is just immediately is register this. So data tablet. And then here data underscore tablet. And this is of course, a data tablet item they ago with only the normal properties. And then. Everything here should work fine. This shouldn't be too crazy. At this point, we've registered so many items. Registering an item should be almost second nature. Now what are we doing here? Well, we're basically getting the item from the player's inventory. But by getting the first integer index, we're getting the first instance of this item in the inventory. That's very important. So this is basically how it's going to work. I will show, of course, in the demonstration just a moment. And then we're going to create a new tag here, so NVT data. And then we're just going to put a string in with this key. Very important that this key is correct, because this has to be exactly the same one by, when we're reading this out basically. And then we just put in, well, basically the same stuff that we put in right here. So we're just going to print the name and basically the position at where we found it. And then here we're just setting the tag of the data tablet to MVT data. And then inside of here, basically just after we found it, what we're gonna do is we're gonna say at the following, we're going to say if inventory util dot has player stack and inventory with the player and the more items that data tablet dot get. If that's the case, then what we wanna do is we want to add NVT data here with the player, the position click down below I, and then lock below as well. There you go. That is pretty much it. Now, this of course, is not Important to the NVT data in general. This is just basically the way that we're adding it. So this really is like the main part of the NVT data here, in this case, making a new compound tag and then setting the tack on that particular item stack. That's pretty much the basic idea. Now for completion sake, of course, let's also add the translation here. This is going to be the data underscore tablet. Data tablet here. Very nice. And then also add the item model right there so you can see it points to the data underscore tablet underscore off, extra curious and off texture. Will is there also an own texture? Yes, there is. But that is something we're going to see in the next lecture. Actually. We're just going to copy this over. And that should be pretty much all that we need to do in order to add well the data tablet and some custom entity data. So let's see if it works. Or farces back and microvesicles see the data table has been added to the game. Now we're actually going to have to change the max stacking here in just a moment, but that's of course going to be a very easy fix. And let's just see if I can find valuables. Then we should see the first it a tablet. There you go. So now we can see Found Minecraft copper or at exactly the position that we had there as well. So everything works. If I now right-click with it. It has now been deleted. And what's very important is that if I find another one, you can see that it overrides it for the first one. This is basically what I said, but it's going to override it and not put this next one on. You could of course make another well, inventory usual method that's like a find one without NVT data. And then you're going to add it to the next one. That would also work, of course, totally fine. But for the time being, this is pretty good. Now let's actually fix the stacking of this. So now you can see they don't stack anymore. There's one of them had NVT data on it. But you can see, I can just get new ones here and I can stack them, which is of course it's not quite what we want. So let's just fix that quickly. But this is of course a very easy fix, right? In the item properties, we're just going to add the tax to method right here, and we're just going to put in a 1. So that should be fairly self-explanatory here. And with that, basically the entire data tablet is done. And this would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 68. (Intermediate) Item Properties: Or I will come back to the forage course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom item property to our data tablet. Now, some of you might say, Wait What the hell is a custom item model property or an item property? I've never heard of that. Well, it basically is very similar to a block state property. However, it enables us to 0 to a different item model JSON file if the property will changes its value. So what we can do is we can change the texture of the data tablet item if, you know, if we have, for example, in BT data on it. What we're gonna do is we're going to make a new class in the util package called the mod item properties. And then we're going to make a public static void called add custom item properties method. And then we're going to do the following. First of all, we're going to press shift twice and we're going to put in the item properties and then make sure that the tick here is ticked basically the box include non-product items. And then we're gonna go into this class and you can see that this is basically the item properties class. And if we go down, you can see this, for example, the bowl that has the pole and the pulling item properties which are used in order to change the texture inside of the inventory of the bowl. So this is really freaking cool. And this is, well, one of those things that if you don't know about it, it's very hard to think about this. But once we know, once you've seen how it works, is actually going to be fairly straightforward. So we're gonna say item properties that register the mode items, data tablet, dot get, and then a new resource location called MC course mod, mod ID, and then on. So this is just the name of the, of the property basically. And then what we need is we need a crazy Well method. And then what we're gonna do is we're just going to put in parentheses and then API. And you can see that it basically only once all generated for us the item property function. So we're just going to hit the Tab key and then this is fine. Now this item property function returns a float and this basically is then the value that the item property takes. What we're going to see is we're gonna say P stack dot hashtag, western mark one, f colon 0, F. And we're basically using the ternary operator. Once again, it will return one if attack is actually present and 0 if attack is not present. Well then that's pretty much all that we need to do. I'll need to call this in our client setup. This is very important, that is called the direct method here item properties, more item properties that add custom item properties. And that's pretty much it. For every additional item. We just add a new register call here. And then that's pretty much going to be all that we need to do. Now, where do we use this on here? Well, we use this inside of the item model. So what we're gonna do is first of all, we're going to basically have a new model. So the data tablet right here, I'm actually going to copy this over. So I'm going to drag it into the same folder while holding Control. I'm going to call this the data tablet on. I'm just going to change this to data tablet on right here, not too soon, but on the ego. And then I'm going to copy over the other data tablet or the contents here. We're just going to open this. We now have a data tablet underscore on just normal based on file. And this, I'm going to copy over the contents and I'm going to explain in well how this works basically. So by default, this is the texture that it chooses, the data tablet off. Now there is an overrides here. This is basically a list of different overrides which has a predicate. And the predicate is basically you can think of this as a, if this is true, then we're just going to overwrite it with this model here. And the predicate is, hey, MC cores on the item property has to be one. And then we're going to override it with this one right here, which is the MOOC course item data tablet on which we've just made here, which then basically points to the context of the data talent. That's pretty much all there is to it is this shouldn't be too confusing, this shouldn't be too crazy. We're basically doing it in a very similar way as the block say properties is just a little bit different. And yeah, that's pretty much all there is to it. So I'm just going to add the other data tablet on texture as well. And then what we're basically ready to take a look at this. Once again, I highly recommend just being open to experimentation, playing around with this a little bit because the item properties are actually really freaking cool and I really love that. It actually is fairly easy to do this. So I highly recommend taking a look at this. But for completion sake, let's see if it works. All right, we find ourselves back in Minecraft. So let's see, let's try to find some valuables. And then as soon as we find it, there it is. And then the actual texture has changed as well. So this is actually really freaking cool, and I can right-click to, we'll delete the data again and then the texture changes back. So this is actually how easy it is to, well, basically change the texture of this and just something like small like this, right? Changing the texture on the tablet is just such a cool effect that sure, It's like, is it going to make an entire mod know? But if you add something like this to your MOD is just going to be that much frequent cooler, Right? And that's already it for this lecture right here. All of the code in the JSON files are of course available to you in the GitHub repository and an individual just as well. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 69. ASSIGNMENT 7: BlockStates & NBT: All right, Welcome to this exercise here for the forge course. And what you are basically supposed to do here is we'll make one as some block state property and then one NVT data example. Basically, your, your creativity is just, you can do whatever you want. Basically just be creative. Don't go too crazy, right? Don't think like I'm going to make a fricking crazy stuff with six different NVT data. Oh, very slow, very easy, right? Maybe do another Boolean property, maybe do an integer property, whatever there is, this to something that's really cool, but also not too crazy. Don't go too overboard with this. Just think about this and then you will manage this assignment. There is no real solution for this because, well, basically you can do whatever you want in here, which might be a little bit too big, but I'm sure that you will manage, but I'm very interested to see what you can come up with and yeah. 70. (Intermediate) Custom Crops: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom crop to Minecraft. So custom crop is actually a fairly straightforward process. All things considered, there are of course, some very special things that we haven't seen yet, but overall, it's going to be totally fine. So first of all, we need a custom pass in our custom package, right-click new Java class called the turnip Rob block. And well, we have two different possibilities here. We can either extend it from the crop block or, and this is going to be easier first, we're actually going to extend this from the beet root block. Now, the reason for this is going to be apparent in just a moment. First of all, if the parameter your noise, you shift F6 and then rename it to properties and middle mouse button click on the bead roadblock here. Any will see that it has a integer property called age. Now this integer property goes from 0 to three, which is exactly the same number of ages or age values that our block has as well. This is why we can basically take almost the entirety of this. We only need to override the good seed ID method right here in our own class. And the rest can basically stay exactly as is. Now if you have a different age in your accustom crop, take a look at the crop block. You can see that the crop luck actually has a person age of seven in this case. If you want to change this, also, you can just change it by using a different each year or you can define your own age if, you know 12357 and 15 or 25 are none of the agents that you want. You can just make your own integer property. We've seen this previously. So this shouldn't be too crazy. The only thing that might be a little crazy is this shape by age right here. So I can actually zoom out a little bit and then just scroll and keep scrolling and scrolling. This is just very badly formatted in my mind. I just don't like this, that it's all in one line. The general idea is that we basically just have a box in the wild level of that box changes. The box is the black outline that a block has when you hover over it. And the outline changes by the age of the actual crop here. And then same goes for basically the beet root block. You can see in the 0th age, it's 246 and an eight. And you can basically change those on will as well. So that is something that you can also do. All of this shouldn't be too crazy. All things considered. You know, if you have a completely custom crop that you want to implement with a different age and all of that, I am sure that you will manage because most of this is not too crazy. Just make sure you know, you, you override the GetMax age method. Basically just take a look at the beet root. Here, take a look at the crop block here. Take a look at the changes they made from one to the other and then the rest. I'm sure that you will manage and figure out. And we actually need to override the seed ID for the time being, what we're gonna do is we're just going to make this a, make this an error. So I don't forget this. This is just a quick little tip here because I maybe I want to forget changing this and then you're gonna have to go through it again. So let's not do this. And let's then add a, well the crop here in our box class. So this is going to be a just copying the trapdoor here. And we're going to call this the turnip underscore crop. Now what's very interesting is that, of course this is also going to be the turnip underscore crop. Now this is not register block, this is blocks dot register. And the reason why we're calling blocks or register instead of doing the register block method is because we'd actually do not want a block item associated with this particular prop here. What we want is we want to make a seed later. So we're gonna say turnip crop block. And then this is actually going to be material of, but we're going to say copy and mono, say blocks dot wheat, your cell that we actually, let's do beet root, beet roots, they go and the rest is fine. I believe that the only other thing that we want is let's do no collision as well. So no collision, no occlusion. Length 2 we shouldn't actually really need here. And then the rest should be copied from the beet roots anyway, so no worries there. So this is the block actually done and we do still need the item. Now this item, like I said, is going to be just the seeds. So we're just going to pick the data tablet and we're just going to say turn IP underscore seeds. And then the name here of course as well turned up underscore seeds. And this is going to be a item, name, block item. That's interesting, yes. Making sure this actually stacks to more than just one. And then we're just going to change the name here as well. So this order, and then the first parameter is going to be block mode blocks dot urllib crop. Yet, Let's just change the formatting a little bit. I mean, this is going to be fine. This is going to be good at read. But we're going to need to make this an item named block item because we actually want to take the turn of seeds name instead of the blockName of turnip crap. Now what we can do in the class as we can return more items, dot turnip, seeds.rb, right here. And then the class has actually done, like I said, if you have any particular different ages and stuff like that, take a look at the crop class, take a look at the beetroot block class. I highly recommend this should be basically all that you really need to do. And in the MC course mod a class, we also need to add the turnip crop to the specific render layer. So let's just duplicate this with Control D. And then put in turn up a crop right here. And that is also done. And then JSON files are all that remained. Now let's actually do the translation first because there's a little bit of a tendency to forget this. So let's do turn up underscore crop. And then this is going to be the turnip crop right here. And then what we're gonna do is we're just going to also add, this is actually going to be the seeds, they go seeds. And then the crop will actually be added right here. So there's going to be turned up, underscore crop. Turn up, Rob. So you might want this translation as well, just so that you have it when you have the, what am I looking at model that basically displays what the actual name of the boxes that you are looking at. This sometimes can help there as well. With the translation basic. Let's copy over the block States Jason and I will explain. Of course, you can see this is nothing too crazy, nothing that we've not seen already. We basically have four different ages, 0 to three, and we're just pointing to different block model JSON files. So this is basically all that there is to it. This shouldn't be anything completely new. We're just going to copy those over as well. Those are of course, all available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And you will see this is now just crop here. And then the textures also point to crop. And then we just point to different block models. We just point to different block textures. So that's pretty much all there is to it. And let's also then copy over the seeds here. Also just points to a texture. Nothing crazy about it. Well, this actually isn't that insane. All things considered. Let's get the Aedes texture and then let's get a lead textures for the blocks as well. They just 0 to 3 year. And then one more very interesting thing is going to be, well, the loot table. Now how does the Lu table work? Well, for that, we're just going to go down to the external libraries. Once again, the data folder right here, right microwave client and extra 1181 to the lute tables blocks. And then we're just going to say, for example, the beet roots. We're just going to open this and you can see this is a little more complicated in this moment. But what we can do is we can just select all control C, or we can also select the JSON file Control C. And then just go up here to our MC course Lou tables blocks Control V to paste it in. And then we're just going to say if Eve turn up underscore crop, and then we just need to change a bunch of stuff in here. Now it's very important as you can see, that we're actually looking for a block, say, property, old age, and it has to be three. And then this is the condition under which the actual beat up drops. That's very important. So this is going to be MC course turnip that we're going to change this to. And then this is of course going to be MC course. Turn up underscore seeds. Now very important, we have to change this block as well, right? Because this now is going to be the MC course Olin turnip crop. Because we are checking for the age property and the turnip crop no longer the beat, beat roots block basically. And then the same thing goes down here, making sure that we change this to once again the term crop. And then here are some additional seeds where it might drop. We're just going to copy this over as well. Make sure that both the mode ID as well as the names of the items and blocks has changed. It's very easy to look over the MOD ID here. So yeah, this, of course file is also available to you, so no worries there, but that is actually all that we need to do to add the custom crop. So let's see if it works. Or if Francis back and microvesicles see the turnip seats have been successfully added to the games. Let's see. I can also plant them. That is a very good start. And let's just use some bone meal on them and they go So they're growing dairy is and let's just switches violent. See, I can even get some turnips and some seats back. So this is exactly what we want C, and let's just see if they also grow when basically the time is made a little bit faster here. So random tics be just to like 2 thousand and there they are growing as well. So everything working amazingly. Course when I break them in creative, that's why I switched to survival. So if we go to survival, there you go, It's got some nice turnips here. And there we go. And now we can become the gardener of our dreams, right? And that is already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 71. (Intermediate) Add Items to the Composter: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. In this very short lecture, I will show you how you can add your items to the composter. So you can basically make them compostable, very, very easy in the setup method that you have. Hopefully, this should be with the FML common set of event parameter. What you're gonna do is you're going to say event dot and q workable. And then you're going to put in a parentheses, a an arrow, and the curly brackets. And inside of this, we want to call composter loc dot dot, put more items that turnip seeds that get, for example, 0.5, I believe, is the correct number. Then duplicate this with Control D, and then we're going to put it in a turnip here as well. I'm going to put in 65. So we can actually take a look at the compossible map right here. And these are basically the changes that we have. So you can see that three, so the ligand basically see here typical 3.5 potato VDD. I guess the seeds are actually less, so there are actually three. Let's change this to three. That's totally fine as well. 0.3. There you go. That's pretty much it. That's all it did you need to do in order to add them to the composter though for completion sake, let's see if it works. Oh, well if friends, There's a Minecraft and there you go. The composter, both of them working exactly how you would expect it. And now we got a bone meal, or that will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learned something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So yeah. 72. (Intermediate) Custom Flower: Or I welcome back to the fourth course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom flower to Minecraft. Wiling a custom flower is actually fairly easy. So in our model blocks class, we're gonna do is we're just going to copy the cherry blossom, a trap door. And this is going to be the pink underscore rows. And of course for the name as well, pink underscore rows. Now this is going to be a flower block, which actually takes in three different parameters. The first one is a mob effects or effects that let's say blindness for example. And then the effect duration, which popular to come and leave is actually in seconds this time instead of ticks. I don't know why it seems very inconsistent, but it is what it is and the actual mapping, what we're gonna do is we're going to not need any of this. And then we're going to copy from blocks that dandy lion here so that we basically have all of the properties that we are going to need. So the properties that we are going to need are basically no collision in seborrheic end. Also, I believe the material from plan basically gets you the no occlusion. So this one right here, we need both, OK, no occlusion and no collision. But by copying the properties of the any line where basically already have that in here. What we're also going to need to do for the flower is in our setup method, we need to call this for the pink rose right here. So we need to set the renderer layer properly and then, well, it's basically just off to the JSON files. Those are of course, all available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. He Bloc states Jason is just a normal Bloc states. Jason also add the translation here, not to forget this, the pink underscore rows. And then pink rose right here. There you go. And then let's add the log model as well. Nothing really interesting going on. We have a cross pattern this time and a cross texture as well. You can see this time the parent is the cross here and then the textures is also cross. That's really the most interesting thing in this case. And the item model is actually also fairly interesting because this one points to a, well, the same block texture that the block points to, because while it is basically the same thing that you have in your hand, that it also looks like in the world basically, we're just going to copy this over as well. So they go and that is actually all that we need for a custom flower. So now let's see if it works or we find those back in micro. As you can see, the pink rose has been successfully added to the game. And doesn't it look just beautiful? So that's how easy it can be to add a custom flower to Minecraft, right? And then it's already for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 73. (Intermediate) Custom Flower Pots: All right, welcome back to the forage course through 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom policy plan to Minecraft. So after having added at the custom flower, we're now also going to make a part it will variation of this flower. And the way that we're gonna do this, we're just going to copy this and we're gonna say part it, pink rose. And the most important thing here is that this one actually does not call the register block method, but this once again calls blocks that register right here. So what we're gonna do is we're just going to take away the relief tap at the end. And then we're also going to make this the part that underscore pink rose. And this is now a flowerpot block for this only. This actually going to need three different parameters as well. The first one is a null, the second one is mod blocks, dark pink, rose, the same without a get. And then this is just going to take the audit dandy lion as it's copying of the properties. Now, you might say, well, this is already it, not quite, because what we still need to do is we still need to sort of add it with a list of possible well flowers, just essentially. So once the setup method, what we're gonna do is we're going to say blocks, that flower part, that cast. And then we're going to cast this to a flowerpot block right here. And then we can do is then we can call the add method. I'm gonna say block mode, blocks dot, rows, dot getID. Then the second one is just mapped blocks dot-product, pink, rose. So this is the way to basically add it that you can right-click with your rows here and then you're gonna get this block out of it. Now this is still a normal block, so we still need a block States Jason, block model Jason and a translation file for the piping rose. I'm just going to copy this over. The block state is actually just a normal block, says Jason year, the model is a little bit different, but not too crazy. Let's first of all actually do this. So let's do part it in Gross are epic rows. Now this translation is only needed if you have something like, what am I looking at? The mode that basically you can, you know, that what you basically looking at which this the name of the actual block you're looking at. Now this year, this block model you can see is actually flower underscore partners across. And then we specify the anterior. Now it's also important after we've added this, we don't need any other texture. What will we do need is we also need to have the public pink rose here in the render layer cut out. Otherwise, we're also going to have a little bit of a display will issue there. Otherwise, that is all that we need to do, though you can see it's actually fairly straightforward, but still, there's some interesting stuff, especially with this, with the casting of the actual flower pot. After we've added this, let's see if it works. Or furnaces back in micro. So let's just set the part down and there you go. We have the potted ink rows, which is working totally fine. But this is exactly what you would want. Rather than just as a quick aside here at the end, if anyone is wondering, you know, oh, how can we do the LU table for this? Once again, it come, we have vanilla examples of this go down to the external libraries, down to net microwave client extra 181. And then in the loop tables you can simply search for all of the potted plants. You can, for example, take a look at this and then basically just replace this allium right here with your own one. So just copied over Control C, Control V, and then change this. That's actually how easy that can be. So you always have all of the vanilla examples basically at your fingertips. Highly recommend looking at those as well. If you are ever confused or you want something that's already in vanilla, basically just replicated. It's often very easy to follow, but otherwise this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 74. (Intermediate) Custom Sounds: All right, welcome back to the course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding custom sounds to Minecraft. Or custom sounds are actually, well, I would say fairly straightforward, all things considered. Now, what we're gonna do is we need, of course register them. So in our MC course package, right-click new package called sound. And then inside of their new Java class for towns, they ago now this mode sounds class is going to have a public static final deferred register of type sound event called sound underscore events, which is going to be equal to defer register that create or registries that sound events, MC course MOD, but modified. Now whether it's a different register, there is a public static void register method with an event bus, cool event bus or its parameter, and then sound events that register passing in the event bus perimeter. Then this method here is of course called right below the modern treatments. So mod sounds, not sound event, but register event bus. There you go. Now how did the sound events look? Well, they're actually fairly straightforward. Public static Registry object of type, sound event, dowsing, underscore, rod underscore found under score or is going to be the name of hours. And for this, we're actually going to create a custom method. Well, let me just do this for a second here. And I'm going to make a new methods of private static Registry. Object of type found event would register sound events. And here we just need to pass in a string name. And then what we're gonna do is we're going to make a resource location. What ID? The new resource location, MC course MOT, mot ID and the name as the parameter name here. And then we're going to return sound events that register with the name, and then a supplier of a new sound event. And here we just have to pass him the resource location. This is the helper method and this is actually going to make our lives way easier. Here we're going to call this dosing underscore. Underscore found under score or the name here is going to be very relevant in just a moment. So this name here is actually going to be the name of something we, well, we basically declare in a separate JSON file. So now the sound has been registered. Now, first of all, we need, of course, is some sort of sound file. Now this goes in the assets in your MC course folder or your ID basically. But we need two things. Number one, we need a new file called Sounds data JSON, very important sounds dot JSON. And it is laid out like this. We have curly brackets and then we basically declare different sounds. So I'm going to copy over the declaration of the sound. And what you'll find is that this name right here is exactly the same as this name right here. So those two have to match. The subtitles are basically what you will see inside of all what you declare inside of your ear and underscore us JSON file when you have subtitles on. So this is something that you can just add to the EMRs curios JSON file. You can also call this something like sounds dot M, C corps, wherever something like this. I'm going to not add the translation here because at the moment it's not that relevant and is also just one thing you copy over. It shouldn't be too crazy with mess with the translation for a while. Now, this should be fairly straightforward. And what's very interesting is that this sounds here, this is a list, right? Because we have these brackets though, this year points to the dowsing underscore, one underscore found under school or we'll now, where is this file located? Well, definitely under EMT course namespace, but where exactly well, in the assets MC course folder runs. Again, right-click New Directory chord sounds. And then inside of there we need an OGG file with that name. So I'm going to copy this over they ago. And it's very important that this name here matches this name exactly. It is, it has to be an OGG file. This is very important and it has to be under the mono sound, sound type or sound space. It has to be a mono OGG file. Otherwise you might run into some issues, very important. And you can't just take an MP3 file and rename the ending of it. Mp3 has to be properly converted to an OGG file. So that is very important. Now all you will find is because this is a list you could in theory have multiple entries in here. So you can see now I could have another one in here and then it would choose basically one of those. So that is very important. We're going to stick with one for the time being, but there is the opportunity basically here to add multiple ones. Now the question is, how do we actually call this or window? We're going to call this, well, we're going to call this, of course, in the dowsing rod item, basically when we have found a valuable or here, we want to play this. And how do we play this? Well, we're going to say the contexts dot gate-level. So we need the level when I say play sound. And then we're going to get the player, we're going to get the position clicked. We're gonna get Modern sounds. That dowsing rod out or that gets sound source is going to be, let's say blocks, that's going to be fine. And then Volume 1, f, and pitch one as well. And this is actually how easy it can be to add a or to call a sound rich play a sound. You just need the level and then play sound great. But there's different ways that you can play sounds. I believe that you might have seen this rate as if I have a level, might get level. You can see that I can play sound. I can even play local sound, which would then be a local sound. So I highly recommend just playing around with this a little bit and seeing which one of those basically works the best. You can also do it on the player itself. So you can do player sound as well. You can see there you go, though. I just highly recommend playing around with this a little bit and see and what might be the best idea for you for this end. Yeah, but this is actually all that we need to do in order to add custom sounds. So let's see if it works. Or I farms as a microwave and make sure that your volume is turned up just so that you're sure that you can hear it. And let's see, there it is. N We have heard it. Ring, ring, ring. So everything working totally fine. And now what you can also see is when I put the blocks down because we've made it sound source blocks. And C Now we can't hear it anymore as soon as I turn the blocks back on its back. But that's actually really cool. Let me turn the volume down a little bit again. And it's going to be very quiet. Maybe it, so that it's so quiet that you can't even hear it. But yeah, that's actually how easy it can be to add custom sounds to Minecraft, right? That's really how easy it is and I think that it really is fairly straightforward. Now one thing that is probably on your mind, yeah, but I want my custom block to have custom sounds as well. Well, luckily, that's exactly what we're going to look at in the next lecture. But this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn some new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 75. (Intermediate) Custom Sounds for Blocks: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom sound type. Minecraft. Now is sound type basically includes five different sounds and represents sound for a particular block. But there's a breaking sound is stepping sound, placing sound, a hit sound, and a full sound. And we're going to add all five of those. Now, I will copy over the basic registration. Does this is definitely not that interesting. First of all, that's really funny that this is not the correct name, but that is, of course totally fine. They go register sound events in this case. And you can see that basically we have cobalt lamp break cobalt lamp step, Let's hit and fall. So those are the sound events, the individual ones, we need those and that will be also need is we need a custom forge sound type. So I'm going to also copy this one over and you can see it pretty much is just the cobol sounds. And this is then equal to a new sound type metric gonna do coworker lamb sounds to study it, It's a little clearer what this refers to basically. And in here, we basically need to pass in the mode sounds and we do not need to do get because the forage sound here actually once a supplier. So this is going to be totally fine. So we basically want to use this instead of the sound type just to be sure because this is, has something to do with the loading and basically registering stuff. Right now those five Sound events, we actually still have to register these sounds. Json file right here. Now, I will copy this over again, but no worries. All of this is of course available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And you can see we basically have the cobalt lamp break step, please hit and fall, which basically once you get the subtitles here and then refer to a particular sound file. Once again, they have to be OGG, this is very important, and also they have to be mono. This is incredibly important once again, otherwise, there might be some issues with the files. And also you can't just rename a MP3 file to basically an OGG file, it has to be converted properly. So make sure that all of those things are the case. And of course, in our example here, you can of course just use the ones that I supply, though. We're going to just copy those over right here. They go, five of them. And that should be pretty much So the sounds are registered. That's all fine, but how do we now add this to a block? Well, as actually fairly straightforward, but in our case we want to add this to the lamp here. So we're just going to add a new block behavior property and that's going to be sound the ego and already suggests this. So this is going to be mod sounds dot for what sounds, and that is it. All we need to do. And now the cobalt lamp should have all of the sounds associated with this sound type right here, which are all five of these. Though, I mean, it sounds like very anticlimactic, but that's pretty much it. So let's see if it works. Or we find ourselves back in Minecraft and an already here. It working totally fine. So let's step on it. A. That's exactly right. And let's break it. That's exactly correct. Now, the one thing I have found and that's very interesting is that the falling sound for whatever reason doesn't quite work. Or it did work there. Let's see. Now, it didn't quite work. I'm not a 100 percent sure. The falling sound, It's sometimes doesn't seem to want to work. I'm honestly not a 100 percent sure why that might be the case. But the big ones, the breaking sound, the placing sound, those are the big ones, the hitting sound, I believe that I can also go here and then here you can hear it as well as the hitting sound and placing sound, stuff like that. That's really the big ones. Though. That is pretty cool, right there would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 76. (Intermediate) Custom Music Discs: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom music disk to Minecraft. So to basically conclude our venture into the sound events, we're now also going to add a custom music disk. Now, this is once again, pretty much just in normal sound event right here. We're just gonna copy this over and I'm actually going to put this above the actual sound types just in case. Sometimes may be a bit separated. Here is going to be the bar brawl, and then the sound event itself is also going to be called VAR underscore role. There you go. And then of course, the sound event is done. We of course still need to add this to the nouns dot-dot-dot Jason. So once again, I will copy this over. This is all available to you as well, of course. And you will see that it's just Barbara. Oh, this is just the same name as we've given right here. And then this points to a bar brawl well, name, named file in the Sounds folder right here, which has to be ODD once again. And this time it's increasingly important that it is mono because otherwise it will be heard on the entire server. This is very important and you can see we also have this stream true here because the, well, first of all, the length of the file is a certain length. And number two is of course a stream that should make sense. Let's just copy this overbar underscore brawl in. There. You pretty much go. Now for the actual disk, right? We need to go into our more items class and create a new item here, let's just take the data tablet and let's copy this over. And that's going to be the VAR underscore brawl underscore record. Let's say now for the actual name I'm going to call this deep are underscore brawl and music underscore disk only stacking 21 is actually fine here, and this is a record item. Now this takes in an integer parameter as its first parameter. And then the second parameter is going to be a mode sounds dot bar, brawl. You can see the first integer parameter is the comparator value. Basically, well, what it outputs when the strength of the signal it outputs when you put a comparator next to the jukebox when you put this record in. Now this is a normal item, however, it has one specialty, so to speak. And that is going to be, well, when it comes to the translation that we need for the translation is a following thing. And that is going to be exactly this. So Barbaro music disk accesses the name of it, right? And then we also need that DESC so for description. And this usually contains with whichever artists basically made this and then the name of the song. I've also included CC Zero to basically signify this is under public domain, so you are free to use this. I just highly recommend always crediting the artist for this because that's just the right thing to do. But this is also a normal item, so we still need an item model and I'm just going to copy this over. This is nothing too crazy. It just points to a normal item texture right here, which is of course also just going to be a fairly straightforward thing. So just, let's just copy this over as well. They go and that is pretty much all that we need to do. So that is pretty much it to add the custom record here. So I guess let's just hear if it works. All right, We farms as a microwave can see the bar Brahms music, This has been added, so let's just put it into the jukebox and there it is. And now that what's very important is that when I fly far away, you can hear it getting wire and quieter until it is no longer be able to be heard. And if I get closer, is going to get louder again. So this is perfect. And it does is pretty much exactly what we want. This is one of the reasons, or basically you have to be able to have this OGG file and mono. Otherwise it will actually be heard on the entire server when you play this to make sure that it is in mortal, I have made the same mistake before. So basically, that is basically how easy it is to add a custom music disk, Minecraft, right? That is already for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful in the urine. So the new, if he did our very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 77. (Intermediate) Custom Block Models in Minecraft with BlockBench: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom 3D block models to Minecraft. But that's a pretty exciting thing, right? Adding a custom 3D block, the Minecraft, basically that's not entire block, but just a different shape basically. And there are a lot of moving parts to this. So first of all, what you're going to need is you're going to need a program called block bench. Now, I already have this open and I also already have our custom block prepared right here. And you can see it is, you know, it's definitely custom like you can definitely say that about it. And the general idea is that, well, we're going to export this as just a block. So what you can do is basically when you make a new file here, you can just make a Java blocks dash item model. You can even specify the texture size, just a new name, and they can do stuff with it. Now this is not going to be a lecture on block bench itself. If there is a lot of interests for it, I might add one here as well, but for the time being, it's not going to be one. Basically, you could just add cubes here. You can move them around, right? Basically building Minecraft. Well, just not in Minecraft, so to speak. You can just build something out of blocks and then we'll add that as a custom block and will be you're gonna do however is we're going to basically discard this. We don't need that anymore. This right here, what we're gonna do is we're going to go to File Export and then Export block sludge item model. And this will prompt us to basically export this. We're going to save this. So I already have that saved, but that's going to be fine. And this is going to be saved in a JSON file. Now I will open this JSON file right here in intelligent. And you can see it looks kind of like this. So this is a lot of softness that moves us kind of confusing. I'm not sure what this means. Well, the elements here that list basically just defines the 3D objects that are inside of our block. And then here the texture that is like the most important thing is basically defined right here. Now, we do need to change this. Usually this is the case, so MC course colon and then I'm going to actually put this under Machines slash bought a blaster. And then the same thing goes for this one right here. And I'm going to then API over the actual texture as well. So let me quickly do the texture first and then we can talk about what this JSON file does. Make a new directory here called machines. Then inside of there we're going to have the cobalt underscore blaster dot PNG that you go. And then where does this JSON file go? Well, this is just a normal. Bmi is not a normal, but it's just a block model file. That's a block model, Jason. They ago. And there you have it. And that's literally all that you really need for the custom block model to work. Now, there are some interesting things that you can define in here. So for example, you have this display and here you can, for example, define how does this look in 3D? How would it look if a zombie holds it in third person and you can do first-person respiration, Lester's person right on the head, which is kinda funny. And then there's on the ground, you know, maybe that's too big or that maybe that's too small so you can change all of that as well. And this is all part of the actual JSON file that you were exporting here. So you can see this is exactly right here, that display, this is all defined, so everything working absolutely great. Now we are going to need a item model as well. Now this of course just refers back to the block model here. We're just going to say cobalt blaster, right there and then here as well. Or plaster they ago. Now this is actually all already going to work. Now, we also need a custom blocks States, Grayson. Now, once again, just going to choose the block one and we're going to copy this over. And this is just going to point to the JSON file that we've just made that we've exported here. We are definitely going to take a look at this one in just a moment again, because what we have to definitely change maybe one or two things there. But for the time being, what we're gonna do is we're gonna make a new block. We're going to register a new block. We're gonna take the pink rose here because the others have the blocks register. We want to of course make a item as well. So this is going to be the cobalt underscore blaster. Then here as well, Walt underscore blaster. This is for the time being gonna be a normal block because you could do this with a normal block no, or is whatsoever. And this is not going to copy anything. This is going to be above. And then let's say something like material, metal. And that is actually for the time being, all that we need. Now we'll see two very apparent limitations with this. We are basically going in game, but for the time being, this is pretty much what we need. Now what we also do need, however, is the actual render layer here. So let's set this immediately for the cobol blaster that you go, and that should be fine. Now, we're still going to see a couple of limitations with this. But then luckily, we're also going to see how to fix them. So for the first time in this lecture, Let's see if it works. Or I find ourselves in microRNAs can see the cobol blaster has been added. We didn't add the translation, but that's of course something to easily fix. Now if I set it down, you can see that, well, first of all, we're going to have an issue with the see-through. So that is something that we can easily fix your and then you will also find that we're first of all, I set it down, but it always looks in the same direction. So that's kind of annoying. And then also the borders here are, well, not quite what they should be. Now, they're definitely not what they should be. So that is definitely something to take a look at. Well, luckily, we can fix actually all three of those issues. So let's tackle them one by one. The first and easiest is of course, because the see-through, well, we just need the no occlusion right here on the block properties, block behavior properties. And if that is cool, then that is going to be fixed immediately. Now onto the other two. Well, to get the rotation correct, we're actually going to need a customer block us for this. So we're going to make a custom block class called the cobalt last block. And this is going to extend the a normal block class at the moment. We're going to just create constructor matching Super If the properties here no, you click on it, Shift F6, and then change it to properties. And we're going to need a custom property. Now this is not necessarily a custom property, is going to be a properties of this is going to be a public static final direction property or facing, which is equal to block state properties. That horizontal facing as very important here. And then we're gonna do is we're going to basically register the default one here. So this stumped GetState definition dot, dot. A value of facing is going to be direction that North. So they go, this is going to be the default direction that it's going to face. And then we want three methods which I will actually four methods which I will copy over. Nothing too crazy here. So you will see, of course, first of all, decreed block state definition method, where we've seen this previously, we just add the phasing property to the builder. This should be nothing new to you. Now, those three are definitely knew and that's actually also added the override to both of those just so we have them. Though, the good state for placement will basically just once again makes sure that well, the particular placement is correct. And in this case, we're actually want the opposite placement of the way I'm looking. I'm looking north. I want the block to be facing me. So it has to be looking south. So that's the general idea of what this all does. And then these basically just rotated and mirrored to be well in the correct facing. Now that as actually all that we need in this class right here for the time being at least. And in our more blocks class, make sure that you now of course created the new cobalt blast or block right here and no longer just a normal block. That's very important. That's sometimes what people miss when they make a new block class. You know that it doesn't work as well if you haven't created it. So that is a very important indeed. Of course, we also need to change our, our block States. Jason here and I have prepared this already. Now this is nothing too crazy. What this basically just does is it basically just says, hey, if we're facing in a different direction, we're just going to rotate it in on the y axis by 9080 or 270 degrees. But this is pretty much all that this does really, the model is still gonna be the same. We're just going to rotate the entire block basically. This of course, also all available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And this should now have fixed the rotating issue. And of course also the, you know, basically the see-through issue though, for a second time, this lecture, let's see if it works. All right, So first of all, you can see once again, the actual well see-through is gone. And then if I place it down like this, there you go. It now faces me, just like we would expect. So it's just the bounding box that is now the issue. And well, as luck would have it or I guess as luck would not have it. This is also the, wouldn't necessarily say the most complex thing, but it can get very annoying. But let's see, Just so that I don't forget it, I'm actually going to add the translation here right now, cobol 100 score blaster. Because otherwise, I'm actually going to forget this. So there you go, cobol blaster, and that should be fine. Now we're going to need to adjust the cobol blast roadblock one more time. The class you're, but what we actually going to need is we're going to need stuff from block bench once again. So let's reopen block punchier. And what you see is that I have all my cubes under the group called voxel shapes. Now this is very important. I actually need this under the voxel shapes group. Otherwise it will not work very important here. Next thing, what I need is I need a specific plugin to a 100 plugins you can go under available and you want to search for more utils. Now, I already have this installed. It looks like this from JDK 22 and the weather. Now, this is very important because you can see exploiting voxel shapes. This is exactly what I want to export here. We want to go to the voxel shape. I want to select this so that everything here is selected. Go to File Export, and then you can see export voxel shape. Now I want to export this as a MOOC mapping. So official Mappings here in this case. And then I wanna say confirm. Now I want to call this the voxel shape underscore n. Now you might be like, Wait, why is it n? Well, we're going to have to export this for every different orientations. So we're going to have to rotate this by 90 degrees. Exported again, rotate by 90 degrees, export again, rotate by 90 degrees, export again. And then we're done. We need four different voxels, shapes. I have yet to find a better way to do this. If you find a better way to do this, please do tell me. I really want to know because at this point it is become very well, it is very annoying because we're going to have to do this multiple times. But I will show you how the Firefox is going to be a Java file. And you can basically, you're going to have this year. Now the first thing that you will do is you will basically clean this up. So if you have these zeros are users or to just round them up or round down to basically the nearest integer. This year is basically a zero-point and then followed by 14 zeros. And then a three is like okay, that's going to be a 0 of course. So we basically want to clean this up so that it looks nice and tidy that it only has introduced in here. And then we can basically use it. And what we're gonna do is inside of the class are basically going to make a new private static. Private static final voxel shape, hold shape underscore n, which is equal to exactly all of this jazz right here. We're going to copy this and Control V to paste it in. I'm going to import the voxel shape. We're going to import the stream. Import the voxel shapes. Actually this is just shapes. There you go. There's shapes. And then the eye Boolean functions also different. This is actually the Boolean up they ago. Now this is going to work. So the actual mappings probably not updated yet, quite for block bench, but that's fine because this is basically what we need here and well, this is great, but now we only have the shape for the north-facing direction because of course the shape would be different if they block was facing a different direction. But we have to do is we have to basically once again select the voxel shapes. Very important is that the pivot point where you can center it, but you can see that now it's not quite centered, like it is centered, but then it has this weird decimal values. Make sure that this is like set on a point that is Also integers. Because if it's not, then you're going to run into some issues. And what we're gonna do is we're going to rotate this by 90 degrees, right this way. And now you'll see that that actually doesn't quite align. Now that's fine. What you have to do is you have to use these arrows to move it. And then you can basically recentered. Now this is not going to be at C. Now, what happened here is that basically I accidentally went into the number and then it's just going to move every cube. This is something that's very strange and has to do with block bench. I am just absolutely not sure you can see if I use the arrows, then it's going to be fine that it basically moves them as a group together. If I change the numbers in there and it's actually going to somehow move them individually. I'm just not a 100 percent sure why this is the case. This is just the craziness with block bench. Sadly, there really isn't any other program at the moment that I'm familiar with that, you know, does this do quite as well? So we're just going to have to stick with this. And then you can see, well, we've now rotated this and now the block is facing to the west. So now we have to once again exported voxel shape. And then this is the Vox underscore W. And this is very important, right? Make sure that you export it under the rug, correct name, right. I've seen a lot of people. It's like it doesn't work well, if you've confused East with West, can happen under the diamond is northeast, southwest, right? So make sure that follow that unless actually just rotate it again here. And you can see we have to move it once more, making sure that we use those arrows here. And it's actually in the different direction. There you go. And then this would be South. So this is export a voxel shape underscore S. And then one more time luckily. And then we're basically already done here. So this way one and then this way, nope, I once again, I accidentally clicked into the actual number, make sure that you do not. If you do, you can just press Control Z to basically go back step. No worries there. And then we're going to export this again, export voxel shape box or shape underscore E This time or east. And then just to have it back, the original position right here, 0, and then this is going to be 13. Actually. There you go. I'm going to save this one more time just so that I have this back at this position so that it's also available to you. And I now have the four Java files as well. So let's just get them over here. There you go. So once again, let's get those sort of imperfections out of there. You know, those just sometimes happen because floating point errors, it just is what it is. But this is not too bad. It's just basically just removing all of these loading point rounding errors. And then we're going to be totally fine. So this is going to be a 0 again. Let me 14 right here and 13 right here. Save this, save this, and then we're going to continue with E. But what I'm gonna do is I'm just going to copy this or times and I'm going to have sheep E, S, shape w. And then of course, making sure that we elect the correct ones basically to work up over there. So this was E, is E and then we're just going to change this to shapes. And then this two Boolean up a year ago. And this is going to be S, and this is going to be S as well. That's great. Once again, this is just shapes and then boolean up. I'm just going to copy this over a control C control V. And then last but not least, the west facing of voxel shape. Once again, Boolean up, Boolean day ago. If you're planning on having a lot of blocks with a lot of complex walk-through shapes or may maybe this is going to be a determined from it. I highly recommended to not go crazy with it. And if you have like insane like crazy detailed voxel shapes to not build them on like completely. Usually like this is only just blocks, right? This is just normal blocks. If you had something like all of a sudden and then you rotate it like this, but all of a sudden this is no longer a real block. I'm like it's not a straight block. If you have a lot of those different block states that followed the block perfectly, what can happen is that, well, it can basically just down the game quite significantly because of course, the voxel shapes basically determined the collision with the player and entities. And that actually takes a lot of processing power and stuff. So I highly recommend not going with UW crazy voxel shapes just in case, right? So this is just should be fine. But I just wanted to basically caution against this. And what I'm actually going to basically then what we're gonna do here is we're going to override it the good shape method right here. And I'm actually going to copy all the contents. This is nothing too crazy. It's just a switch statement you can see that gets the value of the facing property. And if it's south and we're going to return the shape South, north and we're going to return the shape north of them, Southwestern, West, Eastern, East. Nothing too crazy here should be fairly self-explanatory. And that is pretty much all that we need to do. Now you've seen that this is quite complicated. Like I said, if you have a lot of different blogs with adult different voxels shapes, well, it just is what it is. If you actually do have a better way to do this, please do tell me in the Q&A stuff, I'm very I'm very much open to having a different possibility of adding those. Now if we were to change something, yes, we would need to export all of the voxel shapes again. So it is, it can be kind of tedious, but whatever the case may be, we have now finally done it. So the last time this lecture, let's see if it works or if, for instance, back in Minecraft and let's sit it down and they ago the voxel shapes works perfectly. Let's just see, it should work perfectly in every different direction they go is also one of the important things why you should definitely basically remove the imperfections because otherwise it could just be off by just the tiniest, tiniest bit. And that is really annoying. And also it actually is probably going to be like better if it's an integer, even though I believe that it does get converted back to a float anyway, but, you know, it's just, it makes the general calculations a little bit faster. But yeah, that's pretty much how you can add a custom 3D model Minecraft. One more thing I'm just going to remove here is the parent right here because we actually don't have a blue, don't need that parents really though. We're just going to remove that. They are. So that should be fine as well. But otherwise, this is pretty much how you can add it. Overall. It is, well, it can be very complex, especially if you have those crazy voxel shapes, but otherwise, it is a pretty straightforward thing. All things considered, depending on how many different custom 3D block models you want. But now you are equipped with the knowledge to basically, we'll add those. So I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture, though. Yeah. 78. (Intermediate) Custom Item Models with BlockBench: All right, welcome back to the forge course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom item model, Minecraft. Last time we've seen a custom block model. Now it's on to the item model. So first of all, we're going to create a new item here and a copy over the data tablet once more. And this is going to be the cobalt underscore staff. And then for the name of course as well, cobalt underscore staff. And this is going to be normal item in this case. And then stacks to one is actually going to be totally fine in this case. And let's immediately add the translation. Otherwise, I will forget it again. So this of course, now we want to death. And then all staff right here. And once again we open look bench right here to see the really cool cobalt staff right here. And you can see I've just prepared this already with some old vanilla extras as well as one custom texture as well. And I highly recommend going to display right here to basically see how it is going to look inside of the hand of the player. Third-person right, third-person left. We have the first-person, First-person left, no head. That really doesn't make any sense at all how it looks on the ground, actually really like this. And then the frame also is really cool in the UI. Also really nice. So you can definitely change this up and do, would it like whatever display you wanted to? I highly recommend playing around with this. And once you're happy with your custom item, you basically go to File Export block. Either model will export it as a JSON file. And after replacing because I already have one. And then we're going to copy that file over. And then we're going to copy that file over into the models item folder right here for both staff. And there's a few things that we need to do. So you can see that the textures here come without namespaces, so we need to add this. So Minecraft all and block lash. And then do the same for here, here and here. Then we can just put the same in there for the cobol block, but this needs to be, of course, MC horse, that's very important here. Otherwise, that's it. If you have all of the relevant textures here, it pretty much is exactly what you need. You just need this as an item model and you don't need any other item model for it at all. So that's I mean, that's pretty much already. It's we I mean, I guess let's just see if it works over finances back in Minecraft, as you can see, the cold staff has been added to the game and it looks frequent, amazing. So you can basically switch it around here. And it looks great in first-person and third-person. I especially like the gold queue, basically like the entire block that's there in tiny form. I don't know. I really like the look of it, so yeah, that's pretty much how easy it is to add a custom item model to Minecraft, right? Once again, the making of the model of course is, well what is difficult? You just have to play around with block venture little bit. You will get used to this fairly well fast. I feel like this is a very easy program to get a hold off and yeah, rubber that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 79. (Intermediate) Custom Bows: Or I will come back to the forage course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom Botha Minecraft. So a customer was actually fairly straightforward. Let's go into our more items class and let's just copy over the cobalt staff. And this is going to be the old underscore bow. And then the same thing here and the name cobalt bow. And then this is going to be a 0 item. Now unserved stacks 2, 1, 0 gonna do is we're going to actually sit the durability to, let's say 500. There's going to be a little bit better than the normal bow. And for the customer, we actually need to set the custom item properties again. So in our item properties class, We're gonna make a private static void call, make all method that takes in an item, item parameter right here. So let's work the item class as well and ensure that we choose net Minecraft world item, item. And then we're going to middle mouse button click on the item properties class right here. You basically go in and we're going to choose basically these two, well calls the register, the bow and the register with the bot basically when a Cabibbo for them. So select and press control C to copy control V to paste in. And we just need item properties dot add in front of the register here. And then we're going to change the items that bow to the item that is the parameter here. Then here, there you go. And now we can basically make as many as we want. We just call make bow with more items for what bowl that gets. And then if you have multiple balls, you just call this multiple times. And then they will, we'll add the specific item properties all and pulling to this item. And for that we basically need a specific, well, specific item models. Let's first of all at the translation right here, just so that we have it. Well, underscore bow and cobalt bow here as well. And then when it comes to the item models, our copy those over everything here is of course available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. You can see we actually need four of them. So the cobalt bowl, we've seen this before with item properties are this is the default model that it takes, right? So it's just this actual texture here. And then if overrides basically if pulling as one. So if we're pulling currently, then we're starting to get this model. So pulling 0, then if the pole is around 65 percent done, then we'll switch to pulling one. And if it's 90 percent done and we're going to switch to willing to. And yeah, that's, I mean, that's pretty much the general idea. One interesting thing here is that in the polling one's, the parent is actually going to be the cobalt bot itself. So you can see MCQs item cobalt bot is the parent. And then it just points to a different textures again. But that's really all there is to it. Nothing too crazy. So we can now also add the textures here. That's going to be four of them as well. They ago, and that is actually all that we really need to do. The big thing is once again, the actual adding of the item properties. Now because we've already seen this with the data tablet, this shouldn't be too crazy or too confusing to you hopefully. And that's pretty much all that we really need to do to add a custom role. Oh, let's see if it works. Or phronesis back and microlensing. See the bot has been successfully added to the game. And as you can see, if I shoot it, then the texture changes as well for everything working perfectly, right, That's actually how easy it can be to add a custom board to Minecraft. And this already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 80. (Intermediate) Custom Commands: All right, welcome back the fourth course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding custom commands to Minecraft. Write custom commands, or a very interesting thing indeed. Now we will start to, as we go along. So this is one of the lectures where we start to copy over the code. Though once again, everything in the code is available in the GitHub repository and an individual just as well. So no worries there, you should be able to find that. No worries. So in our MC course package, right-click new package called the command. And then we're going to immediately create another one called event. And we're going to take a look at the event one in just a moment. First of all, we're gonna take a look at the Command 1, and we're going to copy over two classes. I'm actually going to copy over the classes in their entirety. So this is the set home command and the return home command, and I will explain. So it command basically is created with this dispatcher. So we're doing dispatcher dot register and then we have some Commander literals. What does this mean home set, what are we doing here and then executes? Well, this means that basically what we need to put into the console is slash home set. Then the command gets executed. So this is the actual command, 0 then set. That's the general idea. If we took a look at Homer churn, we can see its home then return. So for home, set, its home said, her home return is Homer turn. This shouldn't be too crazy. This should be fairly straightforward. Indeed, build your own custom commands is a very complex thing. So I would say that this is something where if you have a very particular thing that you wanna do with your command, you're going to have to trial and error a lot through this. What I highly recommend this commands class right here, middle mouse button click on this and you will see all of the vanilla commands that are available to you. So this is the best resource really, to see what the types of commands there are. And I highly recommend taking a look at those. And I will tell you beforehand, they are going to be really complicated, right? Even something like the kill command, that's like probably one of the easiest ones to take a look at. But then if you go into something like the glute command, I mean, look at this, right? Like this is, this is so many things that are in here. And it's so complicated you can see even here, right? This is by the way, the actual registration of the command dispatcher. So you can see then, so it's like slash loot and then okay, what do you do? Having fish tool may have someone's like, there are so many different things even though requires here. So you can ask, Hey, this is the person who's trying to discriminate, have the right level of permission, don't and so forth. Highly recommend. Take a look at this in greater detail. If you have something that you particularly want. In our case, we're just gonna do is we're going to save some data onto the persistent data of the player here. Basically, when we're setting the home position, we're just saying, Hey, this put the three x, y, and z coordinates into a area into the persistent data. The data is just a compound tag here on the player. And I'm just gonna put this under MC course MOD composite. That's pretty much it. And then we're going to send a success with set home at a particular position that we've just set it at. When it comes to the return home command is a little more complicated, but not really too. We have a has home pause Boolean, which basically just says, hey is the length of this getInt array here, not 0. Because if it is 0, then we know, okay, we don't have a position yet. It is not 0, then we know, okay, we have a home position that is basically being set. And then we just teleport the player to that position right here. And basically saying, Hey player, return home. And here we're sending a failure with no home position has been set. And that's pretty much all that we really need to do here for the two commands. You can see that basically I'm calling this command right here with the Git source. It takes in a command source stack. And what's very important is that it throws a command syntax exception, because you can see get player or exception. So that's kind of important here, right? So this is basically all that we need in terms of the commands. Now what we're going to need is an event class. So we're going to right-click on the event package that we've created mod events. And we'll actually talk about events in a tiny bit more detail in a later lecture. But events is basically something that you could really create an entire course around. That's like ten hours long as well. But we're not gonna go into too much detail. We're just going to say above the class add mod, making sure that this one is selected. And then we're going to delete the parentheses, that event bus subscriber. And then we want to put in parentheses with a MOD ID, which is of course MC course MOD. And then we wanted to methods. I will copy both of them over, but I will also explain, of course, was very important is that over them have to be public, static, void, write the name is actually not what matters. What matters is the parameter here. So this is the register commands event and this is the player event that clone have to be public static void, and they have to have the annotation at subscribe event. This is very important. Do not forget this, otherwise it will not work. It's very important. The own commands register method, it'll be fairly self-explanatory. Your screening a new at home come out and a new return home command, and then just registering it in this event. This event is, by the way, also used in the forge internal handler. So this should be right here where the forage commands are basically being set. You can see this is the forage command with all of the bunch of stuff. So we can see that it basically does the TPS, the track entity generate. Dimensions and the mode list command. Those are some commands that are particular to forge in that case. And you can also see the register commands event right here is very interesting. So first of all, it says the event is fired on the Minecraft forge event bus. So I'm going to just very briefly explain what the hell is going on. Well, we have different events. If I actually click on this event and then press Control H, you can see these are all of the events that are available to us in Forge. And we can even expand this and then we're going to have even more because there's events that derive from events, that derived from events and so on and so forth. So you can see this is a lot of events. This one, what I'm saying like you could probably make a ten hour course with all of the events themselves. We're not gonna do that. Like I said, this was just, you know, to keep in mind. And the idea is that some events are fired by Minecraft forge, some events are fired by event bus. Let's just keep it at that for the time being. There's nothing too crazy going on there. We are going to see one example of this in a later lecture as well. For the time being, we're just going to say, okay, events pretty crazy, but also pretty cool can be very interesting. Now what is the second event here? Well, basically when a character dies, what we want is we want to put the persistent data of the player that has just died and copy it over to the new player basically. So this is just to make sure that, well, after death, the data stays there and stays persistent. That's the general idea here. But otherwise that's pretty much all that we're doing in this mode events class. Now we don't need to call it anywhere with this add more event bus subscriber here. This is basically already been called an every method that has at subscribe event above it basically gets in, then gets cold as well. So funnily enough, that is actually all that we really need to add the command, like I said, all of the code is available to you in a GitHub repository and an individual just as well. Highly recommend taking a look at it. I highly recommend just playing around with it, being open to experimentation. And for completion sake, let's receive it works. All right, he finds us back in Minecraft, so let's just start typing slash home. And there you go. We're already getting it suggested. Let's try to return home first of all, which shouldn't work, right? No home position has been set. That's totally fine. Now let's sit home. Set on position set at this location. Let's see, just to make sure, yeah, that sounds about right, that's pretty good. Now let's go somewhere else here. And unless say, Ohm, return in, we have returned home. That's really good. Now let's actually just dropped from a height high. Let's see. This is going to kill me and then I'm going to respond and then I'm going to say, return also works totally fine. And then let's also just get out of this world, save and quit. And then let's re-enter the world. And then let's see if this still works. And it should, of course, because what we've saved it on the persistent data and the compound and BTEs for the entities are basically saved on this. So let's just fly away once more and then say home return. And of course it still works. So all of the cases are basically done and everything works here. This is pretty cool. That's pretty much how easy it can be to add a command. Once again, if you have a very particular thing in mind, you will just have to play around with this. I will only help in limited circumstances. So if you, for example, say Hey, I want to command that does XYZ and just crazy stuff. Probably not just make the entire command for you. You will just have to try out a bunch of stuff, play around with it. And I'm sure that you can manage to get the command working if you really work at it, right? But that is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 81. (Intermediate) Spawning Particles: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to take a look at how you can spawn custom particles in the world. So in particular, we're going to take a look at this for the speedy block, or basically going to add a particular method. And that is called the animate tick method right here. And then I'm actually going to copy over the contents of this. This is going to be fairly self-explanatory in just a moment though, we basically have a chance. And then we're going to say, Hey, we just want the random float every time. And there are general ideas that we have. We have a chance times to spawn particles and every time it should actually be 65 percent here. So because we're basically checking whether or not the lower than the next float and a float is going to be between 01. So that's the general idea. And this is basically how you can spawn a particle, right? So you need a level and this needs to be on the client this time that's very important. And this enemy to tick method is only called on the client. So that's perfect for us. And we just say add particle, the particle type that we want to add, the position, right, x, y, and z, and then the speed in x-direction, the speed in y direction, and the speed in the z direction. And when the particle types, you can see there's a bunch of stuff in here that you can basically spawn. In this case, we're just gonna take the smoke. Actually looks kinda cool and it's going to work totally fine for us. And you can see I also have the wind speed basically have, you know, a little bit of randomness in there as well so that it looks kind of uneven and it's really cool actually is going to look really freaking awesome. And yeah, that's actually pretty much how easy it is. So you just need a level and you need to be on the client. Now, once again, this is not for custom particles in and of themselves. This is right now just how you can actually spawn particular particles somewhere, everywhere where you have access to a level variable and basically check that you are on the client, you should be able to spawn the particles as well. So this is pretty much how easy it is. So for completion sake, let's see if it works. All right, we fantasize in Minecraft, so let's set the SPD block down and there you go. The smoke is already rising from it. So it's all working totally fine. You can see. And of course this is something you can adjust. You can adjust the speed that arises at even adjust where it spawns in relation to the block. In all of that is basically just able to be changed. And you can of course also change the type of the particles. But that is pretty cool nonetheless. All right, and this is already for this short lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learned something new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 82. (Intermediate) Custom Advancements: Or I will come back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding custom advancements to Minecraft. So adding advancements happens solely in JSON files. So this in the data folder, in the MC course folder. And I'm just going to copy over my 20 advancements that have already prepared here. And I will show you a great resource that you can use to basically well read your own advancements fairly easily. And you can see so we have two of them, MC course Jason and a dowsing rod JSON. Now, the first thing that you'll notice is there is a display. This is just the item or while block in this block in some case, that is basically being, being displayed as the icon of this advancement. Now then you have a title, description should all make sense. You can choose the frame whether or not it shows at a toast. So this is whether or not it shows at the top-right corner of the screen whether an analysis is to chat. And then this one in particular has a background that is very peculiar because it actually points to MC cores textures, loc, 0, ball underscore Block PNG, but to the entire like folder structure here. And the reason being because this one doesn't have a parent. And if you were advancement it doesn't have a parent, then it basically creates a new tab in the advancement window. This is very important if you switch to the dowsing mode first, second, you can see that parent here is MC cores, MC cores, and it doesn't have a background. So that's very peculiar, were very interesting in this case. So the idea is that this, if you choose a background, if you don't have a parent, then you need a background because that's going to be the background of your tab basically, then the criteria is really interesting thing. Now we're not going to create any custom criteria because that's way more complicated. We're just going to use the inventory change. So basically, as soon as I have at least one cobalt England in my inventory, this advancement will be given to me. And then for the dowsing rod, basically, I just need one dowsing rod and then I will also have this advancement. That's pretty much all that there really is to it. So for completion sake, let's just see if it works. Or he finds us back and Minecraft. So let's just see if I get myself a cobol ingot. They go MC course mod. And I can also see the power lies in the cobalts. That's pretty cool. And now I should also be able to find this right here. We can see MC course mod as the advancement. So the name of your advancement here is always going to be the first advancement that you have basically without apparent in C, we also have the background as cobalt blocks your and then you can see the second one, dowsing rod. If it doesn't work, the rod doesn't like you. Well, that's at least what I've been told. And if I just get this and you can see I'm also getting the dowsing rod advancement right there. So that's pretty cool. All things considered. And that's actually how easy it is to basically add them. Well to Minecraft right now, like I mentioned, once again, a great resource here is Miss old GitHub IO once more for the advancement of generator, highly recommended. You can basically take a look at all of the requirements that there are. We can see you once again, here are conditions. Then we can basically change this to different things. Let's just say, for example, we have once again at the inventory changed. And then you can basically add different conditions to it. You can see player slots, items. There's a bunch of stuff that you can add. Highly recommend playing around with this or taking a look at either the advancement from vanilla. Also possibility going on GitHub and searching for advancement from different modes. That also works totally fine. But there's a lot of options for you basically buy, but that is already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and insurance of the new of the JSON files are of course available on the GitHub repository or an individual just, well, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 83. (Intermediate) Custom Paintings: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding custom paintings to Minecraft. For adding custom painting motifs is actually a fairly straightforward process. First of all, in the MC course package, right-click new package called painting. And inside of there we're going to create a new class called the modern paintings class. Now the more paintings class will have, first of all, a public static, final deferred register of type, motif or painting underscore motifs, which is going to be equal to deferred register that create or add registries, that painting types are my MC course model, that model ID. And once again, whether it's 80 third register, there also is a public static void register method with an eye Event Bus, Event Bus acids perimeter, and then painting motifs that register passing in the event bus. The register method is when cold, you're below the model sounds so more paintings register and then passing in the event bus right there. That's great. And now we just need to register the paintings. And that's going to be done by doing public static final Registry object of type motif. This is going to be called plant, and this is equal to painting motifs, dark register. The name is going to be planned. And the second parameter is a supplier of new motif. And the parameters are going to be 16. 16, and I'm going to explain what those are. So the motif parameters, I can middle mouse button click and you can see this is the width and this is the height. So the first parameter is the width, the second is the height. This is given in pixels basically, but this is how big is your painting. And it just for completion sake, we're actually going to make three paintings here. We're also going to have the wanderer, going to be the wonder. And this one is going to be sunset. That's probably my favorite by the way, but we're going to see that in just a moment. Every sunset they ago. And this is sunset as well. And this is the one row is 32 high and the sensitive is 32 wide. Now the question is, well, where are the paintings were supposed to be enrolled in our MC course package, insert of the textures folder. We're just going to have a new folder called a painting. And I'm actually going to copy this over because the contents are already in there. That's the plant, the sunset and the wonder Are those are all available. However, I will want you to director attention to the credits because the paintings are also done by platinum G7. Just make sure that if you are going to use those in a public repository or whatever is at the Curtis here as well and follow the license that's basically all there is to it. Otherwise, you are basically free to use them. And this is actually all we need to do, as long as the names right here match with the names of the actual painting. Pictures right here, the images. That's that's all there is to it. So I guess let's see if it works. Or a pharmacist in Minecraft. So let's just sit at the painting down and let's see, oh, there we are. This is sunset. I really like this and that is, I believe the wonder. And let's just see if we can get planned as well. All right, there we go. We have all three paintings that we've added. And yeah, that's basically it. You basically add the paintings to the painting rotation right here. So that's the general idea, right? That's actually how easy it is to add custom paintings to Minecraft. And this is already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 84. (Intermediate) Global Loot Modifiers: All right, Welcome to the forge course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at global Luder modifiers. The first question that might come up is what our global loot modifiers? Well, they are a way for us to change, lose tables of, for example, vanilla Lu tables, add stuff to it, or even in theory, subtract stuff from it. So you could take some away and add stuff. I highly recommend not going in too deep with subtracting stuff. Does this might break mode into compatibility. Your model might not play well with other mods, and that is usually not something that you would want. Now what we're going to do is in our event package, we're going to right-click new package called glute. And instead of there, all of our well modifiers will go. Those are basically classes. Now I will copy those over and I will explain as we go through the classes. So this is number one is the dowsing rod in igloo addition modifier and the turnip seeds from grass addition modifier. Now luckily, the classes should be almost self-explanatory to what they're doing. But basically we're going to add a dowsing rod in igloo structure chest and a turnip seed inside of the grass. When we break brass, we have a chance in this case, we actually have a 100 percent chance of adding the turnip seats to the lute that is being dropped. But what is this whole ordeal will first of all, both of them look very similar. So the only difference here is currently in the do apply method. So for our purposes, we're just going to take a look at the turn of seats from grass edition modifier. And well, I'll just quickly explain the general idea. We see that the class extends from the luteal modifier class. Let's just go into it by middle mouse button clicking. Or you can also press Control, left-click on it to basically go in there. And you basically can see we have one particular thing here that is the do apply method, which is basically the important one. Luckily, we also have some nice comments here. We can see applies the modifier to the generated loot. And then basically you can add stuff to it. So this is really cool. So the generated lute is just a list of items tax, this is what would drop if you would do nothing, and then you return the modified loot drops. So this is the really cool thing, but this is why if we go back here, you can see in the do apply method, but I add a new item stack of my edition. So this is the item that I want to add to this list and then return the list with my item added, and then my item is just added to that list of loot that is literally about to drop. So this is really freaking cool thing, right? If we just did this, then we would change nothing and no additional load would be added. If we did this. However, right, then my addition would be added. Now what we could also do, and I highly recommend not doing this, a genuinely mean this. Then read it, lute player. And then we can just clear the entire list of things that we're about to be added and just drop our own loot. Highly recommend not doing this, especially not overdoing this. Because once again, you might break your compatibility with your MOD and other modes. If they rely on specific blocks, dropping specific things, then you might just ruined your chance of your mom ever getting into a particular more Peck will just be aware of this. Keep that in mind. Let me have a serializer class here, which is just basically a crazy thing. Global loot modifier serializer. Well, we just have a read and a write method, which basically the general idea is just that it reads stuff from a JSON file. And you can see what it basically does is it gets the value from the item registry. So we're basically going through our will register items and we're gonna say like, okay, we have a, something in the JSON file is defined under the addition. We're going to see that in just a moment. We're going to say, okay, give me this and then give me the value of this. So basically just get the item that is associated with the addition that we've defined in the JSON file. And then we're just going to make a new additional modify right here. And we're returning it for the read method. And the write method is just the exact opposite, basically just making the actual JSON file. Now this is not really done, but we still need to do this. So just keep that in mind. And that's basically all that the additional modifiers, this should almost always be fairly boilerplate in and of itself. I mean, if you have 20 additions, well, and you're going to have 20 different items here. And you're probably going to pass in 20 different items into the constructor, stuff like that. But that is just normal Java knowledge that shouldn't be too crazy. All things considered. Now when you have this, then you will also need another class in the event package. So right-click new Java class called the mod event bus events. And inside of there, first of all, I'm going to rename this to more event bus events. There you go. And then in there, first of all, we're going to need is at the top, we're going to need this exact thing. We once again need the ad model.py event bus subscriber with Armada DMC course melody. And then now we need to specify the bus to be the multi-bus, very important last time with the commands, we've seen that, well, or default, this is basically the forage bus. Now this is the mode bus will go into the events in a little bit more detail in a later lecture. But for the time being, I'm just going to copy over the basic method that we need. And that is the register modifier serializers method. The name of the method really doesn't matter. It's just important that it is static, public and it has a subscribe event annotation up here. And then basically the event here is the register event that ADD register global loot modifiers, serializers. And here we just say, Hey, just register all of our serializers. And you can see we register the serializer by setting the registry name. And this name right here will then be the name of the adjacent file that it basically reads from. Now where do our JSON files go? We need one for each of the different modifiers that we have. And then we also need one for forage, basically that forge knows, okay, which modifiers do we actually have in our data folder? Forge, click new directory called glute underscore modifiers. And then I'm actually going to copy over the JSON file. This is called Global underscore, underscore modifiers and adjacent very important. This has to be written correctly. And then in here we have to define all of our entries. But you can see MC cores term seeds from grass and then MC course dowsing rod and igloo, which is also the same names as it is here with our mod ID. So that's basically the entries there. And then in our data folder, MC course folder, new directory called loot underscore modifiers. And I'm going to copy over the two JSON files again. These are all available to you, of course, in the GitHub repository at an individual just as well. You can see they have the name exactly like we've defined here. This would be an adjacent, the adjacent basically end. And you can see there are some conditions. Now, overall, the lute modifier files are both, they're interesting in themselves, right? So you have to define a particular condition here. But in this case we have a loot table ID and we'll say the Lu table ID is Minecraft chests, eagle chest. So basically the igloo chest is currently being loaded, so to speak. Then we are calling the igloo chest modifier. And we're then doing the do apply method, same width for example, of the burner proceeds from grass right here. So if grasses broken, you can see that this is a different condition, block say property, and then we're just checking, hey, whether or not it, this is a grasp. Ok. And now if a grass block is basically broken, then we call the do apply method. Just before we drop the generated lewd, we add our custom allude to it, our addition that is read in from right here. And then we return that with basically, while this one thing that is really cool is you can see I can also use the context dot getrandom to basically make sure that, you know, something doesn't always drop. This. In this case, this is basically only added 95% of the time, 5% of the time. It actually is not added. So this is also something pretty cool, but also very basic Java stuff, basic, right? And that is actually all that you really need. Sometimes the, I feel like the, in general, the global modifiers are a little clunky, I would say like they're not that there's a lot of weirdness. You know, you have to define them here and you'll have to define them here. And you have a defined in here and you have to divide them here. Like there's a lot of things you have to do. I don't know. It's sometimes is a little weird, but overall, I am sure that he will manage. I will also link in the resources is going to be the global loop modifiers or the forge Docs right here. So basically, here's a little bit of a summary as well, which in which you can basically take another look at how those might work. It can be useful sometimes, you know, i'll, I'll just link it basically as well, or fantasies in Minecraft. So let's see if I break the grass here, it should always drop a turnip seed. And there we are. Basically, we have a 100 percent chance of adding a turnip seed to the actual loot table. And just for completion sake, let's also take a look at the Eagle. All right, in here we can see there's a dowsing rod in legal chess as well. That's pretty cool, right? One more thing that is very important. We also have to add a type in the JSON files right here, where it gives us a in addition in 118. Otherwise it will not work. This is just simply the your namespace, so your MOD ID, and then the name of the actual file as well. So there shouldn't be anything crazy right here, right, that will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 85. (Intermediate) Custom Fluids: All right, Welcome to the fourth course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be taking a look at custom fluids. For custom fluids we have one major restriction or let's say limitation that there is. And that's going to be basically that the physics of the fluid that you're going to make are going to be the same physics as water. And then also not only that, but also you're only going to have the same articles as water in basically when you dive in and stuff like that. But that is one limitation that is currently well, not easy to go around. So beware of this. And also I will copy over most of the code. Once again, everything is available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. We'll go through however and explain then the MC course package, right-click new package called fluid than they are. I will copy over the mode fluids class in its entirety. We should get a one arrow right here in the more items, we still need to make a, a honey bucket item. But in make that very easily. So in the more items class now, just going to copy over the bowl, the honey underscore bucket. And this is of course a on the under, on the underscore bucket. And then this is a bucket item. And the first parameter being modeled fluids that an IV fluid. There you go. And that is basically then what we need. Let's actually immediately added the translation and stuff like that, just so that we have it, that we don't forget it. So a honey underscore bucket and the bucket they ago and then an item model, because of course this is still in normal item though. That does not change anything. So honey bucket, they go just points to a normal texture. And then we're just going to add the texture as well, the ego. So that's pretty nice. So now let's take a look at the fluids again. In the first thing that we have is three resource location. So that is the water still resource location, the flowing and the overlay. Why are we using those? Right? Why are we using the Manila water or resource locations? Well, because they are gray and we can basically color them. So we have this dot color right here in the properties, and this basically enables us to color our fluid. So that's why we're using those because they're already gray and they look totally fine. Have a different register as well as a register method. As you can see, that this register method of course has to be called. Let's call this as well. So there's going to be the mode fluids dot register with the event bus right here. This is something that we've seen multiple times now already. And then we have two different fluids. One of them is a flowing fluid that source, and the other one is a forged flowing fluid. That fluid flowing. This is incredibly important. I've seen this multiple times that people have just copied it over and forgot to change this. Be aware that one of them has to be source and one of them has to be flowing. Very important. Then we need a fourth flowing fluid properties. This is basically the properties though, how is this being displayed and stuff like that. You will see a lot of the yellow overlays here and it says, hey, we can replace this with this right here. And then it even says that a, we can even make this easier by just calling it like this. Do not do this. We have to use the suppliers properly here. Otherwise, it's not going to load in the proper order. So we do have to use the suppliers. This is very important. Most of the stuff, density, luminosity, viscosity, Those are Well, just forge values that are don't really do anything. Slope, define distance and level decrease. Those do however do something. But I highly recommend just playing around with the numbers once again, when it comes to the color. It's very strange because instead of going like you would expect for a hex value to go in RGBA. It actually is a RGB, so that's the color basically. But this should be fairly straightforward. Just find a color picker online and then you can basically define the color right here. We also need a liquid block right here. So I honey block, that is, well, a particular block. In this case, we can see this is a new liquid block and we pass in the fluid right there. But that's the general idea here. Nothing too crazy. I sometimes think that the fluids and forge are Will. There could be a little easier because there's one more thing that we need to add. Actually this a couple of things that we need to add. So in our MC course mod class, in the client setup method, we actually wanted to set the renderer layer here, and that is going to be for the model fluids dad, and then basically the block. And that's going to be translucent. Actually. We want to do the same thing for the lucid and for the honey flowing, then we're going to basically make this transparent so that we can see through it. And this basically enables us to use the Alpha value right here. So think of it like this. And then we also need to add a tag. And this tag is encrypt credibly important to know that it actually acts like a fluid. So in the Minecraft data folder, tags, Right-click new directory called fluids. And inside of there a new file called Water dot JSON. And now the contents are going to look like this. We're going to have the honey underscore fluid and flowing in there. Those are the names of the world, either the source or the flowing. That's very important. And then we should basically be done. And then you have your custom fluid added to Minecraft and it's going to be registered properly. So yeah, that's pretty much all that we need. So let's see for works or if I was asked back and micro Tennessee, the honey bucket has been added to the game and let's set it down. There we are, the honey is also in there. And now you can see that the particles are normal water particles. And when I go into it, you can see that the sort of overlay is also blue for this is just two of those limitations that I mentioned. It is just how it's going to be. Sometimes that is just the way the cookie crumbles. But still nonetheless, custom fluid has been added to microbes. So that's pretty cool and that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 86. (Intermediate) Events Basics: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be taking tentative look at events that we've already seen events in previous lectures. We have the mode event bus events, and we also have the motor events class. So if two classes, we've seen the register commands event, the player clone event, as well as the registry event for the global alluded modifier serializers. And I just wanted to give a brief show of what this actually is like events. So first of all, if we haven't event or you can also shift twice and just put in event here. And then include non-product items. And then we can take this one right here from net microforms event was EPI. And I can do the following. I can click on this and press Control H. And I've already shown you this ones, but we'll show it again. But we can expand all, and these are all of the events that forge ads that we can basically well hook into and then do stuff when this event fires. There are really freaking cool things in here. The first thing I want to mention is that you shouldn't say, I want to use this event to do this. That's not how it works. What you should do is you should say, I want x to happen. I want to be able to take another break and headed n hidden entity with it and it should catch fire. Okay, Then you think about it. Well, it can I change stuff in the item class for the nether brick. Now really that's kind of hard coded, right? You have to change the source code of Minecraft, doesn't really work. Is there an event for it? I don't know. Like there are like a damage event, all living damage event. Look at that. That could be useful. You can, you can double-click on this and then it usually has a very good description for the events. We can see living damage event is fired just before Damages applied to entity. So this event is fired every time. Just before a entity, a living hand entity is hurt. This is the thing, right? This event is fired whenever an entity is damaged in living entity actually hurt or end in layer actually hurt. Though I highly suggest taking a look at the events that are in the class hierarchy right here is it's actually just incredibly useful to just be familiar with a few of those events, especially when it comes to the entities. There are so many of them you can see Entity events and they can just open them living events and then look at this. There's player events. There's so many different player events that you can hook into and do stuff with it. It's pretty crazy. Well, there's one interesting thing and that is the well bus classification. So if I middle mouse button click on this bus right here, you can see there's a forge bus and there is a MOD bus. Now, the general gist is this. There are some events that are fired for Forge, in some events that are fired for a mod. This is the general idea that you have to think about. Don't over-complicate this. Yes, there's of course, a lot more to it. You can see that we've seen this before, where we have, we've seen this before. Well, this is exactly right here, right? You can see this is the MOD event bus, but this is exactly the idea, right? You have the Mode Event Bus and the forge event bus. And the more event bus in this case, for example, is always used for the different registers here. And you can see here when we do microforms dot event bus, this is then the other event bus. So this one is the one for the forge events. I wouldn't worry about this too much. Overall, you can usually see what the events are from. When you, for example, say the register, event register, if I middle mouse button, click on this and then go into the registry when for example, you can see this now implements the IE mode Bus Event. So I can press Control H on this and I can actually see all of the events that are from there. So this should be basically all of them. In theory, there might be a couple more, but I don't think so. I think they always have to implement this. So that is pretty much all there is to it. So usually you should be able to tell and what we'll just for the sake of argument, what I will actually copy over is a method this is of course all available to you and that is the set entity on fire when hit. And that is going to be within another break. But just wanted to show you here in one example, you can see we're choosing the living damage event. And this event has a couple of soft, right? We've already seen this. Well, we have the damaged source and we also have, for example, we have the amount and also the living entity. So basically all of those we're getting here, and this is pretty cool because we can basically get the damage source. We can say, Hey, just give me the direct source, meaning the player. And then we can also say get the living entity that was hit. And then we're just setting this on fire. But this is really cool. So this means that we can add additional functionality to, for example, vanilla items. Now once again, don't overdo it. Don't be, don't go Cu2 crazy, right? Being like an okay. So when I hit something with another star, the entire world is going to explode. I mean, would be pretty cool honestly, but just don't try to shoehorn in events where they don't fit. For example, if you're saying, oh, so I could replace this with my custom item. And I said, Yeah, of course, like you could still say it. You can see mod items. For example, dowsing, rod dot get. And that will also work. Now if I hit something with a dowsing rod, right, I would set something on fire. But then I would also be like, Why would you why would you want to do this? You don't have to do this in your custom items. You've access to the source code. I could just go into the dowsing rod, right? An override a method here. There's the hurt enemy method for example. And I could just do it right here, just like we've seen with the levitation sort, right? So with the levitation sword, if done, we've overridden the third enemy method and added an effect. Or you could in theory also do this right here, right? I could just say, Hey, let's take the, you know, if this is a levitation sort item, then bam, Let's go, let's set it on fire or let's make it levitate the living entity that was hit. Of course I can do this, but if you have access to the source code, there's no reason why you would do it in an event. I hope that I was sort of a general introduction to events. Events can be almost impossible to master because there are so many of them. And you'll just have to see if for your particular thing that you wanna do, there's an event and if there is, great, try it out. Open to experimentation. I can just pretty much what I'm going to say for the rest of the course, because it is very important to just try out a bunch of stuff. You always have control Z. This is the great thing about programming. You can always just go back and say, You know what? No, this was not a good idea or, oh my god, this functionality is amazing. I didn't expect this to happen. So that is really cool. But just for completion sake, we're actually seeing, well, does this really work? Let's see if it does. Or if I'm says a Minecraft, so I have another break and let's just see if I hit an entity with it. There you go. They get turned on fire and one another brick is being subtracted here. So that is insanely cool. As you can see. It just works. And it's, you know, that's, that's how cool and interesting the wall custom events or hooking into events can basically be right, and that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 87. (Intermediate) Updating Forge and Parchment Mappings: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this short lecture we're going to update forge as well as updating the mappings. So over the course of some time, you know, new forged versions will come out. So you can see right here on the download page, we have 39 and 0.8 at this point, and we're using, I believe, 39.05. But we're going to check this in just a moment, but we can update it to the latest version right here. And then same goes for parchment. We actually have a completed version at this point, which is 20, 21, 12, and 19. So that's really cool. What we can do is we can basically navigate to the build.gradle file right here. And you can see we're using 0.5. So now we can just put in a 0.8. We don't have to download anything. Again, it's basically going to be done for us automatically. And then we can change this to being the 2021, 12, and 19, and then the C version here, and then 180, one of course. And then for our version, I mean, at this point we're pretty far enol, so that's all this like 0.1.5, That's fine. And then let's save this. And then we can just hit the load Gradle changes right here, and then we'll just let this run through for me. It just took three seconds, but but that is of course because I've already done it and all of the stuffs already downloaded before. So for you, it will probably take around a minute or two fumbling that and then everything should be well upgrade, updated and should be fine. There should be no errors here. What might happen is if you start the game, you will once again get a lot of arrows or rather a lot of warnings saying like, Hey, this doesn't work, this doesn't work, but no worries at all. Let's just keep this go through so you can see that everything is working as long as you aren't getting well, I mean, build failed or as long as you're not getting microwave doesn't work at all, it should be fine. And you can see right here, for example, that microbe is already starting. And then we should be fine. Here we are. There we go with microphone 3908, everything working in Great Britain. That's actually all that I wanted to show you for this lecture right here. I highly recommend when you have a new version available. I mean, if you're watching this in the future, of course you are, then basically this version right here is probably not going to be the most up-to-date one. And then this version for Forge is definitely not going to be the most up-to-date one. This is why I have linked the pages for parchment and the pages for the download one more time, just so that you can basically take the ones where the actual versions that you are going to need, wherever that would be for this lecture right here, I hope you've found this useful and learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 88. (Advanced) Custom Block Entity: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be taking a look at a block. Entities. For block entities in general are blocks that have a particular functionality associated with it. So extra data so to speak. And this could, for example, include a GUI and stuff like that. Now before we jump into programming something, I actually wanted to, well, basically go through a little bit of the theory. For that we're going to break out the well tool that is used most often and that is of course, our point right here. So let's just start. So the general idea is that we have couple of things. Number 1 is we have a block class. Now we've already done this. We have a, well the cobol blaster for us. Now for us is it's going to be blue button. Under the blue background. It doesn't look that good, so we have it, read it right here. But the general ideas, we have a block class and that has a reference to a blocked entity class. There's block entity class we're of course going to create in just a moment. And this contains data and functionality for a particular block. That's the general idea. In this block entity class is created. We can have an inventory in it, and that one can then create a menu. Now the menu class is very interesting because the menu class, right? You can see it's sort of separated, right? We have a screen and a menu class. Now what's very important is the menu class can, for example, synchronized values for the entity to a server and client. That is going to be very important, especially in the next lecture. So I highly recommend taking a look at this lecture and the next lecture, sort of at the same time, because we're going to have a functioning block entity at the end of this lecture over good, We're going to make it about a billion times better in the next lecture and just more robust. So that's just something to keep in mind. In the menu class also has slots for the inventory. So you can see that this basically visualize this in a way that we have these purple rectangles here that are sort of correlating to the slots right here. And what's very important is that the menu where those slots are is completely independent of this image right here. Because what you have to keep in mind is that when we look at the screen class, right? This client only, this is literally only this image. I cannot emphasize this more. Basically this, the screen class is pretty much only this image. So regardless of what this image is, the slots could be anywhere where we want them to. So we actually define their position inside of the menu class. Though instead of this, you know, the GUI year, I could have a picture of my face, I could have a picture of my dog. You could put anything that you want in there. The functionality would still work. So that's very, very important. Now it also displays stuff like the progress. So this progress arrow right here, or how much fuel is left in the fuel slot. Basically, that is something that can be done with the synchronizer values that the menu class basically synchronizers for us. That's the general overview of this. And sometimes this can be a little confusing. I will also say this, Well, block entities are definitely an advanced topic. So we have reached the advanced topics at this point. And at this point is also something like if you don't know that much Java, right at this point, it's very good. It's going to be very hard to help you with anything does I'm basically going to assume that you know, at least intermediate knowledge of Java basically. So I'm not going to say, Hey, this is a static method. You know what a static method is, stuff like that. I'm just going to assume that you know all of that. So be aware of that. Number one. Number two, I will also be covering over a lot of the code that is all available to you, including this cheat sheet is also available to you in the GitHub repository individualist and for download. So no worries there. But let's switch over to intelligent you again and let's see what we can see. So number 1, what we need is we need a new class. We need a new package in R, block package, right-click new package called entity. This is now the block entity package. And there we need two classes. One of them is going to be the cobalt blaster Volokh entity. And then the second one is going to be right-click New JAR class called the mud rock entities. There you go. So those two classes are needed. And for the block entities, well, we can immediately fill this up with at least a little bit, and that's going to be a public static final, the third register. We've seen this already, of course, block entity type, and then once again angle brackets with a question mark in it. And then block underscore entities, which is equal to a different register that create registries, dot block entities. Mc course model, that model ID. And then of course, whereas a register there is a public static void register method with an event bus or event bus, which cools the block entities that register and passes in the event bus. And we can immediately already go into our MC course mod class and just put it in here so we can say block mode, block entities register with the event bus they ago. And we'll have to do this one more time before the lecture is over, but no worries at all. We're not yet going to define the actual. Entity because we first of all need to make this class. I'll believe we can make this class almost in its entirety except for one thing, but that's going to be fine. So this is going to do with the following. This is going to extend the block entity and implements the menu provider. Let's hover over this, implement the methods. So this will implement the get display name method and the Create menu method. So one thing I will do is I will purposefully, well make this have an arrow right here, because I don't want to forget to add the Create menu here. That's kind of important sometimes. I mean, I'm not that I forget this, but it's just very important that we actually do this because there are a lot of moving parts to this in, you know, not doing one of those parts will basically make it so that the block entity doesn't work. And here we can just return a new texts component of four volt last term. So this is just going to be the display name basically. Then hover over this creed constructor matching super. And this is also going to be fine. However, what we're gonna do here is we're going to delete the first parameter and then you will of course get a, well, an error right here, but no worries at all. Because what we can do is now we can define this in our mode block entities. And the way that we define this, I will actually type this out, might not public static final Registry object. It'll be fairly self-explanatory of block entity type, this type of type cobalt blaster book entity. Well, the cobalt blaster, and that's going to be equal to block entities that register with the name cobalt underscore blaster, That's going to be fine. And then a supplier of the following block entity type dot-dot-dot builder of cobalt blaster block entity colon, colon new. You can see that then a comma, then we have to do blocks, dot, blaster, dot get. Then after the third, after the first parenthesis duck-billed, and then pass a null. So this is how it roughly looks like right here. So the blocks that we pass in here are basically the blocks that are associated with this book entity. That's the general idea. Then instead of having the parameter in here, what we can do is we can say block entities, that block dot cobalt blaster dot get. Now you might think, well, isn't that a circular reference? It actually isn't. I do. I'm not quite sure like it. It is very crazy. Like there are a lot of circular things, so to speak, in the block entities. So no worries. In now we will start copying stuff over. The first thing that we'll copy over are basically the two fields that we have. And those fields are in item stack handler called item handler of size four. And this is also an anonymous class you can see because we have to put the contents changed here where we basically changed. Because otherwise we'll, we're going to have some issues with the loading and saving of basically the inventory. And then we have a lazy optional of this, and we need this one because of the capability. We're going to copy this one over as well. So this is going to be the Git capability method. And I'm just going to put this below here. So they get capability method. You can see it basically says, Hey, if you know someone or something asks about this block entity, it doesn't have the item handler capability, then we're just going to return the lazy item handler. So right, this one right here. And we're just going to say, Sure, take this. Now of course, as you can clearly see, the lazy item handler at the moment it has not been set. How do we set it? What we set it in the onload method. So what we're gonna do is I'm actually going to copy over the booth the onload and the invalidate caps method. They could see onload should be fairly self-explanatory, right? When this block entity loads, we're just going to set the lazy item handler to a lazy optional of our actual item handler right here. So that's the general idea. And when we invalidate the caps, so this happens when the server shuts down stuff like that. Then we are just invalidating the lazy item handlers so that we don't have any resource leaks, stuff like that. Well then the question comes in, how do we save the data? Well, we save the data by doing, by overriding two methods. That is the save additional and the load method. So you can see that it basically I'm taking the item handler NMC, realizing that to the NVT. So this basically does all of the heavy lifting for us. It saves all of the slots. What is in those slots are many items are in those slots. So that's all done for us beautifully and we only need those two methods right here. What is very important is that we do need, once again, to override this in the anonymous class. Otherwise, we will have some issues with saving of the data because the save additional method for whatever reason is not called. Every time when we just leave the world for whatever reason it's only called on an update. I'm not sure about this, but just make sure that this is done. And then last but not least, for the non-static methods, I will also have the drops method. And this one basically just makes a simple container here, get all of the items from the item handler and then just says, Hey, just drop all of your contents at this position on this level. And then we're going to be fine. This is going to be called when we destroy the actual block. So all of the contents spill out of the, of this actual block, right? So if you, for example, destroyer chest, and of course all of the contents of the chest will drop onto the floor. And that's of course what we also want in our rocket right in before we continue to do stuff here, we're actually going to switch over to the cobalt glass or block, because now the block will be changed as well. And this is going to be very interesting because instead of extending from the block class is this is going to be extending from the base entity block are important. And then you can see that immediately you have to implement the new block entity method. That's of course no worries at all, because we can just implement this. And this is going to be very easy for us because what we can do is instead of returning null, we're going to return a new cobalt blaster block entity and passing in the EPA has and the p state right here. And that is pretty much all that we need to do for this. Now, there are a couple of more things that we need to do, right? You can of course see most of the stuff is for the actual shape of the block. But what you then have is we need to, and this is incredibly important, right? We have to override the getter render shape method right here. And we have to return render shape a model. Because if we don't do this, then our model is going to be invisible because that's just the default of the base entity block. You're I'm not sure why that is the case of this. Probably going to be some reason for it. So please make sure that you override this. Otherwise your block will be invisible. And that is of course not quite what we want in that I'm going to override to other methods and I'm actually going to copy those over. This is going to be the onRemove method. This is exactly what I said, right when we call the drops method right here. Well, this just makes sure, hey, when we remove this block, all of the contents of the block entity will drop onto the floor. But this is great and this is just a really nice method and not too crazy as well. And the US method well is kinda similar in the sense that when we right-click this lock, we simply want the actual entity to open its inventory or to open its GUI basically, right? You can see here network hooks that open Gui. So we basically just want to open the GUI and making sure that, you know, it's sort of synchronized via the server and the client. That's why the network hooks basically does all the heavy lifting there for us. There's one more thing that we want, and that is we want the ticker method or we want a tick method to be able to be accessed in the cobalt blaster block entity. And a tick method will basically is just a method that is called every tick for a particular block entity in this case. And that will allow us to add cool functionality to it. And we'll basically custom crafting, so to speak. And for that we need to override the getter ticker method. I will copy this over again and we will get one simple error here, but we can fix that very easily. We can see that this is basically the, well, I get ticker method and we then call the create ticker helper and return to that with the rock entity type, we are going to pass in the global blaster block mode, block entity year. And then here we can see we want to pass in the cobol blaster block entity tick method, which is not yet created. But we are going to create this right now. So those are going to be all of these static methods. Those are four methods. I'm just going to copy them over so we can see what is going on here, right? This is craziness, No worries. We're gonna go through this. So the tick method is the one method that is not custom. So these three methods are completely custom. I made them myself. The tick method it's in itself is going to be the same for every block entity. You always going to have access to the level of the position, the state, and the block entity itself. And you can see I've just made some helper methods, basically crafting the item will just crash. The items are going to extract an item from 0. We're going to extract it from Slot 1. And then we're just going to set a, an item in the slot three. So you can see that we're going to put in cobalt ingots here too. We're just going to continuously do this. Of course, the craft item method is only called when we both have a recipe and we have not reached the stack limit. Let's take a look at the stack limit because that's a little bit easier. We'll basically just saying, hey, if the count of the actual stacks here is smaller than the GetMax stack size, we're going to be fine. So as long as we have not reached 64 items in the output slot, we can continuously craft items that should be fairly self-explanatory. The has recipe method. Well, that just checks that we have in the 0 slot called slivers and that we have in the first slot or the slope with index one, we have raw cobalt. If we have both of those in there, then this is true. This hopefully will be true and then we'll be crafting the item. I will say this, this is a very crude way of doing this. This is really only to show you one time how will the actual crafting and stuff like this works? I highly recommend you can implement this and you can take a look at this and you can say, well, this is really freaking cool and it is but highly recommend. Next lecture, we're going to make a custom recipe, Jason. And then we can basically, well define the crafting recipes inside of JSON files, which is way better than hard-coding them like this. Definitely not a good idea to do this, right? This is just a very bad idea. It's very clunky, it's not good, it's, it's hard coded. Many things can go wrong. So I highly recommend, while this is just for show one time here, it is a very crude way of doing things and just wanted to make that clear. Now the thing is that this is pretty much done except for, of course, the Create menu method right here. And same with the block. The block is also done so we can close the block, we can even closer this one. We're going to keep the block entity class open for a little bit because of course now we need to add at the screen. So in our MC course package. Right-click new package called screen. And inside of there we're going to make two new, actually three new classes, cobalt, pilaster menu. And then we're going to make the wall pilaster screen. And we're going to make the mode menu types class as well. And then any screen package, we also need another package called slot. And instead of there, I'm actually going to copy over to last star made is going to be the mode you will slot and the mode result slot. I'll explain those in a moment when we are actually going to use them. But I highly recommend also copying them over. All of this is of course available to you once again, GitHub repository and an individual just as well. No worries there, right, we're going to start with the menu or cobalt blaster menu. And I'm going to, this is going to extend the abstract container menu. Very important. There you go. I'm going to implement the methods still valid right here. And then we'll also create a constructor matching super. Now what I will do is I will actually just copy over the entirety of the contents of this class. Highly recommend you doing the same. And we will explain as we go along. So we will have one arrow right here. We will be able to fix that in just a moment, no worries at all. So you can see that we have two different constructors here, which is actually very important because one of the constructors will be called in the mod menus and the other constructor will be called in the block entity. Now we can actually immediately do this. So let's switch over to the blog entity. And then here in the Create menu method, we're going to create a new or bolt plaster menu when a passing the container ID inventory. And then the last one is this. There you go. And that is pretty much all that we need to pass in. But now the block entity class is completely done and we're done with this. Now let's take another look at the menu here. So the menu, like I've previously mentioned in the cheat sheet in the theory, basically, This is responsible for the slots where they are, where they're laid out, stuff like that. And you can see this right here. So we can have, we basically add the inventory, we add the player hot bar. So those are just two methods that I've quickly created because this right here. So the for loops are usually like inside of the actual constructor. That's just, I mean, it's just seems to me to be a very bad is not that well coded basically. Then there's another thing that's very interesting and that's the quick move stack right here. This method is done by DZ 07, 08 credit goes to them for making this. I basically want to say this, this is for shift clicking stuff inside of this inventory. Do not worry about this method at all. Don't look at it. Just say thank you so much for the for the 07 that they may this is actually insane. I just the method we could go through spent a half an hour to explain this. It's just not necessary. I really don't like this method, but of course it needs to be done somehow. And this is just how it's going to be. The static fields also have to be there. That's very important. And here in the TE, inventory slot count, we basically have to put the actual slot count over. Well, t0 inventory an archives now it's a B inventory. So before it was named tile entity, now it's named block entity. But everything here still should work totally fine. And you can see we are adding four slots as you can see. So we're basically asking, Hey, do we have item handler capability? And if that is the case, then let's add some cool slots here. You can see I have a fuel slot in a result slot. I've made those classes because well, I mean that just makes lot of sense. Basically, have a slot where you can only insert fuel and then ABR results slot where you can actually not not insert anything. Basically, only the machine itself can insert stuff into it. And I've basically taken those from the actual slots. So you can type in, they can put in shift twice and then put in slot. And then if I do this, then you will be able to see the slop net Minecraft world inventory. And if I press Control H, you can see all of the different well, slots that are available here, for example. And then basically we have the furnace results slot, as you can see. Let's just take a look at this one. And well, I mean, I basically taken most of the stuff here are the results lot, right? What is very important? It's just this May 1 place has to be false. And then same for the fuel slot. We basically just, well to ask the abstract furnace, Hey, is this stack a fuel? And if it is, then we're just going to say, sure, you you're about to place it in there. Pretty much all that there was to it. I mean, that's some there is to it. This these two slots highly recommend using them because they're just a little bit nicer to basically use. But apart from that, I believe that most of the rest is, well, not too crazy. We just have a reference to the block entity, a reference to the level. The still valid method basically just checks whether or not the player can access this menu. So this would be if you are in a mine cart, you right-click a furnace or something like that and you were too far away and all of a sudden the actual GUI closes. I believe that this is what basically facilitates that. And so let's go into the more menus class now, and let's add our stuff there as well. I will actually now copy this over because we've seen this plenty of times. This is a deferred register of menu type, once again of question mark. And then when we define the menu type, we need a register menu type method here that just has a container factory of type T here. And we're just basically registering this. Normally, this wouldn't be too crazy. All things considered highly recommend. Once again, everything of course available, you don't have to type this out yourself. Github repository and individual just as well. Now in the MC course mod constructor, we're going to call the modern menu types dot register with the event bus. And then everything here is registered as well. That is great. And then we basically don't have to look at this one ever again, at least for the time being. Now this one is also done no more errors. So everything is great. Now one thing that people might ask is, well, what does this exposition, what is this y position here? Well, for that, I am actually going to copy over the texture that we're going to use in just a moment. This is going to go in assets, MC coarse textures, and then under Gui. So I'm going to copy this over. We end. This is the cobol blasted GUI and I will open this. We've seen this of course already. A general idea is that, well, 850, right? So we 18 and 50. Why this pixel right here is 0000. If we go 18 to the right, right, x 18, so 18 to the right and 50 down, we end up exactly here. So this is the general idea. You will have to count this in pixels. Though if you use Photoshop or paint.net or GIMP, then you will usually have a Select tool that you can use. And then you can basically select this and see how big this is. You will have to count it in pixels is just no other way. It is sometimes a little bit clunky, but that is just how it's going to be. And the rest of it should be fairly self-explanatory. But the rest is your 66 and then down 16 than other one is 50 down and 66 x and so on and so forth. So that is basically how this is laid out, right? And then let's make the screen last but not least. And once again, yes, we'll actually copy this over. Now. This is actually the, I think the one that is, well the least complicated. This is the abstract container stream of type, old Glassdoor menu. So that's very important that you put the correct class in here, the cobalt master menu, because then we'll have access to this in this class as well. So that's very important. You can see I have the resource location of the texture under textures GUI cobalt, underscore blaster, underscore GUI PNG, the thing that we've just seen before. And this year, as you can see, is basically rendered right here. And then we use this doublet method under this method can be very complicated. And we'll actually go into detail more about this method in the next lecture when we're adding the progress bars and stuff, is then we actually have to think about, okay, how would we setting this up, right? What is the x? What is the why? What is the offset here? What is the width of that? We're going to figure this out next lecture. Like I said, for the time being, this here just makes sure that the entire image, so all of this, right, without the stuff to the right here, is basically displayed in the player. Now what we still need to do in the MC course mod class, also very important and declined setup method, menu screens, dot register mode, menu types that cobol blaster, menu dot get. Then a cobalt blaster screen colon, colon new. Now this should throw no errors because the cold plasma screen is of type cobalt blaster menu, right? So the containers screen of type cobol blaster menu. So all we should be fine here and believe it or not, that should be it. Now, like I've said, this is quite a bit right? And this is not even the final form, so to speak. This is not even the complete thing just yet, but for the time being, this is all that we need to add. So let's see if it works or if bounces back and Minecraft. So let's just see, Let's set the cobol blaster down and let's right-click it and see. Okay, so this is really good. You can see that of course, the GUI has opened now. All of these slots here work. Now let's just see if I can take rock humbled and place it here. I can't I can place a year and I can place it here. That's exactly what I want. I can place here over, I can take my course liver and place it right here because it is a fuel. And as soon as I put the rock hold at the top here, we should be able to see that cobalt ingots are being made. And there you go, basically every tick. So we're going to basically make 20 cobalt ingots every second. And then if I put more in here is not going to work. The stack limit has been reached. Therefore, we don't craft anymore, but I'll take out half of them. You can see that the other half basically is being created. Now one thing we can check, basically, if I save the world and go back into it, then we should have saved the data. But this is very important, of course, is one of the things where we needed the save additional data and the read method. So let's just see whether or not that works, but I'm fairly confident that it does. Now, we're going to see that all of our items are still in here. And then the same thing goes when I destroy this, you can see all of the contents drop right here. So everything is working exactly like we want it to. But this is definitely a, well, definitely an advanced lecture, as you can clearly tell. It, is. First of all, it takes a lot of time and there's a lot of things that you need to be able to get right here. But overall, this is a really cool thing, and tile entities are just amazing things I can recommend. This is one of the only times where looking at the vanilla code is not quite as useful because in forage we have to do it in a little bit of a roundabout way to basically register our stuff. But I can highly recommend taking a look at GitHub repositories of popular mods or they do their block entities, stuff like that. It's highly recommend that because there's always, you can, number 1, get some inspiration from that. And number two, if you really are stuck in, usually you have this also. You of course have this GitHub repository as well. All of the code here, if you copy everything over, this should work even though there are a lot of parts, of course, right? We have the entire screen, the menu, the block has to change a little bit soft like that. So there is definitely a lot to this, but overall, it is really cool. So I highly recommend after you finish this to immediately go onto the next lecture and sort of look at them as a double lecture, so to speak, by highly recommended doing that. Otherwise, we are done for this lecture right here. I genuinely hope you found this useful. If anything is unclear, feel free to ask questions in the provided Q and a. I'll try to answer them best of my ability. Otherwise, I would very much appreciate a review for mu and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 89. (Advanced) Creating custom Recipe Types: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture, we are going to be taking a look at how you can add custom recipe serialization to your block entity. So the general idea is that we're going to add the possibility of making JSON files, custom JSON files that you can read in and that basically have, well, the recipes for your block entities. So once again, I will copy over a lot of the stuff in this lecture, but no worries, Everything is available to you in the GitHub repository and an individual just as well, highly recommend taking a look at those. And the first thing that we're gonna do is we're going to make the recipe. So in our MC course package, right-click new package called recipe. And then inside of there or copy over the cobalt blasts or recipe class as well as the model recipes class. And we'll take a look at those. So neither of them should have an error in them? I believe. So. Both should work immediately. And we'll just go through, we'll start with the cold blast recipe. You can see we have three fields right here, a resource location id and items take output and a non analyst of recipe items. And you can also see that it implements the recipe interface with the symbol container here. Now it should be fairly self-explanatory that the output is just the result that you're going to get from the actual recipe. The ID is going to be, well, the resource location at which this actual jason file is under. The recipe items is going to be a list of ingredients or of items that are used for crafting the particular item. Now we'll skip the matches method for a second because this is going to be the most important method in this entire class. So we're gonna go through the other ones to assemble similar to the get result item just gives you the output. Can crafting dimensions. We're just going to return true because we don't have any dimensions. We are not in a three-by-three grid or something like that. The idea, once again, it's just the resource location id. And we have a serializer and a type. Now, those are actually static classes within the cobalt plus or recipe glass. And you can see the type just has an instance and it's just an idea Jacobo blasting, and then similar in the serializer, we also have an instance and the ID right here. It's very important that this one and this one, but this basically a type here determines what the name of your type in your JSON file has to be. But we'll see this in just a moment. Now, the zeros, it has some more methods. We're going to, first of all go to the very bottom here. And you can see that too, especially these two methods which basically return the class of the recipe serializer. And that is crazy asked class thing. Um, I'm not a 100 percent sure what the crazy thing is going on here. We're just going to need this. So otherwise we can't return the class properly if we don't have this crazy wrapper stuff. Like I said, I'm not a 100 percent sure what they're all about. We're just going to leave it as is, and we're just going to be fine with us being here. Now the idea, of course is just once again, the actual ID right here, the resource occasion, the registry name is just the instance itself, where we just basically return the instance itself. And then we have the three methods from Jason, from network and to network. Now those are incredibly important. The from JSON method basically determines how the Jason is ordered basically. So we can see that we are at the very beginning making an itemset called output. And we're basically reading that in from a member called output in the JSON file. Once again, we'll see the JSON file in just a moment, but that is just something we're going to read in. And then we're going to read in the ingredients, which is going to be a list. Here we make a non-null list. And then basically putting all of the ingredients into this list. And then creating a new cobol blast recipe from network. And the two network methods are also interesting. Instead of using the JSON object, we're going to actually have a friendly byte buffer or by buffer. And this is basically just so that the network can communicate the client and the server. What is important here is that when we're writing stuff to the network and reading stuff from the network, it has to match exactly. What does that mean? Well, you can see that when we're writing stuff, first of all, we're writing the size of the ingredients list. Then we're writing each ingredient. And then at the very end, we're reading the item stack of the recipes result, okay? And this is exactly how we reading it out. First we're reading out the size right here with read int. Then we're reading out the ingredients. And then at the very end we're reading out the output here. This is very important that this has to match. Otherwise you will get an error, not in the development environment, but when you are on the server, like when you're trying to basically connect to a normal world outside of the development environment, you're gonna get an error and it's not going to work to make sure that this matches if you want to go for some other stuff. Because of course, once again, we started playing around. Now it's sort of serious Java knowledge time. If you want to change this, right, if you were to, for example, say, Hey, I actually have, not only two inputs will have like four inputs will change the size here, right? To do a bunch of stuff, I actually have different types of output that I wanted depending on certain things. Well, either you make a new recipe for it. Or if you want to have this all in one recipe, you can also make a list of outputs in theory, choose from them randomly, stuff like that. It's all about now really having a very solid understanding because it's just going to be very hard otherwise to make really custom stuff. Right now we'll get to the matches method, which is like I said, the most important one because this basically determines the functionality or this the implementation of how your recipe is evaluated. Thus, what is inside of the container match a particular recipe? How does this work? Well, first of all, we're asking if the 0th recipe items, so the first item in our recipe list that we're reading in from the adjacent file, is that does that match the item inside of the container with index 1, y index 1? Well remember because index 0 is actually hour, you will slot. Therefore we have to take index one here. And then if that matches, then we're just returning whether or not the other one it matches as well. And then this of course would return true. Otherwise it would return false. This is very important. This is basically the hard piece of your, of your custom recipe year. And once again, if you have more complicated stuff, if you have more, if you have more ingredients, if you have more slots, you just need to add stuff to it, change stuff in it, basically continuously change it up. Once again, Java knowledge, knowledge, terminology. I will keep saying this. Research, especially right now in the advanced section, we're basically done. So this is, this has to be done and yeah, this is the general idea. So the entire crafting logic, the matching logic goes in here, and that is actually the cold blast or recipe class. And then let's take a look at the mode recipes. We can see that we have a different register of recipe serializers here. And then just a recipe serializer for the cobol plaster right there. And then we're also making sure that we register a type when we call this register method. So this register method, of course, has to be called once again in our MC course mod class right here for the mode recipes dot register with the event bus. And once that is done over these classes are actually fine and we could already read in the JSON files. But of course now will we don't have any, we're not doing anything, right? So we actually need to change the cobalt plus three block entity now so we can close this and go into the entity right here. And we're actually going to make some major changes right here. So what I will do is I will actually copy over all of the different things that we're going to need. And we're going to start at the very top. Because what we need is we're going to need some container data. So I will copy this over. I'm gonna do something like this and then we're going to copy this in here. So you can see that we have some protected final container data called data. And then we have also for fields which are progress, the max progress, the fuel time, and the max fuel time. And first of all, let's assign this inside of the constructor, will also copy this over everything here is of course, once again, available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And you can see that the container data is also in this case a anonymous method with overriding the GET the set and the getCount method. And we're always returning the progress, the max progress fuel time and max fuel time right here. Because those four different fields we want to actually synchronize via the menu. This is why it's called the container data. The container menu basically will synchronize those four fields for us via the client and the server so that they both have the same value. Because of course, for example, Southern, something like the progress and Ymax progress. Well, if you have both of those, we can all of a sudden show a progress arrow. If we have the fuel time and the max field time, all of a sudden we can show how much fuel is left inside of your inventory, stuff like that. And this is why it's so incredibly important to have this. And this is actually fairly straightforward to use once you know how to use it. So what we're gonna do is we're gonna go into the cobalt glass revenue. We're just going to add the data here. So this data, now this is of course going to throw an error, right? So we have to go into the blaster menu and we can just say, Okay, we're going to change some stuff here. And what we're changing is not the first constructor, but the second one. We're going to add the container data or data in here. And then this one will throw an error. And we're going to say no worries at all. Because what we can do is we can make a new simple container data with length 4. Because once again, of course this is length four. And then just gonna do is we're also going to make a private field for this. We're going to be using this in a two methods later or actually I think three methods data, right? And then we're just going to say below this level, when you're just gonna say this dot data is equal to data. Well, basically assigning this and now the way that we're going to make it, so that this also synchronizes is we're going to say add data slot. So slots actually data slots. And then we're going to pass in the data right here. But that's literally it. All that we need to do. Now this is being synchronized. And then we're gonna get four new methods in which our He is crafting method that has fuel method that gets scaled progress, and it gets scaled, you'll progress. Now, this is just a bunch of mathematics basically in the background is making sure that well, okay, how much progress we have, our max, max progress we have what is the width of the arrow in this case, right, that we want to display. And then we're just making sure that this all is calculated correctly. That's basically all that this does. Though. You shouldn't worry about this too much. I'm sure that you will be able to figure this out if you take a look at it for a little while to no words there. That's actually all the things that we need to do in the menu here. Now we actually do need to do a lot more things in the block entity 4. We're moving on to the screen. So I will once again copy over a bunch of stuff. Number one, we need to add stuff to the save and load methods. Because what we wanna do is we want to save the progress the Minimax filter with reading it out. So loading it. Now this is actually, let's do nb t then and VT. VT and NVT, no worries there. So they go. So this is, well, things we want to definitely do. Because of course when we load from world, like when we save a world, right? And then when you join back in, well, we want the fuel time to be the same, the progress to be the same, stuff like that. This is why we save it and then read it out again. So this is basically the general idea here. Then what we're gonna do is I'm basically everything including the tick method. I'm going to, well, I mean copy over. So this is going to be a lot of code, but we're gonna go through method by method. Now, I do not believe that we should get arrows now we don't. So number one, we have one non-static method and that is the consume fewer method. You can see that I'm basically checking, hey, do I have something inside of our fuel slot? Because once again, remember slot 0, right? How is the fuel slot for us? So if that is not empty, then we're going to get the burn time from it. We're extracting it. So we're going to extract exactly one of those items. We're going to use the recipe type smelting. Because, well, for smelting basically all of the burn times are supplied in, saving it in here. And then we're also saving the max fuel time as well. And if that is done, then we can find a tick method. Now is all of our logic. Now what is all of this craziness? Well, first of all, we're asking, is this book entity consuming few? This is a custom method that I've made right here. And that's just basically checks whether or not the fuel time is above 0 is of course, if the fuel time is above 0, then we know that we're still having some time left where the fuel is ticking. Okay, Fair enough. So as long as that is the case, then what we're gonna do is we're going to decrease the fuel time that is left in there, right? So basically we are going to decrease the flame that is being displayed and also how much time it has basically left. And once again, we have the has recipe method which has now changed. You can see this one right here is now the has recipe method. And this works a little bit differently. So we're basically now getting the recipe or the type of hobo blaster recipe with an inventory. So here we're just making symbol inventory that we can easily or more easily basically passes in because this is of course of type, simple inventory or simple container rather top, we're just passing this all in and we're making sure, hey, does this, this is actually, is present is a match for the inventory that we've passed in. So our GUI stuff that's in there, does that match any recipe that is of type cobalt blast recipe that is basically what this here tracks. If it is present, then we're gonna get a true here. And then we look for two other things. Can insert amount into output slot and can insert item into output slot. Those are just two very easy to understand. Methods are basically just saying, Hey, get the third item. If it's the same as the output item, we're gonna say, okay, or if it's empty, we're also going to be fine because then we can just put in the output. And then also this one we've basically already seen, right, can insert amount into output slot, basically just checks, is the Max Stack size still? Is this bigger than the actual count? Is? If all of a sudden the count gets exactly to the Max Stack size, we can't insert anymore. So then this whole, entire boolean expression gets turned false. But if he has recipe is true, we're going to enter into this hole ordeal and this whole audio. Well, as a lot of stuff you can see has fuel and fuel slot is asked first of all, right, so if there is any fuel in the fuel slot, it'll be fairly self-explanatory. And then if we're not consuming fuel than we have to consume fuel first. And we'll also setting the change right here. Because once again, we have to set changed, otherwise the data will not save you. That's very important. This is why we have the set changed three times in this method, otherwise it will not properly work. And then here, if we're consuming fuel, so this once again, it's just checking, hey, are we actually consuming fuel? If we are, let's go, then we can increase the progress of the item being crafted. Once again, every tick that we're increasing the progress we're selling change. Because once again, the lending of the change has to be the case because every time we increase the progress, we wanted to save the progress again. So that's very important. Then. As soon as the progress is above the max progress right here, then we're going to craft the item. So this is very similar. Once again, we're just now checking is the progress finally there. And if it is, then we're going to craft the item. And you can see the crafting of the item is very similar. We still get the match here. We're seeing is this present? If it is, the more gonna do with the following. We're going to extract the item from spot one. We're going to extract the Adam from slot two, and we're going to set the stack in slot 3 to the actual results that we've read in from the recipe. And then increasing it basically by one in this case. So in this case also the one is hard-coded. You could of course, also add in your custom recipe count variable. And then you could either take that one there or something like that. So this also would work. And then also note here that were recently the progress right here, who were recently progress to 0. Because otherwise of course we will just continuously after again and again, which of course we don't want to. And we're also recently the progress if we don't have any recipe present simply because of the fact that, well, once again, if we take out the recipe and then all of the progress would stick there. That's not quite what we want. And also setting the change there as well, right? So it is quite a lot. I highly recommend going through this in your own time as well. Taking a look at this, the tick method here is definitely, I feel like personally it's a very well made method in this case, right? It's very, very much clean code. I mean, at least as high as clean as I've gotten it to be almost reads like you can read a text rate is like Okay. As recipe in this entity has fuel and fuel salt and is not consuming fuel. This one, you could even be changing the note here too and then have an is not consuming fields of like that. So it's a little easier to read, but this is a good idea and a good example actually of how you can basically set up something and that is able to read was of course, all of those things, right? I could put all of this in here instead of the has recipe method, I could put this one, I could put this right here, this Boolean expression. I can put that in right here. Instead of having the can insert amount into output slot, I could put that in there. But the issue is that if you take a look at this, it's gonna take you at least like a good five seconds to be like, what is this doing like? Okay, we're gonna get the item from slot 3 and making sure that it's exactly the same as the outer and or making sure that the item is empty sewer basically checking whether or not we can now insert into the output slot, okay? But you can see that it just makes way more sense to describe it in a very well named method instead of just putting it in there. So that's just a quick aside for kind of a little bit of a clean programming stuff, clean code stuff, but that is pretty much the entire block entity done. So this would now work. Now the last thing that we need to do is we need to add stuff to the screen. Now, this I will also copy over and I will explain, this is going to be, well, bear with me here. So you can see, I'm basically asking the menu, Hey, our recrafting, this is the method that we had here, right? And then has few method should be fairly self-explanatory. These are the methods basically getting from the data and then just making sure that hey, is the crafting progress increasing or is it more than 0? And then here the fuel isn't more than 0 as well. But that's the general idea here. And then once the quality blitz right here, and then we're getting into some crazy stuff because now all of a sudden we have some crazy Well values here we have x plus 8422, the offset. What is, what is all of this craziness? Okay, we're gonna get through this piece by piece. So we have an x and a y value. Now the x and the y value determined where you start drawing something. So what does that mean? What do you mean where we start drawing something? Well, x and y in this case, basically always be the top left corner of the GUI. Go right here. And then if we think about this, but 84 to the right and 22 down, we're going to go 84 to the right and 22 down and then we end up right here. Now I just know this at the moment. Once again, you have to take photoshop, Paint.net and make sure that you align. This will basically count the pixels. There's no other way around it, but we start drawing right here. Okay, what are we supposed to draw? Well, we're supposed to draw this arrow. Okay, That's interesting. How do we draw this? Well, first of all, the offset now is what are we wanting to draw? So we want to draw starting here barely, okay? We've done that. What is the offset? The offset you can see is a 17614 for a 176 is actually right here, and 14 is right here, though. Now it sort of comes together, right? We want to draw this arrow starting here. Okay, that makes sense. Now, what is the last two values for the last two values is the height and the width of the image that we want to draw. Another really cool thing comes in, because we're taking the scale progress right here. What happens is that as this increases the, we increase the width of this arrow that is being drawn. So that is the really cool thing. So if I just I could also put in 2006 and then the entire area would always be present. But because we're synchronizing it with the scale progress here, the width that is being shown increases. That's the general idea. I highly recommend once again, playing around with the numbers here, because otherwise, the blood olds are very complicated to really understand at some point, I still have to play around with them a little bit. It just is what it is. And then for the fuel, I will admit I have basically just taken the fuel stuff from the actual furnace because you have to add the max field progress here and then subtract your scale progress three times, once for the height, which should make sense, right? Because now we're basically subtracting the height here, are basically saying we're, we're starting here and then subtracting down there, stuff like that. It's just craziness. I just highly recommend. Once again, taking a look here, you can definitely take a look at vanilla examples of this. Otherwise, it's just about experimentation. So we still need a recipe. So in our data folder, MC course recipes, I'm going to copy over the cobol pickaxe from cobalt blaster. And you can see what this does is basically we have two ingredients, are type is MC course cobol plastic, and we have the gold pickaxe and the cobalt in good. And we have to put in, in this order, and then the output is going to be a cobalt pigs. So that actually does sound pretty cool. And like I said, you can now make as many different recipes as you would want. One of the limitations, let's say with this is that Well, it's always going to take the same time. Well, you could, of course also do is add the max progress to the JSON file. You just have to change the serializer up a bit and then basically add this as well. This all works. This is just a matter of basically, well tweaking things a little bit and changing a few things around. But now let's see if it works or finds us in Minecraft. So let's first of all set the actual cobalt glass or down and everything seems to be still working. We can still put some in. Let's now see gold pick X in the top and then a cobalt England in the bottom. And there we go. The progress has started. We have now created a pick ax that's really cool. And what you will be able to see is that if I put another one in, nothing will happen because of course, we'll pick axes don't stack. Therefore, I have to take this out and then only then are we going to craft again. You can see that the fuel is, we'll constantly going down. So it's constantly assuming the fuel. And what you will also be able to see is that if I, for example, now go out of the world again and I go back in, you will see that the fuel actually has stayed the same level just as it would with, for example, a block or a furnace or something like that. So that is pretty cool. So I can take a look and there you go. A fuel will progress is the same. And once again, I can now just put this in because we still have fuel left and we're still going to be able to craft those as long as we want. And the course livers also would still work by the way, everything here working exactly how we would want it to. And now this, you have to admit is pretty freaking cool, isn't it? So once again, this starts to get very advanced. So I highly recommend, once again, taking our time with this, the two methods, right, with the block entity and the customer recipe serialization here is quite a bit. But also apart from a few other things, this is probably one of the most complex things that we can really do. I mean, the world generation, I would actually say, is probably a little bit more complicated just because sometimes it can be like this. But overall, I think that this is really cool. You have a really good example right here. Read all of the code once again available to you in the GitHub repository and an individual just as well. So just take a look at it, copies himself over, play around with the numbers a little bit. And hopefully then you will be able to just get a feel for how this all works, right? But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn some new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 90. (Advanced) Custom Wood: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding custom wood to Minecraft. So even though this is an advanced topic, it's definitely going to be a little bit easier than the block entities and the customer recipe serialization. So I thought that we're going to basically add one or two little bit easier lectures in here before we jump into the world generation because that's going to be a whole, another beast. So for our custom would, we need a custom block class actually, so in our custom package right-click new Java class called the mod lambda will rotated Hitler block, a long name, but this is what it's going to be and this is going to extend the rotated pillar block class. And we're just going to hover over this concrete constructor matching super annoys us. We can just click on it, press Shift F6, and then whose properties here for the name. And I'm going to copy over the three methods that we need to override. That is, the is flammable method is returned true. They get flammability needs to return five and they get fire spread. It needs to also return five. Now why are we doing this? Well, because all of the rotated pillar blocks that we have, we're basically going to be the wood, the strip would the log and the strip log. All of those are well, they should be flammable. However, by default they are not. I am not a 100 percent sure why that is the case. And we could also make anonymous classes for each of them, but that's just going to clutter up the entirety of our more blocks class. So for these ones, I choose to basically, well, what this into a block class or both the planks. And then later in a later lecture, the leaves, we're going to actually do this in anonymous classes. But we're going to see this in just a moment when our motor blocks class, Let's go, let's sort to copy over the cobol blaster. And we're going to make this the cherry underscore blossom underscore log. And then the same thing, read your cherry blossom underscore log. And then this is a MOD rotated or more flammable rotated pillar block. They ago, this one actually will copy not a material but a block. So this is going to be blocks dot OK, underscore logs, so log that you go. And then we will actually have occlusion here and the rest is going to be fine. So this is pretty much what we need. And then we need to copy this four times so that we have five different instances here. The second one is going to be the cherry blossom would go and then would here in the name as well, It's very important that you change the names. And then here we just basically copy over from the oak wood instead of the glog. This shouldn't really make that much of a difference, but I'm just, you know, I still like to do this. So then we have the strip underscored cherry blossom log. So this is going to be the strip under switcher button lock. And then here, this is of course also going to copy from the script. Ok, should applaud the ego. And then this is going to be the strict underscore cherry blossom, underscore wood. And this is also the of course, stripped Cherry Blossom, would they ago. And then last but not least here it copies from the stripped oak wood. Now this one here is just cherry blossom planks. Now it's important that is planks in liberal. And this is which block can this be? Well, if there isn't any normal block actually. And then what we're gonna do is we're going to just format this a little bit differently. And this is going to of course, take the planes blocks of planks. And then after the second parameter, actually, what women do is we want to put in a curly bracket and then just hit enter. I'm just going to copy it over again. So those are just the three methods that we're going to need a scannable, get flammability and fire spread. And see that the numbers here, we're a little bit different. So this is also one of the reasons why we can't use this block. This was another one which we're going to see in just a moment. That is the general idea. And then all of our blocks are actually registered. So that's pretty cool. All things considered, right, we're going to add one more method to the MOD flammable rotated pillar block. And that is going to be this one right here. So I'm just going to carry this over. This is of course, all available to you in the GitHub repository and an individual just as well. And this is the good tool, modified state method. So basically the idea is that we're checking whether or not this was right-clicked with an ax. If it was, then what we're gonna do is we're just basically going to say, hey, if this is a cherry blossom log, we're going to turn this into a strip blog. Otherwise, if it's a loss would, then we're going to turn it into cherry blossom wood. That's the general idea here. And then we're just making sure that the axis stays the same in this moment, we can't, we're not just gonna do the default block state will then also sending the actual access as well. That's the general gist here. If you have a lot of different logs, then you would in theory also always have to add these if statements. You can also do it like in the ACS item. So if you actually millimoles per click on this accident, you can see there's a block to block map right here. I highly recommend that you do something like this as well. If you have an insane amount of different blocks, logs and would basically you want to have stripped That makes a lot of sense. Otherwise, this is going to be totally workable right now to everyone's favorite part of the JSON files. Those are once again, of course, all available to you in the lab repository or an individual just as well. I'm just going to copy them over. Now, overall, they are not that interesting. Of course, for all of the rotated filter blocks, we have an axis here as you can see. And then it basically just points to different models and rotates the block around. That's all there is to it. It's actually all the interesting stuff right there. And let's also add the translation because otherwise I will possibly forget it, which of course we do not want right here. Just going to add this logs, planks would the script variants as well. The models for the blocks are, well, a little, while, there's a few more, they are not that many. We have the wood, the normal word, the stripped ones as well. So let's let's copy those over as well into the block folder. Seven of them in total. They basically just have different parents, but they always have the same textures. So the end, this is just the top of the actual block for the log. And then the sides is just basically the bark around it. For the item models, we do only have five item models, of course. They are and are just like the most basic stuff ever. So they just all look like this state all just point the normal block model file. And then of course, last but not least, the textures as well. There you go. Those are also five textures. And then after we've added all of this, there is one more interesting thing that we want to add. And that is going to be if you tags in the Minecraft folder, tags, blocks, and then I will just copy this over. This is the logs and the logs that burn. We'll actually see that we'd have to add another one here. As you can see that this actually points to the course cherry blossom logs tag. And we want to add a custom tag right here as well. So this is going to be the cherry blossom blogs also copy this over. At this point, we've seen this plenty of times. And I just want to add basically all of our logs in there. This is the word and descriptive variants as well. If you add it to the logs of that burn, that will basically enable you to place this inside of the furnace fuel slot as well so that they can basically burn. And that is the general idea here. And in the logs when we need it for if we later add the leaves, then the lease will not decay when they are near any of these blocks, and that is pretty much all that we need to do. So let's see if it works. Or in France as a microwave can see all of the wood has been successfully added to the game and it looks absolutely amazing. So you can see, I can set it down and let's just see these variants as well. There you go. And, and also the logs, rather the planks, I guess. Then if I right-click these ones, then you can see I can get the strip variance as well. So everything is working exactly how you would think it would end as it is intended, right? That is already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 91. (Advanced) Custom Sign: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding custom signs to Minecraft. For the custom sign is, well, it has some peculiarities in it that, but we're just going to basically took, take a look at right now. So for custom signs, but we're going to need is we're going to need, first of all, a sign block entity. So in our entity package, right-click new Java class called the mode sign block entity. And this will extend. The sign block entity will hover over this create constructor matching super, and then we'll override the getter method. So here we can put something in yet. So I'm just going to make an error here so that we have this. Then we are going to need the blocks for this. We're going to need two blocks over here. Also, you have to create custom block classes. This is sometimes can be really annoying for the sign. I am not sure why it is this well, complex to make, but it is just how it's going to be. This is going to be a standing sign block. So Mott standing side lobe extends this one. We're just going to leave this as is. And here we actually just wants to override one thing and that's going to be the new block entity method. So here what we're gonna do is we're gonna make a new mode sign block entity with the position and the state and the state they ago. That's going to be fine. And then we're going to make another class which is the MOD ALL IN block, which extends the wall sign block. They ago also create constructor matching super. We'll also copy over this method. Once again, of course, all of the code will be available to you in the GitHub repository and an individual just as well. Because now I will actually do a cardinal sin and I will copy over the thing that we need in the mud blocks class. And you will see we will need a mod Wood Types class as well because as I've said, I don't know why, but it is just absolutely crazy, but no worries we will get through this. So mod would types, and this is going to have one static fields. So public static type or cherry blossom. And this is equal to would type. That rate. Sherry underscore blossom. The ego. That is all that we need to put in here and then here. And then in the mud blocks, this should work as well. So now the blocks work. So now what we can do in the mode block entities, I can actually copy this over. This is pretty much exactly the same as this. As you can see, we just have the mod sign block entity year following the sunblock entity. If you have multiple different signs, what you have to do is you don't have to change these blocks. You just have to add to consider two blocks in here and you can add as many as you would want. So basically just add more blocks in here and then it should, in theory work same with this one. So now here we're just going to say mod block entities, entity dot get. And then that should be fine as well for another customer signing basically what a new wood type to new blocks here. And what you will see is that these blocks that register instead of the register block method, because we have to have a separate item for this going to be the sign items. I will actually also copy this over once again, all of this is available to you in the GitHub repository and an interatrial just as well. This is going to be this right here. So let's just take away the durability and let's just actually stack to 16 like any other line would be. Also, you can see that the sign item here actually requires you to put in the sine and the wall sign as well. So that is another important thing right here. And apart from that, we also have one more thing were a couple of more things inside of the MC course, mass. So at the very bottom here, we need to call would type important class dot register, mode would types dot Cherry Blossom. We need to register this inclined setup method. And then in the normal setup method, we need to do two things. So number one is the block entity renderer. Renders very important renderers. Register mode, lock entities. Now sign block entity dot get, and then the sign renderer here, colon, colon new. Then below this we want to call sheets dot add would type, mod, mod would type star, cherry blossom, they go. And that should finally be all that we need in terms of the code. We of course still need the JSON files. And when it comes to the days, and for us, we actually needed the JSON files for the block states as well to make sure that you have that. And then the same thing goes for the translation. So let's just add this. We have the translation for the sign. And then let's just add the block models as well. Abutments are actually a kind of interesting. So there actually is only one block model because both the ones point to the same one because this block model only has particles defined, these are the particles that are going to be seen at when you destroy the actual sign. While the cherry blossom sign item model looks like this. So it's simply points to a item texture is of course, once again at the item texture is going to be, well the same and we have the same item for two different blocks. In this case, we're going to have a normal cherry blossom sign right here. That's the item texture. There you go. And that is all of the things that we're going to need. So once again, all of this is of course available to you because once again, it is very circular exercise and can be kind of annoying. So I found that signs were kind of puzzling in their complexity. Or what you can basically at the end do with it. You actually are going to need one more texture. And that is going to be the actual like cherry texture in the background. And this has to be under the Minecraft namespace again, so assets, Minecraft textures. Then instead of the entity folder, we're going to need signs folder. And then inside of there the cherry blossom PNG. And now after having added all of this, Let's see if it works. Or in France as a micro lens, we see the block has been added. Now we do not have the correct translation, but that's of course very easily fixed. Let's set it down and we can write something. So for example, really good word, horse and done and it stays there. And we can also put it on a wall here. As you can see, all works well, exactly how you would expect it. And I've also just fix the translation here. So now everything should work for the file that has already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 92. (World Gen) Creating a Custom Tree: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom tree to micro accustomed tree. Well, wait a second. We've already added custom would write in our model blocks class, we can see there's some planks would have the logs, but almost everything we already have. Well, what do we not have? We don't have a sapling and we don't have leaves. All right, so what we're gonna do is we're going to copy over the cherry blossom a plank once. And then I'm also going to copy over the script would right here. We're going to need one for the cherry blossom underscore leaves and then leaves here in the name as well. Of course, they ago this is going to be a leafs block. They go and then this is going to copy the oak leaves. And the flammability of this is actually going to be 60 and the fire spread is going to be 30. Because the leaves are incredibly flammable. And now let's take a look at the Cherry Blossom sapling at the bottom here. So this is sampling. And then same with the name of course as well, changing that to cherry blossom underscore sapling. This is going to be a sapling block which will throw an error because we need to give it, as you can see, an abstract tree grower and that class we will create right now. And that's going to go into our MC course package, right-click new package called world. And we've started to venture into the world generation inside of their new package called eater. And then inside of there we're going to make another package called tree. And there I will put the tree grow in this new Java class called the cherry blossom tree grower, which will extend the abstract tree. Grow will hover over this Implement Methods because we need to implement get configured feature method. And I mean that's pretty much all that we need to do. Now I will once again purposefully make an error right here so that I don't forget to pass it in this method because we have not yet created the configured feature that we need. But what we can do is we can already make a new cherry blossom tree row so that here everything is fine and the more blocks class is pretty much done. Now for both the sapling and the leaves we need inside of the MC course class in the client method, I'm going to copy over the blast or cut out here and we're going to say leaves and we're also going to say the sapling they ago that we both have the leaves and the sapling on render layer cutout, of course. And then we'll first of all continue with finishing the blocks right here. So we're going to just copy over the leaf and the sapling block stage Jason. Now those are of course all available to you in the GitHub repository and an individual just as well. But you can see actually the block states, very boring, just normal Bloc states basically. And then when it comes to the alkylation, pretty much the same thing. Leaves and little leaves here as well. Then of course, appealing and a baffling. There you go. There's also to block model JSON files. Of course, the leaves once again being fairly boring, while the sapling is a little more interesting, has a cross parent and a cross texture that it points to. Pretty much all there is to it. The item model is also a little more interesting, at least for the sapling. Once again, the sapling, as you can see now looks for a extra in the block folder instead of the item folder, but the leaves are just normal item modal JSON files as you have seen them plenty of times now for different blocks basically. And then let's copy over the textures here as well, just have them. And then this would pretty much be all of the JSON files that we need to do and we can now continue in our world package. Though the reason why we have a world packages because trees when you spawn them, they are like sort of a very strange intersection of being a little bit already in world generation. So when the tree spawns from the sapling, it's a little bit of world generation. That's just how it's going to be. So in the feature package this time, Right-click new Java class called the mod configured each other. And this is going to be our well, are best friends so to speak. As inhibitor, we're going to have the actual tree defined. Now I will copy over the actual definition of the tree and I will explain as we go along. So you can see this is a lot of stuff, right? Number one thing I want to say is when it comes to the world generation, it can be very complicated. Okay, So there's a lot of moving parts in the entire thing of the world generation. I'll try to explain everything best of my ability. However, if you want something that's very, very, very particular, like you want your like, I don't know, like yours to spawn exactly at 35 and you want exactly this many. There's gonna be a lot of stuff that you have to adjust, but no worries. I'm sure we will get through this. Or now, the cherry blossom tree right here. You can see we're calling feature utils dot register, read registers, basically this configured feature. And then we're passing in a Feature Tree configured. So a configured feature of type Tree configuration. We're passing in the tree configuration with a builder here. And then the question comes in, what are all of those different things? Well, think about this. Well, a block say provider simple. The first one is the log provider, meaning that we basically have to provide a specific log that is the actual trunk of that tree. How is that trump placed? Well, we're printing a new straight trunk placer. If I middle mouse button, click on this, you can see this extends the trunk place her class. And if I press Control H on this, consider different trunk placer classes, meaning that in theory, you could also create your own. This of course, once again, is something that's definitely more complicated, more complex here. So of course, all working. You could of course do it. However, there. Now we're just, at this point, it's not even about, oh, you have to have Java knowledge at this point. We're going from intermediate to advanced Java a little bit. The making cousin trunk placers and custom foliage placers basically involves a lot of mathematics as well. So keep that in mind. Then the second block state provided right here, the third parameter is the leaves, and those are placed, but depending on the foliage placers, once again, middle mouse button click on the foliage placer and you can see there are different types of foliage placers. This is just how the actual well, leaves are placed down. And that's pretty much all there is to it. And well, then the last one here is the two layers feature size. What is this? Well, I'm not a 100 percent sure. So this basically limits where this can be placed. That's the general idea. Year though, some things in the entirety of the, let's say generations still elude me as well. So no worries there. Whatever the case may be, this is now the feature that has to be returned right here in the Cherry Blossom Tree growers were going to say mod configure feature every blossom three, and that should pretty much be it. Now as crazy as it sounds, that should be it, that's done. And now the tree would already spawned from a sapling. They're important, It's not going to spawn in the world just yet. We're just gonna make it in this lecture that it spawns from the Sapling so we can bone meal ID or a grows from a sapling natural. So I would say, let's see For works, or we find ourselves in microvesicles. See the cherry blossom saplings have been well added to the game. So let's just see if I can spawn them with a sapling. And there it is, if I bone meal at it works. Now the real questions, I think that this is a little bit placed a little closely. And also if you hear exactly, You actually have to change the material for a second. This is still using the I think the plank material. So that's of course not quite right. Let's do the following. Let's do a game rule, random tick speed, and let's just increase it. And let's see if this grows by its own. But it seems like the sapling is not growing on its own. This probably has to do with the actual material that is that as copying from. So let's just fix that quickly. Any oversight right here, as you can see, block behavioral properties, copy blocks stripped, OK. Nope, This has to be oak sapling. Then it takes all of the properties from the oak sapling. And the one thing that it needs is this one right here, random tics. Otherwise it's not going to take randomly. So they go and, well, if we have added this than just for completion sake, let's see if it grows or if it ends up back in Minecraft. And let's see if we can release the tick speed. Let's see, the one grows, let's go. So everything working exactly how you would expect it to the saplings growing naturally as well run. And what's very important is that last lecture or two lectures ago when we added the logs, right, these ones right here, the cherry blossom logs, it was very important that we added to the block tags as well. So the tags for the logs right here, and we're basically referencing the cherry blossom logs, which is a tag that we have in our MC course, Oda. And right here the cherry blossom blocks, very important that this is in here, because if you don't have that, then the leaves will automatically decay. Even if they are next to the log. The log needs to be in that tag. Otherwise it will not work in the logs tag. Very important. But otherwise that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. Oh, yeah. 93. (World Gen) Custom Tree Generation: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding custom tree generation to Minecraft. So we have added the tree from sapling. Now the question is how the FREC, are we going to get it into the world? Well, actually, not that crazy. First of all, let's go into our mod configured features class is right here. We're going to need a new configured feature. Now what's very important is the following. We can actually take a look at some examples of regeneration in vanilla. Highly, highly recommend taking a look at this. But what we can do, for example, in the feature class, we can go into the feature class and we can take a look at all of the features. And the features you are not that interesting. What is interesting is, for example, where is the tree feature used that our middle mouse button click on this, then you can see it's used in the tree features class. Very interesting. And you can see there, there are a bunch of places basically where this has been used. For example, let's just go here to the OK, and you can see that this one is a features utils register. It looks very similar to what we've done right here. And this is pretty much exactly what we've done. So this one has a specialized method here in this case, or all of the features that it uses. But what, this is exactly what we have here. Now, can we use this? Where's this use now? Well, I'm, if I middle mouse click once again, you can see this is used in, for example, the tree placements. And this is the AUC checked. This is exactly what we need to basically implement now. Well, if I go into this right here, what you can see is that this is all of a sudden it placed feature that's fascinating, isn't it? Thing that has been done is that it has been, world's generation has separated a little bit that now you have placed features and configured features. And you can see that this place feature in this case actually uses the tree features OK, filter by luck, survival, and then the oak sapling. But what does that exactly mean? The general idea here is that basically checking this place feature can only be placed on particular blocks where the oak sapling could also survive. This is really actually frequent, cool thing to do. And then where is this used? Well, this is once again used in the vegetal features right here. So this is a very long one in this case. But this is just in theory. You can see that this is all of a sudden another configured feature. For example, let's actually take one that's not too long here. They're all pretty long. Let's take the meadows trees and then I can middle mouse button click on this and then you have another police feature. So basically where we're going from is we're going from the trees in specific, we're going to go from configured feature to a place feature to configure feature to a placed feature. Because I placed feature has to be, has to be in the world, right? It can't be, you can't have it not be in the world. Basically, I've done this a little bit differently. I've cut out this place feature and basically just made it so that we go from this configured feature for another configured feature, then going to the place feature, that's not a 100 percent right, but it is almost right. So in the MOD configured features, I will once again copy this over and I will explain what I've done basically. So you can see that this is the cherry blossom tree checked. And you can see that what it does is it also filters by a block survival. You can see the general idea is just that this configured feature now, well, it's gonna take, you know, it has a 10 percent chance of taking this place feature and attempt and a 90 percent chance of taking this place feature obviously is always going to be the same feature. So this just a little bit of a hack. It's probably not the cleanest way to do this, but this is the way that I found it without having to add another place feature than a Configure feature and another place feature and so on and so forth, because it does tend to get very complicated. However, you can always follow the vanilla template, also highly recommend. You have to be taking a look in the world generation. You have to take a look at the classes, right? They can also go into the package middle mouse, click on this and you can see all of the features in here. We can go to the placement, we can go into the placement package. You can see all of the placements right here. We can go into the generation to the vegetal features. Once again, in the features, we can go to the placements. There's this should also be in the placement is right. We have all of this available to you. You have to be taking a look at this is now the world's generation really gets Rican complicated at certain points. And you just have to, well, take a look at the vanilla examples. This is probably one of the best resources that you have and it's all right there, whatever the case may be, we now have the configured feature. We still need a place feature though, overlapping the feature package right-click new Java class called the modal least eaters and add that in there. We're going to make a new, placed each other for a while exactly what we have and that's going to be following a once again, we'll copy over all of the code is available to you in the GitHub repository and an individual just as well. Or this is not that complicated. You can see we call a placement utils dot register and then the cherry blossom placed, and then we're taking the tree checked. So this is the configured feature which will return either this place feature or this place feature, right? So the filter by block survival. That's exactly right. That's exactly what we want. So we will only, will have trees that spawn where the cherry blossom sapling could be placed. That's the general idea here. And then we're making this a place feature by adding the vegetal decoration tree placement. And then we're just adding count extra. So this is just how many trees will spawn. But if I'm not mistaken, what this means is that this means that on average one tree per chunk should spawn with a 10 percent chance of having two more spore. I believe that's how it works. I'm not a 100 percent sure, but you can also take a look at the tree placement method right here and see that this takes in placement modifier one place modifying or this case. We can then go in the placement modifier and we can see, well, okay, this doesn't reveal anything. Well, let's press Control H. And all of a sudden we can see a bunch of different placement modifiers. There's even placement filters, which I find really cool. So you can have things like rarity filters, which basically on average every this many chunks, I believe this is how it works. And then you can have the repeating placement. Some noise based counts. Incredibly cool, just absolutely frequent, amazing. There are a bunch of stuff here. Once again, the open to experimentation tries to, without, take a look at the vanilla code, how classes are used, just highly recommend doing that. Now The placed feature has been created, but somehow we need to generate it Exactly. So in our world package, right-click new package called Jen. So this then forms the world package. I know really spoken smart. And then in there we're going to make a new Java class called the modern tree generation. And then this will look as follows. 1 second, I will copy all the method here, but I will explain everything. So this is the biome loading event. Well, we're going to call this in just a moment. But what you can see is that it's actually not that complicated, right? So this spawns the actual tree. Okay? What we're gonna do is we're just going to get the resource key from this particular biome that we're currently loading, right? And then we're just gonna make sure, hey, is this biome does, do the types of this biome contain plates, but basically in all different types of planes biome, I'm like, Yes, let's add the cherry blossom placed feature right there. So these two calls, right? So getting the base of lists, supplier place features for the vegetal decoration here is the first step, and then the second step is just adding our placed feature in there. This right, this, these two holes here, these actually add the place feature to the particular biome. This year, of course just filters. At this point, this shouldn't be too crazy for you. If you have, you're like, well, I actually want my tree to spawn in a different biome. You just have to filter differently, right? So you can just take this if statement away. You could just change it around a little bit. Should not be too crazy. All things considered. And what we're gonna do is, so in our example, it will only spawned in the plains biome or in different planes biomes basically. But where do we call this now? Well, in the world package right-click new Java class called the modern world events. And then inside of there what we're gonna do is we're going to first of all add the add mode. And then we'll say dot event bus subscriber ID equals MC core Smart Touch ID. Then we're going to have a public static void. Would biome loading event with a final biome loading event, cool event. And this will have very important a subscribe event at the top here for this annotation. And then we're gonna say model tree generation at our January trees and we're going to pass in the event. And now you might say, this cannot be it. It is though, everything that we need to do. Now, of course, the very particular things quite complicated, right? So you have different placement utils, different tree placement stuff with another configured feature. Though, there is a lot to this. However, when you really think about it, it's actually not that crazy. All things considered. Like I said, if you want different filtering basically or you want your trees to spawn a different biomes, you just have to filter differently here. I mean, basically you have the biome loading event. So you should have, you know, you have the resource location of the iamb basically available to you. So in theory, you should be able to easily change the filtering here. So when we go into Minecraft in just a second, remember to create a new world because we've messed with the world generation just in case, you know, it should still work in the old world if we teleport away far enough, but still just in case, let's create a new world and let's see if the tree is generated. Or a pharmacist, a Minecraft, and there he go, we already are spawning in a sunflower planes biome. So there you go. The trees are spawning and well, that it's pretty much show them. Yeah, it's pretty much working exactly how you would expect it to. So they are only spawning in types of planes, biomes as actually fly over there because the placement looked a little bit weird, but actually it should not be. So you can see, or they're just happily growing in, well, the places they can, they can grow. So those might be a little bit too close to each other, but who knows? I mean, at this point, it's pretty cool. And once again, one very important thing. You will always have to play around with the numbers when it comes to the world generation. Because maybe you're like no, no, this is way too many trees. You know, you just have to play around with the count them, but overall, the trees spawn. So one particular thing I can say with when it comes to basically the generation here, what you could do if you, for example, want your tree to be incredibly rare, you could make it 0 and then have something like a 0.1% chance of another tree spawning something like that. But of course, you know, you can just play around with is also highly recommend. Once again, just taking a look at, well, the different three generations from vanilla, right? This is always something that you can just take a look at. I cannot stress this enough. You have available, you all of the vanilla stuff. Just take a look at that and you will hopefully be able to create the tree generation of your dreams. But that will be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful neurons of the new. If you did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 94. (World Gen) Custom Flower Generation: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at the flower generation of flour generation is actually, well, another part of world generation is going to be very interesting. So let's go into our configured feature class. And here, once again, I will copy over, but everything like always is available to you in the repository and an individual adjusts as well. So no worries there. But what we're gonna do is we're just going to copy over the ink rows. Each row right here. You can see it actually is quite long. Let's see if I could do something like this. Now. Well, there you go. So something like that. See we're using the feature flower once again to make a Configure feature, this time of random patch configuration with a few tries, some spread right here. So what you can see is basically, well if I just go into the flower, so millimoles per click on this and then middle mouse button click once again. We can, for example, see that we have some flour default here. We can see what is this? So this would be a random weighted list for grass patch. Well, let's, we can't really see what's going on here, but we can see what's going on here. A random patch configuration, 96 spread 6, 2. And then we have this insanely crazy simple block configured here and see that we make a simple block configuration. And then inside of here, a noise provider and look at this craziness, right? Look at this crazy. So we basically just have different blocks that we spawn there. The idea of the random patch configuration is actually usually that you add multiple different flowers to it. Well, in our case, I'm actually just adding one flower to it. So you know what, I'm going to actually reduce the tries here to let's say 32 just in case. And not as many of them will basically own. Let's do something like this. That's going to be fine. Now this is still a configured feature, and of course we need to make a police feature out of this. So once again, we're just going to go back into the feature class taking a look at the flower, Let's just go to the default here. Where is this now called, of course, in the vegetal placement. So let's just take the, our warm here and then we can see basically this is a line as 71. Actually, it's actually 70. There you go. And then we can basically see we put in gravity once every x right here in square placement, spread, height map, and then biome filter. So what I usually do to basically prepare this, I just copy everything over and then just see what I need to put in there. Well, what I have is I have the following in our mode placed features, we can basically add this right here. So there's going to be the pink rose placed. So you can see I also have this and the only thing I don't have from the placement is the rarity filter. Well, let's just for the sake of argument, this as well. So let's just add the derivative filter. I'm going to copy this over. I'm going to put this in here. Because the cool thing about the placed is that in the place one, you see this dot-dot-dot. This means that we can put in as many placement modifiers as we would like inside of here, this is the really cool thing about the place stuff. But when you have a configured feature and you do dot placed, you can put in as many different placement modifiers as you would like, which is really freaking cool. And now we have this placed feature for the flower, but how are we going to spawn it will in our Jenna package right-click new class called the mode flower, flower generation. Then once again, I will actually copy the, I will copy over the method right here. But this is pretty much exactly the same as the tree generation. Because of course, flowers are also vegetal decoration and we're just adding once again at the pink rose place right there. That should be fairly self-explanatory. All things considered were once again, only doing it in planes. And let's go to the MOD world events. And let's just call this, it doesn't matter in this case in what order we call them because they're both the same generation step right here. As soon as we are basically at the oars, you will see that because this is a different generation step, will have to actually, you know, uphold the order right here. But this is actually it. This is all that we need for the pink rose. Once again, highly recommend taking a look at all of the vanilla examples. There are so many of them. Just take a look at them. Happy stuff over, try out a bunch of stuff. Try out a bunch of values especially. And then just see what basically happens there. But for completion sake, let's see if it works, right? And also don't forget to create a new world for this because of course, once again, we've mess with the world generation. So let's see if we can find our flowers or offenses in a plane's my home and they're, they already are. We have found or pink roses spawning in the plains biome. There's a couple of more here. And let's see, there's even more there. Let's find some more. They are a little bit rarer than I expected with 32, but that's of course totally fine. Once again, you can just adjust the numbers. I think that there's three ones in here as well. Yeah, there they are as well. That's pretty cool. So that is actually really awesome and it's pretty much how flower generation works. Once again, highly recommend, taking a look at all of the vanilla stuff. And you will just have to play around with the numbers until you get it well to a generation that you would like. But otherwise this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 95. (World Gen) Custom Ore Generation: All right, welcome back to the forge course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding custom or generation to Minecraft for the thing that you've all been waiting for. I well, I think so At least ordination is one of them basically always the most requests a topic out of a lot of them, basically the ones that I am definitely going to basically be doing. And while, how do we do this or generation, where do we go? Well, first of all, configured feature again, and in here I will copy over two things and then I will explain of course as well. But number 1, we need a list of or configuration a target block state. Now what the FREC is this, well, we need this because if we have a particular order or configuration, actually needs this ores because we need to know, okay, Which rock state should be placed in, stone, in which blocks it should be placed in a deep sleep. So this is basically why we need this list right here, as basically as simple as that. And then we have the configured feature, your robot. Or now of course we need to still make this a placed feature. But this already as a, an interesting thing and this is the size. So this should be the average vein sides if I'm not mistaken. So keep that in mind right here. And we can also take a look at the well or feature right here. So middle mouse button click on this and then middle mouse, middle mouse button click on this and then you will be able to see this is all used in the order features. But let's just take a look, for example, at something that is more interesting, the or Redstone for example. So all Redstone is configured with a new list right here of redstone ore and Redstone leaps late or okay, fair enough. And now the question is, where is this use? Well, this used in the order placement. So you can see the redstone ore. And what you will also find is that there are two different placements for the same or you even have, or diamond or diamond large or diamond bird. So it's very important that you can just add multiple ones for the same or like different place features that have different functionality associated with them. So we're looking at 41 and 42. So let's just go in here. We can see that this is a common or placement, common or placement. And then there's even a rare or placement method that they basically call. We're going to see something like that in just a moment. But you can see that this as a range placement with this uniform and a triangle as you can see. So there's different kinds of placement basically for the height range. And then you basically just say, okay, from what range to what range should the scope. And that's pretty much the idea there. So it's pretty cool and you can once again just copy over stuff, try out a bunch of stuff, and then see the common or placement of just middle mouse button. Click on this. You can see it's just a private method. What we actually have to do is we actually have to copy over all three of those methods where at least that's what I'm gonna do. I'm going to copy over all of those methods, right-click copy. And then we're going to go into the feature class and I'm going to make a custom mode or placement class. And then we're just going to copy over the methods in here and we're gonna make all of them are public so that we can basically use them for our own ores because, well, they're just make our lives a tiny bit easier, not a 100 percent, but it just a little bit. And then after we've copied that over, well, we can now use the Configure feature to make a place feature. So in our model placed features, what we're gonna do is we're just going to copy this over and I'm going to explain of course again. So there you go. We have a cobalt or placed, which we're once again going to register with the cobalt or place here. And then we're just gonna take the cobalt or that we have find right here, the Configure feature. And we're gonna make it placed with the common or placement. This year should be the average veins per trunk as I understand it right now. And what you might be saying, Wait, how are you taking it to the negative 80? Well, with a triangle, but how does that work? Well, what you might have seen as you might've seen this picture, which sort of demonstrates at what heights the orange now spawn. And the idea is that when you make a triangle here, the bottom point is going to be at negative 80 and the point at the top is going to be at 80. And then the triangle is going to come to a point at basically 0. So in theory, what should happen is that most cobalt or should spawn at, at 0 and then it should get less and less and less and less. So the, you know, it basically is going to be offset here. So this is just basically a point of doing the hydrangea placement and middle mouse button. Click on this and you can actually see that there's also add here.gov and then a different height providers. Now take a look at the hypervisor. So I'm going to press Control H. And there is the bias to bottom, very biased to bottom trapezoid height, uniform weighted list height and constant height. Absolutely amazing functionality that you have. You can make your spawn in very particular ways if you want them to highly recommend taking a look at this, highly recommend playing around with this amine basically as until you have your oars exactly like you want them to. Now I'm gonna do is I'm actually going to copy the tree generation over here. So I'm going to drag it into the same package while holding control. And we're going to rename this tomorrow or generation. We're just going to rename this as well, generate ors here. And then instead of the vegetal decoration, this is now underground ors. And we're actually also going to take this out of the if statement because r ors, let's just say for the sake of argument, we actually want everywhere, but we're going to say cobalt or placed, and that's it. Now the origin ration here is pretty much done. Now this is going to place it in every bio. Now this should not place it in the nether or the end because the cobalt or configure feature has a list right here of stone replaceable and deep state replaceable and not of either nether rack or in stone replaceable. And I don't even think that they necessarily exist. Another wreck exists as a rule test, another or replaceable also, what the rest I do not believe exists there. So that's something to keep in mind. So the end stone stuff doesn't exist, right? And now this method just has to be called right here. Now what's very important is that it has to be called above the other two. Because if we actually take a look at the generation step right here, you can see that underground ors happens before vegetal decoration. So basically starts from the top towards the bottom. This order has to be well, basically kept. And here we don't even need the types and we actually don't even need the key because we're just going to be like, Yeah, Just wanted in every biome that's going to be fine. So I mean, that's pretty much all that we need to do for our customer. Or once again, play around with the numbers. Take a look at the vanilla code and take a look at the vanilla values. I highly recommend. I cannot stress this enough. You just have to play around with that and play around with the numbers a little bit. And now let's see, after we've created a new world, by the way, if our cobol or its place in the world. Or if answers in Minecraft and as you can see, some or here, already generated perfectly fine. That was only one Eco. There's a little bit of a bigger vein. I was actually eight of them, though. Everything here working perfectly. And this will already conclude this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 96. Exporting your Mod: All right, welcome back to the forage course for winning team and this very short lecture, I will just quickly show you how you can export your model as a JAR file. So let's open the terminal and let's put in dot slash, Gradle w build. And that's pretty much all that you need to do. It enter. And then it basically creates the, well, the JAR file. What do you then have to do is you have to go to your Build folder, Right-click Open in Explorer. Then in an explorer window will open and I'll just quickly show this. So build. And then in the libs folder right here, MC course, this is the version defined inside of your build.gradle file. This is basically the name that it will take, and you can then take this, put it in your model's folder, you can put it in a uploaded to curse forage, stuff like that. And then everything here should work. Great. Yeah, that pretty much is already it for this lecture right here and afterwards. So if you're watching this in the future, you should have another section here with additional topics that I will add will over the coming weeks and months basically with different stuff like boats, I will definitely want to still add stuff like that. So keep an eye out for that if you're watching this pretty early to when the course actually came out and probably nothing will be there just yet. Well, no worries. New lectures will definitely be added. So I hope you found this useful and learned something new. And hopefully I'll see you in the next lectures as well. So, yeah. 97. (Additional Topics) Updating Forge (1.18.1): All right, welcome to this lecture where we're going to update forge to the newest version. We've updated forged before in a previous lecture. But it does make sense if you're going to add a lot of stuff we will do in the coming lectures to basically update forge again. And usually it's also good to just keep your MOD basically up-to-date. There aren't often that many changes, but it's still good to keep in mind. For this. Of course, we need to change the actual dependency right here in our bills DOD Gradle file now to what? To have to change this welfare that we're just going to open the micro ford.net. And a very important note from the future right here, I highly recommend using a 1181 version for the additional topics. While most of this will still work if you update to one 1800s to the world generation and some of the tax stuff will not work. I highly recommend here actually updating still to a 181 version, one 1800s. And the update and all of the changes will be covered in a later lecture. This is gonna take a little while because there are actually some significant changes. So it is what it is, but most of the stuff will work. It's just world generation and tax, like I said, please update to still to one 1800s and then 1182 will come in, let's hope a few weeks when everything has been settled then hopefully I will be able to make an additional section where I go through the updating process as well as each of the individual changes as well. So keep that in mind, please. Thank you very much. And then making sure that we're on the latest version and you can see download latest, This is gonna be 39079. And we can even take a look at, for example, the change log here. We can see some of the changes that have happened in-between versions. Quite a few actually, because we are still quite far behind on the actual course version. Maybe you've updated along the way as well. That might also be a thing that could be done. But for the time being, we're basically going to update now to a 3979. And if you're watching this in the future, which is a very likely than maybe your version is gonna be a little higher up there. Totally fine. Then you just update to that one. Usually there shouldn't be too many discrepancies between them. So once again, this is the version that we're going to update two, and then it just load the girl change, Gradle changes here in the top right corner, basically clicking the little elephant is that doesn't appear and always open to the Gradle tab and then click this button right here, does the same thing. And as usual, it should take about a minute or two maximum. Usually, if there's shouldn't be too many things, it probably actually is gonna be very fast for me because I've already done this. Of course. If you've done this previously to the same version than it has downloaded all of this stuff already. But then it might go a little bit faster, but it shouldn't take too long a time. So let's just wait for a second. Once again, if you're getting red here, as long as it's only info and warn, no worries at all. It's just error that is sort of an issue. And then of course, at the end of the day, if there's a build failed, That's also not gonna be good. But if there's a built successful, anything can almost be disregarded. That is written here, that is in red. Here we are built successful in two minutes, 31 seconds. Like I said, sometimes it takes a little bit longer, sometimes doesn't take too long. Now we've skipped a lot of versions, so there was probably a lot to basically update there. But apart from that, that is pretty much all that we need to do to update it. Now, usually when you've updated it, if there's not too many changes, everything should just work. I believe that here everything should just work. So we're just going to let it run and see if we're getting any errors. There might be one over, I'm not 100% sure. I don't think that there's anything to worry about at the moment. But of course here the case would be just just run it, see if there's maybe an arrow, maybe, I don't know something in the foods, for example, change. You would, of course then see it and then you could just change it there as well. But in this case, I don't think that anything drastically changed. So that once everything has downloaded here, you can see that it downloads the assets again, basically downloading some of the resources once, one more time, basically, so that everything is up-to-date. Because of course we've updated the first run after you've updated might also take a little bit of time, but no worries. You can see now the run client is actually going through the task is now basically running. You can see we're going through some stuff. Right here. It says normal. And then on the other screen, the microbe window is already starting here. We're just going to flip this over and everything should be working fine. So it should be seeing the menu screen in just a moment. And there we are. Yes, there we are. There you go. So everything's still working great. Mods, MC course is still in here. So everything's working great and no worries at all that we've updated the new forage version. And now we can basically go through the additional lectures that are gonna be very, very interesting. So there's a quite a few interesting topics that we're going to basically discuss in the coming lectures. Some of which are definitely like personally my favorites. There are some really, really freaking cool stuff here, but that would be pretty much it for this lecture right here. Very short one just to update basically. And then we can go through the rest of the lectures. I hope you've found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. 98. (Additional Topics) Adding XP Drops to Blocks: All right, welcome back to the forge course for 118. And then this lecture, we're gonna be taking a look at how you can add experienced drops to your or blocks. Now, you might recall that there are some specific or blocks like Emerald, for example, that when you mine it experienced actually drops after mining it. Supposed to, for example, having the raw cobalt in our case, drop and then after you smelled it, you would get the experience. Now this is actually a fairly straightforward process. So what we can do is we can just press the Shift key twice and look for the or block, making sure that we check this box right here. And then we're going to check this one. And you can see that we can simply for the block has in a uniform int right here. And this is gonna be the experience range that it's going to drop. Though. It's actually as easy as going to your, for example, we're going to choose the cobalt or even though it shouldn't have, this is just an example. We're gonna change this block to or block, making sure that I write this correctly. There you go. I'm gonna press the Tab key to auto-complete. And now nothing should change. This should still work, but we need to add a second parameter here. And that is gonna be a uniform job you could see. And then we're gonna say, for example, something like two or, or, and then it's going to be a uniform distribution between 24. We can also hover over the offer. I believe that this should, it actually does not offer us any insights to how this works, bummer, but that is okay. I believe that both of them are inclusive. And we can also of course check if a middle mouse button click on this again, and then middle mouse button click on this. I can see, for example, in the Emerald or we should be able to see that what they're giving there is, for example, here between 37 and same goes for the deep sleep emerald. And then I believe that there is something else. So for example, in the diamond or yeah, of course that would also be the case. This one also gets between 37. So there you can basically choose what you want to do. So let's just do 37 as well. Why not? And that's pretty much all that you need to do. And now the experience will drop after this, basically this block is mined. Be wary of course, that if you do this on non or blocks. So if I were to do this on the stairs for example, and of course getting the actual block back. I mean, the stairs would be actually kind of hard, but let's maybe choose another one. That's a bad example. Actually, you know, any other block that's just a block that let's say the planks, for example, if I made this on our block and I would return certain number of experience there, I can just set it down again, get more experienced, set it down again, get more experienced. So this definitely should only be used for, or blocks, or four blocks that don't drop themselves. That's the general idea. But because this is all that we need to do for completion sake, Let's see if it works. Or we find ourselves back in Minecraft and let's just harvest some of the orders. And as you can see, there you go. I'm actually getting experience when mining them. Like I said, this example is of course, a little bit not too good, of course in this case because when we actually smelled down the cobalt or we would get experienced again. But maybe that's actually something that you want to add. Who knows. But as you can see, this is how easy it can be to add the custom experienced drops to your customer or that is already it for this lecture are right here. I hope you found this useful and you've learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. 99. (Additional Topics) Adding a Custom Menu Screen: Or I welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding a custom menu screen to Minecraft. Now, it's very important that this lecture and the next lecture are sort of part one and part two. Because the next lecture we're actually going to add conflicts to Minecraft. And when you add a custom menu screen, you definitely 1, 1000% have to have it configurable. Otherwise, basically your MOD is immediately blacklisted by any map pack at all. Because obviously a mark pack usually has their own menu screen and you want this configurable. Let's just go through this however. And let's first of all start with the menu screen. In this lecture, we're just going to replace the turning mountain sides, so to speak, in the menu screen with our own menu screen, just an image. And for that we're going to go into our util package, right-click new Java class. And this is gonna be the company title screen. There you go. And I will be copying over all of the code here, but everything here is, of course, once again available to you in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. And we'll just take a look at what all of this is. Number one, we have this splash screen resource location is exactly our custom cotton menu screen that we're going to basically well impose there or draw on the menu screen. And then we also have a resource location for the Microsoft logo as this has to be drawn well, sort of above the screen. It's a little weird, but I will basically explain in the render method here. So the render method, we're gonna go through a few things. First of all, we're going to call the super in the normal Tidal screen. What then happens is that they're completely normal Tidal screen is drawn. Then we need this integer width and height. We just need this for our custom title screen. Let me draw our custom title screen, basically above the normal Tidal screen. And then we're going to also draw the Microsoft logo. That's very important. Then here we just render the main menu. This is just from Forge so that everything works out here. Let me draw the string. This is the copyrights string at the very bottom right corner. This is very important. Do not delete this. This is pretty much very important that this actually has to be there. Otherwise, I'm not a 100% sure, but you might be committing sort of like copyright fraud if you don't have this. So we should have this definitely this. The widgets here are just the backgrounds for each of the buttons in the main menu. We can also take a look at the draw custom title screen method. So you can see it really isn't that crazy. We're basically just enabling a texture setting, the sort of just like a little bit of enabling stuff. And we're setting the actual texture to the splash screen here and then we're drawing it. So the blood basically draws this texture that we've set into the Render system. And then after that is done, we then draw the Minecraft logo. So by setting the texture to the Microsoft logo, we're then in the next bleach basically drawing the microflora. That's the general idea. And this is just code taken from the normal Tidal screen class itself. So this is nothing too crazy about. That is pretty much all there is to it. Honestly, there really shouldn't be that crazy of things. If you want a completely insanely custom title screen with like completely crazy stuff, then you just have to go and work through some of those things. Usually, what most people just want is replace the background image and that's exactly what we're gonna show here. Now this goes in the textures GUI, Background menu or in the background folder. And then it's going to be called Copan menu dot re pack. And that's exactly what we're going to actually get this in the GUI and then right-click new directory called background. Then I'm just going to copy over the image, which is of course also available to you if you want to try this out. And we're not going to spoil how it looks, just not now, but it's going to look really freaking cool. I could tell you that. Then what do we do after that? Well, we now need to somehow set this title screen and we're gonna do this in the event class. So in the mode events class, we're gonna copy over a method which is very, very straightforward. This is also not too crazy, but it's of course also available to you. We're going to use the screen open event as you can see. And we're going to check if the screen that we're currently trying to open is the title screen and it's not actually yet our account title screen. Then we're just going to replace it or we're going to make a new cotton title screen and sending it to it. This is pretty much all there is to it. This is all of the code that we need. So this is maybe a little more complicated, but overall hopefully sort of understandable what is happening here in sort of a general overview. And then this method and this actually event should be very straightforward. This is nothing crazy. And yeah, that's pretty much what we need for this lecture right here. So I guess let's see if it works. But the sun is of course important to see Minecraft starting up. So let's see if our custom tiles screen is working over. I am very confident that it will. And there we are, the custom title screen is working exactly how you would expect it to. We still have the copyright notice. We even have the forge stuff on the bottom left corner. We have the Minecraft, basically everything here, which is exactly what you want. All of the buttons still work totally fine. So everything working amazing. And I'm not gonna say anything about anything, but this might be just a little bit of a sneak peek spoiler, what might come sooner. But anyway, this is really cool and I really like the background image that was done by your row. The, it's of course going to be linked in the credits file as well. So this is really freaking awesome. But that's actually how easy it is to add the custom title scream, like I said, highly recommend watching the next lecture immediately afterwards to see how we can add some custom unfixed. Because adding the conflict to make this well, basically configurable is incredibly important. I just, I cannot overstate this really. Please add the conflict here. Otherwise, it's basically your marr is gonna be never used by any mark ever. But whatever the case may be, this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. If you did, are very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. 100. (Additional Topics) Adding Basic Custom Configs: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding custom conflicts to Minecraft. Now this is not only a very important topic for the screen or the custom title screen that we've implemented in the last lecture. But it is also a very important and also highly requested topic. So first of all, we need to think about a two things, and that is the common and the client conflicts. There are also Server conflicts, but for the time being, we're gonna worry about the common and the client conflict though, when we think about our custom title screen, where does this exist as this exist both on the server and the client, or only on the client. So the obvious answer is of course, that this exists only on the client. For those who have said, of course it's only on the client. That's very good for those who have said, well, it's on both. Well, let's think about this. Does the server, if we are running a server, the server care about the single-player multiplayer options menu screen. Now of course it doesn't. We can even see this if we middle mouse button click on the title screen here, we can see this is only in this client. This means that basically this class is only ever executed in the client thread, nowhere else. So therefore to basically turn on or off our custom title screen, we're going to need to implement client conflicts. And then I'm also going to show one or two examples of some common conflicts. Those would be conflicts that are both for the client and the server. Now in that case, common is an interesting thing because sometimes the common conflicts basically are for both the client and the server. And then there are also just server conflicts. But we're gonna leave those out for the time being after we've seen how you can add up the client and the common conflicts. It can basically add the server conflicts as well. Please also note that you cannot configure it or you cannot make configurable every single certain piece of code. For example, some of the things that are not really that easily configurable is, for example, the durability here of the dowsing rod. As an example, you can imagine why we can just replace this with a configurable number that doesn't quite work. So there might be some workarounds, but usually when you are registering stuff, so right now we're recording the register method. Everywhere where you are registering something. Usually you don't want to change those numbers. It's very hard to sometimes say where you can and can't do it. I just highly recommend if you really want to try out some stuff there, try it out, see whether or not it works. Because sometimes they might be a mismatch from the server and the client if the client has a different, different conflict than the server. And therefore this might get a little bit weird. So just keep that in mind. You can't necessarily configured everything in our MC course package. We're gonna right-click new package called the conflict package. And then I will actually copy over two of the classes that we're gonna need. And I'm actually going to go through all of the code is of course available to you in the GitHub repository in an individual just as well. So no worries at all. And this is also not that crazy. Let's start with the client conflicts right here. We can see that what you're going to need is a conflict spec builder, which is just equal to new builder. And then this conflict spec right here. And then you can see that you're listed are basically all of our static config values. You can see that it is a generic, so we're just going to put in a different, different datatypes basically, which are in these cases what we want to configure it or configure. And then you can see in this static block right here, just having a builder to push, It's just what's written on the top of the conflict file. And then this is being set to see, first of all, a common. So this is whether or not the default title screen will be replaced. And then we're going to define this. This is just the name of the variable, so to speak, and this is the default value in this case. And then looking at the common conflicts here, you can see that here we're actually going to make configurable the veins per chunk and the veins size of the cobalt. Or this is very interesting because this is also something that sometimes could be configurable. Or you want this to be configurable, which is very interesting. So what we're gonna do is first of all, we're going to use the client conflicts, but we need to, of course, also register those. So how do we register those in our MC course mod class, we actually only need to add it to things. And this is gonna be after this. What we're gonna do is we're gonna say, we're gonna get the mod loading on text dot, get that register config. We're gonna say motor config data. You can see types already there. We're going to choose the client type for the first one. We're gonna say MC. Client conflicts that spec. And then the filename here is just gonna be, it should be your MOD id, dash client. And then very important that Tamil, this has to be a dot HTML file. Otherwise it's not going to work. Then we can duplicate this by pressing Control D. And I'm gonna change this to the common right here. And then we're gonna change this to the MC course, common conflicts. And then very important that we change this name as well. You can see now we have both, well, on fixed registered and that's actually all we need to do to register these conflicts. So that's all there is to it. Now how do we use them? Well, it's fairly straightforward. We have this field right here. So let's go into our code. Actually it's not the column title screen. We actually wanted to do this in the MOD events class right here in this if statement, we basically wanted to say MC course client conflicts, that custom title screen dot get. And then It's going to end this. So this needs to be true, and all of this also needs to be true. And then our title screen is going to be replaced just for completion sake, let's also just immediately use the vein for trunk stuff. So this is going to be in the world. The first one is going to be in the place features they ago. This is gonna be the veins per trunk. So this is gonna be MC course, common conflicts dot Paine's per chunk dot get. Let's just read. Yeah, that's fine. And then the other one should be in the configured features. So this is gonna be the, this one right here. This is the vein size for this would be the MC course common conflicts vein size that gets, what we're going to do actually is we're going to let this run once so that the files here generate, so then the actual fixed files regenerate and then we're going to change the values inside of them. But let's just run this once and let's then see the conflict files generate. First of all, you can see Minecraft has loaded and the title screen is still there because of course the default value here was true. And most importantly, we now have generated the config files. They are under the R1 folder config and there you go. Mc course client and MC course common. If we open them, you can see that we're basically getting exactly this. You see conflicts for MC core smart, and then whether the default title screen will be replaced. We change this to false now and saving it. And then here, let's just, let's just go absolutely crazy on this just so we have this. So let's go. So for now we're just gonna make a lot of veins per chunk, a lot of veins size, just so that we actually can see that this is going to work and this is going to affect the world generation. And yeah, that's pretty much all that we need to do to change the conflicts. These are then of course also available to the users, to the players, and then they can change them however they want. So definitely make sure to have proper comments here. There's gonna be this one right here. As you can see, this is what has been written as a comment there. So that's pretty much all that you need to do. So now after we've changed the conflicts, let's see if, for example, first of all, the title screen has changed and then also the world generation as well. Alright, so as you can see number one, the actual title screen has changed back to the normal Tidal screen. But this is very interesting. Now let's actually generate a new world here and see whether or not Then in the world generation hour, cobalt or is going to be all displayed in a way more forms than before. Or if answers in Minecraft. And as you can see, I didn't have to go down very far to find an abundance of the or, right. You can see that not only are the actual veins massive, there are a lot of them. As you can see, these are two different veins, three different veins like right next to each other. And then you can see it just goes on and on. I can actually go to spectator mode again. And you're gonna see that there are a lot of those veins. So you can clearly see that even though this is definitely not something that you necessarily want to have, but it is definitely configurable. And this is pretty much exactly what we would expect from those or conflicts to then do. So that's really cool. But there is another method that we might be able to call and that is the defined in a defined list but defining range, which is also quite an interesting one. So this one basically here then does the following. You can also define a minimum and a maximum value. So this might also be very interesting and important for you to basically say, you know, maybe the number of veins per trunk and the veins size should be kept in certain values. Or maybe, you know, some values that you wanted to make configurable might actually be broken if they are not in-between certain numbers. So keep that in mind as well, that you can also do that. But for the time being, we're gonna keep this undefined. I just wanted to show you this. I can also always like every time, just advise you to play around with this a little bit. See what you can basically change, what types of things might work and which ones don't. So there are a lot of things that might work and might not. So keep that in mind. But otherwise, this is pretty much how you can add custom conflicts to Minecraft. And most importantly, how you can configure it or conflict, make a conflict for your custom title screen, because this is extremely important. If you have a custom title screen that you make it so that you can turn it off because otherwise you will never be used for NMR peg ever incredibly important. So please keep this in mind. Otherwise, this is going to be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. If you did over very much appreciate review from you. Otherwise, I'll see you in the next lecture. 101. (Additional Topics) Adding Transparent Blocks: Or I welcome back to the forge course for 180. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding a transparent block to Minecraft, this commerce by popular demand as some people had some struggles with adding a transparent block to Minecraft. However, it actually is not that crazy if you know the two or three very important tweaks that you need to do. So in our mode blocks class, we're just going to go at the very bottom here. I'm just going to copy over the sampling. Now there's a few things we need to change here. This is gonna be called the winter window. And this is of course, also the winter window. So first of all, into a completely normal bulk here, and then this is going to be a glass block. This is very important that this is a glass block. This will only require the actual block behavior properties right here. And then what we're gonna do is we're gonna copy from the glass block as well from the properties. You go into the glass block, middle mouse button click and then the middle mouse button click again on the abstract glass block. We can see that number one, the thing that we need is the propagates skylight down and also the shape brightness. We get visual shape. I'm not actually a 100% sure what this necessarily dusk. I just know that all of them are basically important to get to have a transparent block work. This is why we are just going to use the glass block. This is basically also a glass block, so no worries there. Now, what we also need in our MC for smart class in the client's setup, we're just going to copy over the render layer here. And this is going to get the winter window render layer, and this time translucent. So it's going to have the same render layer as the honey block fluid, which is also of course translucent. This is very important, otherwise it will actually not work. And then of course, all of the stock stuff like just the block States Jason here. Just a normal walk stage Jason, same with the translation. All of that is pretty much just standard. The only difference here is then, of course, once we've added this, the winter window here, the model files, all the same stuff, so it's just normal model files. We could also just copy the other normal model files over and see this points to a texture. And then same pretty much with the item model file. And those are of course also available if you want to copy them over. But as you can see, there are normal files, nothing crazy about them. Pretty much the easiest variance of those files. And then what is of course important for the texture that I will also copy over. And you're going to see this, this right here. So all of the sort of inner blocks, those are the ones that have an alpha value that is a little transparent. So this is of course very important that if you have a PNG that you wanted to use and some of your actual pixels have to have Alpha values that you can look through. Otherwise, of course it doesn't quite work. Otherwise, the see-through is not going to work properly. So keep that in mind. But otherwise that is actually all that we need to do going through everything. Pretty much what's most important is the translucent. Like that we have Alpha values in our actual PNG file. And then also that we are using the glass block, which is very important. I guess see for completion sake, let's see if it works. All right, We are financial in Minecraft and as you can see, the winter window has been successfully added to the game. And as you can also see, I can look through it. No worries at all though everything working only fine. I mean, that's how easy it is to add a custom transparent block Minecraft brand that is already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. 102. (Additional Topics) Adding Animated Items: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture, we're gonna be adding an animated item to Minecraft. So this might be like, Wow, that's a really cool thing. And it might be, you might say, well, this is probably going to be very complicated. It actually is fairly straightforward. But we're going to see a custom animated item in this lecture. And then I will show you one vanilla example of an animated block. And then if you want an animated block basically, then I can highly recommend taking a look at that vanilla example. In the mod items class, we're going to add a new item. So let's just copy over the cobalt ball right here. And this is going to be the magic underscore dust. And then same here into the name. This is going to be the magic underscore dust. And this is going to be a normal item, interestingly enough. And we're just going to make it so that it has basically no other item properties here whatsoever. We're just going to have the normal item, completely vanilla. Nothing crazy about this. And let's actually add the translation before we go into the, into the actual other things. So the other item model adjacent files. So there's going to be the magic of dust and this is going to be the magic dust as well. Now, you might be saying, Well, this is probably going to be a crazy complicated query is a complicated item model Jason file here. Let's just copy it over. Of course, everything available to you in the GitHub repository in individual just as well. And you can see that it is a completely normal JSON file for the item model. Or you're gonna be like, wait, where is it? Where's the animation? Animation is all in the texture, as well as in the MC metafile. Aha. We're going to copy those over, which are of course also available. And then you can see that we have number one, The actual texture as well as an MSE metafile. And if we take a look at the texture, it actually is multiple different textures. So you can see that these are in fact six different textures for the same, well, it's the same item. At the end, come out to basically 16 times however many textures you have times 16. So that's the idea. So it's 16 by, in this case, 96 is a size here, and the MC metafile determines how you actually go through this. You can see this is an animation. Can change the frame time to basically change how fast the animation is. And then here you can basically say which frames are going to be laid in which order. Interpolation simply means that when one frame changes to another is to change gonna be discrete. So is it going to change from one picture and then in the next, let's say second, see other picture. Where's it going to transition through them? That's the general idea of interpolation in this case. But that is actually how easy it is to add a, an animated item. And then this is immediately going to animate as long as you have the MC Mehta file here. What is very important is that this MC metaphor has to be written exactly like this, including the dot PNG here. Please make sure that this is written correctly. And like double and triple checklist, it's incredibly important that this is the same name as the texture file, including the ending then dot MC Mehta. Please check this. Then when it comes to the book, we can go to the external libraries, of course, once again to the client extra 1801 or whatever your version might be, assets, Minecraft, textures, Bullock. And then one thing to take a look at is the magma block. So this one also has an MC Mehta file and you can see there are actually three different textures that ID, it goes through. That, as you can see here, with the frame time of eight, goes through all three of those frames and then changes the texture here as well, same with the another portal. So you can see the nether portal actually has a lot of different textures as you can see, it goes through, Well, I mean, it apparently goes through everything. I am not a 100% sure how the animation here is empty. I'm not quite certain how that works, but that is also another example. I personally recommend the magma example. And I believe that it's pretty much all of the sort of like really crazy examples here, repeating command block. But there's a few things here still there. But the macroblock is probably the easiest to follow and should be. I mean, it's like it's fairly sensible, fairly straightforward, all things considered. It's pretty much exactly the same as the one for the magic dust. But yeah, that is pretty much all that we want to take a look at. And now I guess for completion sake, let's see if it works. Or we find ourselves in Minecraft. So we'll see there the magic dust has been successfully added to the game. And as you can see, while I'm holding it in my hand, Let's just pick it Southern only have one. You can see that it is a slowly but surely animated and I can even throw it on the ground. And you can see that even they are, the actual texture is animated as well. So that's actually how easy it is. And as I've said, you can basically change the speed of the animation by changing the frame time inside of the MC Mehta file. That's how easy it can be. That is already at for this lecture right here. I hope you've found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. 103. (Additional Topics) Adding Custom Effects: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture, we're gonna be taking a look at how you can add a custom effect to Minecraft. Now, the adding of the customer effect actually comes well, more or less, thanks to a student that has added their own effect. And I've sort of co-opted their effect and made a lecture out of it. So you of course know who you are thinking very much. And it is a freeze effect. It's actually really interesting. So it's going to freeze a entity in place. And we're just going to see how this works. It actually is more straightforward than you might think in our MC course package. Right-click new package called effect. Then instead of there, we're going to need two new classes. One of them is the model effects class. And then the other one is gonna be the freeze effect. The freeze effect class is where all of the functionality is in. I will simply copy over the class like, like always, of course, everything available to you in the GitHub repository and individual just as well, ready? So here you can see the freeze effect in action. It is fairly straightforward. All things considered, we have overridden the apply effects tick method, which basically will is called every tick when a certain entity has this effect on it. And then we also have the duration effect tick. True, because if we don't have this while, then basically this would never be cold. So this is what we need. Here. You can basically see that refers of all checking whether or not we are on the server. If we are, then we're taking the XYZ coordinates of this particular entity that has this effect on mortality, reporting the entity to it, and also setting the Delta movement to 0. So this is needed for the player basically, and this is needed for, well, animals or any NPC basically. So any non-player entity, simply because of the fact that the Delta movement is, well, what basically moves the actual animal and they teleport to, it doesn't just the top row two does not work. So this is the two things that we need. And if we add those two, then the actual mob, or in this case entity or the player is going to freeze in place. Really freaking cool, like really a cool idea. And I really like it. Then how do we basically, the question is, how do we register it? Well, you have seen this before. Public static final, what do we need? Of course, a deferred register, this time of a mob effect. This is gonna be called the MLB underscore effects. And this is of course equal to what is it a different register that create registries dot mlb effects. And then of course our MC core, smart but not ID. And like every time, like we've seen a the third register, what do we need? We need a public static void or register method with an eye event bus, whole event bus. And then we're calling the MLB effects or register and passing in the event bus. Nothing too new here. This is pretty much like every time we've seen the effects here. And then this will be called once again, of course right here. So just blow our mod recipes. We're gonna say mob effects that register and then passing in the event bus. And there you go, Everything is registered. Just need a registry object here. So we're gonna say public static, final Registry object. Of course of type of mob effect. In this case, it's gonna be cooled freeze and is equal to mob effect starts register the name freeze here. And then we're going to need a supplier of a new freeze effect. As you can see, mob Effects category harmful. And then just basically any number. This is a, I believe, a unique identifier. Take a look at this. This is actually this is the color. There you go. This is the color. That's what it is. But this is the color of I believe, the portion that would be associated with it. Now we're not gonna add the portion in this lecture. We're actually going to add the portion on the next lecture. But after having added this, the freeze effect is actually in-game. Now, this is all that we need to do to add this. I know it's pretty crazy, but that is all we need to do. So I guess see if it works or we find ourselves back in Minecraft. So let's see, Let's give myself the effect. Let's go dev. And then you can see these freeze effect is there unless add it. And now I can't actually move. You can see that it's sort of jittering. And I've added this for thirty-seconds in this case. So I can't I can actually fly up a tiny bit, but if I try to move, you can see that it's very, very slow. In this case. I know if I am on the ground and try to move, I'm pressing the W key. It works like very, very slowly. And even, you know, going around here is, you can see it's definitely freezing meet sort of in place. Now I can still break blocks that an eye bank, but that does work. And you also have seen that the actual texture was not there. We're going to add this texture as well. It actually is fairly straightforward, but that is pretty cool. All things considered. The texture goes to into the textures folder. And here we need a new directory called mob underscore effects. And then the actual texture needs to be the same name as the name right here. So in the MLB effects, this name has to be this name. And now instead of a non, nondescript texture, this texture will be displayed and well, I mean, it's basically going to work. Now, like I said in the next lecture, we're immediately going to add a portion for this because it does make sense in my mind to have a portion. That's what basically you can then use as well. For the time being, this is pretty much it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and yellows and the due. And I'll see you in the next lecture. 104. (Additional Topics) Adding Custom Potions: Or I welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding a customer potion, including a custom broom recipe to Minecraft. Now, the actual portion is very easy to add. The brewing Recipe, however, is, well, let's say it's a little puzzling why it works the way it works, but no worries, we're gonna get through this. Well, first of all, in the MC course package, right-click new package called portion. And then inside of there, we're going to make a new Java class faculty mod oceans. And this is going to look eerily similar to what basically a lot of other classes that we've seen before. A public static final deferred register of type ocean this time. And it is gonna be portions of course, is going to be equal to the deferred register that create registries, dark oceans go. And of course MC, course moderate or mild ID. And then you need the public static void register method as always, with the eye Event Bus, Event Bus. And then we're gonna do potions dot register with the, the event bus. And then let's call this in the MC course constructor right here, mod potions, they ago register and then passing in the event bus. And then we just need to create the potion. So there's gonna be a public static Registry object of course, of type ocean. Go. And this is gonna be the freeze underscore potion is equal to potions that register. This is the frieze underscore potion, again, the name here. And then this is requiring a supplier of a new portion. This is going to need a new mob effect instance. There you go, of our effects. So mod effects dark freeze, the one we've added last lecture. I'm just going to do ten seconds with lobbying. Basically amplifier is 0 here. So this is gonna be the number of later time in tics, and this is gonna be the amplifier. So if we're putting in a 0 here, and this is gonna be a level one. This is gonna be flying freeze at level one. And that is actually all that we need to do to add the actual portion. Now for the brewing recipe, we're actually going to make a new class. Now this is very interesting because there actually is a class which is called the brewing recipe, I believe yes, from micro forge. So you can see that this is a brewing recipe that implements this I ruined recipe interface. And this works and we can use it over. What's really interesting is that for the input, it doesn't actually look at what the, let's say what's the actual portion is that you need to put it, but you know how you can put in a certain ingredient at the top of the actual brewing stand, and then at the bottom you have three slots for different portions. And usually how it works as you need an awkward potion to do this and a specific other posts to do this. And in using this brewing recipe, it just doesn't matter what the input is like. It doesn't, it doesn't check for whether or not it is the actual portion. Therefore, this brewing class is pretty much completely useless and it doesn't need to be used. Now I have found a wall, an alternative that I have called the better brewing recipe. Now we're going to copy this over. This is actually in the util package. And the not exactly the same, but the name is different. The class is exactly the same as from this GitHub repository right here from extra portions then by casualty. So this is under the GPL three license. So be aware of that when you're using this class. Just saying, But overall, I mean, it's pretty much, there's no other way to do this really when I'm thinking about it. So I've gone through this and we're like, Okay, it's always going to look exactly the same pretty much. And this is just the best way to do this class really. And then we can use this better at brewing recipe costs. To actually add the recipe, we only need to add one recipe. So this is immediately going to work for the slash potion, the normal portion and the lingering portion. So that is really cool. Now when we add those portion recipes in the setup method in our FML common setup right here. When we want to do is you want to say brewing recipe registry, this one right here, add recipe. And then we're just going to make a new, better brewing recipe. There you go. And then we have the passion, what portion we want. So this is gonna be pushing start awkward in this case. Then the actual ingredient. So this is going to be an item. So we're gonna say more items that cobalt ingot, let's say this is going to be the cobalt anger right? There. They go, dot get and then mod portions. Because of course the actual result or the output should be the freeze potion. And they go now putting in awkward positions at the bottom and a cobalt ingot as the gradient is going to yield us a freeze potion. That's all that we need to do. That's actually how easy it is. Now for the potions, we also need to add some translation. This is very important actually. There are few things that we need to add. First of all, we need to add those three ones here. So this is going to be the, you can see that this is portion effect freeze potion, potion for the splash and the lingering portion. Incredibly important. This is actually under the Minecraft namespace. I am not a 100% sure why that is the case. I mean, I'm like 80% sure why that's the case. The idea is that when you are actually registering a portion, when you're making a new potion, so to speak. Then what happens is that this just gets added to the. The actual portion list in Minecraft and then this is under the registered under the Minecraft namespace. I'm not a 100% sure if that is a bad thing or a good thing. I mean, it might be a bad thing for the time being though. We're gonna keep it like this. If there are any conflicts in the future, we're gonna solve those as well. No worries there. But that is basically the idea of the oceans. And now we also need the effect. The effect looks like this. We're going to add this at the very bottom. This effect dot M C corps freeze, and this is just code freeze. These are the translation that are incredibly important. Now also what's interesting for the item, for the potion items that you get generated automatically. And we don't need to do anything for them at all. So this is pretty much all that we need to do. The color of the actual portion is taken from the mod effects right here. So this color right here is basically what's going to be used. I'm not a 100% sure what this is. It might just be a hex color. I'm not sure. It might also be something else, but this is gonna be fine. This is just play around with this as well. If you want. Some other colors are for the time being, this is pretty much all that we need for the custom, both the custom portion as well as the recipe here to be added. So I guess let's see if it works. Or we find ourselves in Minecraft. So let's see, let's just add the aqua portions and then one cobalt ingot and it should start brewing. And indeed it does, it starts brewing. And then as soon as this has done, the awkward potions should turn into freeze portions. So let's get some sheep just to see whether or not they're actually going to be basically frozen in the end. Let's see. Here, we're almost done, and then we'll have some potions. Let's go. So we have a freeze potion and another freeze motion and a lingering freeze portion as well. So everything working exactly how you'd expect it to one sheep or kill itself. That's amazing. Wow, that's really funny. Let's see. And there you go. And then you can see they can't move anymore. I can even hit them and they can't move because the freeze portion is literally freezing them in place. We can also try the same thing for some zombies, which is really fun because basically they tried to chase you and then, oh, well, I mean, I believe I am on peaceful, so there you go. Let's copy this and then we're going to switch to survival and then I'm going to try and get them. And there you go. So the little baby zombie, as you can see, that stopped moving. Let's actually get some more freezing portions splash poses here. Just so that you can show this again. Once again, we're just going to switch over and I'm going to freeze them. Freeze. And freeze as well. Oh no, I froze myself. That's not good. We can see that, of course sometimes can also happen, but it is really freaking cool. And yeah, that's actually how easy it is to add not only custom portions, but also custom portion recipes to my craft. Has always the entire quarters, of course, available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual adjusts as well. But this is gonna be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new if you did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. 105. (Additional Topics) Adding Custom Entities with Geckolib: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture, we're gonna be adding a custom entity or custom mob to the game. This is gonna be the start of a, let's say, few lecture part series where we're basically going to add more functionality to our entity. We're gonna go through, first of all, adding a normal entity to the game than adding some animations. Then in the next lecture after that, we're going to make it a table. We're going to add different variance of that particular entity. And then at the end, we're going to also add an entity that is going to be writable. So all of those things are gonna basically await us in the coming lectures. Now, what I will say is that every entity that we're gonna add, we're gonna add two entities and both of them are going to use the gecko lip API libraries. Even though it's not strictly necessary for, this, suggests a normal mob without any additional animations. I still recommend basically always just using the glycolipid library to add the entities. Because it, it definitely makes it a lot easier in a lot of ways. Basically, it just makes it easier. And so we're first of all going to set up gecko lip. For this. We're going to basically copy this one overwrite here. So this is the, as you can see it on GitHub, the gecko lib wiki installation guide. Basically i'm, I'm gonna copy this. And then we're gonna switch back to here, go into our built DOD Gradle file. And this, the first one we've copied it was going to go into the repositories right here. So just going to add it right there. And then the other one, this one right here. In this case, I will leave this should already be the newest version here, 3011 on this site. I'm not sure if this is updated while every time that a new version comes out, but hopefully this is just going to go below a Minecraft right here. So this should be everything that we need. And now we can load the Gradle changes. And it's basically going to download the glycolipids version and it's going to implement it so that we can basically use the gecko lip EPI in our mod as well. And after this is, once again, it might take a minute, it might take thirty-seconds. Depends on a lot of factors. Basically, you can see actually was fairly quick year 21 seconds. That is pretty nice. Then the question is, well, where are we getting our entities from? Well, for our entities, we are going to use block bench. Block bench is a program with which you can make generic models. You couldn't make block models either models. We've seen this already, but also we can make entities. Now what's important is that you have the under file plugins and you have the gecko lip Animations, Animation utils right here. So we're gonna need this particular plugin. Otherwise it's not going to work. So make sure that you install this. Basically go to available, then search for it. Now I'm not getting it because it is already installed. You can see install this and then you should have the possibility of adding the gecko lip animated model right here. Now I have already some prepared stuff, so we have a raccoon and a tiger. We're gonna first of all use the raccoons. I'm just going to open it and you can see, there you go. The raccoon already done right here. And well, I mean, basically, this raccoon is also already animated, so we actually have three animations right here. We're gonna take a look at the animations in the next lecture in a little more detail for the time being, what we're gonna do is we're just going to export this. What we're gonna do is once we've made a, a custom entity. So to use the actual raccoon model in our project and our MOD, you have to export this. So we're gonna go to File Export and then Export gecko lip model. If this does not appear, you can click on Convert project and make sure to basically choose the Kekule lip animated model. If this is not already the, already the current format, then the actual export here should appear. We can then use this and then save this under the raccoon GO dot JSON file. I'm just going to replace. This is gonna be fine. And now I have exported the model actually, and we can already use this inside of our game-based. I also have the texture, I have this actually separated. You can also in theory save this from the actual block bench file as well. But we're gonna be fine. Like I said, the animations we're just going to completely ignore for the time being. We're going to use those in the next lecture. Let's switch back to IntelliJ. And what we're gonna do is we're going to immediately make a new folder in the assets folder MC course. And then here we're going to make the geo folder. And this is going to get the raccoon GeoJSON file. They go. This is basically how it looks like. There might be a typo in here somewhere, that's gonna be fine. I believe that whatever it's called in this file, actually, it doesn't matter. And then we also going to need is, we're also actually going to need to get the texture file. Of course. The texture file actually goes to the textures of course. And then instead of the entity pulled up right here, entity, then the name of the entity. In our case, this is going to be and then I'm going to copy over the actual texture right here. There you go. This just going to be the raccoon texture. I'm going to basically points to those in just a moment when we're actually implementing the entity for now, those are the main things that we definitely need. The geo file right here, the GeoJSON and the texture. Then there could also be an animations folder, which basically then contains the animations which we're gonna use in the next lecture. Now, we're going to make a new package right here, entity. Inside of there. We're going to create a new Java class. The mode into t. The mode entity types is going to have a public static final, the third register of type, entity type, and then once again, the angle brackets with a question mark inside of them. There's going to be the entity underscore types going to be equal to the third register dot create registries, that entity, entities actually they ago and then MSC course smart that market. And whether it's a different register, of course there's a public static void register method. Then I Event Pass old event bus right here. And then we're gonna call the entity types that register passing in the event bus. Then we're immediately going to go right here below the more portions. And we're gonna say more entity types, not register passing in the event bus. And then we have this class registered as well. Now here we're always going to have some registry objects of our different entities. But before we are going to basically continue with this, we're going to make the entity class itself. Once again in the entity package, right-click new package customer. Once again, I'm gonna call this the custom package. And then instead of they're going to make a new Java class, and this is gonna be the raccoon entity. Now when it comes to the raccoon entity, this is gonna be very interesting because there's a lot of things going on. I will also copy over a lot of this stuff. This is all available to you in the GitHub repository and an individual just as well. So no worries at all. What we're gonna do is we're gonna make this extend by animals. So extends animal and also implements the eye animatable interface in this case. Now, we're just going to hover over this, the add of those different methods right here. And I'm going to hover over this grid constructor matching super as well. And if those names bother you, you can just click on it, Shift F6, and then it should suggest something a little nicer here. This is going to be kept null, in this case, the red offspring. So this is just going to be the eligible mob to get children. We don't need this at the moment. The controllers are for the animation stuff as well as the animation factory. And we're going to add the animation factory immediately because this is literally just one line. As you can see. There's just a private animation factory. Animation factory. And then we're just passing this in. Then it can basically return this right here. The controllers, we're not gonna return anything at the moment. First of all, what we're gonna do is we're going to take a look at the other things that we need for the entity. Because there are at least one set of methods that we're gonna need and that is the set attributes. This is something that is incredibly important. Actually. If we don't have this, then it's actually not going to work. We're just gonna do the following they go. We're basically just setting some basic attributes here. The max health, the damage, the attack speed of the movement speed. You know, of course you can play around with this however you would like no change them about basically in whatever way, if you would want to. But this is very important that we have this because otherwise the actual entity is not gonna have any attributes. And of course that's not quite what we want here. We of course wanted to have some attributes. There are also some other methods that we can override. Well, let's separate this out a little bit. So this is going to be all of the animation stuff. This right here is all for animations. And there are some other things that I'm gonna copy over here, but those are just some sounds as you can see. There is, let's just open it all up. There you go. So there's a step sound. I've just picked a few sounds here. There's a cat straight sounds just as ambient. Dolphin hurt is when it gets hurt, often deaf sound. Why not? At the moment, I don't have any raccoon sounds, but of course they also shouldn't matter. But these are basically the sounds that you can define. And yes, of course, you could also say mod sounds and then use one of your mode sounds as well. You can of course add custom sounds or your entities as well. That's pretty cool. All things considered. I mean, that pretty much concludes the chunk of this. The last thing that we also want is we want the register goals method, and that is a method that we can also override. Now I think that we're going to have two things, exactly two things that are going to be a commented out at the moment. Because those are for when we're gonna make this T-Mobile. At the moment, we're not going to make the raccoon table because I want to basically go through this step-by-step, the goals. This is basically the AI of this entity. This is very, this can be a very complex topic. So there are a lot of different goals that we can add. So what we can do, for example, is we can middle mouse button click on one goal and you can see this extends the goal class. If I now click on this and press Control H, These are all of the goals and now I can expand them. And you can see there are a lot of different goals. You can see. And of course in theory, you can even write your own goals as well. So there really is a lot of stuff in here. And once again, this is one of those things where you just going to have to play around with this a little bit. Look at the vanilla entities and see how they're using goals. The general idea is that the lower the priority, like the lower the priority number, the higher it actually is in the list. One would be the highest priority and six is the lowest priority. But if it has to choose between one or two goals, it basically takes a look at the priorities. So that's the general idea here. So making sure that this is basically always set up correctly. And then like I said, you can just go to the animal, for example, middle most punk click on this press Control H. You can see all of the animals. But for example, we could take a look at the fox here. And you can see there's a lot of different stuff in here that actually does not really interests us at the moment. We just want to see the actual goals. You can see we're just her goals, but you can already see there's quite a few different goals here. This lamp target goal, there's a turtle egg target goal, There's a fish target goal. We got some goal selectors where we add a certain goals in here, the panicle, the breed goal, avoid go entity goals. So this is a goal which avoids a certain entity in a specific distance. So there's so many things that you can do. Now. You can also see that most of them are specific to the fox is instead of the fox class, let's say for example, the sleep goal for middle mouse button. Click on this. You'll see that the sleep goal is actually in the fox behavior goal and it's actually inside of the box class. Sometimes some of these goals are actually inside of their actual respective entities. And this is also why, for example, the fox, it has like 1600 lines of code. There is a lot of stuff in here. I mean, I would say probably the most complicated thing in terms of custom entities for life in general, it just is what it is. Highly recommend. You have to go through some of the vanilla entities and just play around with it and then see what you can see, like I said, middle mouse button click on this control each year on the goal, and then you should be able to see all of the goals available. And then it worst-case scenario, you can also copy some of them over if you necessarily need them. Then the actual recall entity class here is done. Let's then register it in the more entities class. I will actually also copy this over. Like always, everything available to you in the GitHub repository individual just as well. Now this error comes about because this should be protected. So we're gonna make this public right here. And then the arrow should go away. So no worries there at all. And you can see there's a registry object of entity type. Then we're gonna put the class that we just made in here, the raccoon registering under the raccoon name. And then we're gonna say entity type builder of the record entity knew. This is a creature in this case, this size is actually the size of the heap box of this entity. And the magnetic build it under the resource location or more Id under the, once again, the raccoon namespace. And that is pretty much the registration is done right here. And now we do still need to well, I mean, basically add this in a few different places. The first place we want to add this is actually in our events and this is gonna be in the mod event bus events. Interestingly enough, because right here we want to add a new event as the public static void. And this is the entity. Attribute event, I'm just going to call that and then we're gonna say entity attribute. This is the creation event, quote event. When we're gonna do is we're just going to call Event tab put, mod entity types that raccoon, that GET. Then the raccoon entity, set entity attribute. And then we're just going to add the add subscribe event right here. Very important that we add this. And now this will basically add the attributes that we've defined right here to every raccoon that is existent in our world. That's the idea. There. There are however, a few more things for the raccoon, for the entity in general. For the entity, we also going to need a renderer and a model. So in the entity package runs again, right-click new package and we're gonna call this the client actually, because of the renderer and the model for both be client only if I'm not mistaken, we're gonna say Raccoon. This is gonna be the renderer. Then we're going to make the other one as well. This is gonna be the raccoon. This is gonna be the model. There you go. No worries there at all. The, which one is easier? The model is gonna be a little bit easier. But this is going to extend the animated Geo Model of type record entity that you go. And then we're going to hover over this, Implement Methods. So we need to implement these three methods. Now, this is actually fairly straightforward. I'm going to copy over the one thing here. So this is just gonna be following a new resource location. And this is pointing to exactly the GEO and then raccoon that AOTA Jason's, this exactly this tracer file right here, which we basically have. And then we're going to also just copied this over. I'm actually not a 100% sure what's going to happen if I don't have this file, I'm not quite sure. And for the texture, we have this right here. So textures, entity raccoon and then the raccoon, a PNG. Now this one I'm not on percent sure because I've actually not tried this without the animation file yet. But I think that there's going to be fine. We're going to see if we're getting crash, then you're going to fix that in a moment of no worries there. But this is the actual model file and then we also need the render. Of course, the renderer, in this case, should actually be a little bit easier. So this is going to extend the GU entity renderer, raccoon entity. Once again note none of record model but raccoon entity, but it just hover over this. And if we construct our matching a super, Now what we need to do here is we need to get rid of this model provider and then actually just make a new raccoon model right here. I'm also going to make this start that or radius 0.3. I think that's gonna be fine. And then it will be awesome gonna do is I will leave. We just wanted to overwrite render type method right here. So this scales it up as well. And then also what we want to do is get texture location. Then we're going to choose the same texture location. Here. We're just going to go also provide, and that should be pretty much all that we need to do. So the, both the model and the renderer actually fairly straightforward. All things considered. There isn't that many things in here. As you can see in the vanilla models. There is actually far more in there because of course, the vanilla models actually all of the model is saved in the class rather than in this geometry, Jason. So that's the really cool thing. Then we just need to basically we'll add the renderer properly. So how are we going to do a vat? We're gonna do that by going to our MC course moat class. And then inside of the client setup, very important. We're gonna say entity render us, render us this one right here. Register mode, entity types. We're gonna say the raccoon not get. This is equal to the raccoon colon, render colon, colon new. And that should be that. That is pretty much the we need to do on that front as well. Now we also are going to have to add a new item. And that is going to be, of course, the spawn egg, the sperm and egg. I will actually copy this one over this one time like always, of course, the actual code is available to you. This is not too crazy. You can see this cold raccoon bottleneck. This is of type item for Hispanic item actually. And these are the colors basically that the UK has. And that is pretty much all that you need to do there. Then. Of course, because this is actually a normal item, we also want to add the translation here, the lang folder in underscore us JSON file. So let's just add this here as well. There's the raccoons spawn eg. And we actually also need an item model file. I know this is pretty freaking crazy, but it is true. Or this is also not too crazy. So we can see it is as the parent item template spawn egg. So this is going to be colored in with these two colors right here. So that is all that there is to it. Then the item should also work totally fine. And well, if I'm not mistaken, I believe that I should have gotten to everything that I needed. I needed to add here. If not, then we're definitely going to see that it doesn't work, but that's gonna be fine. And we're going to also see what you can do with an arrow. But for the time being, I think this is everything that we need. So let's see for works or what we find ourselves in Minecraft. And as you can see, the raccoon AG has been successfully added to the game. And now let's see if I right-click if the raccoon spawns. And there it is. In all its glory, it's moving about. Now, of course, like we've said, it doesn't have any particular interesting animations at the moment. And I actually believe that the actual bounding box, if I press F3, be, be a little bit too small. So we might be able to add a little bit more bounding box to it. For the time being, this is really cool and yeah, it's necessary how easy it is now. Oh, it's actually going to flow because of the floating cobalt sore. That's kind of funny, but yeah, that's pretty much how easiest to add a mob to Microsoft. Just for the sake of argument, we're just gonna make this a little bit bigger. Let's say something like 0.8 and maybe height went six. That's gonna be fine. I think that we're gonna be fine with us. And that's actually all of the things that you need. So to recap one more time, we're going to need the custom raccoon entity class. Of course, very important. The actual factory here, you don't need just yet, but we've added this already because why not? It just makes sense in this case. And then the goals and the attributes were a very important here. And then the other stuff is Ritchie much. Not necessarily, it's not necessary. It's just nice to have and to sea-based. Then we needed to add this and registered properly in the mode entity types class right here. We needed a renderer and a model file for this, the model file points up to the model file. So this points to the GeoJSON as well as to the actual extra and the animations. And then the rent drop also points to the texture. It also determines the actual shadow size and makes a new model. This is the general idea of how those work together. We also needed to assign it the attributes. This is incredibly important because if you don't do this, then I believe that the game actually crashes when you don't do this and you try to spawn the actual entities, that's really important. Then we also added the spawn EKG right here. And then in our MC course mode, right here, we registered the renderer. And that is all of the things that we needed to do. The geo file, of course, and the actual texture here are also very important. But apart from that, that is pretty much all that you need for a, well, very simple custom mob. Still done with gecko lip, like I said. And then next lecture, we're immediately going to jump in and take a look at the very cool animations that are there, that are basically available to us. Because that is something that is really powerful and it's actually fairly straightforward to use. Definitely compared to the vanilla animations, because those are those, you don't want to use those basically. Well, whatever the case may be, this is already it then for this lecture right here, I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. 106. (Additional Topics) Adding Entity Animations with Geckolib and Blockbench: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding some animations to our custom entity that we've added last lecture. And for that we're first of all, we're going to go into what we're going to open block bench once again. Now this raccoon and the actual block pinch model file should be provided to you, though it's either downloadable from the last lecture or in this lecture, we should definitely be downloadable. And the, we're gonna basically open it and then go to the animated tap right here. Now, we should already have all three of those animations right here. And I'm going to basically quickly show the general idea of an animation. Just for the sake of argument, we're just going to make a new one. So we're going to click the little plus button. And then you can make a new animation here you can see this. Now. This is usually you want to call this animation dark raccoons. So this is the name of the item. And then whatever the animations, we're just going to call this test for the sake of argument. And then you can know what you can make this loop. You can, as you can see, do a lot of other stuff here. We're just going to confirm, am I gonna be fine with us? Now for this animation? Once you can then basically do is you have a timeline at the bottom here. And I can, it selects certain body parts. For example, I can select the body and all of a sudden you can see down here, I get the possibility of adding keyframes. If you have ever edited a video, this is very similar to this. For example, I could say, okay, I want to key frame the position, so I'm going to click the plus here. Then you can see that at this position at the time code 0, I now have a keyframe for this particular part. So this body, it's not going to be keyframe right here. So if I then move the time, let's say to, let's say 0.52 frames wherever this might be. Click this Plus again. You can see now at the time of 0.52, now I have a second keyframe. And if I've done, for example, were to change, I can either change it here in this position. So I could, for example, say maybe on the actual body to move up two, I can either do it or I can also do it inside of the actual thing. And you can see that on the left, the actual position there changes as well. And it was really cool is there's some easing methods. So you can see these basically represent how this goes. Because if I now put this slide back and put this play button, you can see this goes up. This is very fast. So maybe you are gonna be like, You know what, let's pause this and let's actually move this to like This is gonna be a little slower. And then you can see this right? So you can see it moving up. And then it resets, of course, because this is a looping animation in this case. Basically resets here with the easy stuff you can. There's certain things. You can do steps. You can do some sort of easing like this where it's go slow and then it goes faster. You can even do it like this where it's like very fast at the beginning and then slows down or easing in and out. You can see there's a lot of different types. This is even like some sort of look sort of like a little bit of randomness, sort of bouncing up and down, which is really cool. So there's a lot of stuff that you could actually do here. There are also some really cool things you can add in here. Now I'm not a 100% sure how you can all access the actual commands. But if I, for example, go into the idle frame here, so I've clicked on this Idle. Now I'm in the actual idle animation and I click on the actual tail, and I click on the rotation. You can see that I have Math dot sin. So this is just the sine curve. Basically in here where u dot n m time is just the timecode we're timesing would multiplying that by 150 and then multiplying the result by 225. And this basically results in the fact that the tail is going to basically rotate around in a very, let's say, foreseeable manner because the sine curve of course goes like this, right? So this is just a general math thing. That's really cool. I believe that on the website they do actually have the sum of the methods that are available here, basically to see. But that is a really cool thing. And whatever the case may be, Let's go back to our tests animation with our body here. So we can see now our body, it's moving up and down. And this is pretty cool. Now, of course, when you're adding animations, this is making them look really nice and really good. All of that. A lot of time, it's gonna be, you know, obviously time-consuming. So you're just going to need to try out a bunch of stuff. See that? Hopefully it's going to work and then it's gonna be fine. But also have a walking animation. So you can see here this is the walking animation. Then we also have a sitting animation, but this actually doesn't do anything. It's just basically the entire bodies slant a little bit. And basically the raccoon is sitting here then the island nation, we've seen this already, but basically just the head and the body going up and down, very slightly. You can see this. This is a very slight up and down movement. And then the tail basically wiggling back and forth a little bit just so that it has a little bit of movement. So you can see that. Just even this tiny bit of idle movement is enough to give a very nice illusion of this actually being alive. And so, as you can see, it doesn't actually involve that much of tweaking that you need. Things that are very, very hard or something like the walking animation, running animations, especially for quadrupeds. So for animals with four legs, that is incredibly hard, there are some resources that I have actually found. If you are really interested in this, I will link them as well in the resources. They are incredibly cool. So there's basically, is really a anatomical look at how, how, how basically quadrupeds Animals walk and how this is basically done in animation. So it, four-legged animals is a, well something in animation that is very hard. So it's gonna be quite something. But because it is Minecraft, you're working with a little bit of a block he animal. You probably have a little bit more leeway here, whatever the case may be, if this really interests you, I highly recommend checking those out as well, if that is something that might interest you. But whatever the case may be, we're basically done with the general will animations. I'm actually going to delete the test here again. And then the rest are gonna be fine. What I'm gonna do is once that is done, I can basically either click a press Control S to save this or I can also go, I believe to animation here. And then I can say export animations. And I believe that that should already do it. Or we can do save all animations. We'll save this under actually raccoon written correctly, not animation adjacent and we're gonna just replace this. That is fine. And then let's switch back to intelligence. In our assets MC course, we're gonna make a new directory called animations. Is it animations? Yes, it is animations. And then what I'm gonna do is I'm going to copy over the actual animation as well. So the general idea there is that this is gonna be the correctly spelled raccoon animations. There you go. So this is basically all of the data that is needed there. We don't need to go into this. This is fine. Now what is important is that we of course now need to specify these animations in the actual record in an entity. Opening the raccoon entity. What we're gonna do is we're going to add first and foremost, the controller as well as the predicate methods. So I'm gonna copy over the product GET method. This is gonna be explained in just a moment. So as you can see, we don't have the sitting just yet, so we're just going to delete this for the time being. And in the controller is going to look as follows. So we're just going to have data dot Add Animation Controller with a new animation controller, code controller. And then we're passing in this predicate method here. That's pretty much all there is to it. And then making sure that this is all written correctly. So these names right here, half the match to the names that are inside of the animation. This one right here is the animation. You can see this actually written, correct? Incorrectly. I don't represent know why, but there you go. We're just gonna change this quickly. There you go. And then it is a 100% correct because then the raccoon is written like this and then here also, so everything should be working fine. It can see that the walk animation is cooled when event dot is moving. I highly recommend. Take a look at the animation event for some particular stuff. You can, for example, see there are some things in here that you can take a look at it, some extra data even. So that's also really interesting. But overall the is moving is probably the one that's most important here. And then some of the other stuff you will just have to play around with this as well. So I highly recommend just be open to experimentation with this and try out a lot of stuff. This is the best thing that I can, basically just surely that this is a very smart idea. Now, you might say, well, I mean, what else do we need? That's actually all that we need because we have already set up the animation actually in the middle. So right here, we've already set it up. Animations recruit animation data Jason, because this Jason is already in here. And now we've basically as the predicate, this is the sort of the brain of the animations. This basically determines what animation is currently being played. And well, I mean, that's, that's pretty much all that we need for this. Like I said, if you have some really cool ideas, really crazy animations, it all comes down to using block bench, trying out a lot of stuff there. Like I said, I have a lot of resources on animation out there as well. So I hope that that helps you. But for the time being, I guess, let's see if it works. We find ourselves back in Minecraft. So let's see, Let's spawn some raccoons and let's see, There you go. It already works totally fine. And even the walking animation, Let's take a look at this one. When it starts walking, Let's see. Well, it's kind of hard to see sometimes when that is walking away. But I believe that it is working for their legs are moving while the walk, yes. Sometimes the movement speed and the animation don't match up entirely. This is of course something that you just have to tweak around and will change as until it basically works out. But you can see the actual idle animation works totally fine. And then the walking animation also works. Everything working great here. A new nitrogen portion here. For the sake of argument. There you go. I mean, that's that's honestly really cool. And that's actually how easy it can be to add some old, I mean, basic animations with gecko lip to your Minecraft entities, right? But that will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn some of the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 107. (Additional Topics) Adding Entity Variants: All right, welcome back to the forge course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding a customer variance to our already existing raccoon entity. What our variance? Well, you might know, for example, that horses can have different colored mains or just in general, different colored extras. And that is done via variance. Now, we're gonna add two of those variants to our raccoon. And the way that this works is basically we just have a different texture. So I'm just going to copy those over. There you go. We have a raccoon dark and a red raccoon. Those are the three different variants that we have. Raccoon, raccoon dark and a red record. And how we now going to implement this? Well, it's actually fairly straightforward, all things considered. So this is something that you're going to have to do basically, if you want all of your animals to have different variants on all your entities to have different variance, then you're going to need a, well, first of all, a variant enum, and then we're gonna basically choose depending on this enum, a different resource location. In our entity package, we're gonna right-click new package called variant. Then inside of there, I'm going to put in, this is going to be the raccoon variant. This is going to be changed to an enum. And then I will actually copy this over because the actual, the contents of this should be always the same. The only thing that should change here is these basically your enum values. That's the general idea. When you have a different variant, you simply rename this and then rename all of the things in here as well, right? So if this were to be called, I mean, now it would actually change the name as well, but whatever the case may be, so just changed the name everywhere and then you would be totally fine. All of this static method we're gonna need, we're gonna need this final error stream. All of this is going to be needed. The only thing that is basically bulk of custom here is that the name of this and then also the name of your individual variance. Where do we use this or where do we start using this? Well, we're going to use this in the raccoon renderer. And the way that we're gonna do this is once again, I will copy this over, but all of the code is of course available to you in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. And this is actually, it'll might look a little complicated, but it's actually fairly straightforward. So right now we're going to just import this. There you go. And then we're gonna have a map. You can see this is a location by variant map. This is just a map that maps a specific record variant to a resource location. That is all that it does. Though we're saying, hey, if we have the default raccoon variant, then this is the texture you want to point to. If we have a dark variant, then we wanted to point to this texture. And if we have the red variant, then we're going to voyage to this texture. It looks a little more complicated, but when you think about it, that's actually all really that it does. And if you have multiple entries, if you have more entries here, you know, you just add more entries here. Now of course, we're gonna see a warning here because we've already added this actual, in this case key here. But yeah, that's all you really need to do. So if you have more, just add more. Same here. If you have more, you just add more, making sure that you increase the ideas here, that's very important as well. Well, then instead of just doing this, what we're gonna do is we're just going to say, Okay, um, well we just want to return the location bivariant dot get, and then we have the raccoon entity available here. But well, the record entity right now, it doesn't have a variant yet, does it? That's no problem at all. Because right now we're going to basically add those variants. So we're just going to keep this arrow here for the time being. No, not worried basically. And then we're gonna add all of the stuff that we need for the variance. So once again, there's gonna be a lot of copying over because once again, a lot of this code is always gonna be the same. It's almost always going to be the same. It's going to look the same. It's gonna be very similar. Only the details need to be changed, but I will try my best to go through and explain all that I need. So first of all, we're going to need an entity data accessor. So this is the data ID type of variant. This is basically a synchronize entity data. So it's of type integer. That's the general idea. So usually I like to put this at the very top of the class because it's just a little more readable even though this also belongs to the variance. I want to keep this at the top of the class and then the rest is going to go below this variance comments here. Okay, what are the things that we are going to need? Well, the first thing that we're going to need is we're going to need a set variant method. So there you go with a record variant. And then we can set the entity data of type date data ID type variant, which is exactly this synchronized data that we've created up here. And then we're gonna set it to the ID. And then using an operation here, we don't need to get into the specifics. This is pretty much what the horse also does. So most of this is taken from the horse as well. If we actually shift press shift twice and we'll go to the, I believe it's the abstract horse that has this, but I'm not a 100% sure. I believe that it's the absolute horse. This has the ID. Well, let's take a look at the horse than maybe it is actually the horse yet data ID type. We can see that this looks very similar. And then if we middle mouse button click on this. You can see, for example, right here, set to variant that we just setting the variant and then here set variant and markings. So you can see that here it basically also does a few interesting things with bit shifting. So let's not worry about it too much. Let's just say we're just gonna need this. And if we have this in the morgue, gonna be totally fine. If we have a set of variant, we of course also want a get variant, but we wanted two different ones that we want. One where we get the raccoon variant and one where we actually get the integer out of this. And that is pretty much also what we're going to need or the, this one right here. So we can just say now instance dot get variant. And then this one has no longer any arrows. And now we need to do the same in the model. What I can do is I can just copy this here. And we're just gonna say right here, this is gonna be the raccoon renderer that, and then we're just going to add this. Well, I should have the dot in there. There you go. And then this is called object instead. That's totally fine. And then we're done with the actual variance in both the renderer and the model. Those are the two only places where you need to change this. Otherwise the rest is all going to happen in the entity class. What else do we need for the entity? Well, once the world saves, Of course, we still need to somehow save this. So therefore we're going to need some NVT data. So all of this is gonna be saved right here, read additional saved data, and then also add additional saved data right here. So those two are very important. And then last but not least, basically I believe to be the define sync data. This is incredibly important because this is always going to be needed if you have any type of entity, data accessor, a beard, the data ID type, or be it is, assume we're gonna see a sitting as well. So a sitting data accessor of type Boolean. This is also what we are going to have to add in this define sync data method is very important. This is definitely what we're gonna need. And then last but not least, basically the last thing that we need is the finalized spawn method. And this is very interesting. Now the reason we need this is because this is basically called when we use the, well, I mean, when this actually this entity is spawned and this finalizes the sport. So we're literally just gonna say, Hey, just give me a random value of this raccoon variant. And then we're gonna set it to exactly that variance. That's all that we're doing here. And with that, basically the variant is complete. And you can see that overall, it's pretty much just this, these methods, they're all going to be almost always the same. If you have a different enum name, the name changes here. Apart from that, it's probably pretty much is always gonna be the same. It should always gonna be there. It should always be the same. Overall, this is pretty much all that. There's Twitter. It isn't that complicated. You just need to know where exactly you need to do those changes, of course, in the renderer and in the actual model as well. Just those two changes, just adding the map in the renderer as well. So this map right here, but overall, I believe that this should be fairly self-explanatory, all things considered, nothing here is two, I would say out of the bounds of most of this. So this should be fairly straightforward. And now I guess, well, I mean, let's just see if it works. Or we find ourselves back in Minecraft. So let's spawn some raccoons and let's see if the variances are added. And there you go. Oh no, we have one variant that is doesn't have a texture, but no worries, That should be just a typo in the actual pulling the actual resource location. You can see that the red one works totally fine. Let's just see what this is about and let's fix that. As I suspected right here, there is a typo. Don't no worries at all. We're just going to fix this. So the C was missing once again, with that, basically everything, it would now be working totally fine. And that's actually how easy it is to add some custom variance to your custom, well to your custom entity. But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. If he did, would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I'll see you in the next lecture. 108. (Additional Topics) Tameable Entities: All right, welcome back to the forge course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding a team ability feature to our custom entity, basically making it possible that we can tame our raccoon. And this is once again, one of those things that is actually fairly straightforward once we've implemented it. And you get to see which methods we have to override here in the Custom raccoon entity class. Now the first thing that we need to do is you need to go up here and actually change this to amiable animal. So this is gonna be attainable animal. There you go. Then we're just going to take this, I'm going to select it, press Control C, Control V to paste it in right here and right here as well. I believe that those should be all of the places where this needs to be done. Then I will, of course, once again copy over the bulk of this. All of this is of course, once again available to you in the GitHub repository in an individual just as well. This is going to be the team ability. This is going to go at the very bottom here, and we can see all of the stuff and we're gonna go through each of the methods one by one. You can see first of all, we have this sitting data accessor. Once again, I'm going to actually move that up as well so that we have are saying to data at the top here, then what's very important is because we have another one of those synchronize data entries. We need to add this to the defined sync data. This is very important that we do this. So we're gonna have to say this star entity data, define, this is sitting and then the default value is going to be false. So this is incredibly important and that this is also added here, otherwise, this will not work. So that's one of the things that we need to do. Now the reason why we actually need this particular thing, the accessory here, is because of the fact that otherwise the predicate for the animation doesn't work. Because in theory, if I actually go into the table animal and I believe there it is, the Boolean order to sit is already there, so this already exists, meaning that why would we ever need another accessory here, another type of data here, well, it doesn't actually synchronize this boolean here, I believe is only available on the server. I'm not a 100% sure, but I believe that this is only available on the server. But of course, in the case of gecko lip, that actually only works on the client, meaning that there is a mismatch between this boolean right here or the server and the client. Therefore, we need the actual synchronize the data here. That is why we have this. And then we can also now uncomment these two things. Now, this is very important that your sit when ordered goal, it has a lower priority in this or a higher priority, I guess it has to be a lower number. Then basically all of the other random look around at random walking goals, stuff like that. That is very important because if this has a lower priority than for example, the random stroll goal, then the raccoon in this case, even if it is ordered to sit, will just stand up and continue to walk and then sit down again and then continue to walk. So not really what you want it to do. So then we can also immediately add the animation here. This is the sitting animation. So if this is sitting, then we're just going to basically call the animation that raccoon sitting, nothing too crazy, should be fairly self-explanatory. And with that, the animation is done. And now we can actually take a look at all of the different things for the attainability that we need. For the first thing is basically the big method here, that is the mob interact method, but this is the method that gets called when a player right-click. So this mop, I have made an item here, so this is the item for taming. I've just chosen an apple. You could, for example, replace this. You can also add multiple items if you wanted to. Of course, normal Java applies. You're, so no worries. There. We're basically going to check, hey, is the item that we've right-click with, actually the item for taming. And if this animal is not yet attained, then we're gonna go in here, the client side, we're just going to consume, so we're gonna make it right-click, but nothing happens. However, on the server they are, we're going in and doing some things. First of all, if the ability here is instability. So the idea here is that if this is not the case, meaning that if we're not in creative motor than we're shrinking or decrementing the item stack by one. And if we are in creative mode of them, we're not doing it. That's all that there is to it. Here on animal team is just a, you know, an event that basically gets fired when this animal gets tamed. And then once again, we're just making sure that we are not on the a client basically. I think that this is basically redundant, but we're just going to keep it because no worries there. And then we're gonna say, first of all, we're gonna call the ETA method. This particular player within a gonna recompute the path for the navigation. We're then going to set the targets to know this row. This would be the aggressing target basically. Then we're going to call the broadcasts entity event with bytes seven. So this is a particular event here. You can see, since a particular packet to all players of that event, it's, it's quite craziness. This is basically the event that we need to send when a certain animal has been attained. I believe that this is responsible for spawning the Hearts when you actually get the team, then we're immediately setting sitting to true. And we can actually take a look at the set sitting here. So you can see that not only are we setting the entity data leading to whatever we're passing in here? We're also calling the set ordered to sit method, which was basically sets this order to sit in the table animal here also to whatever we're passing in. So the idea is that we need both of those to be set properly. And then we had this, yeah, that's basically the general idea here. And then here this one is, once we were already have tamed this animal. And once again, we're on the, on the server making sure that we use only the main hand because if we don't have this, then we're basically never being able to get the actual animal to sit because this is called for both hands. This is very important. This is called twice, once for each hand of the player. So be wary of this. This is also of course then called twice, one for the client and one for the server side. So in total it is called four times. So keep that in mind. And this one here, this is why we need the interaction hand here. Otherwise this would be called twice. And then of course, if you toggle something twice, well, it just reverts to its original position. Therefore, the actual animal would never sit. So that's very important here. Here. We're just basically making a pass when the item for taming is used again, even though it's basically already named. But that's all that there is to it for the mob interact method. This is basically the centerpiece of this, of course, where we're actually setting it to being tamed. And we have the set set, the setting method, nothing too crazy. We also have the set T method. Where is this cold? Let me actually take a look at this. This is cold. Not actually 100% sure I believe that this is cold. It might also be called via some of this stuff right here, but we're basically just changing some of the attributes here if this animal is tamed. So this is a normal thing that basically can happen. And then we also need to just, I don't think we need to override this necessarily, but I've overwritten it on the less is the team where basically this is the team that this animal belongs to. Then we have the last but not least, the Boolean method can be leached. I've set this to false. Now. Something that is a bug currently in gecko lip. I don't know if this is still a thing at the moment, but this has been an issue for some time, is when this is true and you actually leash this lesion, a gecko lip entity, then the actual lead is, it's invisible. It's still there. It works, but it's invisible. I don't know if there is a solution just yet. I will check this out in a later date as well. But if either it's fixed or if it's not fixed and we're probably going to have a fixed for that in maybe either later lectures or at some point in the future as well. But that is pretty much all that we need for the team ability. You can see it definitely gets a little more complicated here. It's not just like, Oh, let's get an enum in there, sort of a variant. Slap a few things in there and then we're done. Now, the team ability is a little more complicated, but all things considered were not. Well, it's not that crazy. The sitting capability is really the thing that might be the most the most difficult in some circumstances because all of the pieces have to be correct. We have to be cooling it in the correct ways, in the correct moments. And now it's very important once again, is the goal. This is most of the time the thing that has happened to me. Why why they basically stop sitting or when you order them to sit. And all of a sudden the animal just walks up and go somewhere else and then sits back down. But this was one of the things. After having added all of this, we're now going to be able to see not only the sitting animation, but ofcourse also how to tame the animal. So let's see if it works or why we find ourselves back in Minecraft. So let's see if I can tame the raccoon. And there you go, best friends forever. Now it is sitting. Now what I usually do to make it basically makes sure that it stays in the same place. It's just I'm going to not lock it in bulb basically make a little bit of a cave here so that I know okay, if has definitely moved, if it's out of the cave basically. And so for the time being, this looks totally fine, like it actually seems to be sitting there. And you can also see the sitting animation, by the way, let's actually take a look at the CEO. And then if I right-click again, then the raccoon should start walking again or just using other goals basically to do whatever it wants to do. Basically stroll around, or whenever it might want to do. There you go. Now it's running around again. So they go and yeah, that's I mean, you can see that it's actually faster because of the speed increase that has, it has gained through the taming. This is something that has happened in the taming. We're going to take a look at that in just a moment again. But yeah, that's I mean, that's pretty much all that we really needed to do. And now you have a Teams raccoon That's really freaking cool. Once again, the movement speed right here is basically why it is so freaking fast. We're basically setting it to 0.5, I believe. Let's see actually what the movement would be, 0.3. So we're almost doubling the movement speed. This is of course something like any other time when it comes to the attributes, values of certain certain attributes in this case, or certain variables, you just got to play around with them. You will have to change them probably a lot of times any way, simply because of if you want to really dig down and make sure that your mod is properly balanced, you're gonna have to change the numbers. I mean, a lot of times this is one of those things where once again, just play around with the numbers. Try out a bunch of stuff, be open to experimentation. And then while I mean, nothing basically stands in your way. But that is already it then for this lecture right here, I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. 109. (Additional Topics) Rideable Entities: Or I welcome back to the forge course for when 18. And in this lecture, we're gonna be adding a custom rideable entity to Minecraft. So after we've gone through with the raccoon entity, we're now going to add the tiger entities. So of course, once again have a blog bench model for this. There you go. This is of course also download both for you, but we have basically all of this has already set up and everything basically is going to work very similar to the raccoon. What we're going to have is we're gonna have a new class, first of all, and that's gonna be the tiger entity. There you go. Now there's tiger entity is gonna be very interesting. First of all, I will once again copy over the entirety pretty much of this class. This is going to be a very long class, but most of this is gonna be very similar to the raccoon, number one and number two, I will explain everything best I can, of course as well. So what we're gonna see here is we should get two. Okay, that's fine. That's actually okay because this is called the mod entity types. Actually, there you go. And then that's gonna be fine as well. Then one thing we have here is to see more entities that's gonna be fine. And then there's a few other things that we can actually get rid of here as well. And there you go. Now no more errors if you copy this over from the GitHub pastor or the gists, no more errors should be present for you. And everything here should be fine or yeah, it should be fine. First of all, what we have once again is some of the sittings stuff. So you can see it's sitting, set sitting. And even here we have the sitting and when we right-click the mob interaction here, you can see this time if we're crouching, then we actually want to set the smoke to be sitting because of course we also wanted to make it as readable. This is why we have this player rideable interface right here. And that is going to be the interesting thing. So if I actually click on this and press Control H, then we should be able to see, there you go. I have the abstract horse for example. Most of this is taken from the abstract horse and the horse entity classes. I cannot stress this enough. Take a look at all of the vanilla examples. You have so many vanilla examples here. Once you understand the basic structure of this class of like an entity class, then taking a look at the entity classes of in vanilla is fairly straightforward. So as I said, most of this stuff is the same as in the raccoon. We have the registered controls, the predicate for the animations. We have the asynchronous data, the sitting, and then we also have this spray selectors. So that's very interesting. So the spray selector here is for the target selector, for the non tame random target, this is a thing that is basically added where I added this from the wolf. So if we actually take a look at the wolf right here, you can see in the wolf is also has a prey detect, prey selected right here. And this also has this one right here. So you can see it would basically hunt different ray at this stage in this highest priority in this case, as we basically wanted him to do everything else before it does this. But this is just an added thing. You don't have to have this necessarily, but it is kind of cool. You can see we also have attempt goal here. This is actually the thing that, that the tiger is actually going to follow when you have a turnip in your hand, there's also the table item with it. So if you right-click it with the turnip, then you have a, as you can see right here, we actually have a twenty-five percent chance it should be of actually taming this entity n yeah, that's pretty much this. And most of this you can see actually it's not that crazy. Here we start writing. This is actually the player that's actually changed this. So click on this and then call this player. And then this is going to be the hand a little bit more readable than we can see player dot star writing this. We're going to basically start writing this. And how are we gonna be able to control this? Well, the way that we're gonna control this, this, with this method right here, can be controlled by a writer. And then here we just returned and controlling passenger is of living entity. And then here, I believe we also have to return. This is also quite important. And then the travel method is also taken from the horse. Most of the stuff has been taken out because the one thing that we're not going to have is the ability to jump with a tiger. That's the one thing that we're not gonna have. That is pretty much all there is to it. Once again, also, it's very, I mean, it's, it's fairly straightforward. Anibal, you can just take a look at the player rideable jumping interface number one and number two also the abstract horse. Like I said, all of this is available to you in the external libraries right here, right? All of the vanilla code. I can't stress this enough how, well, how easy it is to just take a look at that and basically then be, you know, get something from there. Let's add this to the more entities types right here. I'm just going to once again copy this over. Like always afford everything available in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. Go the entity right here. And then we're also going to make the two model and render our classes. So I'm gonna say Tiger model. There you go. And then we're also gonna say the tiger, tiger renderer go as well. And then once again, we're just going to copy this over. This is fairly straightforward and it's pretty much looks, should look like exactly like before. We just need to do the model as well. There you go. The model as well. Is pointing once again to the modal location in the geo tiger right here are the texture and then the animation are nothing new right here. And then in the renderer, pretty much the same thing where we just have the render contexts right here, and then we're making a new model right here. Now this, of course, once again has to be cooled in the client setup method right here. So we're going to say what entity types tiger, and then here the tiger renderer, there you go. Then of course, let's not forget the event that we need to call and that should be right here in the attributes. We of course wanted to set the attributes here to the tiger attributes they award very important. Do not forget this, and that should be that as well. Let's also add the, the new spawn accurate here. Let's just duplicate this and then we're going to say a tiger underscore spawners Greg, in your tiger and this correspond on his Greg and I just needed to get the actual color codes because I've actually prepared those in advance. Of course. Let us say this is the color code for that. And then the highlight color is this, making sure that we change this to Tiger. And then this is also fine. The model, well, we're just going to actually copy over the raccoons Baunach because that's gonna be easiest because the contents of which of our not actually going to change. So we're just gonna say this is the tiger spawn egg. They ago and then adding it here in the end underscore he was adjacent file as well, I guess morning. And then here as well, tiger underscore spawning. This is of course pretty much all of the stuff that we've gone through already with the raccoon. So nothing too new should be all everything fairly self-explanatory. Let's also add the tiger animation right here. There you go. Then we're also going to have the geo. This is gonna be right there. So let's open that up and add the hydro tiger model as well. And then last but not least in the entity, we're gonna make a new directory called tiger. And then instead of there, we're going to have the actual tiger PNG. This is the extra as well. And that is pretty much all of the things that we need. Like I said, most of the stuff happens in the tiger entity class. And also, like I said, most of this is just taken from the vanilla examples, from some familiar examples where we've seen the prey selector here, like I said, it's just an interesting thing. You don't necessarily need this. This is just something that I found interesting and I thought that I would add this as well to the tiger. So I mean, that is, as I've said, pretty much all that we need. Let's see if it works or if answers in Minecraft. And as you can see, the tiger AG has been added. So let's see. There we go. So some of the tigers here are successfully added in the game. And then let's get some turnips. Sierra now, they should be following me once I actually put this in and they ago, they are following me. So this is the tempt goal, of course, right? Where this basically signifies what the actual thing is that they are going to follow. And then if I just right-click, you can see this wasn't, wasn't successful, wasn't successful. Once again, it should be a twenty-five percent chance and they ago, now, I actually have it in here and if I right-click again, then I'm actually going to go through and it looks, it doesn't look very strange, but it is pretty cool and I can't jump. Like I said, this is something that you are probably going to be able to add via some examples through the horse. It should actually be too crazy. And then if I shift right-click, then you can see, then we can make this tiger sit as well. And that should also work only fine. Lets you can see this is an example of a writable entity and a table entity at the same time, basically both at the same time and there you go. That's actually how easy that can be as well. Well, but that is going to be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. 110. (Additional Topics) Adding a Custom Boat: Or I welcome back to the forage course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding a custom boats to Minecraft. Now this is one of those things similar to the sign. That seems, I mean, it should be way easier, but it actually incredibly frustrating to actually add. So once again, a few, I mean, a lot of this is gonna be copied over. But once you have set up this, once, you should be able to very easily add new types of boats to your MOD and it should be almost no worries at all. So the first thing that we're gonna do is we're gonna make a new entity. First thing you're going to be like, Wait, do we need an entity? Exactly. That's why we're basically doing it after the entities. This is gonna be the boat entity. They ago, however, only going to need one. And then once again, I will copy the contents here over. But like I said, everything is available to you in the GitHub repository, an individual just as well. Let's just add this and we shouldn't get any, okay, we're going to get a few arrows, but that's gonna be fine. These are gonna be sold in just a little bit. This is gonna be mod entity types actually go on the boat entity we're gonna add just a moment. Now once again, we're gonna have a Interestingly eight datatype ID type, right? So we're gonna, once you can have different variance of a particular entity, this is pretty much the same thing that we did here with the data ID type. You can see this is the TI variant and this is the type. So we're going to have a very similar setup right here. In this case, we're just going to have the actual type enum inside of this actual multiple entity class. And you can see we have the cherry blossom one with just the name Cherry Blossom. And then the rest is basically done sort of in the background. The idea here is basically done for us right here. And honestly, really, really, we don't really need to look at all of the other stuff. If you want to add multiple ones just like any other enum, separate them by a comma and then just name them if something different and then it's gonna be fine. That's something that you need to do when you want to add a new custom variant or a new custom boat type, you also have to change the kit drop item method right here. You can see this is a switch statement. And then here we're dropping the cherry blossom board. And then if you have another one, you just add a new case here and then just add that item there. Pretty much as simple as that. The get mod board type set, both types should be fairly self-explanatory. Read additional additives from saves data method. We're just saving the actual type of this boat. And then here we're just having two constructors. We actually need those two constructors because this one we're gonna be using in just a moment in the mod entity type. So I'm going to actually copy that over 1 second. Of course everything available to you. And you can see, let's actually call this the mod underscore board. How about that? That might be a little bit better. And then you can see this is the boat entity, and then this is also fine. This should work, this should work. And then this one heater if we can actually delete a day ago. Now, the actual boat entity only is going to be the item that's an issue and then the rest is going to work. You can see this is a miscellaneous, of course it's immune to fire. The size here is from the other boat entities. So if you actually take a look at the boat class, this is of course, the available class. Once again, take a look at this. If you think there's anything else you want to do, if there's anything special you want to make, take a look at that and then you should be fine there as well. Now we're going to also need a renderer. This is gonna be the model vote renderer. Up. There you go. This is actually gonna be fairly straightforward, all things considered. There's one interesting thing here. Once again, I will copy it over. But all of this is available to you and we get no errors. And you can see here is a very interesting thing. What you have here is his own resources. This is gonna be a map of from mod board type to a pair of resource location boat model. This is pretty craziness. The general idea here is just that we want, this is pretty much almost exactly the same thing. You'd see this texture location, pretty much what we had in the renderers right here, where we have the texture location and then the variant, that's pretty much all so what we have here just in a very much a more complicated a method. And it is what it is because this is the thing that this one's right. So the peer resource location boat model is what the model with location months. And if we make this into a map, different types and then different pairs, and that is basically going to work out. Now this actually interestingly enough, it's just gonna do the following where basically this one looks freaking craziness. This looks like, oh my god, what the **** is going on here. Literally what we're doing, we're going through all of the values that all of the types that we've defined for our boats or custom boats and then just making new pairs, right? So we're gonna go through all of them, make a new map for this and say, Hey, okay, now we're gonna make a map with this particular type. So we're gonna go through, let's say we have seven different types. The first type, and then we're just going to say whatever the name is. This is where the model looks for. And then the model layer location. So this is the actual boat model is always gonna be the AUC boat model. So this is the actual boat models. You can see this is why we don't make a custom boat model. So this is all gonna be the normal one. If you really want custom boat models, you're just gonna have to figure that out on your own. I highly recommend taking a look at the boat model right here. This should be, I mean, definitely something that is going to be a good place to start basically, but it's definitely gonna be a bit more complicated. And then when we have created this, the idea is that then this is basically returned right here in the model with location method, which you can see, we're checking whether or not this boat is of type or an instance of a mod boat model entity rather. And then we're just going to return the actual ball resource with the actual type. This is all that we're doing here. It looks a little crazy and it's like, wow, this is absolute madness, but overall it's actually not that crazy. So where do we need this? Well, we of course going to need this once again in the MC client method right here is ordinary MC course MOD and then in the client setup right here. So we're going to say this is the bolt entity and this is gonna be the mod vote renderer. And there you go. That already works. And that is that setup as well. And then we just need an item for this. So interestingly enough, we're still going to need a custom item for this as well. This is gonna be a MOD vote Item. And then there's actually a typo in there. We're just going to fix this quickly. Go item. And once again here, some stuff that will be copied over. This is actually the cluster is the least. Well, I mean, wouldn't say interesting necessarily, but the least craziness that we have this use method, basically just doing the stuff that happens when we right-click. This is pretty much I mean, it's almost one-to-one from the boat item. We can see this as the boat item right here. And this is the US method. It pretty much looks almost exactly the same. Instead of making a new board, we make a new mod vote should be fairly self-explanatory here, and the rest is almost exactly the same, pretty much the same thing. So there you go. And well, after we've added this, let's also make the item out of this so that we can get rid of the last arrow there. Let's just copy over the magic dusk. This is gonna be the, now this one is actually the specific boat. So this is gonna be the cherry vote item. For each of your different types of boards you're going to need different boats, basically cherry boat item, Let's actually sorry, this is the Chevy Bolt item. Let's call it Sherry. Actually cherry blossom board. That's better. There you go. Yeah, that makes them more sense. Cherry blossom boat. And then this is a MOD vote Item. Now this actually takes in as its first parameter, the normal software. The second parameter, as you can see, it takes in the mod boat entity type, entity type, dot arid, awesome. This was one too far off the ego. There is actually, there you go. Now it obviously works here. So you can see now we've created the MOD bulleted item here. And then this should also work in the entity right here where we're going to return to right there. Now, all the arrows should be gone. Now we just need to add the JSON files. So this would be the translation first and foremost, of course, for the item, this is gonna be right here, so we're just going to copy this over. This is gonna be the cherry underscore blossom underscore boat. And then of course, same here. Cherry blossom boat. Now there's another thing, of course, the item model, not the item model. It's just a normal item model. Nothing too crazy about this, but still we're just going to copy it over n. We're gonna take a look at it. You can see just points to a specific item texture. Nothing crazy here. Same with the item texture. That's just the normal boat texture. Really textured basically a little bit for our custom ones. So we can see they ago is the cherry blossom board. Another the question is weight but whereas the entity texture there, well, this goes once again into entity. And I'm gonna make a new directory called boat. And then inside of here was the cherry undertone score blossom, this name right here. What's very important? It has to be the same as the name supplied in the type of this name has to match this name because that's what the renderer looks for in terms of a texture. So that's very important. And this is how it looks like. Basically once again, just basically setup. So this is all of the board. And then you can, this is the basic texture of the boat. That is the general idea. Now, in theory, I believe that this should be all of the things that we needed for a boat to add. Like I said, is just with the sign. It's it's pretty crazy. Like all things considered. There are some pretty major steps, like I said, most of this if you just copy it over and then you can basically change it. So you're going to need a new custom item for each of the new boat types. New boat type right here. So this is something that you need and then the rest should pretty much be fine. I believe that you should be able to use this entity type for all of them. And that should be pretty much all that you need to do. But for completion sake, let's see if it works. Or if ourselves back in Minecraft and you can see the cherry blossom boat has been successfully added to the game. Now let's set it down. And there it is, the cherry blossom board. And we can use it in the water. Everything working totally fine, just like we would expect it to go. And then if I actually switch to survival mode quickly, Let's go to survivor mode and let's see if this drops and indeed drops a cherry blossom board, just like you would expect it to. So there we go, working everything, amazingly. And that's actually how easy it is. Like I said, there's quite a few steps that you have to go through. But once you go through them, then it's actually fairly straightforward. But that's gonna be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 111. (Additional Topics) Entity World Generation: Or I welcome back to the forge course for 100 teen. In this lecture, we're gonna be adding custom entity generation to Minecraft, but we have created our entities now we also want them to spawn in the world. So for that we're just going to make a new class right here. So in the world agenda package, we're gonna make a new mod entity degeneration class. And once again, this one I will copy over because I've actually basically prepared a little bit of a class here that you can use. So this is, of course we need to change this to more than two types they go and then this one as well. This should be no worries for you. You should be able to just copy that over. And you can see the entire class here, we have an entity spore method that we're going to call in right here, basically at the very bottom here. So mod entity iteration on empty spawn, and then we're passing in the IM loading event here. And that should be pretty much what we need. And then you can see there are some methods that we can use under. For example, add entity to all overrule biomes. We have an entity to all biomes. Net to nether. No, nether, sorry, right. So there's everywhere but the nether, every robot, the end. And then here too, all biomes including and another. And usually in theory, if you have those methods, you should be able to very easily at other ones that pretty much do the same thing that you want to do. I mean, honestly, at this point, some Java knowledge is of course, very much a thing that you should have at this point. And once you have it, then adding some more here shouldn't be too crazy, even if you don't necessarily understand everything if you're like, okay, this adds it to all biomes, but the end it's like, okay, you can probably figure out how to add them to only the end, for example, just literally that, That's it right now. All of a sudden everything only to the end biomes, That's pretty much all there is to it. So this class, like I said, I've used before. And yet here we just had the example right now that we're going to add them to basically all overwhelmed biomes, in this case, both the raccoon and the tiger. So after having added it in here, That's actually literally all that we need to do. I guess for completion sake, let's see if it works. It translates back in Minecraft. Now in theory, we don't even have to make a new world for this because the entities are, they sort of spawn. I mean, I wouldn't necessarily say dynamically, but they don't immediately spot upon basically the world being generated. So let's see if we can find any of our custom ones. Was that already tiger there it is. There's already a tiger here in the forest. There's another one, another one. But that's I mean, that's actually how easy it can be. Uh, you saw that's fairly straightforward. All things considered, like I said, not changing it is should be totally easy as well. You can see there are some more tigers. I do want maybe we can find some raccoons as well. Maybe just quickly over this hill, command. Some raccoons. They are, Let's go away. We actually found them to read raccoons and two dark records. So that's pretty cool. Yes, So that's actually how easiest to add some custom entity generation Minecraft that has already it for this lecture right here. Like always, of course, all of the code is available to you in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. But otherwise I will see you in the next lecture. 112. (Additional Topics) Adding Custom Trades to Villagers: Or I welcome back to the forge course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding custom trades to a villagers. So this is going to be custom traits to already existing villagers, very important here. So we won't be adding any custom villagers at the moment. This might happen in the future, but I wouldn't count on it just necessarily right now. So we have to go into our Events class. There's just an event here. In the more advanced class. I'm just going to copy over the method and it's very, very straightforward. This is all that we need. So you can see we're just going to use the villager trades of n right here. And then we're just gonna say, hey, if the type is specific, a profession that where we want to add our traits too, then we just add our trade to it. That's literally all we're doing. You can see that it's very, very straightforward. You can see this is the way that you filter. So if you want to add something for another profession, you just copy the if statement and it changed the professional right here. Anything else that you want here? You can specify the villager level right here when you do trades that yet. And then you pass in the village or lever level here, and then you just add whatever merchant offer you want. So the, this one right here, so the actual emerald right here is what you pay. The merchant offer. You can also put in a two item, three items, stacks, and then those would be the two things you have to pay for. In this case, we have one item stack, the Emerald to emeralds. This is what we pay, and then we're going to get wealth turnips for that. Then you can see Max uses, we can use this ten times. The speed is 50. I think that this is actually quite a bit too high for the stuff here. So I think that this is more in the realm of like single-digit experience usually, but whatever the case may be, I mean, all of those numbers highly recommend just playing around with them one way or the other. I mean, that's probably the smartest thing anyway, but that is literally all that you need. You can just copy this over at as many if statements in here as you would want, as many traits as you might want to add. But that's literally all that you need to do is really freaking easy, really straightforward. I mean, you can't make it easier, honestly, really. I mean, I guess just for completion sake, let's see if it works or if our answers back in Minecraft and they can see we already have the turnips right here, so I can just put in to emeralds and I'm gonna get my 12th turnips. That already works, our custom one. And you can see how much experience the actual farmer again from that. And then let's actually go to the tool Smith and let's just get some tools here so that we can basically Level him up to level three because we need them to level two, level three, Let's get some iron ingots seer, if you trade as well, iron ingots the goal. And then let's hope that this is going to work out. Let's get some iron ingots. And then level three should be right around the corner. They ago on upgrade, upgrade. Go and now let's see. We don't have the Paxil in this case, so this did not quite work. Well, fair enough. I guess Let's say the other one then. Let's just let me just quickly upgraded or this tool Smith was a little bit more cooperative. You can see the cobalt Paxil. There you go. So we can get this and then we could use it. However we would like. There you go. So just like we would expect the actual tool to work, it works, and there you go. It was able to be traded here through the actual tool Smith and here once again, the turnips right here, we can just get a few of them and they go. So the max uses also working totally fine, but just how we expect it to really freaking cool. And that's actually how easy it is to add some custom traits to villagers. Like I said, this is of course existing villagers, but this still already adds quite a few different ideas to your mod, which is really cool. So I highly recommend checking this out, but otherwise this is gonna be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you've learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. 113. (1.18.2) Updating Forge to 1.18.2: All right, welcome back to the forge course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be updating our project to 118 to now with the release of 1880s, there come a few changes, but luckily nothing that we can fix quite crust actually. Nothing is too crazy. The one thing funnily enough that is actually completely broken or not completely, but to a major degree, is the title funnily enough? I don't know why they changed the title screen, but whatever the case may be, we're just going to update and then you're going to basically see the changes in the built DOD Gradle file. There are of course a few changes to be made. So what we're gonna do is, first of all take a look at what the current version is. The current version, as you can see, 40012, once again, of course for you, this in the future is probably going to be a later version. So you're just gonna take that at that point then, and then we're going to be fine. So we're going to do that first. So we're gonna go right here to the dependencies 40012. And then this is to just checking, double-checking 40121, 1000th 2. That is correct. And then before we actually reload this, we also want to get the newest version of, of gecko lip because I believe that actually the old one does not work. So we wanted to in 312 as well right here, just gone to the installation you once again, and then we're using that as well. So we're gonna do this one right here they ago. And that should pretty much be it. Apart from, of course, parchment mappings, this is incredibly important to the parchment mappings. We actually want very specific parchment mappings and they are going to be the following. I'm going to copy them over and this is going to be, of course, once again available to you in the GitHub repository, an individual just as well. You see, we're basically taking the 1800s parchment mappings and then putting over that the 1880s normal official mappings. If you don't have this setup like that, then you're going to actually run into some issues and some methods will not be available. So please keep that in mind if you're using personal magnets to use this, or if they are updated to 172, then of course you can also update it to that version at that point. But then we're gonna click the little elephant. If that doesn't appear, you can open the Gradle tab and then press the reload or Gradle changes. Now this once again might take up to a minute or two. And because I've done this already, this should be taken for me. There's like a couple of seconds usually. Let's see, Just be patient and let it run through. And then we'll see after we get a build successful, they were built successful actually did take a good two minutes here. But once again, of course, just be patient and wait until you get a build successful and then you're gonna be fine. But the first thing we're gonna do is we're going to actually go into our MC course mod class and we're gonna do one thing and that's gonna be pulling the gecko lib dot initialized. This probably should have been added beforehand, but now is the best time than ever to just added. And then we're going to be fine here. I think it's next strictly necessary, but it is definitely recommended, at least at the very least. And then what are the changes while the changes happened mainly in the tags, then also the changes happening in the world packets. We're gonna take a look at that in a moment. And then also there's one tiny change in the block entity with the custom recipe. For first of all, we're going to tackle the tags right here. You can see I optional names tax does not exist anymore. But what does exist is the TAC key, and we're just going to replace this with tacky. Click on it, press Alt and Enter import this class. And then we're going to change all of the optional tags to tack key. There you go. And then instead of creating an optional here, we just do dot create. You can see we're just changing this to Create. And there you go. That's pretty much all that we need to do now, one thing that still does not work as the dowsing rod valuable here we can see, you can see, we can't just all the Contains right here. Now, this is what would you say? I mean, a little annoying to be honest. This is the way that this is setup is looking really weird. So this is what you need to put in there. See registry dot block, it holder or throat. Then we're going to basically get the registry resource key for this block that we're passing in here. Then we're saying, okay, is this holder inside of the dowsing rod valuables? It's crazy the way that this is setup now, I don't know why the changes occurred. I'm just saying that this is basically the way that we have to do this. And I'm just gonna, we're just gonna be able to find with it basically. But that is the changes right here. So the tags are done. Let's actually then go into the recipe right here. Any mod recipes, this line right here can no longer be in this method. What we actually want to do is in the event package, in the mode event past events, we want to add a new event. So we're just going to copy this over for the moment here. This is going to be register the recipe types. Then what we're gonna do is we're gonna just take this Registry register event right here, and we're going to change it in the following way. So we're gonna say that this is actually not in global realizes, but this is actually the recipes serializer ago. So this is what we need. Of course this once again available to you in the GitHub repository in individual just as well. And then we're gonna copy this line if you have multiple recipe types, of course wanted to add all of them in here, all of the registry dot register methods, and that was gonna be fine. Now this will work as well. And now we can go into the craziness that is going to be the world generation. But in the abstract tree grower, you can see basically now we don't no longer want the configured feature here. What we actually want is a holdout, right? So we're gonna say Hold on and then this is going to be very interesting. There's gonna be question mark extends, extends the configured feature right here. And then we're gonna do this and then we can move into the moat configured feature class and then basically change this. Accordingly. So this is also going to be a holder. In this case of question mark extends, then it's configured feature and then here at the end, adding the closing angle bracket. Once again, of course everything available to you in the GitHub repository, an individual just as well. Then what we're going to see is this configured we no longer need including the dot. We're going to replace that with a comma and then delete both the opening and closing parentheses at the end. This should now be no longer an error. There you go. And this should also be fine. Now, what we have to do is actually we can now go from configure feature to configure feature to place feature. We now do actually have to add another place feature in here, and I will copy this over once again, everything available to you in the GitHub repository in individual just as well. And you can see here, we basically have this place feature once again instead of this holder right here. And we're basically filtering by block survival of the sampling, just like we are doing here. Just instead of doing this inline, we're basically doing it with a place feature here. And then we're using the place feature in this random feature configuration list, just like we're doing here. So it's very, very similar, just a little bit different, I guess, when it comes to the rowers, this should also be fairly straightforward. We just have to change this right here. We actually no longer wanted to call this. So the actual get empty is no longer a thing. We want to do something like this, but you don't want to even return something because this actually just takes this in. We're going to do something like this. And then this is going to be the placement utils, what we need when the placement utils, that's only when empty. And then we're going to pass this in here and I'm going to end this with one right there. Let me just quickly reformat this a little bit so that I can actually see where we're at here. Let me a simple block with a new block configuration. They block say provider of rows. Let's just hover over this. What do we want? This is of course, going to be also a holder. We just need to change this to a holder they ago, and then this should work as well. There you go. Once again, of course you can always just copy it over. You can see that the changes here or not that crazy, they're just really syntax, same here with the order. The order is actually probably the easiest one. We just have to change this and then change this to a holder as well. They ago. And then this also needs to be of war configuration, very important here. There you go. Then as you can see, pretty much working as well. So these are the changes, of course, the changes on 0.5. So I have to take place right here in the latest features where they are all holders as well or not or configuration about holders. Let me copy over the holder here. There you go. Hold on a go. And I'm gonna do this for each one of them just so that we already have it and hold it here as well. There you go. Then we're gonna click on it, Alt and Enter to import. And then instead of having these, This placed, what we actually want is just removing the place again, adding in a comma here. Now this is not gonna be checked with, this is actually gonna respawn. And now they ago, Same here instead of place, we're just gonna do a comma and then doing something like this. And then same here that I've placed, replacing it with a comma and then we can also remove that and that should be working as well. We still need to go into the Gen classes because here has also changed. This is now a holder instead of a supplier. Then instead of doing it as a supplier, we're just going to do it like this. So we're just going to remove the supplier here and then that should also work. So this remove the supplier, import the holder. And then same here, Last one. Delete this as this and they ago. And that should be it for the world generation. Let's see Morrow regeneration. There you go. Features again, no more errors and now everything should be working. So of course, once again, everything is available to you in the GitHub repository, an individual just as well to copy over. And those should be everything that we need to do. I will actually show you what is wrong with the title screen in just a moment when we actually get into the title screen. But now we can actually just start it, see if it works. Let's make a new world as well. And then we're gonna see if everything works in 1000th two. Or the custom title screen is actually turned off. We're gonna look at that in just a moment. But for the time being, let's just make a new worlds. Let's do a test 1234, and let's see if everything still works, if everything's still spawns, but I'm fairly confident that it does, or Francis back in Minecraft. So I already basically located a plane's biome here. And you can see we got our custom mobs even spawning. We got our tree spawning our flowers. So that all works totally fine. And you can see we're just going to go in here. We can get the cobalt blast route just like one recipe here, just for the sake of argument, why not? Let's just try it out because the recipe should also be working totally fine. Let's just set it down. There you go with the theory, you go and it's still working totally fine. You can see we are cobalt pickaxe, it's working, it's in there. And so as you can see, I mean, pretty much everything is still working. We can also take a look at the dowsing rod here with the data tablet a ago also still working. So it's also working totally fine. Everything should be functional. And yeah, I mean, that's pretty much it. So let's just take a quick look at the title screen. So I'm just gonna change the on fake and then we're gonna take a look at what the title screen and tails. All right, so as you can see, both the splash screen as well as the additional information at the bottom left corner are sort of not present. I am not a 100% sure why that is the case. So I think that the best course of action is to just keep your custom tiles screen default turn off basically so that it's not replaced. And then once I actually figured out something, then I will of course, make another short lecture on basically how to fix that for the time being though, I think that this is going to be fired and it's not gonna be too disruptive robot that pretty much concludes this lecture right here. I hope you've found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lectures. 114. (1.18.2) Custom Structures (Working through Tutorial): All right, welcome back to the forge course for 118. In this lecture, we're gonna be looking at a custom structure generation goes very important is that the custom structure generation here is of course going to be for 118 to, if you have an updated, very much advise you to go to the last lecture that we had and where we basically updated to 118 to keep that in mind, the thing we're gonna do in this particular lecture is we're gonna go through the structure tutorial by telepathic grunt. And this is right here. I have this already opened here in the background, and this is probably the best resource for structures that exists ever. I mean, like props to telepathic run because this is just absolutely freaking amazing. And we can see there are different branches here. They can use the 1800s, forge a jigsaw branch if you're using 1, 1000th 2, and if not, you can use the 1800s 0 branch, this one right here. Forge. It is definitely a little bit different. In 1 1000th 2. What we can now do is we can actually do custom structures, add them to the world without any piece of code at all. We only need JSON files, which is really freaking awesome. In this lecture, what we're gonna do is we're gonna step through this structure tutorial mod right here, all of the code, all of the adjacent files, copy them over a piece by piece, and then basically take a look at what you need to change. What you can then, what do you then have to do? And the general idea to add the two structures that are added here as an example. And then in the next following lectures, we're gonna make a one-piece structure ourselves. And then we're also going to make a jigsaw structure, which is actually far easier than you might expect. It's actually all not too crazy. I think that yes, of course, if you have something in singly custom, of course it's gonna be a little bit more complicated. But for the time being, let's just go in here and let's see what we have to do. So let's go in source main and we have to actually open both folder. So I'm just going to middle mouse, click on the Java one and then on the resources as well. We're going to first of all, start with the code. You can see There's the main class we have the, this is what I would call the mod structures. And then in these structures folder, in the structures package, we have the sky structures class. But this is the first thing that we're gonna do. We're gonna basically, I'm going to reorganize this a little bit, but we're gonna start with the mod structures. This one right here and among gonna do this one, and then we're gonna do this 1. First of all, we need a mod structures class. Well, that's easily done in the world package actually. Then we're going to go in here new package called structure. Then instead of they're all going to make a new class called the models ruptures. There you go. Now it's written correctly they ago in this class what we're gonna do is I'm just going to copy over the contents here. This is actually, lets actually copy over everything. That's gonna be fine. I'm going to rename it here again. So when I say modern structures, they will making sure that the name here is correct. And then we can also delete this and this. There you go. And just reformat this a little bit. This is of course now going to be the MC course mount at AdMob ID. And then because I like to do this, we're gonna do is we're gonna make a, because I like to do this. We're gonna make it public static void register method with an I of n plus Event Pass. And then we're gonna call the deferred register structure. You could also call it directly in the, the main class in the constructor, but we're not gonna do that in this class. We're going to add in just a moment. So in the MC course mod right here, we're just going to go down, let's say right here to model structures that register and then passing in the event bus fare you go, right? And now we have actually done this one right here and then this one as well. You can see that this is literally the only thing that we need to add. And then here we have the sky structures one, we're just going to copy over the entire thing. Once again, this is the structure package. Right-click new Java class called Sky structures, no, sin here. What we just want to do is we didn't want to say log manager, making sure that we choose or Apache logging log for J. Very important. And then we say instead of lager, we say yet lager or log. There you go. This is not the run-down house. There's actually skies structure. There you go at a particular position. And then we can actually take a look at this class, what it is, what does it do? Get rid of this import as well. And then there you go. Overall this class, you can see the structure feature of jigsaw configuration. Now, this is sort of boilerplate code. You can see there are a lot of comments I highly recommend in your own time. Go through, read all of the comments. Just try and understand a little bit of what it's saying. The eternal ideas that you have two different methods here, these feature truck with it and decreed pieces. The generator and the creed pizza generator is really the thing that's most interesting to us really. You can see in the future trunk, we're just basically checking, hey, is this chunk the actual chunk where this is placed? Roughly speaking, I highly recommend, like I said, read through all of the comments. It's highly recommended. But then in the creative pieces generator, you can see here what we're basically doing here. This is interesting, right? So you get the trunk coordinates into a blog post. So this is going to be what it's doing. And then here we're basically placing it 60 blocks above the top land. So you can see that doing it like this. You can see in the comment here, we'll surface WG will stop at the top water so we don't accidentally put our structure into the ocean. And then this is basically, you get the y-coordinate of the top of the land basically, and then we're adding 60 to it. So this is a way of you can basically changing the y level. And then you can also see right here, we have for each of the different parameters that we're putting in here, the, what basically happens here. It's really well done. I can just recommend you if there's a certain complex thing that you want to do, read through the comments that are added here and then you're going to be fine. Now this is actually all of the code that we need. This is very interesting because the rest is all done with JSON files. We're just going to basically go back to the GitHub again and we're going to close all of this and then we're here in the resources. So the thing that we need is in the data folder, we're actually going to need to open a lot of stuff here. We need to add this stuff and this stuff. If we add our structure to this tag, you can see microbe has some configured structure feature tags that at behavior. And then this is basically going to add it to a locator. We'll structure on the photographers, villagers, Ocean map, monument maps. This is not strictly necessary. It's just an interesting thing. We're not actually going to implement this one. We're just going to ignore it and we're only going to be interested in the data folder for our own custom one. This one of course, being a structure underscore tutorial or the mod ID hours will be Mc course. And then we're going to open all three of those folders. And then you can see the structures here are NVT data. This is very interesting. So the NVT data is basically generated inside of the while instead of Minecraft. So you build your structure, you use certain blocks to generate it for the time being. In this lecture, we're gonna take these NVT data and we're just going to copy it over. And then we will actually have to change a tiny bit in the NVT data, but no worries there. We're going to see that in just a moment. For the time being, we're just going to basically download all four of those. So we're just going to go in here, open all of them and then download, download, download and download. And you can see they are under Data Mart ID structures and then the actual file. So what we're gonna do is inside of our data folder, MC course, we're gonna make a new directory called structures, and then I will add all of them in there. Just going to actually do it like this. There you go. Just like dragging them into this folder. I mean, at this point should be fairly self-explanatory. How you can just add stuff follows here, just dragging them in there. And then we have the NVT data right here. So that's really good. And that is the first part. And now we need to switch back right here. We can get rid of all of this right here. There you go an hour here in the tags world gen biome has a structure. So this is a really cool tag that we're going to add. And this is honestly really freaking cool because you can see first of all, the sky fan biomes here. And then there's also the JSON only house. The JSON only house, if you remember back in our structures that we had, we only had the sky structures right here. There's no mention of any house. Exactly. That's what I'm saying. You can actually add certain structures without having any code at all. This DJs and only hear house. This is basically going to enable us to do that. I'm gonna do is I'm just going to own both of them. Then what I do is I'm just going to copy the name here because that's like a little bit easier. And this was a tag in our MC course, holdup tags. And this under this underworld Jen. And then instead of here, this is gonna be under biome. And then one more structure, one more directory which is called as underscore structure. And then we can add the file here, this 1 first. And then we're going to also get the second one, the name here as well, a new file. There you go, Jason only house biomes and you can see the contents of which if I'm gonna copy this one over. So this is the code structure Skype and biomes. You can see this biome tax specifies what biomes, this actually starts in it. You can either start it with biome tanks, with a hashtag, or you can specify a specific biome like this. It's really freaking awesome. So this is the way that you can basically specify what biomes this particular structure spawns in, but also gonna copy over the contents of this one. They go. Without that one. Of course, there you go. And all of the sucrose also available in the GitHub repository in the, just as well. Don't no worries there. However, I really do think that it's the best if you work through this structure tutorial with me once and then maybe even once on your own, just so that you basically know each individual part. So you can basically say this world gen biome tag has structure, is used to specify the biomes in which our structures spawning. But we can basically now close this as well. And then we can proceed to the next one which is the world gen. There was this folder, so we're gonna close this as well. And then you can see there are four different folders in here. Once again, all really freaking interesting. So we're just going to open the first one and we're going to basically deal with this. We can see that here we have the code structure sky fundraising and the adjacent only house for the configured structure feature. Once again, I'm gonna copy over the name right here and we're going to take a look at it. So data are more ideal underworld yet and then configured structure feature, we're gonna go into the heart. So this is under the tags, so very important that you don't accidentally put this right here. Under the EMC course folder. We actually want a new folder called world gen, which should then be below your tags. So make sure that this is correct, not inside of this folder. Make sure that this is, you have two of them. You see X Gen. This one has he has structure stuff. And then this world gen folder is instead of your more ID for your MC course full of very, very important that there is a difference there. Please make sure that this is correct. Instead of this world gen follow, we can actually take a look at all of the four different. The things we need, Let's just do it like this for a moment. So we're just gonna say this is the configured underscore structure underscore feature. And then we're just going to copy this one over here. We're gonna say this is the process or underscore list, and then we're gonna copy this one. This is the structure underscore set. And then last but not least, we have also the template underscore pool, of course makes sure that all of those are written correctly. And then we can proceed with the configured structure feature right here. And we're just gonna go in once again there and we're gonna say this one, this name right here. I'm going to make a new Drazen file. We're going to right-click new file, call it like this. There you go. And then copy over the contents of this. And then we're going to see where the first things are that we actually need to change here. And as you can see, there's a lot of comments again, no worries. By the way, these arrows, you can ignore them in the JSON files because they're still going to work at. And so no worries there though. You can see basically here we have some overrides, which means that, hey, these particular monsters might spawn in this structure, you can see what mobs can spawn over time in the structure. That's very interesting also here, if true land will be around the bottom of a structure based on the pieces y-value. That's also something that you could do. This one here is the tag. This we need to specify this tag right here. This of course changes to our model ID and then has structures is the same thing and then this name is the same thing as this. So we don't need to change this the path to the template poor JSON file, of course, also needs to be MC course. This is adjacent that we're going to add in just a moment under the template pool right here. And then here we're also going to change this name to MC course sky structures. Very important that this name you can see the base structure class to use for the behavior of the structure. So we can see in the mod structures right here, this is the name of the sky structures and then this is what it bases it off of. But this is basically the connection between this JSON file and this structure, mainly like this structure class right here. So keep that in mind as well that you have written the type year correctly when it comes to the JSON only house, right? We're just going to copy over the name again. We're going to put this into the same folder, a new file right here. Let's go and then the actual content of which once again copied over. There you go. And then here we also have to change once again as this to MC course should make sense. And then we'll change this to MC course as well. This is going to look for a JSON file in the template underscore pool older, where we basically add this in just a moment Apart from that, the rest can stay. For example, you can see there's some illusion or some pillagers and some parents that might spawn in here. That's really interesting. We're going to then continue along. So now we have managed the configured structure feature and then we can look at the processor list. This is a very interesting thing as well. We can actually just get this based on file right here. Let's just copy it over and we're going to look at it inside of this. This is the processor list, a new file called the random mice underscores don't break Grayson. And this is very interesting. So I'm gonna paste this in. And you can see this is a, this is basically a rule and what it does is it replaces a certain thing. So you can see the block we're looking for is the stone brick. And this has a 50% chance of allowing the found stone brick to be replaced with different things. For example. And you can see if we find a stone break, then there's a 5% chance of replacing it with an emerald OR, and then here you can see there's a 50% chance of actually replacing it with an infested stone brick. And then down here, you can see a couple of deep slate might be replaced at 10% value or a 10% probability with a deep state Redstone or so. Those are some very interesting examples of basically one of those interesting rules, which is really freaking interesting, which can make your structures just that more, well, I mean that more interesting if you can then replace certain blocks under certain conditions, basically with a certain probability here to do to be other blocks. That's really cool and really awesome. So that's definitely something to play around with a little bit in your own time as well. But that has also been added and we're gonna see where this is used in just a moment so we can close this as well. And then let's just open to the structure set in the template pool. Both you can see once again, the structure is set. We have two JSON files, one for each of our different structures that one more time. So we're going to just read those Jason files as well. Read this one. There you go. And then I'm going to copy over the contents here. Once again, there you go. So this one is one of the, well, I would say this is one of the easier JSON files. I would say just changing the name right here. And then this of course, in this case the structure here, it should look for this JSON file here if I'm not mistaken. And then the placement here is actually very important. So the salt here, you can see it. Make sure this is unique and does not match any other structures salt. Otherwise, what's going to happen is that they're gonna be placed in the same location, which of course is something we don't want. And you can see the average distance support in chunks. And then here, this is the minimum distance apart your trunk. So this one always have to be smaller than this one. It makes sense. And then here we're just basically choosing a random spread. This is also advisable to keep it like that. And that is pretty much what we need. Ear. And then what we need is the case normally house as well. We're going to get to this as well, they ago and then the name here, so new file and then just copying over the contents. And you can see this is once again change here. They ago. And you can see this salt here is different than this salt. Once again, highly recommend just if, when you add your own custom structure. When we add the custom structures in the next two lectures, then you're going to see that we're going to change the salt as well. Very, very important. Otherwise this is pretty much a fairly straightforward JSON file. Once again, this one points to, point to the configured structure feature right here. Now, the last thing that we need is the template pool. So this is gonna be the JSON files right here. So I'm gonna close this, this and this. You can see we have the single adjacent file here and we have two JSON files for the house. We're just going to use the sky fan first. This is gonna be right here inside of it. So Skype on Jason and then I'm going to copy this over as well. There you go. And you could see what happens here is that first of all, in the name here I'm going to change. So this is not strictly necessary actually, because I believe that the name here is it's pretty much it's the name of the template pool itself. I don't think that this really needs to be changed here, not a 100% sure, but you can also see there's a link right here for the a template pools JSON file. Highly recommend checking this out as well. This is of course linked here as well, so no worries there. And then you can see what are the elements that we're looking for? Well, we're looking for eighth. Once again, structure tutorial has to change to MC course, the sky fan. Now this, as you can see, the final path is resources data structure tutorial in our cases MC course, It's structures rundown, left house, left side MVT. Now this is of course not quite right. This looks for Sky underscore fan, NVT, sky fan, and then this is right here, Skype and MET under the EMC course location. This is where it looks for. And then this one is also very interesting. You can see we're adding in the processor right here, which is the MC course, randomized stone, brick. This is exactly this JSON file right here, so this is actually not needed. This is just an added bonus, so to speak. And you can see specifies the processor list and then basically applies it to the NVT file right here when placing it in the world. And then it's there. You can see processor lists are great for randomizing blocks and making structures appear more natural. Really freaking awesome, Really cool, and overall not too crazy to use. Once again, this is one of those things where of course, adding in exactly what you want might be a little bit tricky. But overall, it is still a really cool thing to basically take a look at and change around and played around with, right? So this is going to be the sky fan. And now we're gonna do is the these run-down house. You can see there's a site pool and a storage pool. We're gonna basically near both of them, are just going to get to the site pool first. And this is in a, in a new folder right here, which is going to be called Run underscore down underscore house. And then we're gonna have a new file called the dot underscore pool, Jason. And we'll also have a base so far which is called the site underscore pool, underscore dot dot js and actually cite Poole side underscore fooled adjacent. There you go. This is the site pool JSON, and then this one right here is the start pool Jason, why do we need two of them? Well, the actual run-down house Is a jigsaw structure, meaning that it has two different parts of it. You have a left side, right here. We're gonna change this once again to MC course. This is the run-down house left side, which points to this one, this NVT data right here, run-down house left side and the side pool. You can see we actually have a list of elements which has different weights here. And it points to two different NVT by else basically. And you can see that there's a 50% chance of spawning the gold run instead of the regular one. That's the idea here. And we're gonna see one example of this, the custom jigsaw structure that I will do as well. Once again, of course, changing the MOD ID right here, which is very important. And then here we can just change the mode idea. I don't think it's strictly necessary, but we're just gonna do it as well, just so that we have it. So you can see there are a lot of moving parts here. However, I will summarize one more time because there's actually one more thing that we need to change because as it stands right now, this actually is not going to work 100%. The run-down house is actually only going to spawn a left side and right side, because in this MPT data, the wrong monody is saved. We're gonna see how we can fix that in just a moment. But first of all, let's summarize with all of the stuff that we've done. We have added two different structures. We've added the sky structure using some code as well, mainly the sky structures class right here, which can be used to what at certain other features that are not possible to be added via only the JSON files. Mainly, you can see this one right here where we specify the actual y position of this particular structure and some other things as well. But what we've also done is we've also made a structure purely with JSON files. And you can see for that structure we needed. 12345 different Jason files that all of course have to be in the correct locations and they are all related with each other. Let's think about this for a second. So it's best to probably start with the storage pool right here, because the store pool references the NVT file. This is the NVT file right here in, under your data folder mod ID structures in VT. And this is referenced right here in the star pool. Now whereas the store pool reference their star plus referenced in the configured structure feature class right here. So we can see this is the store pool that is being referenced. You can see this is the configuration of this particular structure and this has been referenced, whereas also referenced is the biome Jason, This is the under the tax world, Jin biome has structure. Jason only How's the biomes, which basically signifies quick in what biomes can this structure spawn? This pretty much explains this chase and followed here, this JSON file is used for actually adding the world, basically adding the structure to the world that this structure is set. You can see in this comment here basically it's going to pick one of those structures. I mean, in this case there's only one structure. You could in theory at multiple structures of a not mistaken as this right here refers to as this one. I'm not 100% sure on that, but I think this should refer back to this particular JSON file, which of course refers to the store pool and also the biomes. That's sort of how they're interrelated with each other, right then for the site pool. But because this is one of those interesting things, the cycle once again is because we're using the jigsaw block. I highly recommend if this is a little confusing with a psych pool for you. We're gonna see that in the, when we actually talk about the jigsaw ones in just a little bit in the next lectures. And this is it. So there's quite a few moving parts to it. Once again, I highly recommend you might have to watch this lecture twice. There's no way around it. Structures can be quite complicated. However, once you have set them up, once adding more structures is actually very, very straightforward. The ones everything here is set up. I recommend not changing anything too much, is basically changing your MOD ID, that Ahmad ID to your model ID, and then that should be it, right? So because this is basically everything that we need for the time being, what we're gonna do is we're gonna make a new world, see if the spawns, and then we're gonna see that we need to change one more thing, which is gonna be fairly straightforward to change. But let's just see if it works. Also keep in mind when making these structures, you will get this the world's using experimental settings is not supported. It just is what it is. You can just click proceed. It's mine. Might look a little bit different if you are joining into a world that already exists. In this case, this was creating a new world. There's basically no way around it. This is going to show up, but no worries there. You can basically ignore it. Just say proceed and there you go. All right, So we find ourselves in Minecraft and you can see one of these structures is already successfully added right here, and there's even another one. They might be a little bit too close. But first of all, you can see the actual structure spawning. You can also see some already spawned people are like mobs here. And then what's also really interesting, you can see the replacements right here. You can see some of the bricks have been replaced and you can see some of them are also infested. That's really cool. So there's a 50% chance, of course, of them being invested. And then some of them are also replaced with the Emerald OR, and then you can see some of this is also replaced with redstone. All, That's really cool. This was the replacement stuff that was done. And you can see they are, they are spawning. Then the other, the house, we should actually find it very, very fast because it's born like every few, there's actually a house already. And what you will find is that it kind of looks like half a house, doesn't it? Yes. This looks like half house because it actually is only half house. You can see. First of all, there's some helpful hints here as well. Highly recommend checking those out as well. But you can see you're, the jigsaw block was actually replace here and well, the issue is that the actual modal he does not match. To get this to work, what we're gonna do is we're just going to get ourselves some distance and some space. Basically. Let's actually just fly over Here we go. This should hopefully be enough distance. And then what we need, we need to give ourselves the structural block right here, this one. And then let's just set it down and let's right-click. Now the structure name here is going to be structured name year is gonna be MC course colon, left underscore, run underscore down underscore house underscore, left underscore side, I guess then it's not gonna be left here at the front right. The name here should be this name right here. Let's just actually right-click Refactor Rename, copy this. That's going to be a little bit easier. There you go. It actually is that and now if I go into load right here, it should load this. And then I could do load again, and then it actually spawns the house. You will now be able to see right here, this is the jigsaw block. And you can see here it actually looks for this site pool, which we have to change. I have to change this to MC course, say done. Then we also want the other part of the house. We actually want the other part of the house as well. What I'm gonna do is I'm actually going to copy this over here. So just like Control a to select all control C to copy control V to paste it in. And then this is going to be the right side. When a load, and then we're gonna load again. And here you find the other jigsaw block. Right-click on this one. We want to change the name here to MC course right side done. You want to change the name here to MC course right side. Done. And then what we also want to do, just so that we have everything. We want to spawn another house. That's going to be the right side, golden, I believe, right side. So there's gonna be right. If you write underscore site underscore, golden. There you go. Pull that and then load it. And there you go. Now, this is the golden site, just going to have some golden locks in there. And then here we also want to change this to MC course, so to our model ID, yes, And then we're gonna be fine. Now what we need to do is we need to actually save the NVT here. Once again, this is a little bit what the FREC are redoing. Don't worry about it. This basically what we need to do in order for this to properly work. Once we've done this, in the next two lectures, we're gonna go through really how to do this completely custom. So we're going to build a custom structure. We're gonna save the custom structure. And I'm going to explain a little bit more detail what we're basically doing here. If you don't want to follow this, then that's of course also fine. But basically there are some very straightforward things that you have to do. Now here, after we've changed the jigsaw block, what we're gonna do is we're going to go here to the safe mode. We want to say safe, then you can see it has now been saved and the same thing goes for the other two are safe mode safe. Here as well, go to Save mode safe, and then we are done. We can now do is we can get out of Minecraft. We're going to just get out of here. And then the NVT data is going to be stored in the R1 folder under saves. Then wherever you have, this was the don't forget to review world and then this should be under generated. And you can see all three of the NVT data right here. We're going to actually get this over to right here. And we're gonna say override for all. So now the NVT data here has been overwritten with our MOD IDs in it. And if I now start again, make a new world, then what we're going to see is we're actually going to find the house complete as before, instead of the left house or the, the other part of the house. So the house, we have this jigsaw block that was actually looking for the site pool under the structure tutorial mod ID, which is of course not correct. Let's see, let's actually create a new world. Here. Is gonna be the structure test. Structure tests. That's gonna be fine. A rate of world. Once again, we're gonna get the, you've changed world generation and experimental settings. That's gonna be fine. We're just going to hit Proceed and then we're just going to wait until it finishes. And then we're going to see whether or not our structure is complete. Alright, we find ourselves in Minecraft, so let's just see there it is, and you can already tell that the structure is complete now. Well, let's just go in here and let's see. They can see if we go in, you will find there you go. This is even the golden variant of it. This is the right side for the goal and then we shouldn't have to fly far to find another example of this. So this is amazing world generation looked amazing. Though we should be able to find another house quite fast. Usually they shouldn't spawn too far away from each other. Let's see, There is another one, so you can clearly see they're not that rare, but of course this is something that you can very easily change as well. So let's just go in here. Let's see, this should hopefully is this normal one? This is a normal one. There you go. No, no goal here. We also have stuff in the chest right here, and you can see everything working fine. This is the basic structure following the tutorial right there. And if you're at this point, then adding new structures is very straightforward. So we're basically going to see in the next two lectures on how you can add some custom structures as well. First, basically one piece of structure, because a structure can only be 48 by 48 by 48. And then if it's bigger than that, you have to use jig source. But like I said, it's actually, it's not actually as complicated as some might make it out to be now, it's still not very easy, but it is easier than you might expect, right? But this concludes the structures lecture here following the structure tutorial from telepathic Grundy, once again, amazing repository. I will of course link this as well, is pretty much the best resource that exists for structures here, it is incredibly useful and I cannot recommend this enough. Now, once again, there were a lot of stuff here. It's a long episode. There was just no other way of making it any shorter really, because there are a lot of things in there. Once again, for the custom structure, next time, I highly recommend that you have gone through this once. Otherwise it is going to be a little more complicated because we will copy over the already existing JSON files here and then just changing them for our own custom structure. So keep that in mind. Otherwise it will be this for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you've learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. 115. (1.18.2) Custom Structures (Single Piece): All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118 and we find ourselves in Minecraft with an already built structure right here. What I highly recommend you do is you can either copy the structure or just create your own structure. And then basically after you created those, we can continue along. So I'll just give you a little bit of time to create your own structure. But I hope you pause and just create your own structure. Because now what we're gonna do is now I'm going to make an MVT file out of this. How do we do this? Well, we need to first of all, give ourselves the structure block runs again. So this one right here. And what we need to do is we need to place it in the corners of this particular structure. So what we need to do is we need to place it outside of the actual will entire structure. So we need to place it right there and right here. And then also on the other side, on the same locations basically right here, and then also right here. There we go. Now what we want to do is we want to right-click this and then we need to split. First of all, specify a name here. This is gonna be the MC course colon. So always taken your model ID colon, whatever the name is. And this case it's gonna be the kelp underscore house. And then we're going to press Control a to select it all, Control X to cut it out and Control V to paste it back in. That's basically what I just did. And I'm going to go to the owner mode. Very important. We're going to say done, and there you are. I'm gonna do the same here, paste it in corner mode, done, a sit-in, more done. And then this one, we're actually going to paste it in and then we're going to go to the Save mode. We then want to press this detect button right here. And it should in theory, detect the entire structure. So you can see we've basically highlighted the outside of the entire structure, which is exactly correct. This is what's going to be saved your. Then what we can do is we can just click the Save button right here. And then this NVT data has been saved. So that's literally all that we need to do to save some NVT data. And now we have this house. Now what we can do is actually really fun, because this is already saved. What we should be able to do is just go somewhere else. Say, Hey, give me this house. I can just put this in, say load, and it should detect this house. And then we can say load it again, and there you go. And now I can actually copy this house from there to here, and then I actually have this already done. But of course what we wanna do is we want to take this house in a naturally spotted in the world. So what we're gonna do is now we're gonna go outside of minecraft back to Intel J and then basically adding some of the adjacent files so that we can spawn at this house, the world. All right, so we find ourselves in an intelligent way. And the first thing, of course, what we need to do is we need to get the house. So this is once again in your run folder. This should be in your sales right here. This is the structure tests in my case, under generated. And then here we have the counting house NVT. So I'm just going to drag this over right here to the structures, and then we have this right there. So that's very important. And now we can basically change the JSON file. So what are we gonna do? What do we have to do? Well, the first thing we're gonna do is we're gonna make the structured JSON file for this, for the tag. This is going to be including all of the different biomes that we wonder this structure too small. And so we're just going to copy over the already existing one here. This is going to be the count and underscore house. Honestly, I think that this is going to be fine. We're just going to take these biomes tier. You can of course also change it however you would like. But I'm actually happy with this and we're gonna be fine. But this is the first one. This just once again signifies which biomes this structure can spawn. And then we want to get the configured structure feature would just once again, I'm gonna copy this over. I change this to carpet underscore house. We're going to use that name a few times now. And here we want to change the start pool to our account and house stored pool. This is gonna be the thing that we're going to add here in just a moment and same here. This is now gonna be the counter house. This biome tag refers to this one that we've just created here. But no worries. I personally actually don't want any monsters to be spawning here. But what I do want is I actually want some of the MC course tigers to spawn there. Why not? Let's just say that there's gonna be one or two tigers that might spot on there. Let's just add it like this. That's gonna be very interesting and see if that actually also does it. Now this should be pretty much all that we need to change right here. Then the next one, we don't need any processor lists in our case, but we do need a structure set. Once again, copying this over at changing the name to cope and house, this, changing this one to come house, which then it points to this JSON file that we've done before. Very important here, changing the salt, this has to be a unique salt and quite big. And then the spacing, we're just going to give it a little more spacing here on both counts, and that's gonna be fine. Then the last thing we need to do is we need to create a new folder right here directory. This is going to be once again the CAPM underscore house. Then the name of the file here is gonna be the start underscore pool that adjacent and the contents of which I will actually copy over from once again, the already existing JSON file. This is why I said if you have it setup once, then adding new ones is very straightforward. So what we can do here is basically this one has to change to count underscore house and then. We're going to copy this and then change it here one more time. And that's it. We're already done this now our actual structure will spawn in the world. That is all that we need to do. 1234 JSON files in this case because it is a single structure and one NVT file, this is literally it. You saw that it's fairly straightforward once you have it setup, once copying some of the JSON files, changing a few things, tweaking few things and then, and then you're pretty much done. That's literally it As all that we need to do for completion sake. Let's see if it works. It just to make sure that everything works, I highly recommend making a new world just in case. And then also of course, keep in mind that you will get the experimental world settings. We just have to press Proceed. That is just gao. It's going to be when you add the custom world Jen, via the data based on files. But that is going to be fine. Let's let it generate and see if we can find our accounting house in the world or your friend's house in Minecraft. And there you should already be able to see it. The carbon house successfully added to Minecraft. And see it's right here and it's set out into the ground perfectly just like we left it off. I actually accidentally destroy the door there. That was not intentional. There you go. But yeah, it's pretty much already added. Like I said, it's very straightforward. Once you've done it, once. This is why I said, you should definitely go through the structure tutorial once with the lecture by basically shows the GitHub repository of it. And then once maybe even on your own, take a look at some of the some of the comments there. I mean, yeah. I mean, I don't even know what else to say as you pretty much saw that. It's very, very straightforward. There's a few things that you can change. And now it's really just up to you, up to your creativity on what you want to add to Minecraft. Let's actually see if I can find one more of our camp houses. You can see a lot of the run-down houses pointing out here. I want to find one more account House. Let's see if we can find it. No, there is there is another one, so you can see there you go. So overall, I think really interesting, but also fairly straightforward. All things considered. I don't think it's that crazy and that hard and well, I mean, yeah, that's pretty much how easy it is to add some custom structure to Minecraft. But as I've said multiple times now and I'll say it one more time. If you've set it up once you've seen, it's very, very straightforward to add more structures to your game, and it's very straightforward. Now once again, for the drink source that we're gonna look at in the next lecture is gonna be a little more complicated. But even then, after you've seen one example of this, basically set it all up, you're going to say that even that is gonna be fairly, very sensible and fairly straightforward, all things considered, right? But that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. Or the JSON files are of course available for download in the GitHub repository and an individual just as well. But otherwise, I'll see you in the next lecture. 116. (1.18.2) Custom Structures (Jigsaw Structures): All right, welcome back to the forest course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be looking at some jigsaw structures. You can see I've already prepared something right here, which is going to be the storage platform. And the way that this is going to work is that this is going to be two different structures, but it's gonna spawn as one. So the idea is that one part of the structure, which is gonna be basically everything left off here, going to be the start pool. And then we're gonna have a jigsaw block in the middle that's going to then generate this right side here of the structure, which is going to be either, let's say iron. And then we're going to also make a variant basically which has going to have something like diamond maybe and then even one with emerald. So that's the general idea. And then this is going to end. We can then have it spawn with different weights so that when you go around the world needing to find a lot of it with the iron for example, with like, I don't know, like 80% and then like 10% of the time you're gonna find the diamond. And then 10% of the time you're going to find the Emerald, something like that. So what we're gonna do is we need to set this up properly. So what we're gonna do is we're just going to take, right. So now let's actually do the main 1 first. So this should be right here. So we need the structural block right here. And then right here as well. That should be fine. And then on this side, we showed that we choose the correct It's sort of speak so well, let's go down here. So there you go. And then for the height h should be right around your, I believe so. Let's just double-check this as well. So this should be this one. There you go. Let's delete the helper blocks here. And this is actually higher, so we're going to do one below it that they ago that we have the owners ready and then we're going to, and then we're gonna call this MC course storage platform. That's gonna be fine. Once again, Control a, Control X, Control V, so that we have the name and this is gonna be the quarter mode. And then we're gonna go through the corner mode for each of them, or mode. There you go. Acing this mode and then this is gonna be the safe mode. So we're gonna do this safe mode and then detect. And then once again, we will find that this is now what is being detected. Of course, what you'll find is, oh no, we actually needed higher up, but there's no worry at all. What we can do is we can just build it up. You're, let's just build it up to the height that we need. Right there. There you go. And then we'll destroy this one, which was basically the actual thing is going to stay for the time being. But once we actually reload it, and it should be fine. So this should be about this height, I believe this should be. Then we can once again are corner mode, yep, and then delete this one as well. Also mode with that same with the right name. And then we can detect it again. And then you will find that the ego now it's done and everything is inside of it. So basically, that's one thing that you could do. You set it up and then you're like, Oh, that's actually some blocks outside of it. Just replace it and there you go. Now this is the main one. And what we'd still need to do is we still need to place down the jigsaw block. So for that we're going to do open the terminal and the command is once again, of course they did give command or the jigsaw block, this one right here. And what we wanna do is we want to be facing this way. So what we want is this should be still inside of it. There you go. The arrows should point to the outside of it. So you can see that this is still inside of the structure and it should a point outside of the structure. And then right here, we want the other jigsaw block to point towards it. So these are the two jigsaw blocks that we want. This side here is going to have a name associated with it. So this is gonna be MC course colon, Let's say for example, site, platform, something like this. And I'm gonna say done this name right here. We're going to copy it over and this is gonna be the target name right here. And then the target pool here is gonna be MC course colon. And this is the name of the JSON file that we need to put in. So this is gonna be the storage underscore platform slash site underscore pool. This is the JSON file right here, we're gonna say done, and now those are more or less connected with each other. And the important one is of course, this one for the time being, because this is in this structure right here. So we can now save this. We can then say Save. And now the storage structure has been saved. We can now do the similar thing for the other structures. So we're gonna just gonna do this one right here. And then we only need to go up to here. For the other side, we're just gonna do it on, it's simultaneously basically so that another structure block here, and then the other structure books should be right around here. That seems fine. So then the name here we're gonna do MC course colon, iron storage, plant form. Going once again, I'm going to copy this corner mode mode or remote. And then down here, this one is going to have the safe mode once again detect. Let's see. There you go. So then now this is also detected and you can see now we actually have both. And I highly recommend doing it like this. Because now basically when you change this one right here for another variance so to speak, and it's very, very straightforward. The names here can basically stay. So this is the side platform and side platform. That's all fine. So we're going to save this for under the iron underscore stored under score platform. Save it. And then what I will do is I will change this and then we'll save it under diamond storage platform and then emerald as well. I've replaced the iron with some diamond here. And then of course, what we want to change here is the name, right? So this is now going to be the diamond storage platform. Once again, copy this, I'm gonna say done. And then we're going to change this in here as well. So in all of the corners, basically, we're gonna be able to detect it in just a moment as well. We're going to do this and then go back to this one, detected one more time. Then now the diamond sort platform has been detected, and now we can save it under the diameter storage platform. And then let's do the same thing for emeralds as well. Alright, so now it's been replaced with m roles. So let's just change the name one more time here. So this is going to be the Emerald storage platform. Once again, copy it over, and then it changing the names and all of the corners right here. So nothing too crazy. There you go. And then let's get this again. So let's just gonna be the acting Here, Emerald storage platform and then saving it again. But now we have one main platform and associated with it three different, let's say variance of the other type of platform that we can spawn. Now let's switch over to intelligent you again, and then let's set everything up. All right, so we find ourselves an intelligent. And first of all, of course, let's get the NVT data. This should be under the structured tests. If I'm not mistaken, there we go. So we have the storage platform and the three different platforms as well. Let's just copy them over right here to the structures once again. Then what we need is, of course, the structure in its entirety. We once again need the five adjacent files for that. We're just going to copy them over. So this is gonna be the storage underscore platform and we will need to use that name a couple of times. So just copy it over. Once again. We're just gonna stick with these biomes for the time being. This is of course very easy to basically just change up here. And the configured structure features storage platform and want to point to the storage pool inside of the storage platform holder, which we're going to create a little bit. And then this is the storage platform JSON file, which signifies which biomes are to be used here. Now I actually don't really want any Richards here. However, what I have found is that if you remove the small overwrites entirely, then they actually get an error. So I'm not 100% sure yet what you have to do here in order to not get anything where we can just do is something like this. So we're gonna be fine then I think no, nothing spawns here. So we're gonna be okay, the structure set. What we're gonna do is once again copy over the counter house, change the name here, and then here once again, of course, changing the name here so that it points to the correct structure feature. And then very important here, changing structure, the salt here, of course, and then the spacing I'm gonna make a little bit more than what the minimum separation. And they're like 12, that's gonna be fine. And then it all comes down to the template house, which we're going to just copy over the run-down house. We're going to rename this to storage platform. Then inside of the JSON files, we want to change this to storage platform. This is the right side, so this is gonna be the three right sides. So what we're gonna do is I'm going to just delete it, the comments here. And then what's going to happen? We said we actually want one more of these. And then this is probably gonna be something like a weight, let's say five, weight three, and then wait to something like that. And that's going to be the the four underscore storage underscore platform. That's gonna have the authority that's not or it's iron. Of course, there you go. Iron storage platform. Then we're gonna call it copy this over and this is gonna be the Emerald storage platform. And then let's say this is the diamond storage platform, but this should have a 50% chance of spawning. This is a 30% chance and this is a 2% at 20% chance. This is the different weights should be fairly self-explanatory. It's basically the weights of how they are being spawned. So this should be the site pool and then for the storage pool of the storage platform, let's go to the store pool here. This is gonna be of course, then the storage underscore platform. Once again, platform. There you go. Copy this one. And then this is of course the storage platform. This is our starting place basically are starting NVT data, which is going to have the jigsaw block inside of it, which is then looking for the site pool, which we've defined in the jigsaw block just before. And that is literally all that we need. And now all of those three different while variance would also spawned. So like I said, it is once again, once it's set up, once very straightforward, All things considered. So now let's create a new world and let's see if we can find our storage platforms or Francis in Microsoft in a new world. And let's see if we can't find our storage platform. We can also just located like this going for our MC course. And that is the storage platform right here. Let's see. So right here, one of them is, let's see, There we go. One of them already spawned here with the iron in this case. And you can see exactly how we left the basically and volume in the jigsaw blocks are gone as well because they've been replaced with air. Let's actually just HTP somewhere else and see if we might be able to find another one of them. Let's just go to like, you know, 20 K or whatever. And then they go and then let's locate it again. Let's just go for a, another, locate a platform and then let's see. There it is. It's another one with irons. Halley. Well, I mean, sometimes it works like that. Let's go for one more, Let's try one more time. Negative ten k this time. Why not? And then they go. And then let's located again. Let's see if this one might have something other than iron and it also has iron. Well, I mean, it is one of those things that is more prevalent than the others. It just is what it is. And also I think that just moving around and flying about, we're not going to encounter too many of them as we made them a little bit rarer than the other stuff that we made. So the counting house and the run-down house are way more prevalent in that case. But yeah, I mean, that's pretty much the thing. That's actually try one more time because I actually do want to see the other stuff working. So let's go to of, I don't know, like a 100 and then we're gonna do it minus ten K here. Then let's do another locate or MC course word platform. Let's see. Oh, well, I mean this is also something that can happen, right? So this is a very rare occurrence. So this is usually not something that happens, but you can see that both of these structures actually spawn pretty much in the same chunk. That the same moment. This is why you want to change the salt. Now in our case here, we just got incredibly unlucky. Let's say that they basically shared the same general vicinity. This should not happen too often, but yeah, I mean, it can't happen. It just is what it is sometimes. But you can see this one is the emerald variant in that case, so it does definitely work. And so this is just, sometimes this happens. It should not happen a lot. So this should be a rather rare occurrence, but that is pretty much how well it goes, right? And that's pretty much going to be how you can add some jigsaw structures to your MOD as well. All things considered fairly straightforward is just once again at the JSON files, setting up the structure correctly and then getting the NVT data for that structure. But that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. 117. (1.18.2) Custom 3D Armor Models: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. In this lecture, we're gonna be making a customer 3D armor model or our cobalt armor. So instead of using our armor that we have before, so this one in the models right here, which is then the thing that is sort of being overlaid in 3D. We're actually going to make a new custom ARMA model, which definitely is not going to look as good as this. Because I basically just want to sort of show you the steps that you need to do in order to actually make this. But we're gonna see for this, we're gonna use a block bench in gecko lip again, I've already prepared the actual armor right here you can see this is the blog bench file. This happens when you do this following, right? So when you make a new gecko lip animated model, you can just do this, for example here tests armor, right? And then what you can do is you can go to File to the gecko live model settings and change this to armor. If you then hit Confirm, you can see that some stuff generates right here, which is basically the, what, the already prepared body. And then you can add stuff to it where you want to add it is under these ones. So you have the bipeds head, Don't touch the particular thing. This is of course the head in that case. And then your custom stuff can go in here. So you can just add a cube. And then you can just use your stuff, make it, size it up right here, right? So scale it a certain point and then they go and then you can just play around with this basically duplicate that, make a new cube once again, make it down here, move it again. But this is of course all just stuff that you need to do. And you can create your own custom things in here. Once you've done this, we're going to have a, well, basically no texture at the moment. And then what you can do is I'm going to just for a moment and delete this and then you can see you're going to have something like this. And then what you can do is you can press Control a, and then it's going to select everything in here. And what you can do is then create a new texture here. We're just going to call this the Humboldt armor extra, I'm gonna say confirm. And then you can see it looks kind of like this. If we now save this, so we'll just save this as the cobalt Armor Texture. Then if I actually take a look at it, it looks like this. So I'm just going to open it quickly so you can see it looks like this. And I will now open it in Photoshop. I've already prepared a bunch of soft course here. You can see, you can also open it in paint, dotnet or GIMP or whatever, basically think you have. And what you can then do is usually what you want to do is you can just like in here for example, I believe this should be the head actually, not a 100% true, but I think it is. Then we can, for example, just take any color here. I'm just going to put it on the same layer and then we're just going to save it again, that the actual thing changes in block bench itself. We can now right-click refresh. And then you can see, for example, this actually was the head. This was, of course, not the most interesting stuff, but you can basically change the individual components of this are something like this. Maybe let's just change some stuff like here. For example. This is, I mean, I wouldn't necessarily say a tedious process, but this is a process that is definitely gonna take some time for you to basically do this refresh again, we can see they go through this the back of the head in that case. You can also of course, manually take each of those cubes and see what they are. But this is basically the idea. So you're going to have to make the armor the actual texture or self. Now, I have of course, prepared a texture. This is gonna be this one right here. And there's actually a little thing that we want to do and that is going to be basically taking all of the don't touch and then just moving them at the bottom here, just so that we basically can see the difference here because the actual don't touch us are not gonna be used anyway, but they are just there for reference. Basically, just take this here. I found this to be the most easiest way to basically change the armor around it. So you can, for example, see here, this armor actually is a little bit too low. There's a couple of things that are too low and we can also just take them and then move them about, right. So you can see that we then change the armor here. Like I said, it is not going to be the prettiest armor or the time being. The actual, let's say the actual model here is pretty cool, but the texture definitely could use some work. I will totally admit that I'm, I absolutely agree over. I just wanted to show you basically the general gist of how this works. So what we then have is this cobalt armor. So I'm gonna save this, this block bench file will of course be available to you. Let's just close the other one here. And then what you can do is you can then go to export the gecko live model here. This is gonna be cobalt underscore armoured, GO dot JSON. So we're just going to save this, override that the other one. And then let's go to intelligent and let's add it in there. What do we need for a customer? It's actually quite a lot of stuff. First of all, let's add the model file in the geo folder right here. So we're just going to tap it over. There you go. And then we also need an animations JSON file. Now this is gonna be, I have already prepared this and it's literally just as this. I'm not a 100% sure. You can just pretty much take this and use it. And it should be pretty much fine. We also need the custom ARMA models, so like the texture. So we're going to add this in the models here. Like I said, this is the one that looks a little weird, but no worries at all. And this is actually going to be called the cobalt Armor Texture just because I think that that name is a little bit nicer. Go about Armor Texture and then the files are all setup. Now what do we need in terms of what renderers and stuff? Well, in the entity renderer we're just going to make in the client in new package called armor. And this is going to include two new classes. One of these, the cobalt armor model and the other one is gonna be the hello world armor renderer. Now before we actually proceed with those, we actually need a new item class, which is very interesting. So this is gonna be in the custom package. This is gonna be the cobalt armor item. And then the first thing we're gonna do is we're gonna take everything from the mod armor item and just copy it over. So I'm actually going to just copy everything over here. So we're gonna do this. There you go. And then we're gonna get a few errors here. No worries, we're just gonna do this one right here. And then what we can do is we can then change this to be the following. This is going to now extend the geo armor item and it's going to implement the AI animatable, which then also requires us to implement the two methods, the register controller and they get factory, but just actually going to move that up here. Just actually let's write it here below. They'll suit below the, the constructor. That's gonna be fine. So the, we also need a predicate which I've already prepared. This is the fairly straightforward same thing that we've done with the entities predicate, the animatable factory we should also be familiar with. We've seen this previously as well. And of course all of the code is like always available in the GitHub repository in individual just as well. The register controller method is exactly the same thing as the entity. And then the factory literally just returns The factory here. So this stuff factory, Let's just do this. I mean, it's just a little bit nicer. There you go. There's a factory, which is this one. We still have all of the functionality that we did before. Now there's one tiny thing that I actually want to change them then it's the last method right here, the house correct. Armor on I suggest you do this as well because otherwise you might run into an issue if you have a full armor, like if you wear the full armor and also have an electron so that sometimes has an issue with the other, with the old stuff. So keep that in mind as well, but that is not part of the custom model. Now any more armor item anymore items class, and we actually do want it to change all of those to the cobalt armor item right here. This is a little bit of a difference than previously, but no worries there, There's also is totally fine and that should be it. So now we have this one set up through, we can do now is go into the model and actually do the following. This is going to extend the animated Geo Model of type or both armor item. There you go. You're going to hover over this implemented methods. So we're going to implement the three methods. I will once again copy it over. This is the strain like the same thing that we had in the models for the raccoon and the tiger. You can see pretty much the same thing. We're just pointing to the cobalt armor GeoJSON file right here. We're also pointing to the test armor in this case. Now we actually want to change the name here. This is cobalt underscore armour layer, actually texture. There you go. Texture, there you go. And then this is the armor animation. This is also fine. So these are all of the things that we need to do here. And then for the renderer, it's gonna be very similar. We want here is once again, I will just stands the geo armor renderer, this time of type cobalt armor item as well over, over this create constructor matching super. And then here we want to actually get rid of this constructor, put in a new cobalt armor model. Then we also want to make sure that we select the correct, well things so to speak. This is gonna be very interesting. What I'm gonna do is I'm going to copy this over one more time. And this is actually should be fairly straightforward. So you see headphone is the armor head. If we switch back to block bench, you can see this is this one right here. The armor head, armor, body armor, right? And so on and so forth. What is very interesting is that for whatever reason, the leg bone is actually switched with a leg. I don't know why. So you can see that the right leg bone is actually ARMA left leg and then ripe boot is actually the left boot. I don't know why that is the case. It just is what it is. I don't know why that might be the case, but just keep that in mind. So if you think that that's kind of weird, there's a mismatch there. Yeah. It's basically because for whatever reason it just it just is what it is. We still need to get this Renderer registered and we do this in R event, in the Mode Event Bus events. And that is going to happen in a new method which is going to be this one over for the time being. And this is going to be the following event. This is going to be the entity render us event, dot add layers, the scope, medical and be cold event. And then the only thing that we need to do here is we just needed to the geo armor renderer, register armor render us for the cobalt armor item dot class and then a new award armor render a day ago. Pretty crazy stuff overall. But in aggregate, not too crazy. A lot of the same stuff that we did in the entities already, right, with the armor model, with the model and the renderer file. It's not that crazy. The JSON files also fairly straightforward. This one, like I said, you can just export from block pinch. This one. I would just take the one that I've prepared. I mean, it's also not that complicated, but you should probably be fine with it, like it's not that complicated. And then the texture, you just have to make yourself, that is probably the most, the most time-consuming part of all of this. And I just switched back to Photoshop for just a second. Now, filling everything out like you want to definitely take most of most of the time you're at for the custom armor. But yeah, That's pretty much how what do you have to do if you want a really cool custom ARMA model, it just is what it is, but those are the steps necessary. So once again, that's pretty much all that we need. So for completion sake, let's see if it works. Alright, we found solace back in Minecraft, so let's just put on the armor and there we freaking go. We have the armor on the LAC also still works, of course. And you can see the armor working. I mean, pretty much how you would expect it to. Like I said, it's not the prettiest armor overall, but it is functional and it is definitely whatever you might say, it is definitely a custom. That's definitely the thing I highly recommend just playing around with it, being open to experimentation for the armor. As you can see, it all works for the swinging of the arms and the legs and stuff like that. But it's really cool. Yeah. I mean, that's pretty much how easy it is to add the custom armor to the game. Adding it very straightforward and fairly easy, making it look really freaking cool, definitely a lot harder. Always, of course, all of the code and the JSON files are available to you in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. But that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. Yeah. 118. (1.18.2) Custom Villagers: Welcome back to forge course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding a custom villagers to Minecraft. So now it is time for the customer villager profession, because it turns out is actually fairly straightforward. All things considered. What we're gonna do is we're gonna make a new package in our MC course package, old villager. And then inside of there we're gonna make a new Java class called MOD villagers. Now in this one I'm going to stray a little bit from my usual thing that we'll do and we'll actually add to defer registers. The first one is gonna be a public static final deferred register of play type. So this is the point of interest type. We're just going to call this the point point type type stay ago equals to deferred register that create or to registries types, AMC course moderate and moderate. And then what we're gonna do is we're gonna make a second or third register which is going to be of type villager profession. A villager underscore professions. There you go. And there's gonna be a different register, dot create, registries, dot villager, dot professions. There you go. Mc course monitor modality. And now for when we have different registers, of course we have a public static void register method with an eye event bus, cool event bus. And then we're gonna call the point types that register asking in the event bus. And then secondly, we pass in the village or professions. I've registered with the event bus, making sure that we call this right here. Let's just call it allows the mod structures. So mod villagers dot register and then passing in the event bus, There you go. Very nice. And what we then need is of course, registry objects for the prototype and the villager professions. So we're gonna make the point type first, this is gonna be the Registry object of type prototype. This is gonna be the blaster point. So we're going to use our cobalt blaster here. There's gonna be the prototypes that register. This is gonna be the blast point. That's when I hold it. And then of course once again, a supplier of a new prototype, it'll call this blast point. Then we need to type dot, get blocked state, say mod blocks, dot, dot. Then afterwards we say 11. Let's actually take a look at what this all entails. Closing parentheses. There you go. And then let's go into the actual prototype here. You can see Max tickets is this one and this is the valid range. So you can, for example, take a look at this where this has been used. Let's actually see, I believe here and then in the register method, this is probably where it's been used. There you go. Usually they are all 11. There's some other, usually the prototype is 11, so this is why we use 11. There you go. Then let's go for public static final registry, registry object. This time of type villager profession, which is gonna be the blast master. And this is gonna be equal to the village or profession stat register, the blast master right here. And then a new supplier or a supplier of a new village or profession. This is once again, of course, could be going to be the blast master right here. Let me write this correctly. This is going to take the blaster point dot get, and then it's gonna take very interestingly, a mutable set. And then we're just gonna say off with nothing in it. And then we're gonna say another mutable set with nothing in it, actually. And then the last one is going to be the sound events dot. And then just any villager work. Let's just take the tools myth for example, and then ended with a semicolon. And then we are done in the village of professional. We can see that the first immutable set is the requested items, defines items will address of this can pick up and use. And then the other one is the secondary PUI, which is like roadblocks, are this professional interacts with? In our case, we are going to have none of those are highly recommend. Once again, being open to experimentation on this, trying out some stuff and seeing what you will find. Then the last thing that we're gonna do is we're gonna have another method which is gonna be the public static void, and this is gonna be the register please method. And this is incredibly important. We're going to have a try and catch statement right here. Don't write this one in. The catch one is going to have the following. It's gonna have an invocation target exception with this one single straight line legal access exception called E exception. There you go. And then this is gonna be the exception dot print, stack, trace. There you go. And what it has in the trie is the obvious. And then here in the try, we're gonna say obfuscation reflection helper method. We're gonna do the point type dot class. The method name is gonna be register block states, and then once again, passing in a pointer type dot class. Then afterwards we're gonna say invoke null and the blaster point dot get, There you go. Now this might look absolutely freaking insane to you, and it is. Now the reason we need to do this is basically we need to, well, we need to register the block states. We can actually take a look at it as this method right here. You can see this register block states method. As you can see, all of the register block States methods are all private. This is why we have to use the obfuscation reflection helper in this case, and then we can actually call it. But if you have multiple points, you can just add another one with your other point here. So just add the other point and then you're going to be fine. This method needs to be cooled in the MC course setup method in the FMLA common setup. So we're gonna say mod villagers start register poise and there we are. Now we're not done yet because we still need to add on translation a few traits to this villager. And then also very important. The extra, let's start with the translation to the translation is a fairly straightforward all things considered. I'm just going to copy this over and this is of course, available to you in the GitHub repository, an individual just as well. You can see Entity micro villager, MC course blast master. And this is gonna be the name of the actual entity at the top when you open the inventory or the texture, this is gonna be very interesting. This is under entity and I'm gonna make a new directory called a villager. And then I'm gonna copy over what I already have here and I'll show you where I got this from. So this is gonna be number one, the villager here. I'm not sure what we needed the villager itself as well, but apparently we still needed unless professionals, of course named just like this one right here, blast master. And you can see, I really much just add recolored a already-existing a profession here in this case, just so that we have something that looks different in that moment, but it actually does work. And I got this, of course, once again from the external libraries going all the way down to the following. Let's see, it should be right here by an extra 1182 or whatever your version is in the assets folder, Minecraft, textures in the entity folder all the way down to the villager right here. Then we have the villager right here. This is the normal villager. Then here this is the profession and I took the armor, I believe. Yeah, there you go. But just record the armor are a little bit so highly recommended, taking this, using it and then training it about a little bit. So the textured here is definitely going to be the one thing that might take you quite a while until you get it right, but it is what it is. And then the types, I don't think he actually needed you do anything with the types, but you do somehow for whatever reason, need the villager and the profession. I don't know why that's the case. At least that's what my, that's what my testing has. Economy. Then when it comes to the actual traits, well, we can just use our event again. So in the motor events class at the very bottom right here, this one, we can just literally use this for our event as well, for our custom professionals. Well, so more villagers that last master dot get and now we can add stuff to it as well. So we can just say something like this where we can just add the list, just add a few things here for the level one. And then just for the sake of argument, let's just add a couple of two level two here. We're just gonna change this to level two. But this is going to be, we're just going to add the same thing for different prices because why not? Let's just do this and then we're going to do a level two. We're gonna do something like a 58 as a very much test here just so that you can see you can add those as well. It's all the same cobalt Paxil basically that we're being able to buy here. So it's not gonna be that interesting, but let's just try this out and you will see that this will add the trades to them as well. So I guess let's see if it works oh, right in front of us in Minecraft. So let's just spawn a villager And then let's set down the cobalt blasts or which immediately recognize as a point of interest and it should move towards it and then get the actual or I guess not. Let's get a little bit closer here. Well, I there was a typo there. It's actually the cobalt block that is the point of interest, but fair enough, I guess. So let's just set it down and then you can see now it's moving towards it. Because you can see we do have an arrow and the texture. We're going to fix that in just a moment. See the O, it's actually the blaster Moscow. That's great. But you can see the trace here have been added. I can get those. And then afterwards, we should be able to see, once it actually levels up, should be able to get the other ones they go for level two and there it is. So that is definitely working. So let's just see to fix the actual texture for just a moment. Right here it says blast master. It should of course say blast masters. So that should pretty much fixed all of the rest here. Also gonna change this to the cobalt blaster right here. And then just for the sake of argument, let's see if it works. For instance, back in Minecraft once again, and let's just set it down and they go Now everything is working fine if I go here and the last master also working so everything like you would expect it to. So that's how easy it is to add a custom village or profession, Minecraft, right? Once again, of course all of the code will be available to you in the GitHub repository and individual just as well, but that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. 119. (1.18.2) Baby Entities: All right, welcome back to the forge course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be looking at baby entities. Yes, So we're gonna add the baby entity to our tiger. And once again, this is one of those things that is actually way easier than you might expect. I also was a little more complicated, but it actually is not complicated at all. Inside of our breed offspring right here, what we want to do is we want to say mod entity types, not a tiger that gets that create and then pass into the server level. This is this parameter right here. I'm just going to click on it, press Shift F6 to rename it to server level just so we know what we're passing in here and then we're passing it in right here. This is number one that we need to do. Number two, we need to override a certain method and that is the food method. Instead of here, we're basically checking whether or not this stack is the food that this particular entity can be bred width. In this case, we're gonna say p dot get item, and I'm gonna say is equal to items dot beef. I basically want you right-click the tiger entity with beef than it is ready to breathe. That's the idea here. We then need a new goal. So I'm just going to copy over the settlement or goal and this is going to be the breed goal, is also going to take in a one speed modifier right here. So we're just going to have the same speed and I just put it here under the in priority three. I think that, that should be fairly straightforward entropy fine. Now these are actually all of the things that we need to do in the tiger entity. There's one more thing we need to do in the renderer, and that is gonna be the scale here. So this is of course the scale of the actual model. And what we can do is we can say if animatable, that is baby, and we're going to scale a differently from just press Control X to cut it out and then paste it back in. And then right here, we're gonna do this one. So here we are when it's not a baby, and then here we are if it's a baby, so we're just going to put that in half and then that's it. And this should be everything that we need to do to have the while the baby's work. There are some interesting things. For example, once we actually have the tiger teams and then we give it a right-click it with the food item right here. Then we still sort of like go onto it to write it. So there's a little bit of weirdness here, but that should be fairly trivial to fix that right here, basically to check, hey, as a player right-click with a beef and then we shouldn't actually even start writing it. That should be fairly straightforward to fix. But for completion sake, let's see if it works or it finds us in micro. So let's respond to tigers and let's see, right-click, Right-click. There we go. And then as soon as they find each other, yes, no. Okay. There you go. There was an there is the baby tiger as well or working absolutely fine. Now it actually takes quite a while for them to grow up. I have tried it out and they will grow up. It just takes a lot of time. This I believe is hard-coded in the animal class, but we can actually check that in just a moment. But yeah, that is pretty much how you do that. And then this one, of course, we can't breed. Now a think that only enough we should be able to possibly write it. I mean, okay. That's like there should probably be a check for that. But honestly, that's baby entities. Very self-explanatory. Really not that difficult. I really thought that they would be more difficult, but they're actually fairly straightforward, right? So just one more time if you actually take a look at this one middle mouse button, click on this middle mouse, right-click on this. You see, this is the animal, and this one has sort of all of the different things for the breeding in it. So you can see it has, it has a lot of stuff. You have the candle and loved set and love that. I love time getting enough time, get loved course is in love, reset, love can meet. Those are sort of the things. I mean, here you can see the spawn child from breeding method, which basically sponsor the actual child. You can see that it gets enabled mobile from the, it read offspring here. So that should be the thing that you need to take a look at if there's anything that you wanted to possibly override. So yeah, that's pretty much what you need maybe in the rubble mop. Yes. So you can see babies start h, This is the stored h here. So you can probably change this as well inside of your tiger entity. In that case, if you want to, maybe the tiger to grow up a little bit faster, that could be done as well. But yeah, that is pretty much how easy it is to add baby entities to your mobs. It's way more straightforward than I thought, but that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lectures. 120. (1.18.2) Custom Geodes: All right, welcome back to the forest course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be taking a look at how you can add custom geocodes to a Minecraft. Now, this is actually a fairly straightforward thing to add and we're just going to take a look at it. So in the world package, in the feature package, the mod configured features is where we will add the geode and I will copy over the entire holder. And then we're going to basically take a look at each of those lines and what they mean and the craziness that is associated with it because it is quite a long thing, but no worries at all. They can see it's actually make a new line here as well. And you can see it is quite the long field in this case, but no worries at all. So of course, once again, we're using feature utils dot register to register a geode feature in this case. And we then have to make a new geode configuration. This is also a great class to basically take a look at. So if we middle mouse button click on this, you can actually see what each of these things mean, right? We have the block settings, we have the layer, the correct settings, we have potential placement chance, and all of those crazy things that we can basically add into here. What is very interesting in this case is actually also going to be the geode block settings here. So this is basically everything selected right here. And those are actually very interesting because here you can see what the particular wealth layers are basically made out of. So you can see the filling provider is going to be air that should be fairly self-explanatory. So the G or inside of it, everything is air. If you don't want it to be air, you can also change something else, right? So you can change this box right here to someone else, right? If you have a different block that you want this to be filled with Hindu. So that is really cool and it allows you to basically modify and configure almost anything that you would want, which I find really cool. So this is pretty much the idea, right? So this is once again, one of those things where I just highly recommend just playing around with the different blocks, the different numbers, especially as well. It is the best thing that you can do. Just try around a few things, see until you can basically find a GO that you like in terms of how cracked it is, right with the correct settings, for example, this just means whether or not there's some side to it that is exposed and they can immediately go into things like that. Just highly recommend taking a look at this, play around with the numbers here. And then hopefully you're going to create a geode of your dreams, so to speak. Now what I wanna do is I want to replace the deep slate right here. Let's replace this with dirt. And let's say right here, let's just do emerald. Sure. Why not? Just in case, I basically want to take a look at how this affects the geo blog settings. And then you can see where all of these different blocks are basically placed, right? So the most important one is actually this list over here. Because this list usually write, this list is actually the inner placements and the inner placements or the amethyst crystals. So this lists basically would include these amethyst crystals. So what we can basically take a look at, for example, is another feature, geode. So let's just middle mouse button, click on this, middle one announcement, click on this and you can see the amethyst GO right here. If we just go all the way to the, there you go. So there you can see the budding amethyst. And this is also done in the list right here. So you can see amethyst cluster, wherein you can see here we have the small amethyst bud medium MF is buds. So this is a list of the possible amethyst cluster amethyst buds that might be able to spawn. That is the general idea of this list over here. So I've just used the cobalt block in this case, but you can of course, make your own, cluster your own. But basically and then swan that as well. Now that's all fine and well, but what do we do with this configured feature? Well, we go into the more, we go into the marketplace features class once again, and we're just going to, and I'm just going to copy over the holder once again, this is all available to you in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. And you can see this is the cobalt geode placed. Of course, we're taking the cobalt geode from that we've just created basically, then we're making a rarity filter on average every, every 50 chunks. The N-squared spread is just something that I've taken pretty much from the vanilla geode as well. And then you can see, we're basically this morning it above six and all the way up to 50. Once again, highly recommend playing around with the vertical anchors above bottom, below bottom, absolute, all of that. Just try it out and see what you can basically see until it is placed the way that you want to write. So this is pretty much it. And then we need to just go into our more or generation. Then instead of calling the cobalt or placed, you want to call the cobalt geode placed. Those are actually all of the things that we need to add our custom geode here in this case. So let's make a new world and see if it works. Or we find ourselves in Minecraft. And as you can see, I've already found a nice little geode, so you can see what the different blocks basically are. So first of all, of course, the inside of it is well basically filled with air just like specified in the very beginning. And then you can see, and then you can see the blocks here would basically be the budding amethysts, right? While the horse would be the blocks where the MSS grow out of. That is the general idea. You can also see where the dirt is placed. An emerald, or where's this? Well, if we actually go outside of here than we should be able to find some emerald or possibly on the other it is so they can see the amro blocks actually. So this is all the way out to here where the actual geode spots. So you can see the actual size of the geoid is quite a ways bigger. And C, There you go. So highly recommend maybe not changing this to emerald auras, but emerald blocks in this case. So that is pretty crazy. But yeah, those are basically the ideas of what all of these different blocks do. And then it's just a matter of playing around with them a little bit on your own time and trying out some different values, right? But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and the alerts that the New, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 121. (1.18.2) Block that interacts with Redstone: Alright, welcome back to the forge course for 118. In this lecture, we're gonna be taking a short look at how you can make your blocks interact with a Redstone. But this was something that a few people actually wanted to basically take a look at and they weren't quite sure how. So. Let's take a look at our customer block class, mainly the cobalt lamp block. So instead of making it so that you can right-click to basically turn this on and off. What we're gonna do is we're just going to check whether or not a Redstone signal is applied to this block. Now, once again, of course, our best friend here is the external libraries, mainly the Minecraft source code. So if we actually press shift twice and then take a look at the redstone lamp. This is gonna be the redstone lamp, making sure that include non projects is ticked. You can see this one right here, its own lemma block, then we can pretty much, and this is craziness, actually copy over most of this, most of it that is written in here. So we wanted the tick method and as well the neighbor change methods. So those two are basically the only methods that we need. So we're going to copy over those two from the redstone lamp block. All of the code is of course also going to be available in the repository and individual just as well. And we only need to change the lid over here basically to collect because we call it clicked they ago. And that should be fine. But we can change this here into this year as well. This year as well. And then here as well, there we go. Let's just add an add override here just so that we are, we know that we've overwritten those methods just in case, and that should be fine. Now, I actually want nothing to change over here, so we're just going to comment this out. That should be fine as well. And now this is actually pretty much all that we need to do in this case. So what does this actually do? Right? So because you might be like, that's kinda weird. Well, first of all, the neighbor changed method will be fairly self-explanatory. This is called every time a neighbor of this particular block changes. What it then does is it says, hey, just like any neighbor have a signal over here, right? So it's going to basically say, it's going to get, first of all, the value of Clicked. That is fair, fair enough. This is true. So we're currently on, right. Then we're basically want to check, hey, is the, we also, do we not have a neighbor signal if we're on? Because then what we wanna do is we want to turn this particular rock off as the general idea. This is a little bit over complicated in the way that this is basically phrased. But that is the general idea. The scheduled tick pretty much just, well schedules a tick if we actually go into this. And this is a little bit hard to read with the non map parameters. The general idea is just that we're basically scheduling a tick and then the tick method is called over here. Tick method here in this case, once again, it checks whether or not our own and if the neighbor doesn't is not on, if there's no signal on the neighbor, if that is the case, the more setting this block to being, and we're actually cycling through the linked right here. So we can actually take a look at what the cyclist by Nixon collection, what this pretty much just does is it reverses the clicked. So it's the same thing that we did right here with the current state and then negating it, It's the same thing. Just we're cycling through it. So that is all that we're doing. In this case, almost no change to the code from vanilla. In this case, just changing the lit basically two clicked in this case. And that is pretty much it. We also wanna do is I wanted to add the following system out print line just so that we can see this. So we can say over here, let's just say that to say powered by. And then we're going to say, when I say P level, get a best neighbor signal. See, we're just passing in the position over. But what is the best neighbor? Siegel? What is best neighbor signal? Well, the best neighbors signal is simply from all of its neighbors, which has the strongest signal. And we'll just basically outputting the actual signal from that particular neighbors. So this is an integer. You can see where it's 15 is the highest signal strength that redstone can have. So if some one of the neighbors has 15, then we're going to output 15. If there's a weaker signal, we're going to output that. Let's just go into the game and see what this actually does. Or France or in Minecraft. And I've already set it down a cobalt lamp. Let's just try a level. First of all, there you go. I can turn it on and off, so that does work. And I can also put redstone to it. And this also works as well. If I now right-click it and show you intelligent, you can see powered by 14. Why is it 14? Well, of course, because this would be 15 strength and this would be 14 strength. By now, turn this one on as well, right? So the lever then in C, now it is powered by. So that is pretty much all there is to it. This is basically how you could change a particular block state property when applying Redstone to it. And this is pretty much all that you need if you then want some special functionality towards it, well then you need to of course, take those blocks, say properties, for example, that change and do something with them. But that's pretty much all the doable. That's how easy it is to add a block with some redstone functionality of the game. As always, all of the code is available in the just and the GitHub repository as well. And I'll see you all in the next lecture though. Yeah. 122. (1.18.2) Custom Block Entity Renderer: All right, welcome back to the forge course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be taking a look at block entity render us. Well, this is a very interesting topic that basically allows you to render some custom things onto your block entities basically, now what we'll do is we'll import a custom block model from a block bench. So I've already prepared this. It's called a pedestal. And what will it be able to do is we will be able to right-click with an item and then the item will float on top of the pedestal. That is the general idea of this particular example here. And it's gonna be really, really freaking awesome. The block bench file will of course be available as well. And when you have this, what you wanna do is you wanna go to file and export the block item model right here. We're just going to export it pedestal that Jason. Alright, that's gonna be fine. And then we can proceed. So there is of course going to be our block model JSON file. But first of all, let's create a block, the block entity and all of the craziness that entails there. Let's start with the actual block class. So we're going to right-click new Java class in our custom blog package. And this is going to be the pedestal block a ago. Now this will extend the base entity block class right here. It will hover over this Implement Methods, the new entity method. And then we'll hover over again, create constructor matching super. If the parameter here annoys you, Shift F6 to rename it to properties and then everything should be fine. Now the first thing I wanna do is I want to make a deliberate error right here so that we don't forget to change this after we've created the block entity because that sometimes does happen. And what I will also do is I will copy over the rest of the code right here. So this isn't too crazy. So it might look a lot, but it actually isn't too crazy. We also get one error here because we don't have the block entity credit, but that's fine. The first thing that is incredibly important as they get render shame method and all of the code here is of course also valuable. Get a pastor in individual just as well. So no worries there. But the retina shaped method is the most important, otherwise, your block will be invisible. So that is very important. They used method of course, is the method that is, that is called when you right-click this particular block. And what happens here is that basically we're just checking, hey, is there anything inside of this inventory? If it is empty, then we're just taking the item in that is in the player's hand and we're adding it to the inventory here. So pedestal to player item, copying it over, decrementing it. We're also getting the playing the item pick-up sound because that's just a little bit nicer here. And then if the pedestal is not empty, then we're basically spawning the item from the pedestal and deleting it from the pedestal as well. But those are just three little private helper methods in this case, and the rest happens in the used methods. So overall, the actual functionality here isn't that crazy, all things considered. Now of course, we still need the block entity, so let's actually get the book entity as well. So let's make a new class and the entity package, this is going to be the pedestal lock entity. And let's first of all, important right here. So there you go. We can just import this. And then we're going to be fine just a second. This error will go away once we actually implement everything in here. So what do we need here? Well, first of all, of course this needs to extend the block entity class. Shouldn't be too crazy. And let's create the constructor matching super. And then the question is, well, what do we need? Well, we actually need quite a few things. Once again, I will copy those over, but no worries. All of this is available in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. Now, these two shouldn't be crazy. We've seen this in the chordal blasts or block entity as well. Just the item stack handler here, basically our inventory of this particular rock entity. And then we also need the laser optional so that we make it available through the capabilities as well. Then let's copy over some helper methods over here as what you will find is we also have a rotation over here. Now why do we have the rotation over here? Well, because what we wanna do is we want each of the different block entities when the item is there, we basically want it to rotate. And the rotation here in this case is actually saved on the block entity. We need to save it right here, because if we save it on the entity renderer, that does not work because every block entity basically shares a renderer. And then each block entity that you add just makes the, well, makes it basically spin faster. So each block entity needs its own rotation, but that is fine, right? We haven't add rotation over here. We would just add a rotation when it reaches 360, then we're just resetting it to 0. If it's less than 0, we're just adding it. So basically we're just rotating it around. That is the general idea. And then here we have a get rotation method, but nothing too crazy. Then let's add the capability as well as the save and load methods. But once again, those should also not be crazy. You get capability we've seen in the custom entity as well, as well as the safe additional and low methods for the tag where we just saved the inventory. So when we leave the world and go back in, the actual inventory is still saved, right? And then the last methods that we also need here are the drops method, right? So this is just the methods so that things actually drop. So we want to implement that in the block in just a moment. And then we also have the invalidate caps method, the onload method that we did get update packet method and they get updated tag method. Now these two are important to invalidate the camps and then unloading so that the actual item handler is initialized properly and all of that. Now, these two are important because otherwise there might be a synchronization issue between the server and the client. This is why we need both of these. And we basically want to get the update tax. So we want to get a tag over here and then load it in and then return it. So this Well, it's not too crazy, but just know that we need this. Otherwise the client and the server will not sink properly, and then the actual item will be saved, but it's not going to be to split. This is why we need both of these methods as well, right? Then let's go to the block for a moment and let's add, you can see the arrow here disappears. And I'll also add the onRemove method here that calls the drops method that we've just implemented over here. So in theory, we don't even need to do a for-loop, but this is gonna be fine. There's gonna be okay. This is the same drops method that we have in the chloroplasts or block entity. And that is actually all that we need inside of the block entity. Overall, it is not too crazy and it's not too complicated. Basically just some of the things that we need to save the data there. Then let's actually go into the mod block entities class and let's register it. But we're just going to, let's take the co-op last row. We're just going to copy this over to the header store block entity over here. This is going to be the pedestal as well. Pedestal. There you go. Then of course, changing the name here, very important indeed, than we need this to be the pedestal block entity. And this needs to be the pedestal which is not yet implemented, but that is fine. Now let's also go into the pedestal block entity one more time. Because of course we do need to change the constructor over here. Otherwise it's not going to work. We will then want to see him, but look, entities that, that is still not get the ego and now the block entities should be fine. We now need to register the actual book. That's gonna be fine that it's going to be in our blog class, more blocks class right here. Let's just go to the very bottom over here. Copy over the winter window. In this case, this is going to be the pedestal and of course name as well, pedestal. And this is gonna be the pedestal. Luck. Now this is protected, so we need to change this to a public. There you go. And then we can do this as well. There you go. Totally fine. This is going to copy over. How bout this is actually not going to copy over How about this is going to take a material that stone, I think that that would make the most sense material stone The ago. And it's going to be added to our custom Creative tab. That is fine. Then we can go back to the pedestal block once again and call mod block entities that pedestal dot, dot create, passing in the position and the state over here. And the block should be done as well. And then the mode block entities, this one now is also no longer an error and everything should work fine. That is absolutely great, but we still don't have the display of our world. We don't have a customer block entity renderer basically. Well, let's In our entity package, make a new package called client. And then instead of there, we're gonna make a new Java class called the pedestal block, header store block and entity renderer. And this is going to extend the book entity renderer, this one right here of type pedestal bulk entity. Let's hover over this, Implement Methods, the render method in this case. And then we also actually want to change this to implements instead of extends. Actually that is a good point because this is actually an interface. We also need a public pedestal block entity Renderer with a block, with a book entity render up provider. This one right here, that context or contexts, and this is gonna be our constructor in this case. Now, I will once again copy over the contents of the render method. Once again, all of this is available to you and this should get, this should be fairly straightforward, all things considered. So first of all, we're basically getting the item renderer right here from Minecraft itself. And then we'll say, okay, give me the stack that is inside of here, and then we'll do a bunch of craziness. The general idea is that the stack over here pretty much just does the rendering, roughly speaking. And what we're doing basically is we're just making the actual stack move up and down. So this is going to be R, This is gonna be the item. We're gonna make it up and down. We're going to scale it to the size over here. And then we'll also get a rotation. So this is just rotating the item around the y-axis. That is pretty much all of these three things don't do them will render the actual item here, and then we have to pop the stack again, and then we should be fine. Then we basically add a negative one rotation so that every time this is basically called every tick or so, roughly speaking, right? So every time that this is called, We basically rotated around by minus one degree so that it will be a smooth rotation. Once you actually see this shouldn't be too crazy, You shouldn't be too complicated. All things considered is actually fairly straightforward. Now the block entity renderer actually has to be added to a certain event. And for that we actually need a new class. This is going to be the client mod events, and I will copy this over one more time. But once again, this is actually very straightforward. They see you need the add mode event bus subscriber at the top of the class are important that this is the mortar bars as well as the value dist dot client. This is extremely important, otherwise it will not properly work. You then of course, need a public static method with an subscriber vendor attribute here on top of it. And we need the entity renderers, event register renderers. We then just registered the block entity Renderer with the pedestal block entity and the pedestal block entity renderer. That is all that we need to do. And now the actual render is registered properly as well. The last thing that we now need is just two. Add the JSON files. You can see we've not added any screen or any menu because in this case, our book entity actually does not have a screen or a menu. Let's just copy over the pedestal Jason over here, shouldn't be too crazy. The block state is Jason fairly self-explanatory? Same with the translation of this point. These things should be, I mean, at this point shouldn't be even be a question here. This is just a very straightforward thing. We're going to add this. Let's add the block model JSON file. So this is going to be the one that we've actually taken from a block bench. So let's copy this over as well and then see what we need to change here is the smooth stone because this is under Minecraft slash block is under microblock. So make sure to change this on both of those. And then the item model JSON file is also fairly straightforward. This is just basically once again, points back to the block model Jason file, and that is pretty much it. No texture is needed in this case because we're actually taking the Minecraft textures smooth stone for that is, that should be fine as well. So those are all of the steps that we need to do to get our custom entity over here and have it basically with a special block entity renderer. So let's go into the world and see if it works. Alright, fantasize in Minecraft again and you can see the pedestal has been successfully added to the game. So let's just set a few of them down and let's see what we can see. So if I right-click this, we shouldn't have the cobalt. Cobalt appear right here on the pedestal and one of them should be disappearing from my inventory. And that is exactly what happens. Let's just do the same thing for all of them. They ago though, sometimes you might get those weird rendering arrows right here. So this is something that I'm not a 100% sure about why that might be the case. So I think that it has something to do with the shadows and stuff. So let's just see if this might change itself. If I do this. But this does not change it. But as I've said, there, sometimes it a little bit wonky next to it with a rendering. And I will be honest, I'm not as another expert with rendering. Rendering is actually one of those things where, um, let's just say that, that's, I wouldn't say my worst nightmare, but it definitely is not a thing that I like particularly. So, yeah, but overall, it's still does work quite well and quite cool. And it is a thing that is forming. It is pretty awesome. This is how easy it can be to add a block entity renderer microphone. As always, of course, all of the code is available to you in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. And I'll see you all in the next lecture. So, yeah. 123. (1.18.2) Loot Chests in custom Structures: All right, welcome back to the forge course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be taking a look at how you can add custom load to your customers structures. So what I've done is I have spawned in the cabin house right here, just so that we have a structure and we're going to save it in just a moment as well. But we'll move gonna do is we're going to place down a chest and we're going to fill it with some random loot. Now the question is, how does this work? What you cannot do? And this is the thing that some people try. They just take the chest and then just set it down and then alike. Why is there no random loot in there? Well, that does not work. What do you have to do is you actually have to own the chest via a command, right? So I've prepared the command already and what you can do is I will basically make this available and it's not gonna be that crazy. So what you can see is that there's just less set block at your current position. You're standing than Minecraft chest facing. So you just want to make it facing some way. And let's actually do this on easier. So let's just make this facing east. And then you can see curly brackets, loot, table, Minecraft, chests, simple dungeon in this case, let's just execute this. Now. It actually does point to the wrong way, but that's fine. This is just a matter of changing the facing here. And if we open this, you can see there it is. So some random elute. Now the real question is this. If I now save this, is this random loot? No, because when, once you open it will elute. Table actually generates some loot. So now every single one of the houses is going to have this loot in it. So what you need to do is you need to not open it. So what you need to do is let's just go down here. So let's just actually make this, believe this should be South, actually generate this one south. Okay, That's also not quite right. So let's do, right, let's generate this with the North one actually, I think then it should be north. And I was pointing to the right direction and do not open it. Otherwise, you will actually solidify what the loop is inside of it. So this does not work. So you have to just keep it there and you have to be like, I don't know if it works, it will work. Don't worry about it. So then we can save this. And you can do this either when you have loaded it in or you can also do it with a corner and molt method. When you actually build it, you can just add a chest like that and then save it so we can go to the Save. Moreover, here we're just going to say Save, and then this has been saved. So now we can replace it in intelligence. So let's just take a look right there. But once again, we want to go to the run folder saves, and this should be the ludicrous folder inside of the generated one, we have the Calvin, how's NVT? And we want to change the data folder, MC course structures. We have the count my house, and we just want to replace the one with the other. So I'm just going to copy this over, overwrite it, and that is all that we need to do. Now once again, we have not opened the loot chest. So the loop should be basically generated every time the actual house generates as well. So we should not have the same loop in two different houses. So let's just make a new world and see if it works. All right, We're microfinance New World and let's see, there's the first count, my house, and we have the chest over here. So you can see we've got a music discs. A few gunpowder is. Alright, that's fine. So let's find a new column house, and let's see if we can also find the same music disks or if there is something different. So there's a new camp miles and let's just hope that the loop there is different, but I am fairly certain that it will be there we go, a completely different load. So exactly what you would want there to be. So what's important is we have of course use the knockout mouse MET, but we've used the simple dungeon one. So this is the one that is actually right here at an example, right? So this is the actual, the actual command here. You can see the chests simple dungeon and you can use any different type of load table. So you can also make your own little tables and references. They are, but that's of course something that you can do for yourself as well. And that is pretty much how easy it is to add a custom loot chest to your structures, right? But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you all in the next lecture. So, yeah. 124. (1.18.2) Fixing Some Mistakes: All right, welcome back to the forage course for 118. In this lecture, we're just going to be fixing some small mistakes that I might have made during the course of this course basically. So, of course, with the amount of lectures that we have, there are bound to be a few mistakes here and there. So the first one is going to be in the mod armor item. This is gonna be very interesting and that is the has correct armor on method. Because what we wanna do is we want to replace it with the following. So we basically want to add at this for loop over here that loops through the armor and it checks whether or not the armor is actually, the items are actually armour items. And if one of them is not, then we're immediately going to return false. Now the reason why we want to do this, if we were to add an electron or a pumpkin to our armour items, basically in our armor inventory, then the game would crash because we are trying to cast it to an armor item and that does not work. So this is why we want to basically with this and then we should be fine. The second thing we want to change is in the MC course mod class. And what we wanna do is we want to take the entire client setup method and we want to basically what's selected here, hold Shift, click here, and then press Control X to cut it out. You can then delete this line over here and we want to go into the events class, find more events. Hopefully you've created this through the last or the second-to-last lecture, we're going to paste the, the mindset of methods in here. We want to change this to be public and static, and we want to add these subscribe event to it as well. Now why do we need this? Well, just in case usually the client set-up event is only called on the client. However, the MC course mod class is actually a common class. So this is called both on the client and the server. And it can sometimes happen that through some Java mumbo jumbo, basically, some of these classes are also called on the server, which will then get the server to crash. And of course that's not what we want. So just to be sure, add this to the climate events. What's important is that this is a mob boss and also with the value desktop client, and then she should be fine. And last but not least, we have something in the dowsing rod item. And namely the way that we can basically take a look at tags. So this is a valid way of basically taking a look at whether or not the particular block here is in this tag. However, that is insanely complicated and we can do it a little bit easier. So instead of expecting a block here, we actually want a block state, right? So block state, change this to state. And then when we wanna do is, let's just delete all of this craziness and we're going to worry about this in a moment. First of all, how do we get the state in the is valuable block method? So we're going to get an error right here because we have a block. Now we want to change this to be the block state. And then instead of calling blood get block here, what we're gonna do is we're just going to get the block state. We're going to change this to be kept block and then same here, not get blocked. And that is all of the requirements that we need to change here. And then in the is valuable block method, what we can do is we can return state is more tags that blocks that dowsing rod valuables. Now this is much easier than the thing that we add before, and that will pretty much be all of the things that I wanted to show you as well. This will also conclude pretty much the 118 part of the entire course right here. So there's gonna be a 1 ninth update after this as well. So there's going to be basically how you update all of the different things that are in there with maybe one or two different things, if they are not yet discovered on how easily to do them in 119, but that will follow after this and then the course is pretty much done regardless. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 125. 1.18.2 UPDATE TO 1.19: All right, welcome back to the first course for 118. In this last lecture, we're gonna be updating our project from one 1890s. Now luckily, the update from 1890s is not the craziest. I've seen far worse updates between vergence, but there are still some things that are gonna be completely changed. And I believe there's at least one thing that doesn't work at all, but that's just how it's going to be. So we're just going to navigate to the built or Gradle file down here to our dependencies over here where we have the Minecraft Forge. And what's very important is that backup your entire project. Because if you don't have it backed up, things can happen. You might break your project when you update. Either have a GitHub repository, make a new branch in it so that you have everything saved or you just copy over the entire project so you have it backed up. I highly recommend doing that now to what do we need to change the forage dependency over here? Well, it's actually not that crazy. What we wanna do is we want to change it to 41038, of course 119. So this is the latest version for you. It is probably going to be more advanced here, but that's gonna be fine. Always, you can always use the latest version and that's gonna be okay. So let's just change it over there. So let's go back and that's gonna be 119 dash and then 41038. There you go. And that is the version that we wanted to change to. We also want to update gecko lip over here. So this is now going to be forge a dash 193119. There you go. 1313. There you go. I believe this should be the newest one. In this case. It can just be looked up on gecko lip. You can easily find the version here on the gecko lip GitHub repository. So no worries there. And after we are changing these two, we're just going to click Load Gradle changes. And then once again it's going to build stuff, download stuff, all of the same jazz that we've made a couple of times, especially in the beginning of all of this. So highly recommend staying patient, just let this run through any errors that might come up, anything red, most of the time, safely be ignored. And then we'll see, are there we go, build successful in two minutes and 28 seconds. Now we're not quite done yet in the build-up Gradle file because we also want to change it to the parchment mappings. So we have parchment for this one right here, and we want to change it to the following. 1182022 or six, or 5119. So this simply takes the 119 official mappings in overlays the 1800s to parchment mappings on top of it. And then we're going to have roughly parchment mappings for 119. Not everything is going to be perfectly mapped, but this is, I believe, the newest version that we have, that there isn't any 119 version yet. Once again, of course you can just look at the parchment repository and you shouldn't, you should be able to find something there. So let's just reload this again, radial changes and this shouldn't take too long. I hope not another two minutes, but let's just see. Let's just wait once again, patiently waiting here. And then we're gonna be fine. Alright, there we go. Build successful in one minute and 37 seconds. So we're now going to be fine and everything is set up. But now let's jump into the MC course mod class and we're immediately going to be greeted with a tiny arrow here. And that is just the imports. So you can see, I still have stuff in the imports here, but no worries if there is anything wrong with the inputs. You can see the three dots over here turning red. Basically, you can just press Control Alt O and then everything in the imports is going to be, well basically deleted that we don't need. And for the time being, nothing wrong here, but there are going to be, well, a few things that are wrong in other classes. So usually what we do is we can just go down the classes. I believe that the first-class where we're going to have an issue is actually going to be in the flame ball rotated pillar block. Interestingly enough, or we have to change here is just the parameters over here. So I'm just going to copy this over. Once again, everything here is of course available in the GitHub repository. And indeed just as well, this is going to be now at the stack. This is going to be context stack. And then we're just going to pass in the context right here, and then also the Simulate right here. They ago and that should fix this. Now, this one is done and I believe the rest should be fine. Actually, aldi speedy block, yes, because the animator tick, because now we're no longer using the random, but we're using the random source class over here from that micro view tool. Just do that. And then we don't pass in anything over here. And that's going to be fine as well. So this should be pretty much all that we need to do in the SPD block as well. And I believe this should fix all of the blocks. Actually. I believe the rest are fine. Indeed, they seem to be fine when it comes to the entities. I believe they're only should be like a tiny change over here. Yes. And that is the text component because the entire texts system changed. Luckily, the change here is incredibly easy component that literal, and there we go. And that is it. That is all we need to do. Just making sure that the inputs are correct. Control Alt O and then the rest here is a fine. Let's just make sure that the rest here is also okay. And indeed it is. So nothing crazy going on here. And mod blocks, once again is just the translatable components here. So it's just component that translatable in this case. And there we go. So it is actually made very easy indeed. So nothing crazy going on. We have no longer have an oral block. That is also correct because now it is actually a drop experienced block, but it works exactly the same way. Once again, Control Alt or to get rid of the imports. And then we're going to be fine and the entire block. Package is actually done. The commands also will change a little bit more in just a moment. But first of all, of course, the text components, the first component are literal again, **** and literal. There you go. Then the same thing here. And then I believe we also have this in the set one yet we do Control Alt O to get rid of the year wrong imports and they would go, we also will have to change the constructor here if I'm not mistaken, but those are gonna be fine. We're going to talk about that in just a moment. The conflicts are, conflicts should be totally fine and nothing to do there as well. Effects also have not changed. So this is all going to be okay. And treatments have not changed the entity, that something is different with the entity and that is the model because the actual names of the methods have changed a little bit. So this is now GET model resource over here. Resource they ago, and this is now get texture resource and this has got animation resource. So what you can do is if you have multiple ones of these model files, the Geo Model files, what you can do is you can just press, let's say go to the Common Rule or whatever your name is package, press Shift Control R. Look for good model location and then change it to get model resource. You can see we're actually having this in the other two models as well. So we're just going to say replace, yes. I'm going to do the same thing with the texture location replacing the resource. Now this one sometimes has one extra one which we actually don't want it to change. I believe it is this one, so we're going to replace them one-by-one, only the ones where I actually am sure I do believe that this should not be changed. So there you go. And then the last one, good animation file location has now changed to get animation resource as well, replace all that's going to be fine. And there we go. Now this should be fine. Let's see where the arrows over here are. It's gonna be right here. Okay, so inside of the renderer, this actually remains to be texture location. It's a little weird because this is also through gecko lip, but there you go. So that should be fine. Just make sure that when you replace it, you don't replace it in the render as well. I guess the boat is not going to be saved sadly. I have to look at the bolt and I sadly have not been able to properly get it to work. So what we're just going to have to do is we're just going to have to live without the boat for the time being. So you can either just delete everything, just do it like this, and then get rid of it here as well. Sadly, it is, it is what it is. The issue with the boldness, of course, they added the chests into the boat and have not yet figured out how to change this around. Sorry about that, but that is just how it's going to be. Sometimes that happens when you change from one version to another, that certain features, they've completely changed. So then you're not gonna be able to actually, you're not going to be able to figure it out quickly. This is also sometimes why certain molds take so long to update, right? Because through versions things change and that is just how it's going to be. So I believe we can also get rid of the old entity over here. We might be getting an error somewhere else, but that's gonna be fine. So this, I believe, should be everything that is actually changed here. Okay, The multiple entity then also was not going to work. But once again, I'm just going to drag all the way down so that you can do this by dragging while holding Alt. And then you can just, you can select multiple different lines in that case. Then same with the item. Absolutely. Just gonna get rid of this. So as I've said, I don t think that it's too extensive. The changes aren't too extensive, but it is what it is. Sometimes that does happen. So let's just get rid of this as well. And then the what? This is fine. This is fine. This is fine. And then we can proceed to the events. In the events the lute actually has changed to the loo tables have changed a tiny bit, but luckily not too crazy. So the only thing that has changed here is actually the do apply method. As you can see, you can no longer be overwritten like this because this is now instead of a list is an object ArrayList. We just put an object every list important class, and then you're gonna be fine. Same one right here. Changing this to the object, every list importing that class. And then the lute modifiers should work the same as before. I went fine. And then we come to the Registry event which has changed, I would say roughly significantly because we no longer have the Registry event, we now have a register events. So this is now going to be a final register event over here. And then now inside of the actual event method, we have to look for the she. Basically, we're going to say, oh, this is of course called event that is quite important over here. There you go. Now instead of doing this, we're gonna say event that register and then saying forge registries that keys. That in this case loot modifier or serializers, Hama, helper, and this is just a consumer. And now we put these things into there. So we want to put this into here. And the way that we wanna do, we wanna say helper that register. Then first taking the resource location of the actual name. And then the second thing is going to be a new serializer. So we're going to take the new serializer over here. There we go. And this should now work. And then we can. Duplicate this, changes the name over here and then change the change the sterilizer to this one. And then we're going to be fun. So they ago, this is how this changed and then the same thing happens in the recipes as well. So if I am not mistaken, what we wanna do is we want to say event a dot register registries that keys dot recipe serializers because this is a recipe type actually, sorry, this is a recipe types, yes. Then once again, helper, um, or like this, naming it whatever we basically wants to. Then we can say recipe type of helper, that recipe. And I think we can literally just copy this over. Okay, Not quite though. Not quite. Because what we do want to hear is either a string or a resource location or so couldn't we do this then? Yes, we can because the id is going to be that. Now the question is, okay, I'm actually feeling a little bit better if I'm making a new resource location because I'm not sure if this makes it under our resource location or not. We're just going to do something like that. Ending it right here, There you go. So making a new resource location under our model ID with the id column blasting. And then we're gonna be fine. And then we no longer need this one. And the rest here, I believe should be totally fine. Control Alt O to get rid of the imports and then we're going to be okay. More events are totally fine. Nothing has changed, so events are done. And now we come to the fluids because the fluids, the finally the new Fluid API has been introduced. However, I have not been able to figure out exactly how it works yet. They're also is not yet any type of documentation on it. So sadly, for the time being, fluids also gonna go the way of the boat. It is fitting when you think about it. But yeah, the boat are the fluids in this case are sadly not going to work. So fluids for the time being, not working. Once again, you can just look at if you're watching this in the future, Let's take a look at the forge, look at the documentation. They might have added something in there as well already. So then you can try to figure that out on yourself. The new Fluid API should be way more versatile than this. But for the time being, sadly, fluids not going to happen, in this case, custom items. I believe that there should only be something in the data tablet. Once again, the component over here, so component dot literal. And then the same thing happens in the dowsing rod item as well, just with the O and the registry name as well, fair enough? Yes. This is component translatable. Nope. How about we do it correctly? Component dot translatable in this case. And then here as well. Then sent message is actually system message that no longer takes in a UUID at the end here, but it does take in a component literal they go registry name no longer available. So what I will do is I will just say the lock below dot get name here and then the same oblique up here. That should be fine. Getname here as well, and that should pretty much be it. Are there you go. We have another SYN message, send system message. We no longer need the UUID. And then this is going to be the component data literal. Actually, no, it's not. It's gonna be translatable. And that is everything, just the imports Control Alt O as always. And there we go. This should be pretty much all that we need to train it over here, I believe. The mod fluids here. Yeah, that's fine. We're gonna go through the normal class. They are in just a moment as well. Materials are fine, creative mode. Tab foods are OK mod items. This should be the honey bucket absolutely. Will get rid of this writ of the imports. And then we are okay with this as well. The tears are also fine, so everything working fine. Now, interestingly enough, paintings actually have changed. I know it's actually crazy to think about this. This is no longer motif. This is now called painting variant. And this is also called painting variance. There you go. We're just going to change the motif here to painting variants everywhere. Then we're going to be fine control of all, once again, for the imports to get out of there. And that should be it. Potions are fine. Recipes have actually changed. So let's go to the recipe. There's two important things that we have to do. Delete all three of those methods over here, and that's going to be okay. And then in the mattress method, we have to add if P level that is client side, you just want to return false. So that should be all that we need to do here as well. And that should pretty much be everything that we need in the recipe, in the customer recipe class, the screen, it has anything changed here. I do not believe that it has. So that's actually really good. And then the sound, sounds should also be fine. Now in the util, I think something changed somewhere, not here, but in the tags. Nope. Item Properties, util, actually no changes at all. The title screens still has some issues, so we're just going to ignore this. Now the villagers class has actually changed and we need to do a few things different here, right? So this is done a little bit differently. Now, we are actually doing the following. We're actually making a new prototype. And what we're doing is we're making an immutable set dot API of this remains so the cobalt blaster dot, dot get default state definition or GetState definition dot possible states, then the one and the one here. And then here, we're actually doing it the following way. We're making a new village or professional. We actually need two predicates over here. So it's gonna be x-dot yet. Equals last or point dot get as well. And then the second predicate is gonna be exactly the same. So x dot get equals blaster point that get and that should fix this as well. And the rest here should be totally fine. We will actually need to add tags in a moment as well, because both the villagers as well as the painting is interesting enough, have some added tags now as well. And then last but not least, we come to the world generation, which of course is always the favorite part. So here, luckily, it's easy, just a random source in the abstract tree grower here. But then we come to the craziness Because now what has happened in these classes, nothing changed, right? To configure features or everything is fine. But then we go to the gen classes and we see the biome loading event is no longer available. And everyone, and everyone starts freaking out because how do I now do some custom world, Jan. Well, customer origin has completely changed where now we're going to be using a bio modifiers. So in theory, we can just delete all of those four classes over here, delete them, and then make new ones. Same goes for this one right here. Motor world events, we no longer need this because it doesn't do anything anymore. We now need to use bio modifiers. So we're just going to take a look at the bio modifier class, this one right here. So you can see an interface and we basically have to make a custom codec that reads in a JSON file that is pretty much all that the codec really is. Now, luckily at this point, or it actually has added some example ones. So if you take a look at the forge bio modifiers class, we have a Add feature to bio modifier, a remove one, and we also have a spawns two by m one and a remove spawns from biome one. So this is actually everything that we're going to need. Luckily, it isn't too crazy and we don't actually need to even make any custom class over here. What we can do is do this stuff in the data folder. Let's just start with the bio modifiers. So how can we get our custom stuff to still work? We want to go to the Data folder MC course, very important. And then instead of a woman to make a new directory called forge, yes, the forge directory has to go into your MC course or whatever your mod ideas directory that has to be the case. And then instead of the force directory, we're going to make a new directory called bio modifier. There we go. And then we can add the JSON files. So this is how the json files are going to look like. So I'm just going to copy this over and we're gonna make a new JSON file. Let's actually see what our place features are in this case. So this is gonna be the place features. We actually do have to change the place features in just a moment, but we're not going to worry about that at the moment. Let's just add the first bio modifier and then we'll look at the place features as well. But this is going to be a new file and then we're going to just going to call this the ad cherry blossom down adjacent. We're just going to add this over here. And then we're going to see the first one is this, this is required, we'd always need to do this. Then we want to say hey to what, what is the namespace of the biome that this attitude, we're just going to say forge yz plane. So this is going to be a tag from forge that is going to basically have all of the planes bombs inside of it. Then we're going to have MC course, Poland. And this should be ebony cherry blossom placed over here. Yeah, there you go. And then this is not underground. Oris, this is actually the other one. Let's actually take a look at the decorations. I believe it is called this is the or is it decoration step. It might be this. Alright, fine. I mean, I'm okay with this. This should be named vegetal decoration. This one right here. We're just going to add it right here and then we should be fine. And this should in theory, add our cherry blossom placed feature into any planes biome that exists. So fairly self-explanatory. However, the place features actually also have to change a little bit. We actually have to use a different register here. So we're just going to make a deferred register of type least feature or placed uterus. And then this is equal to a deferred registered. I create this registry dot least feature registry. Very important. Then MC course aren't dumb model ID and of course we'll also need a register method. I'm just going to copy this over a little bit easier. We're going to call this right here. This is going to be called, I think it shouldn't matter that much more place features that register and then passing in the event bus. And instead of registering like this, we're going to have to, It's gonna be, it's gonna look a little weird now, luckily, all of the code here will of course be available to you. So this is now a registry object instead of a hold on, nothing too crazy at the moment. They may want to change the placement utils are registered to a place features that register. That's not quite right, sorry, there you go. And then this one, this one and this one. This is all fine. I'm going to copy the line and this has to be added right here. So then we should have no errors except for one closing parentheses. You can see we want to call it Place features that register and passing in the name, normally, like we've done with every register before. And then we have a Supplier of a new place feature. And then we have to cast this mud configured feature first to a holder of Configure feature question mark, question mark, and then a holder of Configure feature western mark, question mark. It is craziness, but this is how it suddenly has to happen for the time being when you're watching this, you might actually have a better way of doing it. You might have something has already been found out or something like that. But for the time being, this is suddenly how this is going to have to go. And then for both the rows as well as the geode, we actually have to have a list of all of the stuff that we have here. So list of n, then we just have to add all of the different things here. It's saying it's irreverent to filter all that craziness goes into a list. And then just two closing parentheses. And then same here if I'm not mistaken, list of the goal and then just closing parenthesis two times n there, we should be fine. So this is what we need to do, as crazy as it looks like. But this should actually indeed do all of the stuff that we wanted to do. So then we can actually add the other bio modifiers as well. This is gonna be the add pink rose as well. And this is going to place the feature of the pink rose placed a goal. Then let's add also under vegetal decoration that makes sense. And then we're going to do the whole bald, or let's get that over here as well. And this is now no longer vegetal decoration. But this is actually, let's go back to the declarations over here. This is now underground, or it's very important that we change this. There we go. We're just going to add it to how about let's do Minecraft colon is over world, so we're just going to add it to every biome that there is in the oval world, that's going to be fine. And then last but not least, let's copy over the cobalt or, and that's gonna be the ad or bolt geode. And then this is just changing the name. He placed a geode over here. Let's just also add it to all the over world and that should be fine. But this is the new world generation, very important that everything here is correct. And then last but not least, we also have these structures now luckily, telepathic ground has already updated that their repository, so nothing too crazy is going on over here. So we're just going to have to do the following. So let's just do this. I'm going to copy over first the mode structures class. Let's see. There we go. And then we're going to have one issue here with the sky structures, but no worries. Let's just delete the imports here as well. And then in the sky structures class, this is also going to be, well, I mean not too crazy. Let me just once again copy over the class over here. And then we're going to see it's only the imports are wrong. Once again, Control Alt O. And you can see there's a, another codec here as well. This is just, as I've said, basically a certain field that generates read in a race and file then generates a class that's pretty much the high level overview of this. Yeah, those are the two changes here in these structures and then there's also a change in the structure, race and files as well. Because of course, there couldn't be anything crazier. But first of all, the older here changed its name to just being a structure. So we're going to change it to the structure name. And then inside of the adjacent file, there are actually quite a few changes. First of all, this conflict is no longer needed, so we're just going to delete the config and then they start pulling the sites are still needed but not inside of the conflict. Then what we wanna do is we want to add the step over here, and that's going to be asked. And then the next thing is the max distance from center. So this also has to be added. And then we also need to add three different fields. That is going to be the step, the start height and the project start to hike map and deleting the Arab noise. So this is what we're gonna do always. Now. Now this is for the one where you actually have a type inside of the code. If you don't have that, we can no longer use the village. We now want to use Minecraft jigsaw. So we want to use this once again, get rid of the unfit here, keep the star pool and the size at a max distance from center. And then if we're using the jigsaw one, we actually want to use for different fields. Still the leading the Arab noise. Once again, this is the step, the absolute height and the project starts to height map. Those are going to remain basically the same, maybe changing the start height. But then for the jigsaw, you also need to use the expansion. Heck, I'm going to copy over the stuff for the cameras and the storage platform as well, but it pretty much is the same thing. Now you can actually look this up as well in the GitHub repository and an individual just as well. So there should be no, but no worries at all. As I've said, we're gonna be fine. Luckily, the changes aren't that crazy. I still remember it changes from one to 1617. Those were changes where yeah, that was that was pretty crazy. Now this isn't for this. Now the only two things we still need is for the villagers and the paintings of the tags. So those go in the data folder on Minecraft. And then instead of the tax folder, we want to make a new folder called painting underscore variant. And then you need tax folder again, we want to make a point. Underscore, underscore interests, underscore type. And then I'm just going to right-click new file. This is going to be the wire a bull underscore job, underscore site that Jason is in the point of interest type. And this is going to be the following. So this should be. In theory, this value Mc cores, blast or point. Let me just quickly check if this is the name. It's actually blast play. There you go. Thing I double-checked over here into the painting variant, right-click new file called police sub bowl that Jason, there we go. And this is going to include all of these things. Let me actually just copy this over. And then I have to check the names over here. So we're going to have plant and then two more and then it's going to be the Wanderer and then sunset as well. And hopefully this should be all that we need to do. Now as you've seen, there actually is quite a few things, quite a few steps over here. It's not that it actually is easy as much as you might say, Well, this has been quite the ordeal. Know, this is like actually very team to as I've said, 1 16th, 117. That was like ten hours of just like absolute craziness going through everything, changing everything because class name is changed, method names change methods that were available, were no longer available. And luckily here, most of this stuff still works. So I'm actually quite happy with the update here. But for the time being, let's just start and see if anything might come up. There might still be an error in one of these classes. That's gonna be fine. There you go. We actually even founded cobalt lamp. So this is the take method over here. Once again, just because of the random, this is now a random source. Actually they go into random source and then it should work. No worries at all. Let's continue along once again, starting and seeing, there we go. We also have this in declined model when we actually get rid of the mod fluids. Absolutely no worries here are the climate events. Let's start this again. This also happens when you start it, you're getting an error. You just fix the error and then you start again. So no worries at all. And now it does seem to be working. So let's just see if Minecraft starts. That will be a great sign. And then we can see, go into our world and see if everything works. A mangrove is starting. However we are getting an error here, but that's gonna be okay. Let's just see first of all, if it actually starts at all or if it doesn't start a dust storm, that is a great sign. Let's just create a new world. We're not getting anything because we have some unknown elements over here. Okay, let's think about this. We can see because Minecraft cherry blossom checked is not available. Well, that is probably an arrow by myself because I have not changed the model ID. Well, this is not quite right. Iteris MC course, cherry blossom checked. So that is very strange over here because indeed, if I look at this, I'm always using my MC course. So that is a very strange, alright, so the issue actually was using the conflicts over here. I'm honestly not sure why the conflict is don't quite work here. The it should work in theory. Now the only thing that I could imagine, and I'm actually like, I'm doing this live. I have not tried this before. Putting the registration conflicts before everything else might possibly change this around. Let's actually try this and see if the conflicts work properly. Then though, it's just because of the conflicts, that the actual registration of the place feature does not work. So as I've said, I've not tried this before. So let's just see if there's does anything and if it doesn't, then apparently sadly the conflicts also don't quite work. Which is very strange indeed because I've not run into this before, but let's just see. So maybe we're gonna get the same error about the conflicts not working again. And if we don't get this, I'm actually feeling pretty confident now we are actually getting this, which is very strange. Indeed. I am. I honestly don't know why that is the case. So let's just see. But at this point, when this happens, I'm actually very confident that it's not going to work, but we're just going to have to live without the configs for the time being. Once again, it's probably just a forged change somewhere. So there we go, it doesn't work. But if I however, change this back to not using conflicts, but using just a normal number here. And it doesn't matter, the conflicts are never actually loaded here and then it should work. So once again, I don't, I have no idea why that doesn't work with the conflicts over here. It did work before, but they ago, let's just do it like this without the conflicts. And then if the conflicts actually did change and we have to change them, and we can always do that later down the line. Usually it is more important to get a working model in a new version rather than having everything working immediately. That is usually better because then you can fix it. And yeah, so there we go. And then we can go single-player create world, and now it should actually work. We should get validating data packs. And there we go, Come on, There we go, new world. Let's just do whatever, something like that breed of n. Yes, we do want this with our experimental settings. I am well aware of this and then we're gonna be fine. We should be fine here. There's actually one more thing that you can also take a look at, which is kind of annoying, but it's not the most terrible thing. It's just the door actually that is not going to work. You will actually have to change the block States, JSON files and the block model Jason false for the door. But honestly that should be fairly trivial. All things considered if annoying but still trivial. And let's just see loading the terrain and there we are. So let's first of all, I mean, this is like the perfect timing. We are on the snowy planes and we already have our cherry blossom trees over here growing. We also have our custom structures also working totally fine. Then the question is, and we find any of our roses, red roses, and there they are. Also works totally fine. And then just for the sake of argument, let's go down and let's see if we can find some of our orders as well. And then we didn't have to even search for that long deep sleep cobalt or so everything should be fine. There's some more there as well. So this also works. Now the real question is, do our due, all of our items work and all of that, I think all of them should work. Like the most important one that I'm interested in is the cobalt blast. Or to be honest, because that usually is the one that can break fairly easier, easily. So let's just put some stuff in here and it still works. It's still doing its stuff. And let's see, There we go. We still have a cool pickaxe and let's just make sure that it actually does work. And I believe it does. It's just not going to be able to mine this properly. I think no, it is. So there you go. But everything is still working exactly how you'd expect it to. So I mean, yeah, that's pretty much how easy it can be to update to 119. Now, as I've said, plenty of things might not still work. That is totally expected and totally normal. You're not going to just change the number from 1890s and everything is going to work perfectly. So if there are any issues, you're just gonna have to look in the forums microforms, or just go onto the Microsoft discord. There's also might be something they are the micro forge discord where some additional information might be gathered and also the forged documentation and also help you along. But overall, I think that this update actually is quite great amine, we have probably like 80 to 90% of features still working, which is honesty better than most things. But that will conclude this lecture right here, and this will also conclude the entire course here. I'm not really planning on adding anything else after this, there might be a slightest chance of another tiny update video,